s0407

US $5.00 / CAN $7.00VOLUME 4, NUMBER 7 NEWS REVIEW JANUARY 2003

The SPECTRUMA Non-Profit Educational Corporation Dedicated To Bringing You The Truth

“Achieve the wisdom of knowledge of Truthas this will enable you to wisely follow the Laws of The Creation.”

SPECTRUMThe

( See : Spirited Life Of The Peaceful Warrior, p.42 )

Spirited Life Of ThePeaceful Warrior:

It’s All In The Doing12/3/02 RICK MARTIN

Integrity means living and acting in alignmentwith spiritual law and with our highest vision,despite impulses to the contrary. From the heart ofintegrity we recognize, accept, and express ourauthentic interior reality, inspiring others not withwords, but by our example.

— Dan Millman, from his book The Laws Of Spirit

After a deliberate (and some would say ratherintense!) focus these past three months on hiddenfacets of the highest levels of the World Controllers,it seems only f itting to now offer a respite withsomething completely different and inspirational.

As Fate would arrange it, when recently walkingthrough a large bookstore, longtime popularpersonal-growth author Dan Millman’s many titlesseemed to almost “jump off the shelf ” at me. That’salways a sign I should pay attention.

The Peppermint Pattie Effect pg.3

The News Desk pg.4

DR LEN HOROWITZ: Homeland SecurityBill’s “License To Kill” pg.25

SKOLNICK: Small Liars BehindLarge Treasons pg.33

SANANDA: Make Room In Your LifeFor Your New World pg.40

The Enemy Within by Gore Vidal pg.62

DR. ALBERT D. PASTORE:Stranger Than Fiction:

Documented Probe Of 9/11& The “War On Terrorism” pg.72

AL MARTIN: Watch Out, Baby, ’CuzHere Comes Reality! pg.98

HATONN: Recognize The Subtle EnergiesThat Influence Your Life pg.110

www.thespectrumnews.org

www.TheSpectrumNews.org Toll-free: 1-877-280-2866 Outside U.S.: 1-661-823-9696 JANUARY 2003

NEWEST OFFERINGS AT WISDOM BOOKS

If you think the Nazi agenda for world control,disposing of undesirable populations, and experiments togenetically develop a master race, ended with World WarII, you are in for a shock! Learn about the links betweenHitler's top medical and biowarfare researchers and U.S.and British intelligence, allied pharmaceutical andpopulation control interests, the Rockefellers, the Bushs,and the British Royal Family! Dr. Horowitz and DaveEmory, nationally syndicated talk-show host, reveal howMerck, Sharp, and Dohme—the world’s largest vaccineproducer—was a principal recipient of the Nazi war chest,

as part of a scheme to create a monopoly over the world’s chemical andpharmaceutical industries, for the purpose of creating a “New World Order”and giving rise to “The Fourth Reich”. If you want to know the “straightskinny on the deep doo doo”, this is required listening.

The Nazi-AmericanBiomedical/Biowarfare Connection

3-hr audio-tape$19.25 (+S/H)

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866.

Code: NABC (0.5 lb.)

Since September 11, 2001, the people of theworld have been told the Big Lie. The official storyof what happened on 9/11 is a fantasy of untruth,manipulation, contradiction, and anomaly. David Ickehas spent well over a decade uncovering the forcethat was really behind those attacks and hastraveled to 40 countries in pursuit of the truth.

When the attacks came, it was easy to recognizethe “Hidden Hand” behind the cover story of “BinLaden did it”. Icke takes apart the official versionof 9/11 and the “War on Terrorism” and shows thatthose responsible are much closer to home than acave in Afghanistan. He explains why 9/11 wasplanned and to what end. It is vital to maintainingour freedom that the light shines on the lies anddeceit behind September 11.

Icke also places these events in their true context as part of an agenda byhidden forces working behind the puppet politicians to create a global fasciststate based on total control and surveillance. But it doesn’t have to be like this;it does not have to happen. We canchange the world from a prison to aparadise and, as Icke explains, the powerto do that is within you and within us all.

$29.95 (+S/H)

IN STOCK AND READY TO SHIPORDER YOUR COPY TODAY!SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERINGOR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866.

Code: AIW (1.75 lb.)

Here is Dan Millman’s magnum opus—the most complete presentation of histeachings, showing how to live as apeaceful warrior, how to actually practice amore enlightened way of life. EverydayEnlightenment presents twelve “gateways”or arenas that radically redefine themeaning of success and the purpose ofour lives. These twelve gateways: keys toworth, will, energy, money, mind, intuition,emotions, fear, shadow, sexuality, heart,and service, represent twelve books inone, a clear map of the territory of humanpotential.

Comments by Dan: Those who haveread most or all of my books know that

each has a different purpose, and expresses another piece of thepuzzle of personal and spiritual growth. Like the story about thefive blind men who came upon an elephant and perceived adifferent kind of creature depending on whether they touched theelephant’s ear, tail, trunk, or leg—someone who reads The LifeYou Were Born To Live may see me as a “numerologist”.Someone who reads Divine Interventions or Body Mind Masteryor The Laws Of Spirit will have a completely different experience.

Everyday Enlightenment provides, in a single volume, the mostcomplete map to the major practical and spiritual challenges(and solutions) we face in everyday life. It culminates with a finalchapter worth far more than the price of the book: “The PracticeOf Enlightenment”—a radical approach to living wisely and well.SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

Everyday Enlightenment:The Twelve Gateways To

Personal Growth

$14.99 (+S/H)Code: EDE (1.0 lb.)

NEW!NEW!

NEWEST OFFERINGS AT WISDOM BOOKS

Long shrouded in secrecy, the life of Nikola Tesla isartfully illuminated in this fascinating film. Tesla, born inCroatia in 1856, is considered the father of our moderntechnological age and one of the greatest scientific mindswho ever lived. He was an electrical engineer whochanged the world with the invention of the AC (alternatingcurrent) induction motor, making the universaltransmission and distribution of electricity possible. Hisachievements led to the discovery of radio and televisionas well as the development of the first hydroelectric dam,remote control, radar tracking for the military, and themanipulation of matter and energy. His discoveries arealso the basis for the emerging science of Free Energy.

Encyclopedia Britannica lists Nikola Tesla as one ofthe most fascinating people in history. The Secret ofNikola Tesla, The Movie is a well-acted portrayal of thelife and mind of a “scientific superman” who, against all

odds, dedicated his life to the task of designing and improving technology forthe service and advancement of humanity.

Orsen Welles stars as J.P. Morgan, Peter Bozovic as Tesla, Strother Martinas George Westinghouse, and Dennis Patrick as Thomas Edison.SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

29.95 (+S/H)

The Secret of NIKOLA TESLAThe Secret of NIKOLA TESLA

Code: TESLA (0.75 lb.)Running Time: 105 min.

Now you can get VOLUME 3 of theThe SPECTRUM newsmagazinearchived on CD-ROM. Files are inthe searchable Adobe PDF format.(Acrobat Reader software isincluded on the disk.) CD-ROM is

arranged for webbrowser interfacefor ease of use.CD-ROMs are PC &MAC compatible.

PRICE: $45 (+S/H) EachCode: CDR3 (0.5 lb.)

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERINGOR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

VOLUME 3 CD-ROMARCHIVES


Personal Growth

JANUARY 2003 www.TheSpectrumNews.org Toll-free: 1-877-280-2866 Outside U.S.: 1-661-823-9696

This has nothing to do with candycanes and visions of sugar plums. Ithas everything to do with what somepeople manage to get away with atthe expense of other people.

That’s what I call the PeppermintPattie Effect. But let me explain:

Get in your time machine, goback—oh—at least thirty years, walkinto a candy store, and sample apeppermint pattie. Even with youreyes closed, there’s no questionabout the penetrating aromatic delightyou just bit into. Try the same todayand, unless you peek and read thewrapper, you’re more likely than not tosay: “Gee, I don’t know; it might bemint or vanilla or whatever.”

Why is that? Well, starting in theearly 1970s a new species, calledthe MBA, started to emerge like aplague of locusts from the most“prestigious” graduate schools ofbusiness. Lean, mean, and hungryto make a profitable killing in thebusiness world, these MBAs weresold to companies as saviors of thealmighty bottom line. And boy, werethey ever!

One of many products that sufferedfrom the “cut & slash” mentality ofthe modern MBA was peppermintpatties (which you may have figuredout by now I have a fondness for).Sophisticated studies were done,employing blindfolded professionaltaste-testers, to determine theabsolute minimum threshold of thatexquisite (and, at the time,expensive) ingredient known aspeppermint oil necessary to justbarely flavor the candy. As youmight imagine, of course, it was quitea bit less oil than was previouslyused in formulations—back whenpride in workmanship and publicconscience counted for something.

Profits went up in companies allover the place, and MBAs earnedtheir much-sought-after bonuses andcorner offices and corporatetakeovers of the laggards to this newwave of practical business “ethics”.Consumers grumbled but, heck, theproducts were still available—even ifusually only ghostly shells of their

THE PEPPERMINT PATTIE EFFECTformer well-built selves.

Now fast-forward to the present.Two happenings reminded me of thePeppermint Pattie Effect recently.One is the sprawling, 20-hour (!)“Steven Spielberg” UFO miniseriescalled Taken on the SciFi cablechannel. The other is Sir HenryKissinger’s appointment to chair thenewly created “independent”commission to investigate 9/11.

Taken is only at the halfway pointas we go to press, but I’m alreadywondering if the title was chosen asan inside joke—to say how we’ve allbeen TAKEN for a ride, figurativelyspeaking—rather than just referring tothe story-line of “alien” abductionsspanning several generations.

The Peppermint Pattie Effect entersinto this design because there seemsto be included just enough truthfulevents for Taken to look like adocumentary with something genuine,perhaps even profound, to say. If itwere any less substantive, viewersmight notice the underlying fearpropaganda indoctrination going on.

A single two-hour TV special is anintensive undertaking—both in termsof manpower and money. What (andwho) do you think is behind a projectthat’s TEN TIMES that size and“coincidentally” manages to induce anumber of popular contemporarytelevision programs to all-of-a-suddengo into repeats during this two-week-long event, to guarantee an evenlarger viewing audience?

Hmmm. Something really big mustbe on the horizon in this arena.

Meanwhile, Henry Kissinger turns80 years old in a few months. Yet, ofall characters, he was appointed byPresident Bush the day beforeThanksgiving (when we were safelydistracted with matters closer tohome) to chair a new 18-monthcommission “investigating” 9/11.

This one is a more complicatedexample of the Peppermint PattieEffect: The product has to resemblethe real thing just enough for publicconsumption, while at the same timesending a clear message ofguaranteed fraud to those who might

otherwise worry about any exposureof The Truth concerning 9/11.

First of all, Kissinger’s appointmenttells high-level crooks everywherethat the wily foxes are indeed incharge of guarding this henhouse.Moreover, once propped-up withbatteries charged, his presencerepresents (to the unknowing) acertain gravity of purpose inconducting an investigation the actualfiction of which is likely to make theold Warren Commission Report on theassassination of JFK look downrighthonest.

So what do we do here at TheSPECTRUM this month to offsetsuch nonsense? Why, we continue tomake our “peppermint patties” the old-fashioned, full-strength way!

While the governmental spin-masters and their bought mediacontinue to lead an unsuspectingpublic down the garden path to justifya war with Iraq, this month weredouble our efforts to share the otherside of the story—the side that “they”don’t want you awake and searchingones to have.

But this month, for a change, webalance that heavy load with RickMartin’s front-page feature thatreminds us all what mighty powerfulspiritual warriors we are! Or as oneof the two messages this month fromthe Higher Realms likewise remindsus: WE have dominion over the DarkEnergies—if we can just keep thatfact in mind.

Are the Dark Energies indeed in adesperate panic at this time? Well,go back and think a bit more aboutthe astonishing appointment of ol’Hank to the 9/11 whitewash throne:You mean that was the BEST theycould do, was to drag HIM, of allpeople, out of storage to fill thatslot?! It would seem their Evil ranksare getting pathetically threadbare.And that’s as it should be, since Evilmust always wear a sign.

So with your kind and encouragingfinancial help, we promise to keep onmaking only great-tasting, full-strength“peppermint patties” of Truth.

— Dr. Edwin M. Young, Editor-In-Chief


WEBSITE: www.TheSpectrumNews.org

SPECTRUMThe

We cover a “full spectrum” of news andinformation to help you follow the First Lawof The Creation. The Highest (First) Commandof The Creation states: “Achieve the wisdom ofknowledge of Truth, as this will enable you towisely follow the Laws of The Creation.”

The SPECTRUM can be regarded as classnotes for a graduate-level course in The Truththat no university would dare teach.

TO SUBSCRIBEFor orders call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866

Otherwise call: 1-661-823-9696$45.00 for 12 issues in U.S.,

$55.00 Canadian / $60 ForeignPlease call for bulk subscription rates.

EDITORIAL POLICYOpinions of The SPECTRUM contributors

are their own and do not necessarily reflectthose of The SPECTRUM s taff ormanagement. The SPECTRUM will alwayscorrect any meaningful error of fact.

Permission is hereby granted to anyone toquote The SPECTRUM in whole or in part, solong as FULL credit of this source is given,including contacting address and phonenumber.

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONWe intend to offer, to the best of our

ability, The Truth, however it comes to us, inorder to allow you to make your owninformed decisions about matters that impactyour daily life. We hope to broaden yourchoices and empower you to create a betterworld.

The SPECTRUM assumes no responsibilityfor unsolicited manuscripts.

The SPECTRUM is published the secondTuesday of each month by The SpectrumNewspaper, Inc., 9101 West Sahara Ave.,PMB 158, Las Vegas, NV 89117.

E-mail: [email protected]

DONOR INFORMATIONThe SPECTRUM is a 501(c)(3) non-profit

educational corporation. All donations aregratefully appreciated and formallyacknowledged for your tax-deductionpurposes. Thank You Very Much!

CHANGE OF ADDRESSSend your old, incorrect address label

along with your new address and ZIP code toThe SPECTRUM 30 days before you move.Send change to: The SPECTRUM, P.O. Box1567, Tehachapi, CA 93581.

TheSPECTRUM The News Desk12/7/02 DR. AL OVERHOLT

(E-mail: [email protected])

“There is nothing more difficult toplan, more doubtful of success, nor moredangerous to manage than the creation ofa new system. For the initiator has theenmity of all who would profit by thepreservation of the old system, andmerely lukewarm defenders in those whowould gain by the new one.”

— Niccolo Machiavelli (1469-1527),from his masterpiece The Prince

“Life is too short to lose a friend, andtoo long to make an enemy!”

— Annie Johnson

AMAZING PSYCHIC CHILDIN JAPAN

Excerpted from theemissaryoflight.com Internet website, for11/26/02: [quoting]

Beloved Friends,I want to tell you about an amazing

psychic child I met while visiting Japan,and how he is helping us design the new“Spoonbenders” Internet course we willlaunch in January.

Koya (which means “I am Light”) is afour-year-old Japanese boy who was borncompletely paralyzed. When he wasabout one year old, a Japanese healerworked with him, giving him limited useof his body. Almost immediately Koyabegan trying to communicate with thosearound him.

Though he could not speak, he wassoon able to use a letter board to share hisinsights. He shared his thoughts aboutworld peace and using energy to heal.

People have come from all aroundJapan to be in his presence, and toexperience his life-changing ideas.(There are over 400 schools for psychicchildren in Japan, an amazing fact.)

Early on in my tour of Japan I couldfeel the presence of a powerful youngboy, though I did not know who he was,only that I would soon be meeting him.He told me that he has much to shareabout using energy to awaken psychicpowers and how to use those powers tobring peace.

On November 22 we traveled toHiroshima, where around one hundredand fifty people gathered for a peacemeditation at the Peace Memorial Park.When I finished my talk, the organizerstook me by the hand and led me to a

small boy lying in a stroller. He couldnot move much on his own, and his fatherpicked him up to bring him close. Hismother then held the letter board in frontof him and his finger began moving fromletter to letter.

One of the first things he said was:“I’ve been sending you energy for a longtime. Has you felt it?” I asked him if heis the boy who has been psychicallycommunicating with me and helping medesign the “Spoonbenders” course. Hetouched his finger board and said yes,and that he was glad I felt him.

He then offered a profound meditationand chant he said would open importantenergy centers, allowing us to bend metalwith our minds, then use that same powerto bend the world towards peace.

I have since shared that meditation andchant with several audiences in Japan,and the results have been amazing. Itwill be one of the foundations of the“Spoonbenders” course. (All of this wasvideotaped and will soon be available onour website.)

Later that night I performed a concertin Hiroshima, and Koya attended with hisparents. When the concert was over, hecame backstage and said he had amessage for us all.

This is what he said: “Tell everyonethat peace is coming very soon. It willhappen very fast and will be very fun.Tell everyone this so they will know.”

This experience dramatically impactedme, and now I am even more excitedabout presenting the f irst“Spoonbenders” Internet course. (This isa four-week free-or-by-donation coursewe will launch the beginning of January.The goal is to have over 100,000 peopleusing these powerful techniques, thenapply them as a single group to promotepeace.) We will be using the chant Koyashared with me, as well as othertechniques from the children.

I believe that these tools will helpanyone master bending metal with themind, and then use it for much moreimportant applications. Koya said hewould continue to work with us, and willshare new techniques in the future.

There is a picture of Koya and I on ouremissaryoflight.com Internet website.

It’s amazing how things are falling intoplace as we step forward as SpiritualWarriors. The time is right for this, andthe Universe is supporting us all.

In Peace, James Twyman[end quoting]


NOTICE REGARDINGCHANGES OF ADDRESS

Subscribers: please be aware that sinceswitching to the new magazine format(back in January) we have had to use “BulkRate” mail in order to keep the cost down.This class of mail is * NOT * forwardedwhen you fill out a “Change Of Address”form at your Post Office.

As the CHANGE OF ADDRESSinformation box on page 4 always instructs,please contact us as soon as possiblewhen you change your address. That’s theonly way to be sure you’ll receive yourmagazine without interruption.

We are sorry, but The SPECTRUMcannot absorb the additional costs ofreplacing missed issues due to not followingthis procedure.

We are investigating other mailing optionsthat could allow for better service shouldour financial status improve. Thank you.

— The SPECTRUM

Did you catch that about the Japanesehaving more than 400 schools to helpdevelop the wise old souls incarnating asgifted children at this time of the GreatAwakening? And what are we doing herein the United States—why, trying ourbest to stupefy them with Ritalin andProzac and all the rest of the relateddrugs and vaccines and “educational”programs, because they are rightlyrecognized as a formidable threat to thewould-be kings and their longtimeimposed mind-control of the masses.They are here to awaken the masses tothe true Potential of the human—and thatthey shall do!

DAVID ICKE NEEDSYOUR HELP

From an e-mail, 11/15/02:[quoting]David Icke Needs Your Help!Richard Warman has issued a libel writ

for one million dollars against DavidIcke EIGHTEEN MONTHS after David’sbook Children Of The Matrix waspublished because of what David wroteabout his actions against his talks andbooks.

Warman didn’t even make his firstcomplaint to David, or to the publisherabout it, until ELEVEN AND A HALFMONTHS after he first read it. This is, ofcourse, a desperate attempt to takeDavid’s books out of circulation bydestroying him financially. That’s themotivation, not libel.

David says: “I do need help, that’s forsure, and quick. I need people involvedin the Vancouver events, both organisersand people who came to watch, to sendme signed affidavits stating that I am notanti-Semitic, not a hatemonger, anddetailing their experiences andconsequences of Warman’s actions whererelevant.

“I need all the help I can get, becausethis is going to be a case that coulddecide if any freedom is going to remainin Canada, or whether these guys aregoing to take it all away. If I lose—and Ican only do so through a lack of supportand a fixed court—then that’s the end ofall my books.”

“By the way, to give you a laugh, oneof his reasons to claim a million dollarsin damages is that I call him a censor. Nokidding.

“I am not rascist, anti-Semitic, or ahatemonger. I talk of the need for love,tolerance, and coming together—nothatred and division. I need everyonewho believes this, people who come tothe talks, read the books, etc, saying thesame.

“I also need everyone to detail theirexperience of Richard Warman and howhe, and the campaign against me ingeneral, has affected their lives, income,and the way people see them.

“I also need affidavits from everyfreedom of speech-type organisation youcan think of condemning what has beendone to me by Warman and Farber etc.”

They need to be sent to: Rocco Galati,637 College Street, Suite 203, Toronto,Ontario M6G 1B5. [end quoting]

This is an obvious attempt to stopDavid from any more telling of TheTruth. But remember: Evil must alwayswear a sign: just look at the last name ofthe person attacking David! In his owntelling, this is not a man of peace andgoodwill.

SMALLPOX VACCINE REACTIONSJOLT EXPERTS

FROM RASHES TO FEVERS,ARRAY OF SIDE-EFFECTS IS

UNCOMMON TODAY

From the www.washingtonpost.comInternet website, 12/5/02: [quoting]

by Ceci Connolly, Washington PostStaff Writer

As physical specimens, the BaylorUniversity students were fit and healthy,the “crème de la crème” in the words ofresearcher Kathy Edwards. Yet when sheinoculated them with smallpox vaccine,arms swelled, temperatures spiked, andpanic spread.

It was the same at clinics in Iowa,Tennessee, and California. Of 200 youngadults who received the vaccine as partof a recent government study, one-thirdmissed at least one day of work or school,75 had high fevers, and several were puton antibiotics because physiciansworried that their blisters signaled abacterial infection.

Even for experts such as Edwards, theVanderbilt University physicianoverseeing the study, the side-effectswere startling. “I can read all day aboutit, but seeing it is quite impressive” shesaid. “The reactions we saw were reallyquite remarkable.”

President Bush is poised to announceplans, perhaps as early as this week, toresume vaccinating Americans againstsmallpox as part of a massive push toprotect the nation from a biologicalassault. As he weighs the decision,researchers are becoming reacquaintedwith the unpleasant—often severe—complications of the vaccine.

The experiences in a half-dozenclinical trials offer an early look at whatmilitary personnel, hospital workers, andother emergency workers will likely

encounter if Bush adopts therecommendations of his top healthadvisers to vaccinate as many as 11million people in the coming months.What is disconcerting, say the peopleparticipating in the clinical trials, is thatwhen it comes to smallpox vaccination,what had once been considered ordinaryis rather extraordinary by today’sstandards.

“I just wanted to go to bed for a day ortwo there” said Alison Francis, a NewYork University graduate student whoreceived the vaccine. Francis, 24, saidshe felt tired and achy after getting hershot. Her arm was heavy, warm to thetouch, and terribly itchy. “I thought:‘Can you just chop off my arm?’ ”

Participating in the study was partpatriotism and part selfishness, she said.“Now I’m protected.” [Don’t bet on that!]

Once among the deadliest scourges onEarth, smallpox was declared eradicatedworldwide in 1981. But growinghostilities with Iraqi President SaddamHussein, Osama bin Laden, and othershave renewed fears that the virus couldbe used as a potent, stealthy weapon.

Vaccination is suref ire protectionagainst the disease, but it is risky. Forevery 1 million vaccinated, between 15and 52 people will suffer life-threateningconsequences such as braininflammation, and one or two will die,according to historical data. Pregnantwomen, babies, people with eczema orweakened immune systems should notreceive the vaccine.

Federal health officials have proposedresuming vaccination in stages,beginning with as many as 500,000hospital workers most likely to see aninitial case. Later, as many as 10 million


police, fire, and medical personnel wouldbe offered the vaccine. The Pentagonhopes to vaccinate 500,000 soldiers.

Over the past year, federal researchershave been testing the 40-year-oldvaccine for its safety and potency. Noneof the 1,500 volunteers has died or beenseriously injured by the vaccine. Buteven the most mundane cases can bedisturbing to doctors and patientsunaccustomed to the live virus used inthe vaccine and its side-effects.

Unlike most modern vaccines, thesmallpox vaccine is administered by 15quick pricks that “establish an infectionin your skin” said Julie Gerberding,director of the Centers for DiseaseControl and Prevention in Atlanta.“There is the immediate discomfort ofgetting poked in the arm and a range ofannoying reactions.”

Within three to four days, a red itchybump develops, followed by a largerblister filled with pus. In the secondweek, the blister dries and turns into ascab that usually falls off in the thirdweek. During the three weeks, manypeople experience flu-like symptoms—aches, fever, lethargy—and terribleitchiness.

“You can’t scratch it; it’s all bandagedup; all I could do was smack it” said MegGifford, a University of Maryland juniorwho participated in one study. For aweekend, she was “pretty miserable”suffering from a slight fever, an arm thatwas hot to the touch, and swollen lymphnodes in her armpit.

At the University of RochesterMedical Center, researcher John Treanorsaw a wide range of reactions, from asmall rash to swelling the size of agrapefruit. About 5% of the 170participants had rashes that spread toother parts of the body. It took time andexperience, he said, for the team to getcomfortable with the natural course ofthe vaccine.

“The reactions we are seeing aretotally out of line with today’s vaccineexperience and absolutely in line withhistorical experience” said AnthonyFauci, director of the National Institute ofAllergy and Infectious Diseases. “In the30 years since we had routinevaccination, the public’s tolerance levelhas gone way down.”

Maryland researchers have begun asecond trial revaccinating older adults tosee how much immunity stays in thesystem. Early indications are that peoplewho have been previously inoculated donot suffer as many severe side effects. “Ihad a small red mark and that was aboutit” said Edward Dudley, 33.

Very few of today’s physicians have

administered the vaccine or treated itsside effects. Even at the CDC, wherehealth experts work with an array ofgerms, smallpox vaccinations werebriefly halted when 10 people hadserious enough reactions to beginantibiotics, said Walter Orenstein,director of the CDC’s NationalImmunization Program.

“The clinic physician couldn’t decideif this was a normal, primary exuberanttake, or a bacterial infection” he said. Headded that, in fact, the swollen, itchy, redarms were routine.

As a f irst-year medical student 33years ago, Orenstein was so alarmed bythe fever, swollen glands and red streakup his arm after he was vaccinated thathe went to the emergency room forantibiotics. “I respect this vaccine” hesaid.

If Bush moves forward withvaccination, Edwards warns doctors toexpect the array of unsightly, unfamiliarcomplications that will come.

“You are going to have to be preparedto see these individuals and to see reallybad takes” she told state health officers.“You’ll wonder if they are bacterialinfections; in some cases the rash willmove up the arm and onto the chest. Thevaccinee requires a lot of TLC.”

[end quoting]It’s likely that most of you see quite

well between the lines of this damage-control propaganda fable. Obviously it’stime to condition the public—includingthe medical community—to some verynasty possibilities. Notice there is nocommentary on longer-term side-effects.

You might want to go back and re-readthe article Dr. Len Horowitz BlastsMandatory Smallpox Vaccinations inthe July 2002 issue of The SPECTRUMfor a reality check. Also see SmallpoxAnd Anthrax Frights Planned YEARSBefore 9/11 By Government And DrugIndustry in the November 2002 issue ofthis publication, again by longtimecourageous SPECTRUM friend Dr.Horowitz, as well as his intense article inthis current issue.

LONGTIME CRIMINAL APPOINTEDBY PRESIDENT BUSH TO HEAD

9/11 INVESTIGATION

Excerpted from the rense.com Internetwebsite, 11/28/02: [quoting]

From a review by Mike McGlothlin ofChristopher Hitchens’ Trial Of HenryKissinger:

Aliases: Henry Alfred Kissinger, HeinzAlfred Kissinger, Butcher of Cambodia.

The February and March 2001 issuesof Harper’s magazine feature a series by

Christopher Hitchens on the case forcharging Kissinger with War Crimes.Part I: The making of a war criminal; PartII features an extensive section on EastTimor.

Hitchens presents a rather straight-forward argument that establishes twoseemingly undeniable propositions: onat least one occasion, Henry Kissingerconspired to commit murder; and onnumerous other occasions, HenryKissinger was the primary force behindcertain acts that could quite plausibly beconsidered war crimes.

The case for Kissinger as murderconspirator is what Hitchens calls a “lay-down” case, i.e., one that stands out forits clear facts and clear law. The murdervictim is General Rene Schneider, whowas the Commander in Chief of theChilean Army, whom Hitchensmisidentifies as the Chilean “Chief ofStaff ”.

According to Hitchens (and the 9September 1970 minutes of the “40”Committee, the Kissinger-chaired secretpanel that oversaw U.S. covertoperations), the Chilean military had astrong tradition of neutrality in politicalaffairs, a rarity on the South Americancontinent. General Schneider was knownas an officer committed to upholding theChilean constitution and was thereforeopposed to the rumored incipient coupagainst newly elected Socialist PresidentSalvador Allende by a right-wing would-be junta of current and former Chileanmilitary officers.

Using U.S. Governmentcommunications cables from the CIA,and documents from the StateDepartment and White House, Hitchensrelates the facts of Kissinger’s directinvolvement in the direction, planning,financing, and general support by theorgans of the U.S. Government in the plotto remove General Schneider.

From the Village Voice, for the week ofAugust 15-21, 2001:

How You Can Do What TheGovernment Won’t: Arrest HenryKissinger — Manhattan’s Milosevic.

Bring Henry Kissinger to justice forcrimes against humanity. Consider,though, what happened to the last peopleto talk even jokingly about plans for acitizens’ arrest of the real-life model for“Dr. Strangelove”. An indictment ofHenry Kissinger for genocide, crimesagainst humanity, and war crimes wouldinclude (but not be confined to) thefollowing....

Incredibly, Henry Kissinger—the manwho rivals Pol Pot for the dubious honorof being the person responsible for the


How Can Electricity HelpRestore Health?

Check The Beck Protocol ... A First-Aid Kit for the FutureThe healing power of gentle currents of electricitywas known in ancient Rome (electric fish) andwas used extensively in spas and clinics beforeThe Medical Health Model was established. TodayThe Natural Health Model recognizes theelectrical nature of the body and the importance ofworking with the body’s natural ability to heal itself.

The Beck Protocol offers a four-part program forhealth using micro-currents of electricity (SilverPulser), pulsed magnetic fields (Magnetic Pulser),Ionic-Colloidal Silver and freshly Ozonated Water.

The Silver Pulser and Magnetic Pulser are licensed in Canada as Class-IImedical devices available to the public.

Robert (Bob) C. Beck, D.Sc.

Tel: 250-770-2023 Fax: 250-770-1999www.sotainstruments.com

PO Box 20019Penticton, BC V2A 8K3

1-800-224-0242

death of the largest number of innocentpeople in Southeast Asia (and farsurpasses Pol Pot in criminality when onefactors in Kissinger’s various levels ofresponsibility for wholesale slaughterand repression in other parts of theworld)—still wields significant power inthe United States; but his role as eagerfacilitator of mass murder, totalitarianrepression and other atrocities is neverdiscussed in polite society....

[end quoting]Here’s an extreme case of having one

of the world’s most powerful and mostnotorious FOXES put into the position toinvestigate the HENHOUSE! I can’tthink of a better example of the would-be-kings thumbing their noses at we-the-sheep. It’s a good test for them to seehow many Americans are asleep or couldcare less about rising up in indignationover such a choice as Kissinger to headthe 9/11 investigation commission.

HOMELAND SECURITY BILLDECLARES WAR ON CITIZENRY

From the rense.com Internet website,11/21/02: [quoting] by John Kaminski

Now, no one is safe from America’skiller president.

The Senate’s passage of the ludicrouslymisnamed Homeland Security Bill iseasily the biggest bad joke in Americanhistory, because in declaring war on allpeoples of the world—including its owncitizens—it presages a new Dark Age inworld history, one in which the UnitedStates may annihilate any other countryfor any reason it concocts, or for noreason at all. The bill is ludicrouslymisnamed because nothing in thisnation’s history has ever jeopardized itscitizens’ security to this degree.

Most tragic of all, however, is thecomplete destruction of that beacon ofhope for the whole world for twocenturies, the U.S. Constitution.Completely gone are the right to a fairtrial, the right to be safe in one’s home,the right to confront one’s accuser, theright to legal representation, and theright to be recognized as innocent untilproven guilty in a court of law.

Now, America simply kills meresuspects from the air with unmannedplanes, or throws them into jail withoutpossibility of trial, arbitrarily decreedguilty by biased political functionaries,and executed with no chance to proveone’s innocence. And further, AttorneyGeneral John Ashcroft plans furtherincursions into America’s privacy byplacing new restrictions on Internet andtelephone communications.

Though surely few in Congress realize

it yet, America’s legislators essentiallyvoted themselves out of existence bypassing the bill, because now themajority of governmental securityfunctions are lumped together under thearbitrary aegis of Homeland Security,bypassing Congress with its decision-making controlled directly by thepresident and his unconf irmedhenchman, the director of HomelandSecurity. Congress is now merelywindow-dressing (as it has been for manyyears) for the criminal charades of thedictator, which is exactly what happenedto the Roman republic all those longyears ago.

Congress has approved the masskilling of many American citizens bypassing the Homeland Security Bill byshamefully wide margins in both theHouse and the Senate. A “minor”provision in the legislation givesabsolute authority to nonmedicaladministrative personnel to mandatedangerous, untested vaccinations on allAmerican citizens. Since so manyAmerican military personnel died fromreceiving untested and mysteriousvaccinations prior to the first Gulf War,and since vaccine stores, presumably tobe used in mass vaccinations, are eitherout-of-date or untested, many fatalitiesare expected from these dangerous

inoculations.Most conscientious doctors have

advocated refusing the shots, but thelegislation provides for arrest (andpossible confiscation of property) ofthose refusing to accept “legally”ordered vaccinations.

Adding a provision that protectsmanufacturers of the ingredients frommalpractice lawsuits in the event of deathor infirmity is another sardonic insultincluded in the legislation. Andinvestigating the real owners of thecompanies who are about to foist theseinjurious substances on ignorantAmericans reveals them to be insiders ofthe highest echelon, some with direct tiesto the president’s father.

In addition, medical opinion revealsthis whole issue to be a complete,cynical, f inancial boondoggle. TheCenters for Disease Control hasannounced the new smallpox vaccine isnot to be recommended for HIV people,anyone on immunosuppressive drugs, oranyone with eczema.

The CDC quoted a new study in theJournal Of Allergy And ClinicalImmunology describing reactions thatinclude blindness, scarring, and death.So the vaccine is thereforecontraindicated in all these cases,according to the CDC.


Eczema patients alone comprise halfthe U.S. population. AIDS patients andthose on immunosuppressive drugs addanother signif icant proportion to thegroup of those who shouldn’t bevaccinated.

In addition, the omniscient mediaseem to have forgotten that mostAmericans over 31 years of age havealready been vaccinated for smallpox,since the vaccine was only halted in1971 in the US. Remember? So if thevaccine is supposed to work, thenobviously these people will not need anew shot, right?

Then who does that leave? Tenpercent of the population would be areasonable estimate.

It’s not much of a stretch to see how thethreat of smallpox is a marketing tool—right out of classic Bernays PublicRelations 101—that is being used tojustify paying vaccine manufacturers$800 million for a vaccine that isunproven, untested, and contraindicatedfor 90% of the population.

Why then are our new mastersshrieking about the 280 million doses weneed to protect the American people fromthis imminent bioterrorist threat?

Could it just be the money?In addition, it’s well known in history

that smallpox vaccinations in 19th-

century England caused cases ofsmallpox to skyrocket, from around2,000 before vaccinations started, toaround 80,000 afterwards, which is whymost European countries stoppedvaccinating then and still don’t to thisday. Yet our completely untrustworthySenate approved this measure by a voteof 90-9, that is—approved certainjeopardy for the collective health of theAmerican people simply for heftycampaign contributions from drugcompanies.

What’s important to notice is thatsmallpox vaccination in the U.S.persisted another 30 years after thedisease was at an incidence of practicallyzero. Again, the only source of deathfrom smallpox in the U.S. for 30 yearswas from the vaccine itself.(Mendelsohn, p. 232, World Book, 1994)

It’s difficult to discern which elementof the Homeland Security legislation isactually the worst encroachment on therapidly eroding independence ofAmerica’s citizenry. One which hassparked much complaint is the removalof civil service protections for HomelandSecurity employees, to improve securityaspects of America’s “war on terror”,according to President Bush. Thisassault on the well-being of Americanworkers nullifies 70 years of battling for

justice in the workplace. Anotherinsulting aspect of the bill is aboondoggle “institute” at a Texasuniversity near the president’s ranch.

One glaring affront to hardworkingAmericans was a provision allowingcompanies that left the country to avoidfederal taxes (think the Enron,Halliburton, and Harken models) to beeligible for Homeland Security contracts.This is clearly a sop to the president’sclose friends, who do business in thisexact manner.

If the United States had an actualAttorney General, he would have longago investigated these criminal cheaters.John Ashcroft only persecutes those whothreaten the profits of the American elite,as the mouldering, sabotaged probes intoboth the 9/11 horror and the anthraxmurders clearly indicate. We desperatelyneed an Attorney General who willenforce the laws of the land and protectpeople—not this insane Pentecostalfunctionary whose sole purpose seems tobe to assist in the destruction of allconstitutional protections for averagecitizens.

Apart from these treasonous intrusionsinto the lives of ordinary people lurksAmerica’s new penchant for starting warsin various areas of the world for purposesthat are kept hidden from the generalpublic. The American mass murder inAfghanistan was ostensibly aimed atbringing to justice the allegedperpetrators of the 9/11 disasters. Theaim of this mission failed and wasforgotten. Now Afghanistan hasdegenerated into sheer murderousanarchy, drug-smuggling chaos nowconveniently overlooked by the world’smajor newspapers, or consigned to theback pages.

It is important to remember that this iswhat other countries in the world shouldlook forward to experiencing after theU.S. decides its “war on terror” shouldcross their borders. What is happening inAfghanistan is what will happen in Iraq,followed by what will happen to othercountries on the immediate U.S. hit list.What will be left of the world after thathit list is accomplished? Nothing butmisery, rubble, and heaps of innocentcorpses, sanctified as the new Americanexport.

And as the current Iraq saga meanderstoward a new criminal conclusion, whatare we to think of a world of spinelessbureaucrats (including our own CIA) whofor months protested that President Bushwas clearly lying about his reasons toinvade that desperate country, buteventually knuckled under to Americanpressure (read: were bribed into


accepting) and joined the sick parade of“democratic” nations ready to onceagain sacrifice the Iraqi people for thesins of the Zionist petronazis.

In a country known around the worldfor the power of its democraticinstitutions to temper dictatorialimpulses of its previous leaders,Homeland Security stands as a colossalbetrayal of the peoples of the world,because it means that all of the lecturesgiven by America over the years, thatdemocracy was the best way to govern,are now exposed as cynical lies—convenient ruses used by Americancorporate shills to bleed other countriesdry of their natural resources.

Democracy in the United States clearlyno longer works, evidenced by the factthat the opposition party—theDemocrats, who crafted most of theHomeland Security Bill—no longeropposes in any signif icant way theexpansionist aims of its unelected,undemocratic dictator.

President George W. Bush isremarkable among Americanpresidents for his distinctive lack ofbusiness and life achievements prior toassuming his office in Washington. Allof his business enterprises were deviousshell corporations sustained by hisfather’s super-rich friends. And now wehave a government of just such anature.

In addition, the second president Bushhas “distinguished” himself, through hisrecord of allowing executions ofmentally ill persons in Texas, to prove histoughness about “law and order”. Nowinnocent American people, as well aspeople all over the world, are about tolearn what the people of Afghanistanhave so recently and tragically learned:that no life is sacred if it stands in theway of schemes by the power elite tosuck billions of dollars from a totteringeconomy.

Now, no one is safe from America’sexecutioner par excellence. Just ask PaulWellstone.

(John Kaminski is a writer who liveson the coast of Florida, and is a devoteeof the thought first voiced by HenryDavid Thoreau: “I am a citizen of theworld first, and of this country at a laterand more convenient hour.”)

[end quoting]Most aware people are having similar

thoughts about the ever-more-destructiveposture being adopted by OUR electedrepresentatives concerning the welfare ofthe citizenry they’re supposed to berepresenting. Perhaps it’s time we letthese bought whores know howtransparently criminal are their actions

and that we’ve had enough of suchtreasonous behavior.

MARCH ON DC & SF, JAN. 18,HALF MILLION EXPECTED!

From the FindTruth [mail to:[email protected]] Internetwebsite, 11/30/02: [quoting]

Begin organizing today! Spread theword!

Come to the march on Washington DC& San Francisco, January 18. Beginorganizing busses today! A half-millionexpected. You can make history!

U.S. media, now ranked 17 in pressfreedom, censored the last march on DC& SF in October, which DC & SF policenoted WERE THE BIGGEST ANTI-WARPROTESTS SINCE VIETNAM—andhappening BEFORE the war.

This January 18 marches will likelydwarf the number we saw in October if weall get busy. In October we saw nearly aquarter of a million in DC and nearly100,000 in San Francisco. The DCmarchers f illed the boulevardscompletely encircling the White Housewith a sea of humanity. And it was somassive that when the front of the marchcircled round the 3-mile square, they hadto wait 30 minutes for the tail of themarch to leave the site and enter theboulevard.

Make history with us. Visit thewww.internationalanswer.org websitefor march details—to find busses leavingfrom your city, or to post yourinformation as a local contact to beginorganizing busses. Also, download flyersand posters there for distribution.

[end quoting]It’s always a good idea to check out

who might be sponsoring such marchesso that you don’t play into the hands ofthe wrong people. With that said, formany so inclined, marches are a usefulsocial outlet to express an opinion.There has been no denying the strongstatements made by a number of recentmassive marches worldwide against Bushand his Iraq war, such as was covered inlast month’s News Desk—where theinitial anger of the people was thenmultiplied even more by the newsmedia’s ludicrous attempts to downplaytheir reporting of such events in majorcities all over the world.

NAFTA TO FINALLY CRUSHMEXICO IN JANUARY 2003

From the www.rumormillnews.comwebsite, 11/30/02: [quoting]

The lifting of all tariffs on agriculturalproducts entering Mexico—except for

corn, beans, sugar, and powdered milk—as scheduled to occur in January 2003,under NAFTA, will bankrupt whatremains of Mexican agriculture, uponwhich at least 27 million Mexicansdepend for their livelihood.

Should it go through, genocide willresult. Responsible Mexicans, fromacross many parties and sectors, aredemanding the government blockimplementation of this phase of NAFTA,opening up a bigger fight than any yetfaced by President Vicente Fox.

Some people project 70,000 jobs willbe lost in a short period of time, nearlydoubling the (conservatively estimated)82,000 permanent jobs lost in the farmsector since Carlos Salinas opened the“ejidos” (community farms) to privateinvestment in 1992. Over that sameperiod of time, the percentage of the ruralpopulation attempting to survive underconditions of extreme poverty rose from44.6% in 1992, to 46.08% in 2002.

The PRD congressional delegationbrought a bill before the CongressNovember 25, which would have theCongress call upon Fox to provisionallypull out of the agriculture section ofNAFTA. [end quoting]

This and the fact that the border ispurposely kept very open gives the NewWorld Order crooks what they want—amechanism to force more millions to fleeto the U.S. so they can cause more havochere according to their speeded-upagenda of Martial Law and completeslavery of we-the-people.

It also advances their worlddepopulation plans as a result of theturmoil and deaths that happen fromhunger and desperate criminal activitiesdue to mounting chaos.

SEATBELT TICKETS FROMMILITARY POLICE

From the beyond-the-illusion.comInternet website, in a 11/25/02 message:[quoting]

It was announced on the news todaythat, in Florida’s yearly push to reducetraff ic deaths over the Thanksgivingweekend, Military Police would behelping State Police issue “no seatbelt”tickets! This might sound harmless atfirst (because, after all, they are justtrying to help us protect us fromourselves). But this could also just be atest to see how far we will let the camelget it’s nose into the tent! The newsblurb even included an excuse for thisaction being that more U.S. militarypeople are killed in traffic accidents thanin wars.

The real message was in the fact that


the military, which has no place indomestic law enforcement, is nowinvolved in domestic law enforcement.

The point is that Military Police arereportedly being used to enforce this law.This is a blatent violation of the intent ofPosse Comitatus, but worse, an initialimplementation of a Bush militaryMARTIAL LAW SCHEME [emphasismine], in conjunction with BushExecutive Orders, the Patriot andHomeland Security Acts, and Ashcroft’sGestapo/Taliban mindset. Where betterto test its acceptance than in brother Jeb’sstate?

We’d better start squawking loud andlong at this latest subversion of ourrights and the Constitution.

[end quoting]Amen!

AL-QAEDA AND HEZBOLLAHPART OF CIA OPERATIONS

From the www.infowars.com Internetwebsite, 11/8/02: [quoting]

Alex Jones Radio Show partialtranscript:

Alex Jones: They are doing precisely,exactly what I said they would do. And Ieven predicted they would try to connectit to the Michigan militia, following thesame pattern of Oklahoma City.

They are now saying that there are al-Qaeda training camps in South America.Translate that into CIA training camps inSouth America. And that is connected to

the American right-wing.Now, I figured this out over two years

ago. Why would they have Iraqisinvolved in the Oklahoma City bombing,and then cover it up when good policearrested the Iraqis with the eyewitnessespointing them out? Clinton ordered theIraqis released. They declared “nationalsecurity” in two separate Freedom OfInformation Act trials.

On the surveillance cameras, theywould never release those. So we hadFBI in the building. We even know theirnames, with CIA, actually planting thebombs. We have the diversionary blastsoutside with McVeigh and Al HussainiHussain of the Iraqi Republican Guard.

They connect Oklahoma City to right-wing with their McVeigh patsy they hadtraveling around the country trying tomeet with every right-winger he could,creating that trail. They then set up theOmnibus Crime Bill, Effective DeathPenalty package, the Anti-Terrorismpackage. Those three separate pieces oflegislation, two separate pieces oflegislation, they got that passed. And Ikept saying: you watch, they are waitingon this to link it up and to say that theAmerican right-wing works for Saddamand bin Laden.

This is a MASSIVE set-up and they arenow activating it. This is the first thingBush’s people put out after they sweepthe House, the Senate and, of course, theexecutive, and now the judicial—thefirst time since the Great Depression.

And they’re moving hard; they’re movingfast.

We’ve got to get ahead of this thing,which I tried to do years and months agoon this show. We’ve got to let peopleunderstand what’s really going on here.

This is how they are going to activateHomeland Security against the Americanpeople, ladies and gentlemen. It isdastardly. It is wicked. It’s cold-blooded.It is New World Order M.O., one-hundred-and-ten percent. They are nowdoing it.

The government bombs OklahomaCity, and they blame it on the right wing.They involve Iraqis and set-up that trail.When they bring it out that Iraq bombedOklahoma City, which they’ve alreadybeen doing in the national news, we needto point out: Well, why did you thenseize the surveillance cameras, all 12 ofthem—the tapes, showing the Iraqis?Why would police arrest them to ordertheir release?

We need to start asking that questionwhen they try to do this. That’s the mostpowerful tool we’ve got. Call every talkshow now. Call every radio show. CallC-Span in the morning whenever theyopen those phones up. Call the WhiteHouse.

Call Congress and tell them: Hey, whydid you grab those surveillance cameratapes then—that show the Islamicsbombing the building, the Iraqis? Whydidn’t you keep them in custody afterthey’d been arrested? Clinton: why didyou order their release? Why did GeorgeBush, Sr. bring 3,400 of them in after theGulf War? Why? Why? Why?

The answer is simple. This governmentis illegitimate and is behind the attacks.That is an absolute documented fact.

I’ll cover the transcript. I’ll cover all theother news. There is so much of it today.

[BREAK]All right, we are attempting right now

to get Joe Pilchak on the show. He was agubernatorial candidate in Michiganand, of course, he was former commanderof the Michigan Militia, which had a lotof good people in it but which wasthoroughly infiltrated by the globalistsand set-up for patsy operations, yearsago. Why am I bringing this up? WithBush saying we are going into Iraq andsaying that Iraq is sure to attack us,perhaps with nuclear weapons. I’ve gotall this news—just incredible stuff.

“The UN Council Okays IraqResolution” as I told you they would. Itwas all theatre to act like they weredeliberating and to empower the UnitedNations. Why am I saying this? BecauseI told you over and over again, listeners,that I had figured out two-and-one-half

THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003

THE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADA

SEE BSEE BSEE BSEE BSEE BAAAAACK COCK COCK COCK COCK COVER VER VER VER VER AD FOR MORE DETAD FOR MORE DETAD FOR MORE DETAD FOR MORE DETAD FOR MORE DETAILSAILSAILSAILSAILS

COME COME COME COME COME VISITVISITVISITVISITVISIT TTTTTheheheheheSPECTRSPECTRSPECTRSPECTRSPECTRUMUMUMUMUM’’’’’ sssss BOOBOOBOOBOOBOOTHTHTHTHTH


years ago their plan. Connect right-wingmilitia groups, conservatives, Christians,home-schoolers—what the FBI has intheir manuals—with al-Qaeda, with Iraq,and with all these other organizations.

Bottom line, ladies and gentlemen:And now they’ve done it. I told you rightbefore they go into Iraq, I told you this,they’ll bring out news connecting theright-wing with the terrorists, with theIslamists. Then they will go into Iraq andthey will kill Saddam. And as soon asthey kill Saddam, as soon as they knowhe’s dead—and it won’t be announced onthe news—they will detonate weapons inthis country.

They will level cities. They willrelease biologicals. They will createuntold mayhem. That is, the governmentwill. And now they are doing it. Now I’mmore sure than ever. I’ve gone from 95%sure to 98% sure. Do you hear me? From95% sure to 98% sure. We can drive thatdown to 50-50 by totally getting on thephones, going absolutely ape and callingand telling everybody and pointing thisout.

Point out why did good FBI arrest 5members of the Iraqi Republican Guardwho were involved in the OklahomaCity bombing with the FBI and theCIA? Why were they ordered to releasethem by Bill Clinton? Why did GeorgeBush, Sr. bring these Iraqis in, who hadbeen trained here in the ’80s, broughtback in the early 90s? Why did theydeclare “national security” on thesurveillance camera tapes—showing theIraqis bombing? Because they weresaving that until they were ready tomove in, take out Iraq. You see, theycould have done that in ’91, but theyweren’t ready. They needed to get theirterrorism police state set-up here first.Then they move ahead with the nextphase.

I’m giving you the actual policyanalysis and strategy and operationalprogram manual. I’ve never seen it, but Iknow what it reads, word for word,because an organization as big as theNew World Order has to set up itsdifferent cadres, it’s compartmentalizedsystems. It has to give them orders. Ithas to put out directives that we can read.And, at the same time, it has to prepare asa Gallighter, prepare the ground, theminds of the people of who the enemy isand what’s going to happen.

So, analyzing the propaganda, thedeclassif ied reports we have and thelong-term strategy, I know exactly,precisely, 110% totally, what theirprogram is. And it is horrible. It ishorrible.

We are here preparing to go into the

final phase of the New World Ordertakeover, ladies and gentlemen.

It is mind-blowing. And you’re saying:okay Alex, what are you getting at?

Connie Chung. Last night’s transcript,CNN’s Connie Chung Tonight. And shecame back and said, from one of herreports:

“But what about al-Qaeda? A newarticle in Vanity Fair raises the disturbingspecter of al-Qaeda training camps in aterrorist haven closer to the U.S. thanmay have been imagined, right in SouthAmerica, in the region where Argentina,Paraguay, and Brazil meet, known as theTriple Border. How long has Americanintelligence known about this? Andcould information from the region haveprevented September 11?”

They go on to say they haveconfirmed information from Bush, fromthe CIA. Yes, the people carrying out theterrorist attacks, that they have theMichigan militia, White Supremacists,and al-Qaeda training there. If youbelieve that, I’ve got a bridge on theMoon I want to sell you. This is asinine.

So here’s the program. Here’s theoperation IN YOUR FACE. SabastianJunger, Contributing Editor, Vanity Fair,is the guest Connie is interviewing:

[Editor’s note: Comments by radioprogram host Alex Jones are inparentheses during this transcript withina transcript.]

Chung: All right, based on yourreporting, what can you tell us aboutTriple Border?

Junger: Well, it’s an area with a lot ofblack-market activity, a large Muslimpopulation. And Hezbollah has beenthere for about 10 years.

Well, who founded Hezbollah in 1973,according to a ten-part report by UnitedPress International? Israel.

They mounted two attacks inArgentina from there in the early ’90s.And now it looks like al-Qaeda and otherterrorist organizations from around theworld are there as well.

Chung: Did the United States knowabout this Triple Border?

Junger: Yes and no. Myunderstanding—its always a murky story,of course—but the CIA asked Argentinaintelligence to infiltrate Triple Border inthe mid-’90s to f ind out aboutHezbollah. And when Argentineintelligence came back with was notonly Hezbollah, but al-Qaeda. And thatwas so incredible to the CIA, theybasically dismissed it. They said: “That’snot possible.”

(Yeah, right.)Now they have picked it up quite

vigorously, of course. But, for a while,

they lost a couple of years there.Chung: And you connected with a

former Argentine intelligence officer.And the most shocking thing, I think, isthat, seven months before 9/11, he wrotea letter to U.S. authorities.

Junger: Yes, he wrote a letter. Heclaims he wrote a letter to AmbassadorWalsh in Argentina, warning of attackson September 11. He didn’t saySeptember 11, but he said in the nexthalf-year or so that suicide pilots will flyplanes into buildings.

(Yeah, we said that here on the air.Because the U.S. government was settingit up.)

That is corroborated by a youngMoroccan who was an al-Qaedaoperative in Brazil, named Abdel Fatah,who one week beforehand, had a changeof heart and tried to get a letter to U.S.authorities warning about September 11.

(Just like the Talaban minister gave usspecifics two weeks before, and he is theonly one in custody now, of any high-level al-Qaeda or Taliban? Everybodywarned this government. They wererunning the operation!)

Clearly he was ignored. Clearly, thisinformation was on the street in SouthAmerica in the months precedingSeptember 11. Why would that be?Well, obviously, al-Qaeda is there.

Chung: Well, did this formerintelligence officer, Argentinian, specifyeven the buildings and what would behit?

Junger: Yes, he had a list. He saidWhite House. Obviously, they weren’tall hit. But he said possible targets areWhite House, Congress, Twin Towers,Pentagon.

(Well, yeah; they have 95 governmentreports saying that, I would add.)

He also said the planes would haveexplosives in them, which, apparently,they didn’t. But obviously, hisinformation is not perfect, but he had anextraordinary amount of detailedknowledge, and also about who was inthe Triple Border. He has names,surveillance photos of Hezbollah and al-Qaeda agents who have passed throughthere.

(By the way, they have had all thephony right-wing talk-show hosts ontheir shows saying the right-wing isbehind the attacks. Isn’t it funny thatright-wing hosts we are supposed to trustare going “yeah, it’s the right wing,spouting the ACLU/Southern PovertyLaw Center/Simon Weisenthal Centerline that the ADL is putting out. It’s alldisinformation. I’m hearing this all over.Now they are putting it out on CNN. Yousee where this is going? To continue:)


ELIMINATE ALL DEBTS(MORTGAGES & CREDIT CARDS)

COMPLETELY, LEGALLY,PERMANENTLY

Eliminate all land/property taxes &regulations, completely, legally, permanantly,money-back guaranteed to work.

Divorce the I.R.S. out of your life,completely, legally, permanently, money-back guaranteed to work.

Travel in your car without driver’slicense, inspections, or insurance, legally,completely, permanently, money-backguaranteed to work.

Send $20.00 (postage/copy cost) donationfor “initial information” (creditable towardsfuture tuition) to: People’s RightsAssociation, care of: 1624 Savannah RoadSPT, Lewes, Delaware 19958 (NorthAmerica) or see: www.peoples-rights.comor call toll-free (24 hours) 1-(877)-544-4718 F.A.Q.

Chung: Well, but, then, why did theUnited States not consider him credible?Why didn’t authorities here take itseriously?

Junger: Well, to be fair, I think U.S.authorities get a lot of sort of crackpotswho contact them about sort ofcatastrophic warnings. I think they get alot of that. My contact down there alsohas a very complicated history with hisown government. He tried to warn hisown government about terrorist attacks.They ignored him. He spent some timein jail. He’s a complicated figure.

(By the way, some of these bombingsI’ve already researched, that went ondown in Latin America. They’re all CIA.It was always against a government thatthey didn’t like or against a governmentthey did like but then blamed it onrebels.)

I also think, ultimately, they couldn’timagine that it could be true.

Chung: Now, you mentioned that healso provided photographs that you wereable to examine.

Junger: Yes. He has dozens and dozensof photographs of men who he says areal-Queda and Hezbollah operatives downthere.

Chung: And did he pass this along toU.S. authorities as well?

Junger: He passed them along to me,and I sent them along.

Chung: And what did they consist of ?Were they people who are nowidentifiable or prospective terrorists?

Junger: He’s identif ied them,including American right-wingextremists who are down there, who havebeen down there since the mid-’80s.

Chung: You mean Aryan Nations?

Junger: Yes, Aryan Nations, MichiganMilitia, photos and names of these guys.One was ex-special forces.

Chung: An ex-special forces?Junger: Yes, Vietnam era. That is not

unheard of. There was an ex-specialforces American soldier who wasproviding security for bin Laden inSudan in ’94, I believe it was. So, thatkind of crossover from sort of alienatedAmerican military or right-wingextremists is not unheard of.

He has identified these men to me.The U.S. government, of course, is quitecareful about what they confirm anddon’t conf irm. So I haven’t gottenanything back from this side. But there’san enormous amount of evidence thatthis activity is happening.

[Editor’s note: This is the end of theConnie Chung Tonight programtranscript.]

He goes on to say that he does havesources inside the U.S. government.

Folks, the Republican report put outby the Senate Committee in ’99 said al-Qaeda was there with the CIA runningthe attack on the Serbs. Of course,they’re “former” Special Forces soldiersaround al-Qaeda. Al-Qaeda works for theglobalists, for the U.S. Government. Itold you this was coming. Absolutelyassured of it. This is how they sicHomeland Security on the Americanpeople. We’ve got to get out who isreally behind the terrorism now.

[BREAK]We know what the globalist plan is.

They carry out terrorist attacks. Theyhave right-wing patsys at the scenes.They have Iraqis in their employ sincethe ’80s, right through the ’90s. Untiltoday, seen on tape. They shelve thatinformation and wait to release it untilthey move into the next phase of theiroperation—global domination. That’show they get their domestic operationsrolling.

I told you this was the plan, and nowthey are putting it out on talk radio—allover the place, going Iraqis—we’re inlove. Of course, they don’t say WHYwere they in custody and released by thefederal government right after OklahomaCity, the week after. Why won’t theyrelease the surveillance camera tapes?Why did the founder of the FBI HostageRescue Team and the chief of terrorism,that individual, why did he have hotelreceipts as being checked-in the nightbefore the bombing, but claimed it wasin a whole other state?

And he had to drive as fast as he couldto get there because all the planes werebusy. There was no record, of course, sohe had to say he drove. Why were Feds

seen by Jane Graham, the head of HUDthere in the building, planting what shesaid were large gray sticks of butter,plastic explosives. And now they’redoing it just like we knew they would.And, boy, you want me to tell you whatthey’ll do after they launch this story?They’ll launch this story just in time toget it in your minds that it’s the right-wing when cities start vaporizing.

Bush said yesterday in his speech that,you know, al-Qaeda could hit us, and hementioned his Cincinnati speech wherehe said that nuclear, chemical, orbiological—they could destroy a wholecity just like that and leave nofingerprints. Oh, we know they’ll be nofingerprints! So you can never getcaught for what you are about to do—and things you and your kind havealready done.

That’s why I boldly get up here on thisshow and tell you the truth. What’s thef irst thing our so-called right-wingpresident does once he gets in office?Once he gets his sweep going? Once hegets control of all three branches ofgovernment? Why, they start floatingtheir stories that the right-wing is goingto get you.

Now the UN has signed onto the IraqResolution, and when they’ve killedSaddam, they’ve killed their patsy so hecan’t speak up. Then they are going totear this country apart, perhaps othercountries, and they are going with awave of untold terrorism and say Saddamdid it with the right-wing.

What are we going to do?And the left-wing will embrace Bush

in a vitriolic blood-lust, saying it’s sogood, we love Bush. He’s saving us fromthe right-wing. This is so sick. It makesmy head spin.

This is America, ladies and gentlemen.This is the reality. I told you this. I toldyou this on Monday. I told you this onTuesday. I told you this on Wednesday. Itold you this a month ago. I told youthis precisely a year ago. I kept tellingyou and warning you and telling youand warning you, over and over and overagain. And now it’s happening. Now it’sunfolding. Now it’s developing.

This is their program. This is theiroperation. I might as well just have thesecret documents in front of me.

P2OG—they admit is where thegovernment goes out and provokesattacks against America as a pretext forwar. Northwoods document calls for thegovernment to carry out the terroristattacks itself, bombing DC, blowing upaircraft, sinking ships, and shootingpeople—and blaming it on patsys andframing them. It talks about, on page 8


and 9 of the Northwoods document, howto frame the patsys. That’s why it’simperative to get this out to everybodyand to get it out now—because we arehaving an effect. People are waking up.I’m getting reports of conservative,liberal talk-show hosts telling the truthon the big local stations around thecountry. I’m going on the shows andhearing every caller agree and bring forthdynamic and concise information andanalysis.

The globalists are in trouble, so theyhave got to move, and move quick. Yes,they are throwing down the gauntlet inour face. We are entering the f inalphases of consolidation. The globalistshave not been getting away with it.They’re still moving forward at rampagespeed.

[SKIP FORWARD]Alex Jones: Let’s go to Joe Pilchak,

former commander Michigan Militia,gubernatorial candidate. They set thiswhole thing up in ’95 after the OklahomaCity bombing. Remember that? Overand over again it is the government itself.Joe, it’s all unfolding, isn’t it?

Joe Pilchak: It sure is Alex. I got acall from my wife this morning about theConnie Chung interview. And the firstthing I picked up, as you mentioned, wasthey said that Michigan Militia wasdown there in ’85. Actually, MichiganMilitia wasn’t started until March of ’94.

A little bit of background on myself, Ijoined the Militia in August of ’94,started the Brigade in St. Clair County inSeptember of ’94. I’ve been BrigadeCommander of that brigade ever since.I’ve been Divisional Commander forabout 5 years, Southeast Michigan, andin ’98 up to 2000, I was StateCommander. After two years, thoughtthat we needed a little bit of a rest. TheMichigan Militia—we are not a bunch ofterrorists. We are a bunch of patriots. Weswear an oath to uphold the Constitutionagainst all enemies, foreign anddomestic. We’ve got a good reputation.

Most of the politicians and electedofficials in the state, including the sheriffof our county, publicly stood up for usand said that we are good, honest citizensand they have no problem with it.

[end quoting]Here is yet another example

illustrating how the strings of the variouspuppets inevitably connect to the sameWorld Controllers through their variousagents-in-disguise. The central questionat this time is: How many people can seewhat is REALLY going on and how manystill fall for the shenanigans beingorchestrated to mind-control the massesinto certain beliefs advantageous to the

agenda of the World Control crooks?The events from 9/11 onward have

been suspicious enough to awaken manywho otherwise would have remainedasleep to The Truth. In that regard, theagenda of the World Elite is backfiringon them. And in that state of panic, theharder they try to further deflectattention to such as “terrorists”, the morethe TRUE terrorists are being exposed!

REVEALING HEADLINES FROMTHE DRUDGE REPORT

From the www.drudgereport.comwebsite, 11/26/02: [quoting]

• ANOTHER CANADIAN CALLSBUSH NAMES: THIS TIME AN ‘IDIOT’

• NORTH KOREANS OPT FOR EURO(from Oliver August in Beijing)The euro will receive a dubious vote of

confidence when North Korea introducesit as its off icial foreign exchangecurrency next month, replacing the U.S.dollar.

• SAUDI CLERICS TOLD TO STOPANTI-U.S. SERMONS (special to WorldTribune.com), Middle East Newsline:

RIYAD—Saudi Arabia has warned itsclerics not to give sermons directedagainst the United States.

[end quoting]Headlines such as these hint that

perhaps some have learned how to playthe games of the World Controllers betterthan they do.

25 CONGRESSWOMENWALKED OUT

From the www.rumormillnews.comwebsite, 11/27/02: [quoting]

Today I understand that 25Congresswomen in the U.S. House ofRepresentatives walked out—andrefused to participate in the vote to giveBush war powers. They were led byBarbara Bell of California, and they tookup residence on the White House lawn.

[end quoting]We need to encourage these brave

souls—even if such statements don’tmake the evening news. Remember:letting these people know you supportthem really helps them to continue downan often lonely and potentiallydangerous path.

BUSH TO PRIVATIZE JOBS

From the Daily News, Los Angeles, for11/15/02: [quoting]

As Many As 850,000 Federal PositionsCould Be Affected

by Ron HutchesonThe Bush Administration announced

plans Thursday to turn over as many as850,000 federal jobs to privatecompanies in an effort to improve serviceand cut costs.

[And if you believe that carrot, there’salways a bridge on the Moon for sale.]

The proposal could eliminate abouthalf of the 1.7 million federal civilianworkers by contracting-out jobs rangingfrom lawn mowing to satellite tracking.Private companies could bid for the workunder a process that may be outlined asearly as today in the Federal Register,which gives public notice of allgovernment actions.

The aggressive effort to pare down thefederal work force is sure to inflame laborunions already upset by PresidentGeorge W. Bush’s plan to waive civilservice protections at his newDepartment of Homeland Security.

Bush Administration officials say theycan impose the new bidding processwithout congressional approval after a30-day review period.

[There’s yet another end-run aroundCongress by a confidently arrogantAdministration.]

“The Bush Administration seems fairlyantagonistic toward its federal employeework force. If they can’t bust their unionsor take away their civil serviceprotections, they’re going to privatizetheir jobs” said John Threlkeld, aspokesman for the American Federationof Government Employees, a 600,000member affiliate of the AFL-CIO.

White House spokesman ScottMcClellan did not answer directly whenasked if federal workers should fear fortheir jobs.

“What the proposal does is simplyopen it up to competition” he said.“What we’re trying to do is makegovernment work better for the Americantaxpayer.”

Advocates of contracting outgovernment services predict savings ofmore than 30 percent when federal jobsare put out for competitive bids.Skeptics contend the government is ill-equipped to monitor work by privatecontractors, who may skimp on quality.

The federal government has a longhistory of contracting out some work,mainly office services and blue-collarjobs, but Bush would give privatecompanies a shot at almost any job thatis not an essential government function.The guidelines are intended to speed upand simplify the competitive biddingprocess to encourage more participationby the private sector.

The Off ice of Management andBudget has identif ied dozens of jobcategories that could be turned over to


private contractors, including security ingovernment buildings, aircraft andrailway maintenance, geological surveys,and legal services. [end quoting]

Who do you think would get theselucrative privatized jobs? You don’tsuppose it would be more Bush cronies?And if enough jobs were under such“favoritism” allegiance, might thatguarantee a strong “Republican”presence in Washington regardless ofwho thinks they control the White houseor Congress? Hmmm.

BANK OF AMERICAPOINTS THE WAY

Excerpted from the fourwinds10.comInternet website, 11/23/02: [quoting]

Bank of America laid off about 240people in San Francisco this past week.Their intent is to lay off 500 inCalifornia this month and next month intech and ops. The reason: to outsourcetheir computer programming to India. Tosee the people pack their desks at 7:30on a Monday morning, with theirmanager hovered over them, and beescorted out as though they werecriminals, is heartbreaking. Many arevery long-term employees. [end quoting]

Leave it to Bank of America to lead theway to future business methods. Butyou’re not likely to see such “leadership”featured in any of their folksy televisioncommercials.

CANADIAN OFFICIALCALLS BUSH A “MORON”

Excerpted from Reuters, 11/21/02:[quoting]by David LjunggrenOTTAWA — Canada declined on

Thursday to comment on reports that asenior Canadian official at the NATOsummit in Prague had referred toPresident Bush as “a moron”.

The reports are unlikely to improve thealready rocky relationship between Bushand Prime Minister Jean Chretien, who isclearly uncomfortable with thepresident’s stance on many issues,including his threats of war against Iraq.

The National Post and the Ottawa Sunnewspapers said a top Canadian officialexpressed frustration that Bush seemedmore keen on building up moral supportfor a possible assault on Iraq rather thanfocusing on NATO expansion, theofficial focus of the Prague summit.

“What a moron” the papers quoted theofficial as saying during a discussionwith Canadian reporters on Wednesdayevening in Prague. A spokesman forChretien in Ottawa declined to comment

on the incident, saying: “We don’tcomment on unattributed comments.”

[end quoting]Let’s see now, from Canada we have

“idiot” and “moron” describing BushJunior in the major press. In last month’sNews Desk we shared comments that hewas showing signs of “serious mentalstrain” at the APEC economic summit inMexico. Well, considering all theevidence honestly, such comments arehard to argue against.

Furthermore, Bush Junior is probablythe best example we have revealing theexistence of a masterminding secretShadow Government—because there islittle evidence to suggest he could bemasterminding much of anything he isbeing blamed for!

NEW EVIDENCE OF FRAUDIN CA POWER CRISIS

Excerpted from the Brooks Times, for11/16/02: [quoting]

by Nancy Rivera, Brooks Times StaffWriter

Workers at AES Corporation andWilliams Cos. agreed to idle Californiaplants to drive up electricity prices,federal regulators allege. New evidencehas emerged that AES Corp. andWilliams Cos. conspired to squeezeelectricity supplies to California in early2000, drawing an angry response Fridayfrom state off icials and bolsteringcontentions that the enormouslyexpensive energy crisis was at leastpartly a fraud.

Indications of bogus power plantshutdowns, released Friday by federalregulators, may threaten a settlementunveiled Monday in which the stateagreed to drop lawsuits accusingWilliams of price gouging during theenergy meltdown of 2000-01 inexchange for concessions by Williams onlong-term electricity contracts.

The Federal Energy RegulatoryCommission (FERC) released apreviously sealed investigation Fridayshowing Williams employees cuttingdeals in April and May 2000 with AESemployees to shut down one SouthernCalifornia power plant that AES operatedfor Williams, and prolong a maintenanceclosure at another.

The FERC investigation found thatWilliams employee Rhonda Morgan, intwo taped telephone conversations, toldan AES worker on April 27 that “Williamswanted the outage to run long” at a LongBeach power plant that had closed forrepairs two days before.

In a conversation later that day withEric Pendergraft, identified in the FERC

report as a high-ranking AES employee,Morgan said: “I don’t wanna dosomething underhanded, but if there’swork you can continue to do—”

Pendergraft responded: “I understand.You don’t have to talk anymore.”

AES extended the outage through May5.

Williams, which has a contract tomarket the electricity from AESelectricity plants in California, earnedmore than $10 million by selling moreexpensive electricity from other AESplants to the California IndependentSystem Operator during the outages atthe Long Beach and Huntington Beachplants, totaling 17 days, FERCinvestigators found.

AES and Williams settled the inquiryin April 2001, without admittingwrongdoing, after Williams agreed torefund $8 million to Cal-ISO—$2million less than the profit Williamsmade. Cal-ISO runs electricity marketsfor last-minute power and operates thelong-distance transmission grid servingabout 75% of the state.

The disclosures give added juice toaccusations that energy suppliers workedtogether to drive up prices in the state’selectricity markets, which were createdunder California’s ill-fated venture intopower deregulation. In May, FERCreleased Enron Corp. documents showingthat the energy company used tradingtactics to create artificial shortages andboost prices.

Former Enron trader Timothy N.Belden has pleaded guilty to conspiracyto commit wire fraud in connection withthe ploys, and the Justice Departmentand the California attorney general arepursuing separate antitrust investigationsagainst other energy suppliers, includingAES of Arlington VA, and Williams ofTulsa OK.

The fresh evidence released Fridaypresented California off icials anopportunity to renew demands thatFERC order $9 billion returned to thestate for alleged overcharges during theenergy crisis. But a top state official saidCalifornia is unlikely to gain any groundin that proceeding because theallegations come as part of aninvestigation that was settled last yearand because a recent FERC rulinglimited the kinds of evidence that thestate can present.

At the very least, the damaging newdetails gleaned from recordedconversations between Williams and AESemployees—who at times laugh at their“games” that earned Williams a morethan tenfold profit on its power—gaveCalifornia politicians a chance to claim


Give a Holiday gift of knowledge to someone you care about.For a limited time only we are offering a 6-month GIFTsubscription for only $20.00 (new subscriptions only). TheSPECTRUM makes an affordable and unforgettable gift thatcould change someone’s life. Your gift will be accompaniedwith a letter letting the recipient know how much you care.

Order Yours Today!Call toll-free:

1-877-280-2866 orsend Check or MO to:

The SPECTRUMPO BOX 1567

Tehachapi CA 93581

SPECTRUM HOLIDAY SPECIALvindication and accuse FERC of movingtoo slowly to help the state.

FERC, which acts as a sort of federalutilities commission, was criticizedTuesday in a report by the Democraticstaff of the Senate Governmental AffairsCommittee, which said the commissionfailed to devote enough resources torespond aggressively to reports of pricegouging or other misdeeds.

[end quoting]This is not really news, but it is

insightful conf irmation. Longtimereaders will remember back to theominous February 2001 issue of TheSPECTRUM, wherein our front-pagestory headline read: Will The Lights GoOut In California And The Nation?Expert Exposes Fraud & Greed. Andwith the Bush Administration behind theshenanigans, at least in part, would youhave expected any more bite from a so-called watchdog like the Federal EnergyRegulatory Commission?

IT IS SHAMEFUL FOR THE HOUSETO LEAVE TOWN WITHOUT

HELPING UNEMPLOYED WORKERS

Excerpted from the truthout.comInternet website, 11/22/02: [quoting]

Statement from Senate MajorityLeader Tom Daschle, Friday 11/22/02:

“This is a sad day for a lot of workers.Because of Republican inaction, nearlyone million Americans will lose theirunemployment benefits three days afterChristmas. Without jobs, and without anextension of their unemploymentinsurance benefits, they are facing a grimholiday season.

“Last week, the Senate unanimouslypassed a three-month extension of theunemployment insurance program thatPresident Bush signed in March. With aphone call to Speaker Hastert orRepresentative DeLay, President Bushcould have insisted that HouseRepublicans follow the Senate’s lead, andprovide this much needed help for thesehard-hit workers.

“Unfortunately, instead of giving laid-off workers some hope and some help toget through the holiday season,Republican leaders have given them thecold shoulder.

“It is amazing to me that so many whodiscussed their concern aboutunemployment on the campaign trail areunwilling to act on that concern now.When the Senate reconvenes, we willcontinue our work to help those whohave lost their jobs, and to strengthenour economy to create new ones.”

Statement from House DemocraticWhip Nancy Pelosi, Friday 11/22/02:

Washington, DC — House DemocraticLeader-Elect Nancy Pelosi denouncedHouse Republicans’ decision today toadjourn the 107th Congress withoutextending unemployment insurance for800,000 jobless Americans whosebenefits will run out three days afterChristmas.

“This is a perfect example of thedifference between our parties. If theDemocrats had been in charge, we wouldhave passed this bill” Pelosi said. “AsHouse Republicans rush home for theholidays, I hope they give some thoughtto those less fortunate families who willnot have much to celebrate this year.”

Despite repeated requests by HouseDemocrats today, Republican Leadershiprefused to even bring to the House floor abipartisan Senate bill to extendunemployment benefits through March.

In addition to helping workers,unemployment insurance provides atargeted economic stimulus byimmediately increasing consumerspending in the hardest-hit areas, Pelosinoted. Boosting consumer spendingquickly is one of the most effective waysto bring about an economic recovery.

More than 8 million workers arecurrently unemployed. TheRepublicans’ refusal to act, means that800,000 workers will lose theirunemployment insurance on December28, and an additional 90,000 workers perweek will lose their benefits.

Millions of Unemployed Workers StartLosing Benefits After Christmas

by Leigh Strope, Associated Press(11/23/02)

WASHINGTON — Jo-Anne Hurlstoncan’t find a job after nearly six months ofsearching, even with her master’s degreeand experience in education, humanresources, and the hospitality industry.

She’s one of nearly 1 millionunemployed workers across the countrywho will start losing jobless benefitsthree days after Christmas becauseCongress failed to grant an extensionbefore adjourning for the year Friday.

“All the money that’s being spent onhomeland security and we’re leftstranded’’ said Hurlston, 47, a singlemother with a 12-year-old daughter. “Ifthey want more money for homelandsecurity, we have to be able to work topay taxes.”

Congress passed a 13-week extensionin federal benefits in March, on top ofthe maximum 26 weeks that laid-offworkers typically can receive throughstates. But the extension benefits startexpiring December 28. Since Congressadjourned Friday without acting, anestimated 820,000 people will losebenefits that day, with an additional95,000 each week thereafter.

Democratic leaders made a last-ditchappeal Thursday to the White House,asking President Bush to urge HouseRepublican leaders to pass the Senate’sextension plan. But the White Houseremained on the sidelines in the debate.

“We strongly urge you to take actionto help these families” said the letterfrom outgoing Senate Majority LeaderTom Daschle and House Minority LeaderDick Gephardt. [end quoting]

You can bet your life they would neverleave town if it was the issue ofincreasing their own salaries andbenefits. Do you think this kind oftreatment might finally cause some ofthe growing mass of unemployed tobegin to pay attention to what their so-called elected representatives areactually up to? It seems the LAST thingon the legislators’ list is the welfare oftheir constituents. Meanwhile, apersonal hit in the pocketbook is oftenthe only way to motivate a public whowould otherwise be content to look the


other way where Washington politics isconcerned.

ANALYST STEWART SWERDLOW’SNEWS BRIEFS & COMMENTS

Excerpted from thewww.stewartswerdlow.com website:

[quoting]Been Losin’ Bin Laden: (11/16/02)This past week, Senate Majority

Leader Tom Daschle ripped into the BushAdministration’s “progress” in the war onterror. In the fourteen months since 9/11,bin Laden has evaded capture despitebillions of dollars in high-tech spyequipment, a multi-million-dollar rewardon his head, and numerous searchoperations. A reader writes that a surveyin Britain reports that “Mr. Bush isviewed as a greater threat to world peacethan Saddam Hussein by one in three ofthose still undecided about the merits ofmilitary action.” And so the story goes.

Iris Scan: (11/16/02)John F. Kennedy International Airport

is the f irst in the nation to use irisscanning technology to screen itsemployees. Approximately 300employees are voluntarily undergoingthe iris scans, which stores 247 traits ofthe iris into a computer. Officials say thetechnique is more specif ic thanf ingerprinting, which checks for 85traits. Employees say that they can givetheir identification cards to anyone, butthey cannot give their eyes away.

Checkpoint: (11/16/02)Beginning this month, November

2002, U.S. Border Patrol agents areallowed to randomly set up checkpointsand stop motorists in the state ofMichigan within 25 miles of theCanadian border. Passengers will beasked about their citizenship, and federalagents “will have leeway as to a host offollow-up questions” the Detroit FreePress reported. Southern border statessuch as Texas and California alreadyhave this practice in place. Michiganpapers reported that “there are strands of

al-Qaeda and Hezbollah and Hamas”according to Special Agent DawnClenney with the Detroit FBI. Michiganis one of the first northern border statesto implement this program. Watch formore states to join. As always, a slow,steady, progressive step toward losingour freedoms.

Wait A Minute, Mr. Postman: (11/16/02)

This week, my wife Janet wasquestioned by our postman when he wasdelivering our mail. Although neverfriendly or talkative before, he quizzedher about all the mail and boxes he seescoming and going from our home. Washe really interested or is this part of theU.S. Postal Service’s spying and reportingprogram?

Is Anybody There? (11/16/02)Again, another admission to

technology many of our readers havealready experienced. Time magazinereports a phone so small that it can beimbedded in a tooth. While there can beno outgoing calls, the tooth phone“receives wireless calls that are heardthrough inner ear vibrations”. Does thisannouncement surprise anyone?

Our Lady: (11/23/02)I recently drove into downtown Los

Angeles to visit America’s newestCatholic Cathedral, Our Lady of theAngels, located, interestingly enough, onTemple Street. The massive complexlooks more like a library or collegebuilding. Over the front entrance to thechapel area there is a statue of an owllooking down at all who enter. The sameowl appears on the U.S. $1 bill. This is anIlluminati symbol that means “swoopingdown on unsuspecting prey fromdarkness”. Inside, instead of an altar,there is a huge square table, low to thefloor. It is capable of holding fourhumans during ritual. Towards the backthere is a Holy Water Font (vaginalsymbol) next to a tall, round candle-likestructure (phallic symbol). In the guestshop, which overlooks the 101 Freeway,you can buy Lladro statues of Jesus andMary for several thousand dollars perpiece! Looks like this new Cathedral onTemple Street is being set up to be aritual Temple for the New WorldReligion.

No More Reserves: (11/23/02)In line with everything I have said for

the last several years, the BushAdministration is now admitting that ifthe U.S. goes to war with Iraq, tens ofthousands of civilian volunteers—members of the Army, Air Force, Navy,Marine, and Coast Guard Reserves, andthe National Guard and Air NationalGuard—will be called up for “as long as

they are needed” and possibly two yearsaway from home. These reservesrepresent 47% of the U.S. military andoutnumber the active-duty Army. Oncethese reserves are deployed overseas, whowill help out here at home in case of anational emergency? Who is watchingout for the Homeland?

Suicide Surprise? (11/23/02)No surprise here. A man who was the

target of a federal investigationinvolving the theft of NASA technologyreportedly jumped to his death whilesupposedly logging hours to renew hispilot’s license. The fall is not officiallybeing classified as a suicide. The story isthat the man bought a $500 computerthrough a local ad, and when he turned iton he saw some non-sensitive NASAsoftware on it. Suicides andinvestigations just seem to go hand inhand these days.

True-Ain’t: (11/28/02)Truant officers have been showing up

at home-schooling locations acrossAmerica, threatening to take the childrenaway from parents. The government isnow strong-arming parents to put theirchildren in government sanctioned orapproved public/private schools wherethey can be indoctrinated into NewWorld Order mind control and falsehistory. There are over 2 million home-schooled children in the U.S. Studieshave shown that they are at least equalto, if not more knowledgeable than, theirpublic/private school counterparts.However, parents who home-school areoverwhelmingly anti-New World Order.Therefore, they are a current target of theU.S. government in its efforts to totallycontrol society. [end quoting]

Note the theme running through manyof the above items—of tightening thenoose around our necks just a little at atime, hoping we won’t notice.

PROMISING NEW APPROACH FORTREATING CANCER

From an e-mail message, thanks to M.& D. R., 11/21/02: [quoting]

Chinese folk medicine has yielded apromising new approach for treatingcancer. Using a dash of logic andmodern lab techniques, Seattle scientistshave shown that a compound extractedfrom the wormwood plant seeks out anddestroys breast cancer cells, whileleaving healthy cells unscathed.

In laboratory experiments, thecompound killed, within 16 hours,virtually all human breast cancer cellsexposed to it in the test tube, reportsHenry Lai, a bioengineering researcher atthe University of Washington. Just as

The

Now that we know what is reallygoing on, let’s do something about it

Idaho Observer

email: [email protected]: www.proliberty.com/observer

The Idaho Observer is a monthly, 24-pagenewspaper dedicated to the truth. For a

complimentary copy, please write:PO Box 457, Spirit Lake, Idaho, 83869;

or call: (208) 255-2307.$1 for postage is appreciated

but not necessary.


To order The SPECTRUM please call: 1-877-280-2866,or if you are outside the U.S. please call: 1-661-823-9696.

KIND WORDS FROM OUR READERS“Dear Friends, I feel so very very blessed to be a subscriber to The SPECTRUM.

It covers so much of what I need and want to hear. How do you do it? Your staff isso small ! But I also know that nothing is impossible with God, and God IS incharge! Thanks for all you do for us.” — V.B. from WV

“God’s work through SPECTRUM and associates is simply outstanding!”— J. & E.A. from TX

“Rick: Thanks for a great David Icke article, and all the good work you andSPECTRUM are doing.” — J.C. from NY

“Dear SPECTRUM staff: Please accept this as a token of appreciation for theservice you provide.” — C.V. from CT

“Keep on with the good work, and long life to the magazine!”— N.K. from QC, CANADA

“Much blessings for your good work.” — P.T. from AK

“Sign me up for another great year of The SPECTRUM ! You guys are doing agreat job; keep up the good work!” — B.H. from NV

“Dear SPECTRUM Staff: Received a brand spanking new December 2002 issueof The SPECTRUM, a magazine I hold in high regard. Made my day.

“Then read the note about being selected for a one-year free subscription. I wasflabbergasted! Shoot, I was thrilled with just getting one free issue.

“I can’t adequately express my thanks. I’m happy the Lord has blessed TheSPECTRUM and The SPECTRUM saw fit to bless an appreciative reader.

“Thank you very much. Peace be upon you.” — (prison inmate) K.M. from CA

importantly, he says, nearly all of thenormal cells exposed to it were stillalive. And a dog, with a type of bonecancer known as osteosarcoma so severethat it couldn’t walk across the room,made a complete recovery within fivedays of receiving the treatment. X-raysshowed the animal’s tumor “had basicallydisappeared” says Lai, adding that hebelieves the dog is still alive two yearslater. “Not only does [the drug] appear tobe effective, but it’s very selective” Laisays. “It’s highly toxic to the cancercells, but has a marginal impact onnormal cells.”

So what is this “novel” anti-cancercompound? It’s called artemisinin—andactually, it isn’t new at all. Chinese folkpractitioners extracted it from the plantArtemesia annua L., commonly known asWormwood, thousands of years ago foruse in the treatment of malaria, Lai says.

After a “secret recipe” for the treatmentwas discovered on a stone tablet in thetomb of a prince of the Han Dynastyduring an archaeological dig in the1970s, artemisinin re-emerged as atherapy for the mosquito-borne disease,Lai recalls. In fact, a purified form of theplant compound is now the drug ofchoice for treating malaria in many areas,particularly where chloroquine-resistantstrains have emerged, he says.

Why It Works

Experiments into why artemisininworks as an anti-malaria agent led to itstests as an anti-cancer drug. The keyturned out to be a shared characteristic ofthe malaria parasite and dividing cancercells: high iron concentrations. Whenartemisinin—or any of its derivatives—comes into contact with iron, a chemicalreaction ensues, spawning charged atomsthat chemists call free radicals. Inmalaria, the free radicals attack and bindwith cell membranes, breaking themapart and killing the single-cell parasite.

Cells, too, need iron to replicate DNAwhen they divide, Lai says. And sincecancer is characterized by out-of-controlcell division, cancer cells have muchhigher iron concentrations than donormal cells. On their surfaces, cancercells also have more so-called transferrinreceptors—cellular pathways that allowiron to enter—than healthy cells. In thecase of breast cancer, the cells have 5 to15 times more transferrin receptors ontheir surface than normal breast cells, Laisays.

And so entered the dash of logic:About seven years ago, Lai reasoned,why not target cancer cells with the anti-malaria treatment? Working with

assistant research professor NarendraSingh, Lai devised a strategy andobtained funding from the Breast CancerFund in San Francisco. The work appearsin the November issue of the journal LifeSciences.

The Anti-Cancer Strategy

The thrust of the strategy, according toLai, is to pump-up cancer cells with evenmore iron and then introduce artemisininto selectively kill them. In theexperiments, Lai subjected sets of bothbreast cancer cells and normal breastcells to either: a compound known asholotransferrin, which binds withtransferrin receptors to transport iron intocells and thus further increases the cells’iron concentrations; a water-soluble formof artemisinin; or a combination of bothcompounds. Cells exposed to just one ofthe compounds showed no appreciableeffect, Lai reports. But the response bycancer cells when hit with f irstholotransferrin, then artemisinin, wasdramatic, he says.

After eight hours, three-fourths of thecancer cells were obliterated. By 16hours later, nearly all the cancer cellswere dead. Just as importantly, he says,the vast majority of normal breast cellsdid not die, showing the safety of thetreatment. The success is particularlynoteworthy in that breast cancer cellsthat were resistant to radiation wereutilized in the experiment, Lai adds. “Sothat means this approach might work forcancer resistant to conventional therapy.”

As might be expected, more aggressivecancers such as pancreatic and acuteleukemia—which are characterized bymore rapid cell division and thus higheriron concentrations—respond evenbetter, Lai says. In a separate study, thetherapy eliminated leukemia cells in thetest tube within eight hours, he says. Thenext step, according to Lai, is furtheranimal testing, followed by human trials.

First the patient would be given ironsupplements to raise iron concentrationsin his or her cancer cells, he says, andthen the compound would be given inpill form. While human tests are still


years away, the treatment couldrevolutionize the way some cancers—particularly aggressive, fast-growingones—are approached if it lives up to itsearly promise, he adds.

But remember: Not every drug thatshows promise in the test tube pans outin human tests. “The fascinating thing isthat this was something the Chinese usedthousands of years ago” Lai says. “Wesimply found a different application.”

The application certainly makes sense.There’s a wealth of research linking ironand cancer: One study, for example,showed that three times as much ironcould be extracted from malignant breasttissue as from benign tissue, according toRalph Moss, author of the HealingChoices reports for people with cancer.Elevated iron storage was found in 88%of the breast cancer patients studied.

Given this shared characteristic ofmalaria and cancer cells, why did it takeso long to think of it? That, Lai says, is amystery. “Maybe people just don’t thinkof simple ideas.” [end quoting]

If this breakthrough shows anypotential for cutting into the cancerprof its of the major pharmaceuticalcompanies, then you can be sure it willhave to jump through an endless array oftesting hoops. The best way to assist the“delivery” of this “baby” (despite theheavy hand of the medical mafia) is tomake sure your own physician is aware ofit.

ANTIBACTERIAL SOAP FRAUDAND

PROSTATE CANCER TREATMENT

Excerpted from therealessentials.comInternet website, 11/4/02: [quoting]

The Real Essentials Newsletter, issue#025, November 2002; Editor: R. James(e-mail: [email protected])

In this issue [so you know what kind oftopics this newsletter covers]:

1. Codex Meets Again This Month In

Berlin2. Study Shows Antibacterial Hand

Soap No Better Than Regular3. Why Is An Obvious Prostate Cancer

Treatment Being Ignored?4. Valuable Information On Cancer5. More Recommended Reading

1. If you have not yet read aboutCodex Alimentarius and OperationCure.All, you can read those articleshere.

• Operation Cure.All—Whose Cure?(therealessentials.com/whosecure.html)

• The Sinister Truth Behind OperationCure.All, (therealessentials.com/sinistertruth.html )

2. Study Shows Antibacterial HandSoap No Better Than Regular

In a recent study, lead researcherElaine Larson, PhD, RN, associate deanfor research at the Columbia UniversitySchool of Nursing in New York, andcolleagues focused on the hand-cleaninghabits of caretakers in 222 New Yorkhouseholds. Every day for a year, halfused an antibacterial soap and half usedregular soap.

The results were presented at the 40thannual meeting of the InfectiousDiseases Society of America held inChicago this week.

“It makes you wonder why they call itantibacterial [marketing gimmick],because according to our research, it isn’tany more so than plain soaps” saysLarson, in a News Release.

Bacterial cultures were taken at thebeginning and the end of the year. Theyshowed that both groups had fewerbacteria at the end, but neither had morethan the other.

“We found antimicrobial orantibacterial soaps provide no addedvalue over plain soap” she adds.

But the problem of antibioticresistance is exacerbated by the regularuse of triclosan, the antibacterial agent

most commonly found in such soaps.While there is no conclusive proof that

antibacterial soaps can lead to resistance,“if there’s even a theoretical risk of that,why use it?” says Larson.

3. Why Is An Obvious Prostate CancerTreatment Being Ignored? (by PamelaHett-Dobricky)

Frankfort, IL (10/1/02) — Thetreatment is the use of naturalprogesterone and the reason is money.

Pamela Hett-Dobricky, M.B.A., ahealthcare educator, is on a mission toeducate men about the use of naturalprogesterone in promoting good prostatehealth and in the treatment of prostatecancer.

New research by Brent Formby, PhD, atthe Sansum Medical Research Institutein Santa Barbara CA has uncoveredevidence that progesterone may helpmen with prostate problems. His resultsshowed that progesterone inhibits thegrowth of prostate cancer cells and thatestradiol (estrogen) anddihydrotestosterone (DHT) (badtestosterone) accelerate prostate cancercell growth.

So if this is true, why aren’t doctorsprescribing natural progesterone to theirpatients? The answers are money andlack of knowledge.

First, money. Truly naturalprogesterone, one that is the samechemical composition that our bodiesmake, cannot be patented. You cannotpatent a natural occurring substance. Ifyou can’t patent it, you can’t makemoney.

Secondly, doctors remain cautious andwary of a drug that doesn’t show up intheir medical literature, and does notappear to have any credibility behind it.It is a vicious circle: if a substancecannot be patented, there is no money tobe made; then, if there is no money to bemade, there is no reason for a drugcompany to do a clinical trial to see ifthe substance is beneficial.

Each year over 400,000 men in theUnited States alone undergo prostatesurgery and over a billion dollars a yearis spent on prostate treatment. Proscar,the leading drug, is highly dangerousand, according to the United StatesVeteran’s Administration, is no moreeffective than a sugar pill. On theopposite side, there are no side effects tousing natural progesterone. By the ageof 50, 35% of men have cancer cells intheir prostate. Odds are 2 to 1 a man willhave prostate problems by the time theyare 60.

Ms. Hett-Dobricky’s mission is to getthe word out to men about the benefits of

A story honoring en-Light-enedriding masters who developedGuidelines to bring: discipline, beauty,grace, and balance in the movementsof a horse, from a girl who desired tobe a better rider. She became thefirst equestrian American woman inOlympic history. This is her own lifestory; how their Guidelines producedoneness with her horses, also therealization of Creator-God, the

Balancing Fulcrum, from riding theFigure 8. The en-Light-enedequestrian masters were FritzStecken and Ludwig Von Zeiner, HeadRider of The Spanish Riding School.

PRICE: $12.00 (SHIPPING INCLUDED),PAYABLE WITH NAME & ADDRESS TO:

M.B. Gill, P.O. Box 184Chester Springs, PA 19425

A CROWN OF LIGHTA CROWN OF LIGHTA CROWN OF LIGHTA CROWN OF LIGHTA CROWN OF LIGHTA HORSE IN BALANCE WEARS

!


natural progesterone. How to educateand work with your doctor to add this toyour treatment regime. Understandinghow to use natural progesterone toalleviate symptoms associated withenlarged prostate and how it can enhancelibido, improve energy, stamina andendurance. Ms. Hett-Dobricky explainswhy a natural progesterone cream isbetter than a pill, what the correct dosageis, and the potency difference betweensynthetic progesterone and USPprogesterone.

[end quoting]Perhaps some of the above good

information may be useful to you or tosomeone you know.

ALCOHOL HELPS TO KEEPPROBLEM ARTERIES OPEN

From Popular Mechanics magazine,December 2002: [quoting]

A many as 30% of the coronarypatients who receive artery-expandingstents see their improved circulationdiminished by a complication known asre-stenosis. The condition ischaracterized by the regrowth of cellsaround the wire mesh from which thestent is made. A simple change insurgical procedure developed at theUniversity of Alabama in Birmingham(UAB) has been shown to reduce artery-narrowing. In the standard surgery, a tinydeflated balloon is positioned inside theblocked artery and inflated. The stent isthen installed to prevent reclosure. Inthe UAB procedure the expanded arteryis coated with a dilute solution of ethylalcohol. Preliminary results show thatthe alcohol slows, and in some casesstops, cell regrowth. Only 7% of the 46patients in the study experiencedreblockage. [end quoting]

Sounds like an effective yet simplesolution to an otherwise potentially fatalproblem.

STORING INFORMATIONON ATOMS


The world’s densest memory chip hasbeen created by researchers at theUniversity of Wisconsin-Madison (UW-Madison). It stores bits of data asgroupings of only 20 atoms. The amountof information that now fits on 1 millionCDs could potentially be stored on asingle disc. The memory was made byevaporating gold on a silicon chip in away that naturally forms furrows. Siliconatoms then diffuse into the furrows,aligning like eggs in a carton. Using the

tip of a scanning electronmicroscope, individual siliconatoms can be positioned tocreate the mechanicalequivalent of strings of zerosand ones. Franz Himpsel, thephysicist who led the project,says it could take a decade orlonger before this type ofstorage media becomesavailable. [end quoting]

Thinking back ten years tothe memory devices andcomputers of that time, it’shard to imagine just whatmight actually be used forhigh-density memory devicesten years from now, when theabove is predicted to finallybecome available.

U.S. GOV’T. ASKS COURT TOSEAL VACCINE RECORDS

From the [email protected] Internetwebsite, 11/27/02: [quoting]

Health_and_Healing—Pulse On WorldHealth Conspiracies! (http://g r o u p s . y a h o o . c o m / g r o u p /Health_and_Healing)

by Todd ZwillichAttorneys for the Bush Administration

asked a federal court on Monday to orderthat documents on hundreds of cases ofautism allegedly caused by childhoodvaccines be kept from the public.

Department of Justice lawyers asked aspecial master in the U.S. Court ofFederal Claims to seal the documents,arguing that allowing their automaticdisclosure would take away the right offederal agencies to decide when and howthe material should be released.

Attorneys for the families ofhundreds of autistic children chargedthat the government was trying to keepthe information out of civil courts,where juries might be convinced toaward large judgments against vaccinemanufacturers.

The court is currently hearingapproximately 1,000 claims brought bythe families of autistic children. Thesuits charge that the measles-mumps-rubella (MMR) vaccine, which untilrecently included a mercury-containingpreservative known as thimerosal, cancause neurological damage leading toautism.

Federal law requires suits againstvaccine makers to go before a specialfederal “vaccine court” before any civillawsuit is allowed. The court was set upby Congress to speed compensationclaims and to help protect vaccinemakers from having to pay large punitive

awards decided by juries in state civilcourts. Plaintiffs are free to take theircases to state courts if they lose in thefederal vaccine court or if they don’taccept the court’s judgment.

The current 1,000 or so autism casesare unusual for the court. Because itreceived so many claims, much of thefact-finding and evidence-gathering isgoing on for all of the cases as a block.

Monday’s [11/25/02] request by theBush Administration would preventplaintiffs who later go to civil court fromusing some relevant evidence generatedduring the required vaccine courtproceedings.

Plaintiffs’ attorneys said that the orderamounted to punishment of the familiesof injured children because it wouldrequire them to incur the time andexpense of regenerating evidence for acivil suit.

“Wouldn’t it be a shame if, at the endof the day, our policy would be tocompensate lawyers” said Jeff Kim, anattorney with Gallagher BolandMeiburger & Brosnan. The f irmrepresents about 400 families of autisticchildren who received the MMRvaccine.

Kim accused the government oftrying to lower “a shroud of secrecyover these documents” in order toprotect vaccine manufacturers, who hesaid were “the only entities” who wouldbenefit if the documents are sealed.

While federal law clearly seals mostdocuments generated in individualvaccine cases, it has never been appliedto a block proceeding like the onegenerating evidence in the autism cases.

Administration lawyers told SpecialMaster George Hastings that theyrequested the seal in order to preserve thelegal right of the Secretary of Health andHuman Services to decide when vaccine

The SPECTRUM is a non-profiteducational corporation with501(c)(3) tax status. Alldonations are tax deductible andgreatly help us keep our doorsopen to provide you-the-readerswith The Truth. All donations aregratefully appreciated andformally acknowledged for yourtax-deduction purposes.

REMINDER TO OUR READERS


Solutions to Your Ultimate HealthConcerns. Addresses the cause of allillness utilizing an ‘ElectricalUnderstanding’. Eliminate chronic &degenerative diseases. Attain highenergy and youthfulness. Transformyour life forever. Free info package.Call NOW! 1(888)658-8859 E-mail:[email protected]

CLASSIFIED ADS

Cooking for PEACE. PEACE. PEACE. PEACE. PEACE. A bookletof various recipies, special foods,beverages, to help balance theimmune system, electrolyte levels,and important cellular growth.Price: $12. Send name and addressto:

Cooking for PEACEPEACEPEACEPEACEPEACEP.O. Box 184, Chester Springs, PA 19425

How wonderful is the brain toalert an unbalanced part of the

body and the mindTO SEEK THE TRUTH.

evidence can be released to the public.Justice Department attorney Vincent

Matanoski argued that to let plaintiffsuse the vaccine court evidence in a latercivil suit would confer an advantage onplaintiffs who chose to forgo federalcompensation.

“There is no secret here. What thepetitioners are arguing for are enhancedrights in a subsequent civil action”Matanoski said of the plaintiffs.“They’re still going to have unfettereduse within the proceedings.”

Hastings would not say when he wouldissue a ruling on whether to seal thecourt documents, but did say that hisdecision would be “very prompt”.

[end quoting]Notice how slick was the timing of this

request—at the beginning ofThanksgiving week, when the publicbecomes largely preoccupied with othermatters. A day or so later, when peopleare REALLY preoccupied, was when theyslipped Henry Kissinger in as thechairman of the 9/11 investigationcommission.

This move to prevent public access tothat incriminating vaccination data alsofollows closely the quiet addition to thenewly passed Homeland Security Bill—you know, the addition slipped in thatprotects those poor, little, honestpharmaceutical companies from any big,mean, vaccine-damage-related lawsuitsfrom we-the-people.

Perhaps it’s only when Evil of this

magnitude runs wild that some peoplefinally get mad enough to do somethingbesides simply complain to themselvesabout the state of the world—as they flipthrough television channels for somedistraction.

NOW THAT I’M “OLDER”,HERE’S WHAT I’VE DISCOVERED

From the Hilltop Shopper News,Tehachapi CA, 11/26/02: [quoting]

God grant me the senility to forget thepeople I never liked anyway, the goodfortune to run into the ones I do, and theeyesight to tell the difference. Now thatI’m “older” (but refuse to grow up), here’swhat I’ve discovered:

1. Started out with nothing, and I stillhave most of it.

2. My wild oats have turned intoprunes and All Bran.

3. I finally got my head together; nowmy body is falling apart.

4. Funny, I don’t remember beingabsent-minded.


5. All reports are in; life is nowofficially unfair.

6. If all is not lost, where is it?7. It is easier to get older than it is to

get wiser.8. Some days you’re the dog; some

days you’re the hydrant.9. I wish the buck stopped here; I sure

could use a few.10. Kids in the back seat cause

accidents.11. Accidents in the back seat cause

kids.12. It’s hard to make a comeback when

you haven’t been anywhere.13. The only time the world beats a

path to your door is when you’re in thebathroom.

14. If God wanted me to touch my toes,he would have put them on my knees.

15. When I’m finally holding all thecards, why does everyone decide to playchess?

16. It’s not hard to meet expenses—they’re everywhere.

17. The only difference between a rutand a grave is the depth.

18. These days, I spend a lot of timethinking about the hereafter: I gosomewhere to get something and thenwonder what I’m here after.

19. I AM UNABLE TO REMEMBERIF I HAVE MAILED THIS TO YOU ORNOT!


[end quoting]These are just some of the truly

profound tongue-in-cheek mysteries oflife. And here’s one more, by humoristMark Russell, that’s appropriate to theHoliday travel season: “Scientists havejust discovered that the rings of Saturnare composed almost entirely of lostluggage.” So now you know.

THE BOTOX CLUB-FOOT CURE

From Popular Science magazine,December 2002: [quoting]

Botox, the anti-wrinkle treatment, isall the rage among adults who don’tmind the needle if it will keep themlooking young. But research shows thatthe medication—a toxin that works bycausing temporary paralysis ofmuscles—can also help the genuinelyyoung. As many as 1 in 500 babies areborn with clubfoot, a condition in whichthe heel and toes twist inward. Thedeformity is corrected by moving thefoot into a healthy position andstabilizing it with a cast for severalmonths. Before this procedure, mostbabies need to undergo tendon-lengthening surgery so their feet can becomfortably turned. Because Botoxlengthens tendons by relaxing them,surgery wasn’t required in trialsconducted by Dr. Christina Alvarez ofChildren’s Hospital in Vancouver. Sheinjected Botox into the calves of some40 babies, repositioned their club feet,and stabilized them with casts. All grewinto healthy toddlers. — Harald Franzen

[end quoting]What a wonderfully intelligent

application of a product otherwise usedto treat profound cases of vanity.

EYES IN THE BACK OFYOUR MOUTH

From Wired magazine, December2002: [quoting]

by Michael AbramsThe brain doesn’t care where visual

input comes from. So why not see with acamera jacked into your tongue?

“Don’t fly by the seat of your pants.”That mantra is drilled into every pilot’shead in flight school. It means pay noattention to the g-forces pushing againstyour ass; and keep your eyes on yourinstruments. If you don’t, and your planeis in a spin or a loop, you could getcaught thinking down is up. But asaviation technology evolves, the cockpitis f illing up with new instruments,overwhelming the pilot’s ability to take itall in at a glance. Luckily, the eyes aren’tthe only way to see. Pilots can now senseother aircraft from a tiny zap on theirshoulders. And they’ll soon be able to


land a helicopter in a dust storm withinfrared images lightly buzzing theirtongues.

The fact is, visual information doesn’thave to go through the eyes to get to thebrain. Our sense organs are mere inputdevices—wet USB ports. The basicpremise, known as plasticity, is that thebrain can adapt to new data channels byrewiring itself. It’s a short step from thereto sensory augmentation and substitution.New devices are extending pilots’perception of space, giving rudimentarysight to the blind, restoring balance topeople whose vestibular systems havefailed, even enabling orgasms.

“A nerve spike is a nerve spike” saysPaul Bach-y-Rita, professor ofrehabilitation medicine and biomedicalengineering at the University ofWisconsin. “The brain doesn’t give adamn where the information is comingfrom.”

Bach-y-Rita has been experimentingwith brain plasticity since the 1960s, butonly in the last few years has thehardware become compact enough tocreate practical sensory input devices.His latest technology sends visual datathrough the tongue, which is jampackedwith nerves and coated with conductivesaliva.

A video camera, worn on the forehead,sends images to a laptop, which dumbs-down the picture to 144 pixels. Thatsignal is sent to a soviet-gray box, calleda Tactile Display Unit, which convertsthe image to electrical impulses. Thecurrent winds up on a matrix ofelectrodes that tingle the image onto thetongue.

In lab tests, the system enabled blindpeople to recognize letters, catchrolling balls, and watch candles flickerfor the first time.

But a sensory substitution systemneedn’t be for substitution alone.Researchers at the Naval AerospaceMedical Research Laboratory and theInstitute for Human and MachineCognition used Bach-y-Rita’s ideas tocram a pilot’s brain with expandedspatial awareness akin to sight. Insteadof electrodes on the tongue, the TactileSituation Awareness System (TSAS) usesa flight suit embedded with as many as96 transducers—mini-vibrators like theones found in cell phones. The TSASmakes pilots less dependent on theireyes. “The visual workload has gone upso high that we’re seeing an increase inthe number of human factor-relatedmishaps” says Anil Raj, who heads theprogram at the University of WestFlorida.

Now pilots can gauge their orientation

from a buzz on the torso. If the planebanks left, they feel a zap on the left. Ifthe plane makes a 180-degree turn, thezap will travel from one side of the bodyto the other. It usually takes months oftraining before pilots can look at theiraltimeters, attitude indicators, andcompasses and understand a plane’slocation in space. With TSAS, it takes 10minutes.

Bach-y-Rita is adapting the system forstroke victims and others who have losttheir sense of balance. He’s also workingon a sensor-filled condom that, in theory,could channel sexual stimulation to thetongue (most men who’ve lost feelingbelow the waist still get erections). Alittle more funding and the system maysoon fit into a wireless retainer that cansnap onto the roof of the mouth.

Videogamers will have a sixth sense.Navy SEALs, who complain that night-vision goggles destroy their eyes’ naturalability to adjust to the dark, will scandark beaches with their taste buds. Pilotswill vibrate their way home. And theblind will see. [end quoting]

What we’re really talking about here isthe amazing (and still largely untapped)power of the mind and brain to interfacewith the body. As technology can bereduced down from bulky contraptions totiny packages, further adaptabilitydiscoveries like the above will no doubtbe made.

THE BATTERY-POWERED TAMPON

From Wired magazine, December2002: [quoting]

The battery-powered motor in “theworld’s only patented tampon” relievesmenstrual cramps by producing“ultrasound frequencies [that] stimulatethe nerves to the point ofanesthetization”.

Guaranteed to ease cramps. (No sexualeffects have been noted in this FDA-approved product.)

$15 per six-pack, available in Januaryfrom the Vipon.com website.

[end quoting]This may help a lot of women on those

very uncomfortable days.

CREDIT AND IDENTITYTHEFT RESPONSE

From an Internet source, 11/27/02:[quoting]From: SteveTo: Undisclosed Recipients(Excerpt from longer article.)...But here’s what is perhaps most

important, and I never even thought todo this:

Call the three national credit reportingorganizations immediately to place afraud alert on your name and SocialSecurity number. I had never heard ofdoing that until advised by a bank thatcalled to tell me an application for creditwas made over the Internet in my name.

The alert means any company thatchecks your credit knows yourinformation was stolen and they have tocontact you by phone to authorize newcredit. By the time I was advised to dothis, almost two weeks after the theft, allthe damage had been done.

There are records of all the creditchecks initiated by the thieves’purchases, none of which I knew aboutbefore placing the alert. Since then, noadditional damage has been done, andthe thieves threw my wallet away thisweekend. (Someone turned it in.) Itseems to have stopped them in theirtracks.

The numbers are:Equifax: 1-800-525-6285; Experian

(formerly TRW): 1-888-397-3742; TransUnion: 1-800-680-7289; Social SecurityAdministration (fraud line): 1-800-269-0271. [end quoting]

This advice may help others who arecaught in this racket. Alert family andfriends!

PAPER-THIN BATTERIES


Products that literally call out for youto buy them are heading for stores. PaperPower of Israel has developed anultrathin power cell that has no casingand is nearly as flexible as paper. Thecompany plans to use the tiny, nontoxic,noncorrosive batteries to create e-packaging containers that play audioclips and present visual effects. E-packaged goods will be screaming foryour attention in about three years.

[end quoting]Surely there are better uses for such

batteries! All we need is moreadvertising screaming at us.

MILK BATHS KILL FUNGUS


Milk makes a f irst-rate fungicide.Peter Crisp made the discovery whiletesting traditional plant disease remediesfor his doctoral research at the Universityof Adelaide in Australia.

He found that bathing grape leaves ina weak dilution of water and milk is aseffective as using sulfur-basedfungicides, which he estimates currently


costs the Australian wine industry about$30 million a year. Several organicwineries are testing the treatment.

[end quoting]This discovery should be quite a boost

to both the dairy industry and theecology—but definitely not appreciatedby the agricultural chemicals industry.Just think of how many millions of acresof grapes there are on this planet that arenow doused with expensive and perhapsdangerous chemical compounds.

COVER YOUR PEEPHOLE WHENYOU’RE NOT USING IT

From an Internet source, 11/27/02:[quoting]The Peephole Reverser was developed

to assist law enforcement officers assesspotential threats or activity behinddwelling doors.

It’s quick and simple to deploy. Justplace the unit’s smaller end over thepeephole and you can look into the roomwithout alerting anyone inside.

Its special lens system actually negatesthe peephole’s lenses, allowing the userto view directly into the room.Compatible with most commonpeepholes used on apartments and homesin the U.S. Weatherproof compositecasing and high quality custom-designedprecision ground glass lenses. Carryingpouch included. Length: 2.7". Weight:1.5 oz. [end quoting]

Just thought you might like to knowWHY you should cover your peepholewhen not using it. Of course the “bigboys” have much fancier, high-tech ways

of looking right through your walls androof, and monitoring you through a cableTV conection—as longtime readers ofthis publication already know.

INTERESTING WEBSITESTO BROWSE

• www.bt.cdc.gov/Agent/Smallpox/VaccineImages2.asp, pictures of whatsmallpox vaccinations can do—horrific!

• h t t p : / / d o w n l o a d . nv i d i a . c o m /d o w n l o a d s / E a r t h V i e w e r /EarthviewerNVWeb.exe, an earthviewersoftware that you can zoom in and outwith. Supposedly this program lets youzoom and pan realtime over an Earthglobe.

• http://fourwinds10.com, learn allabout NESARA and how to get itannounced.

• www.whatreallyhappened.com, manyinteresting articles you won’t find on theevening news.

• www.space.com/php/multimedia/i m a g e p u m p / a r c h i v e . p h p ?category=ExtraTerrestrial, interestingpics you can zoom in and out; some ofMars.

• www.marsanomalyresearch.com/45/realtubes.htm, pictures of “tubes” onMars.

• www.cassiopaea.org, an interestingmetaphysical website.

• w w w . b i b l e u f o . c o m /humanphenom6.htm, tells us that thereare a number of skeletons, skulls, andfootprints of giants as tall as 30 feet.They appear in almost every culture’sfolklore and legends.

• http://geocities.com/reptoid_27, avery large site and very interesting.

• www.thiaoouba.com/seeau.htm, learnhow to see auras; a free book and more.

• www.themarsrecords.com, free booksabout Mars; U.S. has been there.

• www.citiesoflight.net, spiritual sitewith great items.

THE CHRISTMAS VISITOR

From the beyond-the-illusion.comInternet website, 11/24/02, by JohnWinston ([email protected]):

[quoting]It happened one day, near December’s

end, that two neighbors called on anoldtime friend. They found his house someager and lean, made pretty with manyboughs of green.

And Conrad was sitting with his faceashine, when he suddenly stoppedstitchin’ the twine.

And he said: “Old friends of mine, atdawn today when the cock was a-crowin’,the Lord appeared to me in a dream, and

said: ‘I’m coming to visit you onChristmas Day.’

“So I’ve been busy makin’ branches offir. The table is spread and the kettle isshined, and over the rafters the holly istwined.

“And now I’ll wait for the Lord toappear, and listen closely so I will hear,His steps as he nears my humble place,and I’ll open the door and look on Hisface.”

So his friends went home and leftConrad alone, for this was the happiestday that Conrad had know, for long sincehis family had passed away, and Conradhad spent many a sad Christmas day.

But he knew with the Lord as hisChristmas guest, THIS Christmas wouldbe his dearest and best.

So he listened with only joy in hisheart, and with every sound he’d rise witha start, and look for the Lord to be at hisdoor, like the vision he’d had a few hoursbefore.

So he ran to the window after hearing asound, but all he could see on the snow-covered ground was a shabby old beggarwhose shoes were torn, and all hisclothes were ragged and worn.

But Conrad was touched and he wentto the door, and said: “Your feet must befrozen and sore. I have some shoes in myshop for you, and a coat that will keepyou warm, too.”

With a thankful heart the man wentaway, but Conrad noticed the time of day.And he wondered what made the dearLord so late, and how much longer he’dhave to wait.

Then he heard a knock and he ran tothe door, but it was only a stranger oncemore. A bent old lady with a shawl ofblack, and a bundle of kindlin’ tied onher back. She asked only for a place torest—but—that was reserved for Conrad’sgreat guest.

But her voice seemed to plead: “Don’tsend me away, let me rest awhile on thisChristmas day.” So Conrad brewed her asteamin’ cup, and told her to sit at thetable and sup.

So after she left he was filled withdismay, for he saw that the hours wereslipping away, and the Lord hadn’t comelike He said He would. And Conrad wassure he had misunderstood.

Then out of the stillness he heard acry: “Please help me and tell me wheream I.”

And again he opened the door andstood disappointed as twice before. Itwas only a little child who had wanderedaway, and was lost from her family onthis Christmas day.

Again Conrad’s heart was heavy andsad, but he knew he could make the little

44-page booklet$7 (shipping included)

Why You Need ItHow To Make It

Colloidal SilverHandbook

See next-to-last page for orderingor call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866

Code: COL (0.5 lb.)

www.bt.cdc.gov/Agent/Smallpox/VaccineImages2.asp

http://download.nvidia.com/downloads/EarthViewer/EarthviewerNVWeb.exe

http://fourwinds10.com

www.whatreallyhappened.com

www.space.com/php/multimedia/imagepump/archive.php?category=ExtraTerrestrial

www.marsanomalyresearch.com

www.cassiopaea.org

www.bibleufo.com/humanphenom6.htm

http://geocities.com/reptoid_27

www.thiaoouba.com/seeau.htm

www.themarsrecords.com

www.citiesoflight.net


girl glad. So he calmed her and wipedher tears and quieted all her fears, then heled her back to her home once more.

But as he entered his own dark door, heknew that the Lord was not coming thatday, for the hours of Christmas hadpassed away.

So he went to his room and knelt downto pray. And he said: “Lord, why did youdelay? What kept you from coming tocall on me, for I wanted so much yourface to see?”

When soft in the silence a voice heheard: “Lift up your head, for I kept myword!

“Three times my shadow crossed yourfloor.

“Three times I came to your lowlydoor. For I was the beggar with bruisedcold feet, and I was the woman you gavesomething to eat. And I was the child outon the street.

“Three times I knocked, three times Icame in, and each time I found thewarmth of a friend.

“Of all the gifts, Love is the best. I washonored to be your Christmas guest.”

[end quoting]Something to keep in mind when we

get to rushing around, chasing after theSEEMINGLY important matters of theHoliday season.

HIS MYSTERIOUS WAYSMORE THAN COINCIDENCE

From Guideposts, November 2002, P.O.Box 1479, Carmel, NY 10512:

[quoting]The order had come down at last. The

ground invasion of Kuwait was about tocommence. My battalion would crossthe Kuwaiti border as part of OperationDesert Storm. I was the second incommand of 130 brave Marines whowere about to face the most dauntingchallenge of their military lives.

We’d already dodged heavy artilleryf ire, and now we’d likely face moredangers—like land mines and oil fires.Thousands of Iraqi troops waited justbeyond the Kuwaiti border. It was timefor us to make the final strategic push.

Dear God, I prayed, help me to lead mytroops wisely. Watch over us. Keep ussafe.

I walked from one group of Marines toanother, talking to them about themission and trying to keep their spiritsup. Hunched against the dry, bitingdesert winds, we wrote letters home.Maybe our last.

Just before dawn the next morning Igave the order to move out. The skieswere clear. We slung our gear into ourHumvees and began advancing toward

the border.I felt a drop of rain, then another. In a

matter of minutes it was pouring. Therain came down hard and fast, so thick wecould barely make out the desertlandscape ahead of us.

It went on for days. Each morningwe’d awaken soaked to the bone afteranother night with only camouflagenetting for cover. Bad enough we hadthe enemy to worry about. Now theelements were against us too.

Father, please make this rain stop andprotect us.

The rain continued to pound usrelentlessly until we finally neared theKuwaiti border. There the battalionhalted. On the other side, the enemywaited. Rain or no rain, we’d soon begoing in.

We awoke on the day of the invasion toclear skies and glorious sunshine. As weclosed in on the border, we couldn’t helpbut stare at the astounding sight beforeus. The torrential rains had washed awaythe sand to reveal metal disks planted allacross our path. It was an Iraqiminefield.

— Maj. Michael Halt, Camp Lejeune,North Carolina [end quoting]

This is surely a variation of the themeabout there being no atheists in afoxhole!

REMEMBER THIS PROMISE:HEALING COMES IN MANY WAYS

From Guideposts, November 2002, P.O.Box 1479, Carmel, NY 10512:

[quoting]Driving down East Pea Ridge Road on

a chilly evening last February, I squintedinto the darkness, trying to ignore thethrobbing pain behind my left eye. I wason my way home from an all-dayconference that had been billed as abooster shot for flagging faith.

I’d needed it in the worst possible way.Chronic illness had affected every area ofmy life. My work as a nurse oncebrought great joy; now just gettingthrough my shift was a daily battle.Doctors’ bills ate up my savings. Toooften I cancelled meetings withfriends when pain struck. Folkseventually stopped making planswith me.

The worst part was the emptiness Ifelt, as if illness had blotted out mytrue self. I couldn’t sense Godanymore. Even getting down on myknees and praying out loud didn’tseem to help.

I tried writing out my prayers in ajournal. But my confused ramblingslooked so ugly in contrast to the

pretty rose-sprigged pages that I tore outall my entries and ripped them to pieces.

The conference had been my last hope,but a latecomer had squeezed into myrow, hefting a backpack loaded withbooks. The backpack hit me square inthe eye, giving me a blinding headache.I rushed from the building to my car,eager to get home to an ice bag and mybed.

I was headed down East Pea RidgeRoad when I heard a sickening thump,followed immediately by a yelp of pain.My foot slammed down on the brakepedal. I looked frantically over myshoulder and saw a mass of fur on theroad. “Oh, no!” I cried. I’d hit a dog!

I jumped out of the car and hurriedthrough a group of onlookers. I droppedto my knees on the road next to the dogand stroked her soft fur. She was badlyhurt, bleeding profusely and barelymoving. “Jesus. Oh, Jesus” was all Icould say. But I knew God wasn’tlistening. How could something like thishave happened if He were?

A young man crouched beside me.“I’m a vet’s assistant” he said. “Lookslike she’s got a broken hip. Maybe someinternal injuries. You could take her tothe animal ER, but they’ll probably endup putting her to sleep.” He looked thedog over while rubbing her ear. “Nocollar. Most likely a stray.”

“She can’t die!” I said helplessly. Justas the words left my lips, an inner voicetook command: “Trust me, Roberta. Letme take care of everything.”

“If you want” the man said, “I’ll takeher to the ER in my car. You can follow.”

I ran to my trunk and took out a thickantique rug I’d bought recently. The manand I lifted the dog onto it. By the timewe got her loaded into the back of hiscar, the rug was soaked through withblood. I followed close behind duringthe 20-mile trip to the animal ER. Myhead still pounded, but that didn’t seemimportant anymore. Nothing matteredexcept saving that injured dog.

Yet doubts crowded out my prayers.What does God care about a dog? Whatdoes God care about you? You’re just

New E-mail Addresses AtThe SPECTRUM

Rick Martin: [email protected]. Al Overholt: [email protected]: [email protected]

Wisdom Books & Press:[email protected]


one person in a world teeming withpeople in need. Again the inner voicespoke: “Let me.”

I flew into the parking lot and pulledup next to the man’s car. I dashed inside,got to the check-in desk and blurted:“I’m the woman who hit the dog thatyoung man just brought in. Do theythink they can save her?”

The receptionist avoided my eyes.“Number where you can be reached?”she asked.

I gave her the information, thencollapsed into a chair in the corner.Finally someone called my name. Ifollowed a woman to a room with a metaltable. On it was the dog, bandaged allover, with an IV in one of her front legs.

Despite her injuries and the harshfluorescent light, she looked beautiful—a grayish-brown German Shepherd mix. Iimagined she was a watchdog for somefamily.

I leaned over and gently kissed the topof her head. “I’m so sorry I hurt you” Iwhispered. “I didn’t mean to. You knowthat, don’t you?” Her eyes remainedclosed. It was just one thing afteranother—my illness, getting smacked bythe backpack, hitting this dog. I wished Icould help her, but I couldn’t even helpmyself.

Desperate, I cupped the dog’s face inmy hands and began talking out loud,forgetting about the vet and assistants inthe room. “I don’t know how to helpyou” I told the dog. “But I knowsomeone who does. God knowseverything about you. He made you. Hewants the best for you.”

My words startled me. They werepromises I’d once clung to, my belief inthem instilled and nurtured by years ofSunday school, church, Bible readingand prayer. But my faith had been beatendown by illness.

A picture formed in my mind. It wasJesus, gazing down at the dog with eyesof such compassion that they took inevery cell, every molecule, of her body.

“I have to go home now” I told the dogat last. “But don’t worry. God will bewith you. He’s watching over you as ifyou’re the only dog in the whole world.”

“Promise me one thing” I said to thevet. “Don’t put her to sleep withoutcalling me.” Then I thanked the youngman who’d brought the dog in, and left.

When I got home I put an ice bag onmy head and fell into bed. I tried tosleep, but two images kept appearing inmy mind: the dog bleeding on the roadand Jesus gazing down at her in theanimal hospital. “Why did you let mehit that dog? Why weren’t you watchingover me too, Lord? I feel so lost.”

In the darkness and silence of mybedroom, the inner voice answered:“You are never lost, Roberta. Every day,every instant, I watch over you as if youwere the only one in the world. I am withyou, even in your suffering.”

There, in the stillness of the night, thatvoice seemed to reverberate through myvery being. I felt myself relax. My painsubsided, not just the pain in my headbut also the pain deep inside me. Idrifted off to sleep.

The ringing phone woke me in themorning. I picked up the receiverhesitantly. “This is a fine dog you’ve gothere!” a male voice said. “You can comepick her up anytime.” Pick her up?There must have been some mistake.“Please don’t let them have put her tosleep” I prayed, then got dressed.

At the ER the dog raised her head andgreeted me with a bark. She was stillbandaged, but the IV was gone.

Again I cupped her face in my hands.“Are you really all right?” She barkedonce more, a happy, healthy bark thatsaid: “Let’s get out of here!”

The vet couldn’t explain her recovery.“She’s one lucky dog!” was all he couldsay.

I took her home and put an ad in thepaper. The next morning a man calledme. “That dog sounds like our Lucy.She lifted the latch on the storm door andgot out the other day. Looks like shewiggled out of her collar too; it’s stillhere on the living room floor. I tell you,we’ve been worried sick.”

We agreed to meet each other later that

day. The man was sitting on a concretebench when I arrived. The dog jumpedup and licked his face, her tail a blur. Itwas his Lucy all right.

Introducing myself, I explained to himabout the accident. “I am so sorry. I feeljust terrible” I said.

“I’m just relieved she’s not lost” hesaid, rubbing her ears. “The kids haven’tstopped crying since she ran off ”

He tried to pay me for the vet bill, butI was having none of it. After all, I wasfeeling restored myself, at leastspiritually. And isn’t that where truehealing always takes place, in the soulrather than the body?

I watched them pull out of the parkinglot. Lucy clambered over the back seatand pressed her nose to the rear window.I could swear she was looking right atme. We were both going home.

[end quoting]There’s a story behind how this was

found to use here. As most readers know,I use Guideposts many times as mysource for inspirational articles. Howevermost times during my pile of readingeach month, I run across the articles Iwant to use and have them marked foruse before I start putting the News Desktogether.

This month was different in that I wasalmost done and still didn’t have anarticle I wanted to use, and I purposelyhad to start spending some time goingthrough several of the magazines andreading to find something that I couldfeel was the right one, and I found this.God does work in mysterious ways.

P O R T F O L I OP O R T F O L I OP O R T F O L I OP O R T F O L I OP O R T F O L I OMike Peters / Dayton Daily News

S


Homeland Security Bill’s“License To Kill”

Editor’s note: The old aphorism“ignorance is bliss” of course has a flipside that’s all too familiar toconscientious readers of thispublication: The more you know aboutwhat’s going on, the harder it is to sitstill, shut up, and swim around in thesame mindless stupor that so many foolthemselves into believing is that somekind of state of bliss.

Longtime SPECTRUM friend andcourageous bringer of Tough Truth, Dr.Leonard G. Horowitz, D.M.D., M.A.,M.P.H., has been provoked to aheightened level of passion by ghastlyrecent events that have been unfoldingin the dark corridors of power politics.

The following message was broadcastthe morning of November 21, 2002, overthe Genesis Communications RadioNetwork and World Wide ChristianRadio by its author, Dr. Horowitz, host ofThe Insight Hour.

While no legislation is written instone, and any raunchy law can bereversed with enough focusedpersuasion, there is nonethelessspotlighted below a troubling newheightened level of deception andcollusion on the part of OURREPRESENTATIVES—as they cater tospecial interests over the public welfare.If nothing else, THAT is the “gotcha”message to drive home to them. Rightnow, quite a few of them seem to beliving up to Mark Twain’s assessmentfrom a century ago: “There is nodistinctly native, American criminalclass—except Congress.”

But, to be fair, we follow thepassionate message from Dr. Horowitzwith poignant comments from severalmembers of Congress whose courage weapplaud and whose warnings at the timeof the Homeland Security Bill’s passagewe wish to share with you—as youdecide what YOU should do.

Remember that our electedrepresentatives are much more likely to“do the right thing” if they feel theyhave a strong constituent backing!

11/21/02 DR. LEN HOROWITZ( Website: www.tetrahedron.org )

Essay On Vaccine Injury, HomelandSecurity, And Culpability

If you are still processing shock in thewake of the virtually unanimous passageof the Bush Administration’s HomelandSecurity Bill with its “license to kill”from vaccine injuries without liabilities,you have likely yourself to blame most.

I don’t relish blaming victims, for wehave all been victimized by this

legislation. But for more than six years,since the publication of EmergingViruses: AIDS & Ebola—Nature,Accident or Intentional? (TetrahedronPress, 1996) my colleagues and I tried toalert you to the increasing attacks onhealth freedoms and human rightsdirected by special-interest groupsrepresenting the multi-national military-medical/pharmaceutical-petrochemicalcartel. We provided proof of their powerover most elected off icials and themainstream media, but you thought wewere delusional.

We predicted unprecedented civilrights violations reflecting past history,international developments, unbridledcorporate greed, and ongoing globalgenocide concomitant with totalitarian

legislation. But you turned a deaf ear.We heralded the Model State

Emergency Health Powers Act yearsbefore it was announced and evenshowed you documents and off icialtestimonies concerning the “quarantinecamps” being established, but you closedyour eyes and said we were “paranoid”.

We explained Machiavellian theory inthe common political practice ofadministering “managed chaos”—creating public frights for whichexpensive solutions had previously beenprepared. As an example, we solved theanthrax mailings mystery and identifiedits sole beneficiaries, particularly theBritish oligarchy-controlled anthraxvaccine maker, Bioport. [See theJanuary 2002 issue of The SPECTRUMfor this superb story.]

We provided reams of data provingvaccines deliver biotoxic ingredientsleaving recipients chronically ill andvirtually enslaved to drug companiesand their “life-saving” formulas. Butyou said this was “inconceivable” andasked: “Don’t you trust any vaccines?”

So you took your children to “medicaldeities” for “routine childhoodimmunizations” because “they said itwas mandatory”—and you watched yourchildren get sick, if not crippled. Then,as you were wondering why you were sotrusting, you sought other doctors toprescribe other drugs, made by thesubsidiaries of the vaccinemanufacturers.

Soon after your child became ill, youreached out to leaders in the “vaccinerisk awareness” movement to report yourgrief and horror. They touched yourhand, or told you they empathized. Theyasked that you send them money. Thenthey professed that most vaccines were“pretty safe”. “Only some vaccines haveproblems that require our ongoingvigilance” they assured.

They informed you to beware of thosepeople like me in the “anti-vaccination”camp. They labeled us “radicals” for ourconviction that vaccines were principally

Dr. Len Horowitz


made to deliver genocide. Theyeffectively character-assassinated ourmessengers, rather than refuting themessages. You shook your head as if tosay: “How could the ‘radicals’ be sostupid?” Then you gave these leadersand their organizations more money andyou volunteered your time in support oftheir outstanding efforts.

One such leader and group comes tomind as an exquisite example. Iadequately exposed the National VaccineInformation Center (NVIC) directed byBarbara Loe Fisher and Kathy Williamsin previous writings. This leading“vaccine risk awareness” group’sdevelopmental history documentsformidable formative f inancial andadministrative ties to drug industrialistsand pharmaceutical lobbyists. When mycolleagues and I pointed this out to you,you silenced us and told us to “Stop it!We all need to work together.”

When I then relayed NVIC’s largeinvestment in sponsoring the passage ofthe National Childhood Vaccine InjuryAct of 1986, which gave precedent to theHomeland Security Bill’s drug industryindemnity clause, you still would notlisten. The “superfund” that was set upfor injured families through NVICcollusion with vaccine makers “was agood idea” you said somewhatunconvinced and unconvincing. The factthat the vast majority of the hundreds ofthousands of vaccine-victimized familiesgot nothing more than a bureaucraticshuffle and legal nightmare didn’t alteryour optimism toward these “politicalmoderates”. “They put out goodinformation too, from time to time” youdefended.

Then I told you what the Bible says

about half truths: “They are completelies” I warned. “Unless you are willingto see and expose the ‘Big Picture’—thewhole truth, including the links betweenthe vaccine makers and the Nazis of I.G.Farben and Holocaust fame—you’remisleading people, and your karma willbe judged. ‘As you sow, so shall youreap.’ ” In response, you thought: “Therehe goes again with his spiritual speak.”

Incredulously you asked: “You can’tpossibly believe that all vaccines arebad, do you? They eradicated illnessesdidn’t they?”

I replied honestly and affirmatively:“No, they didn’t; hygiene and nutritionalimprovements did.” But you could notaccept my rationale.

You heard me tell of my family’smiraculous escape from the Nazis. “Theylined millions of ‘sheeple’ up andmarched them, with few protesting, totheir early demise in the concentrationcamp gas chambers through alleged‘showers’. Showers for what? ‘Publichealth’ and ‘disinfection’ ” I recalled andcontinued. “Today’s physicians’ offices,hospitals, and public health units aremuch like the ‘concentration camps’ ofyesteryear, and today’s vaccines are the‘gas’. Don’t you get the similarity?”

You said it frightened you, and youpreferred not to think about it again.

You told me that, although you “reallyrespected” me for what I was doing,“calling the ‘global beast’ a ‘globalbeast’ ” you felt a less politicallydisturbing option, a more moderateapproach, was more appropriate, at leastfor you.

I begged you to get in touch with thewhole horrific truth. Not let fear ordenial get in your way. I said the greatest

risk to “homeland security” is civiliancomplacency as we are all beingchallenged by “white-collar terrorists”directing political agendas and publichealth policies. “They use fear tocommand compliance with backroomshady dealings that put deadly agendasand prof its before people, whileneglecting the scientif ic facts” Iexplained. A glimmer of light appearedfor a moment in your eyes, but youblinked, and it was gone.

We finally agreed to disagree and youwalked away.

Now, with the passage of the HomelandSecurity Bill, the most egregiousviolation of the faith and trust we haveplaced in our governing off icials—adirect physical and financial assault onthe American people—maybe you willwake up.

If you haven’t already, please read“Disease Deities On Capitol Hill AddressAutism” (published in The Spirit OfHealth newsletter, Fall-Winter 2002, alsofreely downloadable from thewww.healingcelebrations.com Internetwebsite), and the complete writtentestimony I presented to the GovernmentReform Committee last April. You willsee that I warned you about misplacedfaith and trust in elected officials inWashington. I even warned our electedofficials about this form of pork-barrelpolitics—what amounts to mutualmasturbation for financial gratification.

If you had heeded my words, or readmy works, you would not be in shocknow, nor even mildly surprised by thegrave injustice Congress perpetrated bypassing this bill. You would understandwhy even Rep. Dan Burton (R-IN), whochairs the Government ReformCommittee hearings into skyrocketingautism rates, voted for the bill. He toldus he simply failed to read the last-minute inclusions. What a good excuse.

He said he knew nothing about thevaccine injury indemnity clause beforevoting to pass this act. And you stillbelieve him?

You believe him despite yourknowledge that he, like many of us,reviewed the CDC-secreted scientif icreports linking vaccines and mercury tobrain-damaged children. “Hundreds ofthousands of behaviorally impairedyouth” Dan Burton bellowed from thedais, “have resulted from the nowwidespread toxicity.” Still, he argued, weneed to give more money to the CDC tostudy the problem.

Now that this horrific bill has passed,foreshadowing even more devastatingimpacts on the nation’s health and civilrights, you lament your loss and the

GLOBALISM, TERRORISM & TOXIC WARFARE

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

This book explains how and why:• We have evolved from the nuclear age into a “Technotronic Era”

with “psychotronic warfare” for optimal population control.• Non-lethal warfare is being effectively used to produce sociopolitical

and economic outcomes consistent with global genocide.• The world’s wealthiest policy-makers have recommended, and are

working toward, eliminating half the world’s population.• Accepted methods of disease prevention, such as pesticide

sprayings, can only be scientifically rationalized as costly anddeadly contributions to non-lethal warfare and population reduction.

• Chemtrail sprayings that obscure blue skies are not normal, but reflect a conspiracy ofsilence and military attacks on the health and welfare of people around the world.

Striking at the heart of those responsible for the latest forms of bio-terrorism, psychotronicwarfare, and ecological genocide, the revelations contained in this book offer more than areality check—they give you and your loved ones a final, last-minute choice for survival.

$29.95(+S/H)Hard Cover:

DEATH IN THE AIR:

Code: DTA (2.5 lb.)


tragedy befalling the medicated massesof children with autism. You think of thetime and energy you wasted in futilepursuit of class-action lawsuits and legalclaims against now-fully-indemnifiedvaccine makers. You question your ownsanity in this political reality as you findyourself stuck between the rock ofdisappointment and the hard place ofhopelessness.

You lament the additionalramifications of this “license to kill”given to vaccine makers. It dawns onyou that this trash legislation not onlyimpacts the millions of young victims ofmercury poisoning, but equallyguarantees helplessness, if nothopelessness, for those struggling, nowand in future years, with myriad cancersattributed to polio vaccine viralcontaminations; for Gulf War Syndromevictims made ill by vaccines and druginteractions; for military personnelrecently inoculated with anthrax vaccinewith up to 85% made ill; for more than ahundred thousand Lyme-vaccine-injuredpeople; for claimants who cite recentstudies that will soon prove earlyHepatitis-B vaccines triggered theinternational AIDS pandemic; and for themillions of forthcoming smallpox-vaccine-injured persons who you are toldto accept as simply unfortunatecasualties of America’s new war.

Finally, did you know that theopposition’s effort to strip the bill of thisdisgusting provision fell short by only 5votes. The final tally was 52-47.

In my humble opinion, if you hadspent the last six years researching thefacts available to you, not pandering todeceitful politicians but confrontingthem, including self-proclaimedindustry-f inanced “leaders” of the“vaccine risk awareness” movement, orplaying political games/pussy-footingaround the issues so as not to offendpeople with news of vaccination injuriesas they reflect well-orchestrated globalgenocide, you might have been able topersuade enough people in your sphereof influence to effectively pressure onemore politician, each year for six years,to stand against this bill.

But, instead, you preferred to live indenial about the “big political picture”that includes genocide. With yourjustifications and rationalizations, youget to be right in perceiving me as“radical” if not “insane”.

Now Congress has passed theHomeland Security Bill, and you remainnumbed by the weight of your personalcontribution to this premeditated andexposed conspiratorial outcome. Is thereany comfort now in your tormented

reflection on how you once called me a“foolish conspiracy theorist”?

You have, now, no one more thanyourself to blame.

NEWS RELEASE (11/19/02)

Homeland Security Bill AssailedBy Public Health Expert:

Says Vaccine Policy “Pork”Reflects “Fourth Reich Mentality”

Sandpoint, ID — The BushAdministration’s Homeland Security Billthat infers protection for drug makersagainst vaccine injury cases wasvoraciously attacked by a public healthauthority and consumer health advocatethis morning on Worldwide ChristianRadio (WWCR). Dr. Leonard Horowitz,the talk show host who is also anHonorary U.S. Autism Ambassador,likened the bill to “genocidal policy”reflecting a callous “Fourth Reichpolitical mentality”.

A number of medical and legalauthorities voiced similar outrage at thesneaky politics in which BushAdministration off icials, in collusionwith industry lobbyists, advanced thedrug company protection clause in a billallegedly developed to protect theAmerican people.

“It is absolutely disgraceful that evenRep. Dan Burton (R-IN), who chairs theGovernment Reform Committee hearingsinto the skyrocketing rates of autism, andwho has reviewed CDC-secretedscientif ic documents linking vaccinesand vaccine components to damagedbrains and hundreds of thousands ofbehaviorally impaired children, failed toread the ‘fine print’ and voted for thebill” Dr. Horowitz told his internationalaudience.

Now that the bill has passed, it will bevirtually impossible for vaccine injuryattorneys to sue drug companies, andmake them accountable to large classesof people who have been injured byvaccines or vaccine ingredients.

This amounts to a “free license to kill”Dr. Horowitz said. “This legislation notonly impacts the victims of mercurypoisoning, but equally guarantees thatother ongoing class action lawsuits, suchas those waged on behalf of poliovaccine recipients who developed cancerfrom monkey virus contaminations, willhave no legal recourse.”

Nor will those affected by Gulf WarSyndrome as a result of drug and vaccineside effects, military personnel recentlyinoculated who became ill from anthraxvaccinations, and claimants who citerecent studies increasingly proving early

Hepatitis-B vaccines triggered theinternational AIDS pandemic.

Dr. Horowitz had criticized theGovernment Reform Committee lastApril during his oral and writtentestimony before the group. (See thearticle called “Disease Deities OnCapitol Hill Address Autism” at thewww.healingcelebrations.com Internetwebsite.)

He reiterated this morning: “Thegreatest risk to ‘homeland security’ isbeing generated by the radical ‘white-collar terrorists’ we have directingpolitical and public health policies.They use fear to command compliancewith backroom shady dealings that putdeadly agendas and profits before peoplewhile neglecting the scientific facts.”

Excerpts from Dr. Horowitz’s TheInsight Hour broadcast over the GenesisCommunications Radio Networkinternationally by way of WWCR,including this morning’s show, are free atthe www.insighthour.net andwww.scifiles.net Internet websites.

He urged everyone listening to contacttheir legislators and pass this message oftruth on to others in an effort to rescindthis legislation at a later date, aspromised by leading Democrats.

* * *

First we hear from two Senators. Thefollowing is excerpted from theCongressional Record of that pivotalday of Thursday 11/14/02, as posted atthe reliable www.truthout.org/docs_02/11.20A.byrd.home.htm Internet website:

Senator Robert Byrd AndSenator Debbie StabenowDelivered On The Floor

Of The U.S. Senate

The Homeland Security ActOf 2002

[Senator Debbie Stabenow, Democrat,of Michigan:]

...As Senator Byrd has said so manytimes on the floor, we need to look atdetails. We need to know what is in thisbill.

It is a different bill that came back. Iwas deeply disturbed as I looked throughit.

I want to support homeland security. Isupport developing a department. We allshare that. This is not a partisan issue.

We want to have maximum safety,security, and ability, communicate iteffectively and efficiently, and create thekind of confidence people expect us tocreate in terms of the ability to respond


and ideally prevent attacks.But my fear is that, under the name of

homeland security, we are saying specialinterest provisions are put in this billwhich are outrageous and should nothave the light of day. I think it is ourresponsibility to shine the light of dayon those provisions.

[Senator Robert Byrd, Democrat, ofWest Virginia:]

I remember, years ago, when I was inthe House of Representatives, sendingout a little booklet to the people in mythen-congressional district of how ourlaws are made. [He describes the processof hearings, committees, debates, reports,etc.]

We all remember how those laws aremade according to the script, as preparedthere in those handsome little bookletsthat we send out. That is how theAmerican people expect this Congress tooperate. That is the way we are supposedto operate.

But the way this bill was brought inhere, less than 48 hours ago, a brand-newbill. It had not been before anycommittee. It had undergone nohearings, not this bill. It is a bill on ourdesks that has 484 pages. There are 484pages in this bill.

It has not been before any committee.There have been no hearings on this bill.There have been no witnesses who wereasked to appear to testify on behalf of thebill or in opposition to it. It did notundergo any such scrutiny.

It was just placed on the SenateCalendar. It was offered as anamendment here. And so here it is,before the Senate now.

There it is. That is not the way inwhich our children are taught how wemake our laws—not at all.

The American people expect us toprovide our best judgment and our bestinsight into such monumental decisions.

This is a far, far cry from being ourbest. This is not our best. As a matter offact, it is a mere shadow of our best.

Yet we are being asked, as the electedrepresentatives of the American people,those of us who are sent here by ourrespective States are being asked ontomorrow to invoke closure on these 484pages.

If I had to go before the bar ofjudgment tomorrow, and were asked bythe eternal God what is in this bill, Icould not answer God.

If I were asked by the people of WestVirginia: “Senator Byrd, what is in thatbill?” I could not answer. I could nottell the people of West Virginia what is inthis bill.

There are a few things that I know arein it by virtue of the fact that I have had48 hours, sleeping time included, inwhich to study this monstrosity, 484pages.

If there ever were a monstrosity, this isit. I hold it in my hand, a monstrosity.

I don’t know what is in it. I know a fewthings that are in it, and a few things thatI know are in it that I don’t think theAmerican people would approve of, ifthey knew what was in there.

Even Senator Lieberman, who ischairman of the committee which hasjurisdiction over this subject matter, evenhe saw new provisions in this legislation,as he looked through it yesterday andtoday. As his staff looked through it,they saw provisions they had not seenbefore, that they had not discussed

before, that had not been before theircommittee before.

Yet we are being asked, on tomorrow, toinvoke closure on that—which means weare not going to debate in the normalcourse of things. We are going to have30 hours of debate. That is it: 30 hours.That is all: 30 hours—100 Senators, 30hours of debate.

And this is one of the most far-reaching pieces of legislation I have seenin my 50 years. I will have been inCongress 50 years, come January 3.

Never have I seen such a monstrouspiece of legislation sent to this body.And we are being asked to vote on that484 pages tomorrow. Our poor staffswere up most of the night studying it.They know some of the things that are inthere, but they don’t know all of them. Itis a sham, and it is a shame.

We are all complicit in going along

with it. I read in the paper that nobodywill have the courage to vote against it.

Well, ROBERT BYRD is going to voteagainst it—because I don’t know what Iam voting for. That is one thing.

And number two: it has not had thescrutiny that we tell our young people,that we tell these sweet pages here, boysand girls who come up here, we tell themour laws should have.

Listen, my friends: I am an oldmeatcutter. I used to make sausage.

Let me tell you: I never made sausagelike this thing was made. You don’t knowwhat is in it. At least I knew what was inthe sausage. I don’t know what is in thisbill.

I am not going to vote for it when Idon’t know what is in it. I trust thatpeople tomorrow will turn thumbs downon that motion to invoke closure. It isour duty.

We ought to demand that this piece oflegislation stay around here a while, sowe can study it, so our staffs can study it,so we know what is in it, so we can havean opportunity to amend it where itneeds amending.

Several Senators have indicated,Senator Lieberman among them, thatthere are areas in here that ought to beamended.

What the people of the United Statesreally care about is their security. That iswhat we are talking about. We don’tknow when another tragic event is goingto be visited upon this country. It can bethis evening, it can be tomorrow, orwhatever.

But this legislation is not going to beworth a continental dime if it happenstonight, tomorrow, a month fromtomorrow; it is not going to be worth adime.

There are people out there, workingnow to secure this country and thepeople. They are the same people whoare already on the payroll. They aredoing their duty right now to secure thiscountry.

This is a hoax.This is a hoax.To tell the American people they are

going to be safer when we pass this is tohoax.

We ought to tell the people the truth:They are not going to be any safer withthat.

That is not the truth.I was one of the first in the Senate to

say we need a new Department ofHomeland Security. I meant that. But Ididn’t mean this particular hoax that thisadministration is trying to pander off tothe American people, telling them this ishomeland security.

Senator Robert Byrd


That is NOT homeland security.Mr. President, the Attorney General,

and Director of Homeland Security havetold Americans repeatedly there is animminent risk of another terrorist attack.Just within the past day, or few hours, theFBI has put hospitals in the Washingtonarea, Houston, San Francisco, andChicago on notice of a possible terroristthreat.

This bill does nothing—not a thing—to make our citizens more secure todayor tomorrow. This bill does not even gointo effect for up to 12 months. It will be12 months before this goes into effect.The bill just moves [things] around on anorganizational chart. That is what itdoes—moves around on anorganizational chart.

The Senate Appropriations Committee,on which Senator Stevens and I sit, alongwith 27 other Senators, including thedistinguished Senator who presides overthe Chamber at this moment, the Senatorfrom Rhode Island, Mr. Reed, tried toprovide funds to programs to hire moreFBI agents, to hire more border patrolagents, to equip and train our f irstresponders, to improve security at ournuclear powerplants, to improve bombdetection at our airports. That committeeof 29 Senators—15 Democrats and 14Republicans—voted to provide the fundsfor these homeland security needs.Those funds have been in bills that havebeen out there for 4 months.

But the President said no. No, hewould not sign it. President Bush is theman I am talking about. He would notsign that as an emergency.

These moneys have been reported by aunanimous Appropriations Committee.But this Administration said no. So thatis what happened. These are actions thatwould make America more secure today.

Did the President help us to approvethese funds? No.

Instead, the President forced us—FORCED US—to reduce homelandsecurity funding by $8.9 billion, and hedelayed another $5 billion. This isshameful; this is cynical; this is beingirresponsible. It is unfair to the Americanpeople. And then to tell them Congressought to pass that Homeland SecurityBill—that is passing the buck.

Mr. President, I call attention to acolumn in the New York Times. This isentitled “You Are A Suspect”. It is byWilliam Safire. I will read it:

“If the Homeland Security Act is notamended before passage, here is whatwill happen to you:”

Listen, Senators. This is what WilliamSafire is saying in the New York Times ofNovember 14, 2002. That is today. This

is what the New York Times is saying toyou, to me, to us:

“If the Homeland Security Act is notamended before passage, here is whatwill happen to you: Every purchase youmake”—hear me now—“Every purchaseyou make with a credit card, everymagazine subscription you buy, andmedical prescription you f ill, everywebsite you visit, and e-mail you send orreceive, every academic grade youreceive, every bank deposit you make,every trip you book, and every event youattend—all these transactions andcommunications will go into what theDefense Department describes as ‘avirtual, centralized grand database’.

“Political awareness can overcome‘Total Information Awareness’—thecombined force of commercial and

government snooping. In a similaroverreach, Attorney General Ashcrofttried his Terrorism Information andPrevention System (TIPS), but publicoutrage at the use of gossips and postalworkers as snoops caused the House toshoot it down. The Senate should now dothe same to this other exploitation offear....”

[Editor’s note: The complete Safirearticle appears at the end of thecongressional commentary. Byrd readthe entire article to the Senate and thus,of course, into the CongressionalRecord.]

If the American people, if the Americanpublic is to believe what they read in thisweek’s newspapers, the Congress standsready to pass legislation to create a newDepartment of Homeland Security. Notwith my vote. Passage of such

legislation would be the answer to theuniversal battle cry that thisAdministration adopted shortly after theSeptember 11 attacks: Reorganize theFederal Government.

How is it that the BushAdministration’s number-one priority hasevolved into a plan to create a giant,huge bureaucracy?

How is it that the Congress bought intothe belief that to take a plethora ofFederal agencies and departments andshuffle them around would make us saferfrom future terrorist attacks?”

* * *

The following is from the officialw w w. h o u s e . g o v / p a u l / c o n g r e c /welcome2002.htm Internet website forthat same pivotal day of Thursday,November 14, 2002:

Congressman Ron Paul, M.D.Delivered On The Floor Of TheU.S. House Of Representatives

Unintended Consequences

Mr. Speaker, government efforts atbenevolence always backf ire.Inevitably, unintended consequencesoverwhelm the short-term and narrowbenef its of authoritarian programsdesigned to make the economic systemfair, the people morally better, and theworld safe for democracy.

One hundred years of intensegovernment “benevolence” in the UnitedStates has brought us to the brink ofeconomic collapse, a domestic policestate, and perpetual war overseas. Andnow our obsession with conquering andoccupying Iraq is about to unleashconsequences that no one can accuratelyforesee. The negative possibilities areunlimited and the benefits negligible.

Some have warned that the plannedpre-emptive invasion of Iraq could proveso destabilizing to the region and theworld that it literally could ignite aworldwide conflict big enough to becalled World War III.

Nuclear exchanges are perhaps evenmore likely to occur under theconditions of an expanded Middle Eastwar than they were at the height of theCold War, when the Soviets and U.S. hadliterally thousands of nuclear weaponspointed at each other. If we carry out ourthreats to invade and occupy Iraq,especially if we do so unilaterally, theodds are at least 50-50 that this worst-case scenario will result.

The best-case scenario would be ashort war, limited to weeks and involving

Congressman Ron Paul


few American and Iraqi civiliancasualties. This, in combination with aunified Iraqi welcome, the placing intopower of a stable popular governmentthat is long lasting, contributing toregional stability and prosperity, and freeelections, just is what our planners arehoping for. The odds of achieving thismiraculous result are probably one in10,000.

More likely, the consequences will besevere and surprising, and not whatanyone planned for or intended. It willlikely fall somewhere between the twoextremes, but closer to the worst scenariothan the best.

There are numerous other possibleconsequences. Here are a few worthcontemplating:

No local Iraqi or regional Arab supportmaterializes. Instead of a spontaneousuprising as is hoped, the opposite occurs.The Iraqi citizens anxious to get rid ofHussein, join in his defense, believingforeign occupation and control of their oilis far worse than living under the currentdictator. Already we see that sanctionshave done precisely that.

Instead of blaming Saddam Hussein andhis dictatorial regime for the suffering ofthe past decade, the Iraqi people blamethe U.S.-led sanctions and the constantbombing by the U.S. and British. Husseinhas increased his power and the peoplehave suffered from the war against Iraqsince 1991.

There are a lot of reasons to believe thissame reaction will occur with anescalation of our military attacks.Training dissidents like the Iraqi NationalCongress will prove no more reliable thanthe training and the military assistance weprovided in the ’70s and the ’80s forOsama bin Laden and Saddam Husseinwhen they qualified as U.S. “allies”.

Pre-emptive war against Iraq may well

prompt traditional enemies in the regionsto create new alliances, as the hatred forAmerica comes to exceed age-old hatredsthat caused regional conflicts. Iraqalready has made overtures andconcessions to Iran and Kuwait, withsome signs of conciliation being shownby both sides. Total domination of theentire Persian Gulf and the Caspian Searegions by the U.S. will surely stir survivalinstincts in these countries as well as inRussia.

As the balance of power continues toshift in the U.S.’s favor, there will be evenmore reasons for countries like China andPakistan to secretly support the nationsthat are being subjected to U.S.domination in the region. The U.S. willnever have a free ride in its effort tocontrol the entire world’s oil supply.Antagonisms are bound to build, and ourability to finance the multiple militaryconflicts that are bound to come is self-limited.

The Kurds may jump at the chance, ifchaos ensues, to fulfill their dream of anindependent Kurdish homeland. This, ofcourse, will stir the ire of the Turks andthe Iranians. Instead of stability fornorthern Iraq, the war likely willprecipitate more fighting than the warplanners ever imagined. DeliveringKurdish Iraq to Turkey as a prize for itscooperation with our war plans will notoccur without a heated and deadlystruggle. Turkey is already deeplyconcerned about the prospect for Kurdishindependence, and only remains loyal toAmerica because U.S. taxpayers areforced to subsidize an already depressedTurkish economy caused by our Iraqipolicies.

More money will pacify for awhile, buteither frustration with the perpetual natureof the problem or our inability tocontinue the financial bailout will lead

Turkey to have second thoughts about itsobedience to our demands to wage warfrom their country.

All of this raises the odds that Islamicradicals will once more take control of theTurkish government. These developingconditions increase the odds of civil strifeerupting in Turkey.

Islamic fundamentalism in the entireregion will get a shot in the arm once theinvasion of Iraq begins, especially inSaudi Arabia, Yemen, and Turkey. Ourplacing the Shah in power in Iran in the1950s was a major reason that theAyatollah eventually made it to power inthe late 1970s—a delayed butnevertheless direct consequence of ourpolicy.

Balance of power in this area of theworld has always been delicate, andoutside interference serves only todestabilize. There’s no evidence that ourcurrent efforts will lead to more stability.

Promoting democracy, as it’s said we’redoing, is a farce. If elections were to occurin most of the Arab countries today,Osama bin Laden and his key allies wouldwin. Besides, it seems we adapt quite wellto working with military dictators whohave ousted elected leaders, as we do inPakistan by rewarding their cooperationwith huge subsidies and future promises.

In the chaos that may erupt, severalcountries might see an opportunity tomove on their neighbors. Already wehave been warned that cooperation fromRussia means no American criticism orresistance to its moves in Georgia orChechnya.

China could attack Taiwan.North Korea could renew its struggle

against South Korea.India may see this as an opportunity to

settle the Kashmir dispute withPakistan—with the real risk of nuclear warbreaking out.

One half of the world’s currentpopulation should soon be deadaccording to authoritative projections.Will you, your family, and friends beamong the survivors or the deceased?

Dr. Len Horowitz and Dr. JosephS. Puleo investigate 2000 years ofreligious and political persecution andthe latest technologies being used toenslave, coerce, and even kill billionsof unsuspecting people.

This work returns the mostprecious spiritual knowledge and“healing codes” to humanity. It offers

hope for the loving masses to survive the worldwide plagues, famines, andweather changes that are now at hand. Healing Codes presents an urgent,monumental, and inspired work that will be hailed for generations to come.SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR INFORMATION OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866.

Hard Cover Book:$26.95 (+S/H)

Audio Tapes:

$29.95 (+S/H)

HEALING CODES FOR THE BIOLOGICAL APOCALYPSE

Code: HCBAA (0.5 lb.)Code: HCBA (2.5 lb.)

537 PAGES 4 hours

This is the first in-depth exploration into the origins ofHIV and Ebola. Claims that these “emerging viruses”naturally evolved and then jumped species from ape toman seem grossly unfounded in light of the compellingevidence assembled in this extraordinary text.Alternatively, the possibility that these bizarre germswere laboratory creations, accidentally or intentionallytransmitted via tainted Hepatitis and smallpox vaccines in

the U.S. and Africa—as numerous authorities havealleged—is investigated herein.

This book reviews the numerous viral vaccinestudies conducted simultaneously in New York City and Central West Africaby a narrow network of virologists working for major military-medicalcontractors under the auspices of the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and the World HealthOrganization (WHO). The text presents bizarre and horrifying facts about the biological weaponsrace of the 1960s and early 1970s when researchers developed countless immune-system-ravagingviruses and experimented with antidote vaccines allegedly for “defense” and cancer prevention.

EMERGING VIRUSES - AIDS & EBOLA

AUDIOTAPES

3 HOURS


Over 590 pages$29.95 (+S/H)

$19.95 (+S/H)

Code: EVAE (2.5 lb.)

Code: EVAEA (0.5 lb.)


It seems the obsession about Iraq’simprobable possession of nuclearweapons far exceeds the more realisticpossibility that our pre-emptive strikeagainst Iraq may precipitate a nuclearexchange between these two countries, oreven a first strike with nuclear weaponsby Israel against Iraq.

Expect Israel to use the chaos tofurther promote their occupation andsettlements in the Palestinian homelandand possibly even in Lebanon. Israel’spossession of nuclear weapons in aperiod of outright war will surely serveto intimidate her neighbors andintensify her efforts to further expandthe Israeli homeland.

If massive Iraqi civilian casualtiesresult, as indeed is possible though notdeliberate, expect more worldwidecondemnation and even a UN resolutioncondemning what others will callAmerican War Crimes. Our refusal to besubject to the International CriminalCourt, while demanding others be tried inthe court, will never sit well with theworld community.

Our position is a far cry from what itought to be: demanding nationalsovereignty while promoting neutralityand friendship with all nations.

Our own CIA has warned that war withIraq will more likely cause SaddamHussein to use any massively lethalweapons that he might have than if wedon’t attack him. Also, they warned thatthe likelihood of al-Qaeda attacks on ourown soil will increase once an invasionbegins. This, of course, could cause awave of well-placed snipers around theUnited States.

It is now admitted that over 150,000U.S. servicemen are suffering from PersianGulf War Syndrome as a result of the firstPersian Gulf War. Our government wouldlike to ignore this fact, but a new warliterally could create an epidemic ofcasualties of the same sort, since the exactetiology is not completely understood.The number of deaths and injuries thatmight occur from an occupation of Iraq isunknown, but conceivably could be muchhigher than anyone wants to imagine.

Anti-Americanism now sweeping theworld will significantly increase once welaunch our attack. Already we have seenelections swayed in Europe, Turkey, andPakistan by those unfriendly to theUnited States.

The attitude that the world’s “King ofthe Hill” must be brought down willescalate, especially if the war goes poorlyand does not end quickly with minimalcivilian deaths.

Al-Qaeda likely will get a real boost inmembership once the war breaks out.

Membership is already pervasivethroughout the world without anycentralized control. We should expectthis to continue, with an explosion inmembership and a negative impactaround the world.

Our attack will confirm to thedoubters that bin Laden was right inassessing our desire to control theMiddle Eastern resources and dictatepolicy to the entire region, while givingsupport to Israel over the Palestinians.

Our very weak economy could easilycollapse with the additional burden of acostly war. War is never a way to makethe people of a country better off. It doesnot end recessions, and is much morelikely to cause one or make one muchworse. A significant war will causerevenues to decrease, taxes to increase,inflation to jump, encourage trade wars,and balloon the deficit. Oil prices willsoar and the dollar will retreat ever further.

Already we’re hearing demands for amilitary draft to be instituted for both menand women. I see that coming, and it willserve as another source of domesticfriction as our economy deteriorates andunemployment rises.

Under these conditions the standard ofliving for all Americans is destined to godown.

This war, if of any significant duration,in time will be seen as a Republican war,plain and simple. Along with a weakeconomy, it could easily usher in a“regime change” here in the UnitedStates. The conditions may justify achange in leadership, but the return ofcontrol to the opposition party will allowthem to use the opportunity to promotetheir domestic liberal agenda andsocialize the entire economy.

The net result, regardless of the sizeand duration of the coming war, will bethat the people of the United States willbe less free and much poorer. The

bigger the war, the greater will be thesuffering.

Hon. Ron Paul Of TexasIn The House Of Representatives

Thursday, November 14, 2002

Mr. Speaker, I urge my colleagues toread “You Are A Suspect” by WilliamSafire in today’s New York Times. Mr.Safire, who has been one of the media’smost consistent defenders of personalprivacy, details the Defense Department’splan to establish a system of “TotalInformation Awareness”. According toMr. Saf ire, once this system isimplemented, no American will be ableto use the Internet to fill a prescription,subscribe to a magazine, buy a book,send or receive e-mail, or visit a websitefree from the prying eyes of governmentbureaucrats. Furthermore, individualInternet transactions will be recorded in“a virtual centralized grand database”.

Implementation of this project wouldshred the Fourth Amendment’srequirement that the governmentestablish probable cause and obtain asearch warrant before snooping into theprivate affairs of its citizens. I hope mycolleagues read Mr. Safire’s article andsupport efforts to prevent theimplementation of this program,including repealing any legislationweakening privacy protections thatCongress may inadvertently have passedin the rush to complete legislativebusiness this year.

* * *The following article is referred to

above by both Senator Byrd andRepresentative Ron Paul. This is fromthe New York Times for Thursday,November 14, 2002, from thewww.nytimes.com/2002/11/14/opinion/14SAFI.html Internet website:

Could bioelectric technologies investigated during the ColdWar provide the most advanced form of killing, enslaving, andcoercing billions of unsuspecting people worldwide? Morefrightening: could infectious agents, including the “mad cowdisease” protein “prion” crystal, have been engineered to effecta new insidious level of bio-spiritual warfare?

Dr. Len Horowitz investigates 2000 years of religious andpolitical persecution and the latest technologies being used toenslave, coerce, and even kill billions of unsuspecting people.

This work returns the most precious spiritual knowledge and“healing codes” to humanity. It offers hope for the lovingmasses to survive the worldwide plagues, famines, andweather changes that are now at hand. Healing Codespresents an urgent, monumental, and inspired work that will behailed for generations to come.


HEALING CODES VIDEO Set (4-hours)

VIDEO Tape set:$39.95 (+S/H)

Code: HCBAV (1 lb.)


You Are A Suspect

by William Safire

Washington — If the HomelandSecurity Act is not amended beforepassage, here is what will happen to you:Every purchase you make with a creditcard, every magazine subscription youbuy and medical prescription you fill,every website you visit and e-mail yousend or receive, every academic gradeyou receive, every bank deposit youmake, every trip you book and everyevent you attend—all these transactionsand communications will go into whatthe Defense Department describes as “avirtual, centralized grand database”.

To this computerized dossier on yourprivate life from commercial sources, addevery piece of information thatgovernment has about you—passportapplication, driver’s license and bridgetoll records, judicial and divorce records,complaints from nosy neighbors to theF.B.I., your lifetime paper trail plus thelatest hidden camera surveillance—andyou have the supersnoop’s dream: a“Total Information Awareness” aboutevery U.S. citizen.

This is not some far-out Orwellianscenario. It is what will happen to yourpersonal freedom in the next few weeks ifJohn Poindexter gets the unprecedentedpower he seeks.

Remember Poindexter? Brilliant man,first in his class at the Naval Academy,later earned a doctorate in physics, roseto national security adviser underPresident Ronald Reagan. He had thisbrilliant idea of secretly selling missiles

to Iran to pay ransom for hostages, andwith the illicit proceeds to illegallysupport contras in Nicaragua.

A jury convicted Poindexter in 1990on f ive felony counts of misleadingCongress and making false statements,but an appeals court overturned theverdict because Congress had given himimmunity for his testimony. He famouslyasserted “the buck stops here”—arguingthat the White House staff, and not thepresident, was responsible for fatefuldecisions that might prove embarrassing.

This ring-knocking master of deceit isback again, with a plan even morescandalous than Iran-contra. He headsthe “Information Awareness Office” inthe otherwise excellent DefenseAdvanced Research Projects Agency,which spawned the Internet and stealthaircraft technology. Poindexter is nowrealizing his 20-year dream: getting the“data-mining” power to snoop on everypublic and private act of every American.

Even the hastily passed U.S.A. PatriotAct, which widened the scope of theForeign Intelligence Surveillance Actand weakened 15 privacy laws, raisedrequirements for the government toreport secret eavesdropping to Congressand the courts. But Poindexter’s assaulton individual privacy rides roughshodover such oversight.

He is determined to break down thewall between commercial snooping andsecret government intrusion. Thedisgraced admiral dismisses suchnecessary differentiation as bureaucratic“stovepiping”. And he has been given a$200 million budget to create computerdossiers on 300 million Americans.

On the eveof the first warin the 21stCentury, onep e r p l e x i n gq u e s t i o nremains: therole of China.The answercomes in what

will be seen as one of the most important booksof all time. It explains how China will use thecrisis to launch itself as a new Super Power—andbecome America’s new major enemy.

China by 2015 will have deployed tens toseveral tens of missiles with nuclear warheadstargeted against the United States, mostly more-survivable land and sea mobile missiles. It will

also have hundreds of shorter-range ballistic andcruise missiles for use in regional conflicts. Someof these shorter-range missiles will have nuclearwarheads; most will be armed with conventionalwarheads.

That prediction is from a CIA briefing paper tothe Bush Administration. It is one of almost 100pages of never-before-published official documentsin SEEDS OF FIRE: China And The Story BehindThe Attack On America, by Gordon Thomas. No onecan afford to ignore this book!

SEEDS OF FIRE is a book that every patrioticAmerican — everyone who cares about the futureof this country, everyone who wants to know whatgoes on behind the scenes — must buy and read.This is THE book. Written by a highly experiencedintelligence analyst, it is simply a MUST. Youcannot ignore the warnings Gordon Thomas gives.

As an example of his total credibility, hoursafter the book was published, the CIA was forcedto confirm its findings about the threat Chinaposes. The CIA publicly confirmed what GordonThomas reveals in SEEDS OF FIRE. Just how biga threat China is.

This has been kept out of the news agendabecause it does not suit certain businessinterests to have that truth emerge. But at lasthere it is. Every patriotic American should buyand read this book! It is simply revelatory.

Other revelations include the Inslaw/Promis“largest global software theft in history”, MK-ULTRAmind-control applications, and the link betweennewspaper magnate Robert Maxwell and the LosAlamos laboratory nuclear secrets “spy” case.

But it is the China connection that ought toalert all thinking Americans to “the sleeping giant”of the Orient. Be informed. Be astonished.

SEEDS OF FIRE:CHINA AND THE STORY BEHIND

THE ATTACK ON AMERICA

Price: $25.95 (+ S/H)


Code: SOF (1.5 lb.)

600 pages

When George W. Bush was running forpresident, he stood foursquare in defenseof each person’s medical, financial, andcommunications privacy. ButPoindexter, whose contempt for therestraints of oversight drew the Reaganadministration into its most seriousblunder, is still operating on thepresumption that, on such a sweepingtheft of privacy rights, the buck endswith him and not with the president.

This time, however, he has beenseizing power in the open. In the pastweek, John Markoff of the Times,followed by Robert O’Harrow of theWashington Post have revealed theextent of Poindexter’s operation, buteditorialists have not grasped itsundermining of the Freedom OfInformation Act.

Political awareness can overcome “TotalInformation Awareness”—the combinedforce of commercial and governmentsnooping. In a similar overreach, AttorneyGeneral Ashcroft tried his TerrorismInformation and Prevention System(TIPS), but public outrage at the use ofgossips and postal workers as snoopscaused the House to shoot it down. TheSenate should now do the same to thisother exploitation of fear.

The Latin motto over Poindexter’s newPentagon off ice reads: “Scientia EstPotentia”—“knowledge is power”.

Exactly: the government’s inf initeknowledge about you is its power overyou.

“We’re just as concerned as the nextperson with protecting privacy” thisbrilliant mind blandly assured the Post.A jury found he spoke falsely before. S


Small Liars BehindLarge Treasons

Editor’s note: If it’s possible to fashionone common theme from the gems of Truthwhich Sherman shares this month,perhaps that theme is what’s stated abovein the headline. But it’s the sheer depthand extent of such depraved activitiesthat frequently boggles the mind andmakes it so difficult to convince theunaware that such could actually begoing on.

When the Founding Fathers of theUnited States fashioned the originalmechanisms of checks & balances forkeeping the governmental machinery fromwandering too far from its intended pathof purpose, they likely had in mind acertain then-imaginable level of possiblederailing forces of corruption. But justlike we would never have imagined thedepth of violence and depravity woventhrough most movies today from lookingjust back as far as their pre-1940scounterparts, our Founding Fatherscould not have either imagined ordesigned for the rampant level ofcriminality so common within themachinery of government today.

To begin to repair such a massivecorrosion of original purpose requires,first, a public knowledge of what’s goingon behind the scenes. That’s whereSherman’s commentaries fill a mostimportant role from his well-connectedposition of earned respect and trust.

For those of you newer readers notfamiliar with this longtime crusader forTruth from the Chicago area, know that:

Since 1958, Mr. Skolnick has been acourt reformer, and since 1963,chairman/founder, Citizen’s Committee ToClean Up The Courts. Since 1991, aregular panelist, and since 1995,moderator/producer of Broadsides, a one-hour, weekly, taped, public-access cable-TV show, cablecast WITHIN Chicago, tosome 400,000 viewers each Mondayevening, 9 p.m., channel 21, cable TV.

For a heavy packet of printed stories,send $5.00 (U.S. funds) plus a stamped,self-addressed BUSINESS-size envelope(#10 envelope, 4-1/8" x 9-1/2") WITHTHREE STAMPS ON IT, to: Citizen’s

Committee To Clean Up The Courts,Sherman H. Skolnick, Chairman, 9800South Oglesby Avenue, Chicago IL60617-4870. Office hours: 8 a.m. tomidnight, most days, but do not bombardthe listed phone with “just routine” calls,please: (773) 375-5741. For updates ofongoing work on a recorded phonemessage: (773) 731-1100.

SHERMAN H. SKOLNICK(Website: www.skolnicksreport.com)

(E-mail: [email protected])

The Overthrow OfThe American Republic, Part 21

(11/10/02)

Trapping TheGrand Old Public-Enemy

Sometimes the explanations ofhistorical events are both simple butdiabolical. Behind the scenes, those whoknow a lot believe the following to bequite true.

On East Coast time, it was just beforemidnight, December 12, 2000. Who wasto be installed as the new resident andoccupant of the Oval Office was to bedecided by a five-person junta of thenation’s highest court. At least four of theignoble five each had their own terribleconflicts of interest, yet they were notabout to remove themselves fromdeciding the case.

Chief Justice William Rehnquist wasoverheard by close confidants as sayingthat if Albert Gore Jr. were to be President,Rehnquist could not retire as he hadplanned, yet Rehnquist was of anadvanced age. Sandra Day O’Connor,having survived a bout with seriousillness, likewise had been overheard bythose close at hand, as saying that if AlbertGore would become President, it would beterrible for the country, would greatlyinterfere with her personal wishes andplans for retirement. Clarence Thomas—he of the few words, installed years beforeafter a bitter U.S. Senate commotion, withsome outspoken persons of his race

angrily calling him an “Uncle Tom” who’sbad for the Black people—his wife waswith a group tightly tied to theRepublican Party.

Justice Antonin Scalia’s son was part ofthose presenting the ticking bomb, Bushversus Gore, to the hurry-up reckoning ofthe U.S. Supreme Court. The Court was ina rush because supposedly it wouldinterfere with the process of the ElectoralCollege.

Justice Scalia’s position, as expressed inwhat he wrote in the decision, was thatAmericans had no constitutional right tovote for President. Only the right to votefor Electors who came to be called the“Electoral College”, and they, not theAmerican voters, decide who is to bePresident. The fact that the ElectoralProcess had come to be an historicalappendix, not needed or used for thesurvival of the body politic, was of nointerest to Scalia and the other membersof the junta.

No lawyer member of the U.S. SupremeCourt bar would dare confront, in writing,Scalia, with his serious conflicts ofinterest. He and two federal appealsjudges in Chicago had previously beenfellow law professors at Rockefeller’sUniversity of Chicago Law School. Thatis, Chicago 7th Circuit Judges RichardPosner and Frank Easterbrook.

(To learn how these two Chicagojudges, one step below the high court inthe District of Columbia, commit blatantjudicial perjuries and perpetrate fraudsupon their own court, visit our websitestory “Chief Crook Enters MicrosoftCase”.)

This troika, two in Chicago and one inWashington, represent, while on thebench, the multi-billion-dollar stock andbond portfolio of the University founded,maintained, and controlled by theRockefellers and their role in the oilcabal. Each of the three has reportedlyviolated federal law requiring that theyfile, under oath, each year, their annualmandatory financial disclosure report.They have never in their required annualreports disclosed what they are a part ofand what they, on the bench, represent. Ifforced to tell the truth, how could theyhave continued to decide manycorporation controversies, whose stocksand bonds they represent, without havingdisqualified themselves? Like some oftheir purported written decisions, theirannual financial disclosure reports are justanother monstrous judicial perjury.

(To understand judicial perjury, studyour several-part series called “Coca-Cola,CIA, And The Courts” on our website.)

In their late-night disclosed “ruling”,the High Court Five made the strange


statement that this decision was NOT to be used as a bindingprecedent, such as on lower courts, in any other voting or othercase involving the Equal Protection of the Laws, a provisionguaranteed to each American under the 14th Amendment.

To his credit, Justice John Paul Stevens, in a blisteringdissent, stated the ruling of the Five undermines publicconfidence in the courts.

We were apparently the only ones, on a timely basis, whopointed out the situation seemed in many ways very like thestrange election of 1876. Like Gore, Samuel Tilden handily wonthe nationwide popular vote. Rutherford B. Hayes and his ganghad stolen the Electoral College vote by corrupting the ElectionBoard Commission in the State of Florida, whose electoral voteswere among the keys to the “Electoral College”. Like in 2000,the 1876 election turned on who supposedly got Florida’selectoral vote.

Also, bribed or otherwise corrupted was an important judge ona congressional commission set up to resolve the 1876 mess.

Strangely reprinted in the spring of the year 2000, was GoreVidal’s book entitled simply 1876. His opus seemed to be ablueprint for what was done, with respect later, to the 2000Presidential Election.

(Some of Albert Gore Jr.’s family had been overheard togrumble that their cousin, Gore Vidal, related to First LadyJacqueline Kennedy of the Kennedy, Auchincloss, and Bouvierfamilies which Vidal apparently badmouthed, seemed to beagainst supporting cousin Albert.)

On Inauguration Day, 1877, apparently rightfully consideringhimself the duly elected President, Tilden approached theceremonial stand where the new occupant and resident of theOval Office was to be sworn in. But Tilden was blocked goingany closer, apparently by troops. Thereafter, because of the stinkleft from the 1876 debacle, Hayes was referred to widely asRUTHERFRAUD.

(The Hayes gang had made an unholy cover-up deal to blockand reverse progress of Blacks after the Civil War, when for abrief period some Blacks held positions in some southern statelegislatures.)

In its simplest form, Albert Gore Jr. is the duly electedPresident NOT INAUGURATED. We prefer to call George W.Bush, as BUSHFRAUD, merely the occupant and resident of theOval Office.

December 12, 2000 was a fateful time. Supposed OklahomaCity “lone bomber” Timothy McVeigh had just informed theDenver trial judge in his case that McVeigh did not wish tofurther challenge his conviction. And that the judge should setthe date for execution of McVeigh by lethal injection.

Public statements by McVeigh could have exposed the BushCrime Family. The months-later disappearance of Chandra Levywas also related. (Visit our website story “The Secrets OfTimothy McVeigh”, and also our two-part series “The ChandraLevy Affair”.)

By December 12, 2000, Gore had reportedly been alreadyadvised by his economic wizards that the U.S. was heading intoa terrible financial meltdown, similar to, if not worse than, theGreat Depression of the 1930s. That is, Gore was persuaded notto further challenge what was happening and to let the U.S.Supreme Court junta, the Unholy Five, arbitrarily and withserious conflicting interests of the Justices, install George W.Bush as the new occupant and resident of the Oval Office.

Sidebar: Some months thereafter, Russian judges, visitingwith the U.S. Supreme Court judges, hit the target directly withtheir remark: “Whatever you think of us Russian judges inMoscow, we do NOT install our President by our courtmaneuvers the way you did recently.”

So Gore let Bush Jr., as supervised by Daddy Bush as puppet-

ALIEN ABDUCTIONS, ELF WAVES, MENTALMANIPULATION—ALL EQUALS BEHAVIORMODIFICATION! There is a secret plot by theNew World Order to control the Earth’s populationfor a sinister agenda. Many UFO abducteesmaintain they have become part of a brainwashingprogram by “aliens”—but is a “secret society”really behind all that is happening?

MIND STALKERS: UFOS, IMPLANTS, & THEPSYCHOTRONIC AGENDA OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER

$15.00 (+S/H)SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866Code: MST (0.75 lb.)

Exposes the most important alternative scientificadvancements of our time utilizing free energyconcepts which were uncovered by Tesla and perhapsderived from other-worldly sources.

About The Author: A former military intelligenceoperative who has kept his identity a secret cliams tohave worked inside underground bunkers in Area 51where he actually flew UFOs via telepathy andlevitation methods derived from contact with ETs.

NIKOLA TESLA: FREE ENERGYAND THE WHITE DOVE

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERINGOR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866$15.00 (+S/H) Code: FEWD (0.75 lb.)

“I must write this diary in secrecy and obscurity. Itconcerns my arctic flight of the nineteenth day of Februaryin the year of nineteen hundred and forty-seven.

“There comes a time when the rationality of men must fadeinto insignificance, and one must accept the inevitability of theTruth! I am not at liberty to disclose the following documentation

at this writing, perhaps it shall never see the light of public scrutiny, but I must domy Duty and record here for all to read one day in a world which hopefully the greedand exploitation of certain of mankind can no longer suppress that which is Truth.”

The Missing Diary Of AdmiralRichard E. Byrd

See next-to-last page or call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866.—Admiral Richard E. Byrd (from the Introduction)$12.50 (+S/H)

Code: MDAB (1.0 lb.)

In l943 the Navy accomplished theteleportation of a warship from Philadelphia toNorfolk by successfully applying Einstein’sUnified Field Theory. The experiment alsocaused the crew and officers of the ship tobecome invisible, during which time they werelaunched into a time-space warp. Onesurvivor tells his amazing experience.

THE PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT& OTHER UFO CONSPIRACIES

BY BRAD STEIGER


$15.00(+S/H)Code: PEUC (0.75 lb.)

SUBTERRANEAN WORLDS INSIDE EARTH


Is the Earth hollow? Is our planet honeycombed withcaverns inhabited by mysterious races? Are therecivilizations of super beings living beneath the surfaceof the Earth? Are the residents of this subsurfaceworld friendly, or do they have our domination in mind?Here are strange and unexplainable legions of the “WeePeople”, the Dero, and long-haired Atlantean giants asencounterd by cave explorers and miners trapped farbeneath the Earth.

BY TIM BECKLEY

$12.50(+S/H)Code: SWIE (0.75 lb.)


master, slide into his chair to becomeanother Herbert Hoover. That is,somewhere thereafter to be condemnedand despised by a virtual army of hungry,unemployed, suffering Americans.Hoover, with a background as a worldwideengineer, was clever. Bushfraud is not.But like Hoover, Bush is not inclined tobe benevolent to fellow Americans in aneconomic disaster.

After December 12, 2000, in theformality when the Electoral College votetally was to be presented to Gore in hiscapacity as President of the U.S. Senate,Gore showed by his body language,particularly how he held his hands, palmsup, that he was not going to assist in anychallenge to reverse the situation.

The difference between the GreatDepression and the first decade of the21st century is evident to sharp-eyedtypes. Franklin Delano Roosevelt wasswept into office as a Democrat to remedythe economic suffering. He came to be,however, the greatest COUNTER-REVOLUTIONARY in Western history.

He snuffed-out a gathering revoltagainst the Ruling Class, of which he andhis family were long a part. With a newalphabet soup of Federal agencies andregulations, okayed by a rubber-stampCongress, Roosevelt opened the foodwarehouses and fed the needy. He set-upa federal agency to slow down the massiveforeclosures on private residences causedby a real estate bubble bust. FDR tried topack the U.S. Supreme Court with agreater number of judges than previouslysat on that tribunal, to outvote the hard-hearted backward-thinking judgesinfesting the place.

But, at that time, America was not readyfor a long overdue Revolution, therehaving been no genuine Revolution inU.S. history, unlike Europe. We had at thetime a great number of Europeans whohad come to America early in the 20thcentury. If times got bad, they would nottry to overthrow the American Republic.If cold and hungry, they were quitesatisfied, nevertheless, to sleep underbridges when it rains, as long as it was inAmerica, not Europe. (Some are findingout the hard way that any overthrowing ofthe American Republic is being donebecause of a terrible split in thearistocracy, and not by common folk, asset forth in this series.)

The understanding and positions of ourelders in the 1930s is not the mindsetnowadays.

Then came the mid-term elections of2002. Usually and historically, the WhiteHouse party loses many seats in theAmerican parliament, the Congress.(Unlike British parliamentary procedures,

America has no “vote of confidence” toquickly remove Presidents; instead there’sthe cumbersome impeachment process.)

One faction of the American aristocracybelieves fascism is the only answer to agrowing U.S. population. Simply put,they believe we now have too manypeople to be guaranteeing to each ofthem, rights, privileges, and immunities asprovided under the Bill Of Rights.

With terrible bribery and election andjudicial fraud, they have installed, as theirwould-be dictator, George W. Bush, pro-British as we have demonstrated. SavvyEuropeans dismiss him as someone “whopisses on his own shoes”, to quote some ofthem—a misfit, an incompetent, a merepuppet for Daddy Bush and his sinistergang in the secret political police, theAmerican CIA.

To step-by-step cancel the U.S.Constitution and Bill Of Rights, thisfaction, having prior knowledge, allowed,condoned, [let’s not forget “engineered”]and acquiesced in the events of 9/11. Oneexplanation of Black Tuesday, circulatingin the monopoly press, however, is thatBush was not obligated to react thatmorning of September 11, 2001, becausethe super-secret National ReconnaissanceOffice (NRO) had already scheduled, forthe same morning, a test of how thegovernment should handle a situation,wherein terrorists would slam a hijackedairplane into major landmark buildings,like the World Trade Center. Someapologists offer that explanation for whythere was, on that morning, a militarystand-down, and why Bush continued totalk to school kids about goats afterhaving been informed that two planescrashed into the World Trade Centertowers in lower Manhattan. That is, as ifBush thought it was only a “test” by theNRO.

Contradicting the story that some thatmorning thought it was only a “test”, wasthat Bush, in the summer of 2001, hadtold foreign diplomats that the U.S. willgo to war against Afghanistan in October,2001. It was the oil pipeline, stupid!

Apparently opposing a fascist-likesolution to any American problems havebeen the Jacob Schiff family. For thebenefit of the Czarist regime in Russia,they arranged, financed, and built theTrans-Siberian Railroad, a great wonder inits day. By giving great quantities of goldto Leon Trotsky while he was visiting theU.S., the Schiff family f inanced thechanging of the possibly backwardCzarina (who was heavily pro-German asfrom her background) and Czar NicholasII. Some called what happened theRussian Revolution of 1917.

Congressional Committee documents,

compiled about 1976, show the trueownership of the Federal Reserve—whichincludes the Rothschilds, theRockefellers, the Warburgs, and the JacobSchiff family (part of a then New York-based publishing empire), among others.

Albert Gore Jr.’s daughter, Karenna Gore,is married to Andrew Schiff, great gandsonof the Schiff family. Some narrow-mindedsorts like to think only in terms ofconspiracy theories. As if they couldpoint to one racial, religious, or ethnicgroup and blame all the troubles of theplanet on them.

For example, one book blames all theworld’s problems on the Jesuits and theVatican (VATICAN ASSASSINS by EricJon Phelps). The ultra-right-wing, forreligious and other reasons, wants toblame all the troubles of planet Earth on a“Jewish Conspiracy”. They point to thegreat number of mass media types withJewish surnames. Not pointed out is thatthese are MANAGERS, not owners, withthe owners being non-Jewish, using Jewsas a front to take the heat which ishistorically typical.

Others in the ultra-right point to“Jewish bankers”—meaning theRothschilds, who are not followers ofJudaism and are the official bankers andtransactors of the Vatican. Also, the termmeans to some the investment and bondhouses of Wall Street. Those with theGerman Jewish names still running thesame have not been actual practicing Jewsfor several generations, having convertedto other religions three generations agoand more. (See the documented study TheNew Crowd: The Changing Of The JewishGuard On Wall Street by Judith RamseyEhrlich and Barry J. Rehfeld, 1989, Little,Brown & Co., Boston.)

An authority on bank ownership,Martin Mayer has a lot of details in hisbook The Bankers (Mass MarketPaperback, December, 1975). He says hefound only one bank in the whole UnitedStates that had as much as a vice-president, a Jew. By bank, he meant abank-bank, a bank-house building. Forexample, the major bank houses ofdowntown Chicago make a practice asfollows, as known to astute observers, theywill hire Blacks and Latinos, butgenerally only permit them to be vaultguards or money-counter tellers.Someone who by name is plainly a Jew isgenerally totally unacceptable.

The ultra-right dismisses Jacob Schiff asmerely a “Communist Jew”, withoutrealizing that a faction in the aristocracyused the Hegelian method, financing andcreating supposed opponents, antithesis,to later form a synthesis. During the yearswhen the Moscow government was


considered “the enemy”, war-mongersamong the ultra rich used this to taxcommon Americans to further enrich thewar-creators and their war productionfacilities. The late Antony Sutton, inseveral well-documented books, pointsout how American big business financedthe Soviets and supplied them withAmerican high technology. (Lookingunder “books” on the amazon.comInternet website, you can see a long list ofSutton’s books.)

The supposed top level of theDemocratic Party was ORDERED not tomake a major issue of the growingunemployment and the poor economy.Why? So the G.O.P. could appear to graban armlock on all the levers of power inthe United States. As a consequence, theGrand Old Public-Enemy won control ofboth houses of Congress and has asupposed hammer-lock on the centralgovernment and some state governors.(Did they hedge their bets by the apparentsabotage airplane murder of U.S. SenatorPaul Wellstone (D-MN), with SenatorEdward Kennedy (D-MA) to have been onthe death-warrant plane as well, but Teddyhaving somehow changed his mind?)

Financial experts, off the record, predicta real estate bubble bust soon that wouldhurt ordinary Americans even moreso thantheir private pension funds being bustbecause of stock market reverses. Somepolitical strategists think along the linesof military planners. Now steered intotaking over total control of the centralgovernment, the G.O.P. has been led into atrap. They face being blamed, despised,and ridiculed for the increasing anguishof ordinary Americans trying to deal withan impending financial meltdown. In itssimplest terms, Black Tuesday was abloody dirty trick, for the moment, todelay and sidestep dealing with theexpected crash.

In plain terms, Bushfraud, perceived tobe a latter-day Herbert Hoover, will bewidely blamed for either being unableand/or unwilling to propose or instituteany effective remedy to the economicdisaster. He may push a tax cut, yetbecause of declining tax collections in arecession, there is no money for the same.And issuing a flood of U.S. Treasurysecurities to make a tax cut possible willcause gold to skyrocket, a temporaryinflating to come, followed by adevastating decline in value of homes andproperties, the dreaded DEFLATION.

Some close to the matters contend thistrap sprung on Bush and the G.O.P. cannotbe corrected. Some go so far as tocontend, from close-at-hand sources, thatthe trap was ordered by the Schiff family,part of the faction in the aristocracy thatopposes scrapping the Bill Of Rights, andis against the fascist-like plans of theBush Crime Family to rule this continentwith an iron fist. That is, to overthrow theAmerican Republic.

Can Bush and his gang get out of thetrap?

More coming. Stay tuned.

The Red Chinese Secret PoliceIn The United States, Part 4

(11/13/02)

S.E.C./China Mess Can Rock U.S.

The U.S. securities industry supposedfederal watchdog has been rocked withallegations of apparent penetration byRed Chinese intelligence. Purportedlydivulged was sensitive commercial-valuedata made known by, among others, U.S.computer firms, to the U.S. Securities &Exchange Commission (S.E.C.). CalledCTRs (Confidential Treatment Requests),they are supposed to be kept secret by theS.E.C.

An S.E.C. employee, Mylene Chan, wasreportedly f ired. An online-serviceanalyst, she reportedly states she resignedand was planning to leave the U.S. Shedenies wrongly divulging any such data.This type of information, CTRs, areconfidential and secret reports of U.S.firms that contain proprietary and othersensitive material that companies do notwant to be public, and other sensitive datathe firms do not want to be available tocompetitors, such as in Red China.

The S.E.C./Red China story was firstrevealed by the Washington Times,ostensibly owned by the Korean C.I.A.through Rev. Sun Myung Moon, who hasbeen accused of being part of a moneylaundry front to disguise, for tax evasionand other purposes, vast funds fromoverseas firms, such as in South Korea.Some years ago, Washington was rockedby an earlier scandal when a purportedofficial of the Korean C..I.A. was accusedof massive bribery of various members ofthe U.S. House and Senate.

Long-time investigative journalistRobert Parry, formerly a correspondent fora major magazine, has written about andinquired into the shadowy doings of Rev.Moon, the Korean C.I.A., and GeorgeHerbert Walker Bush.

Parry’s details have been publicizedthrough a publication of his, ConsortiumNews, and their www.consortiumnews.comwebsite. Also see Dark Side Of Rev. MoonHooking George Bush by Robert Parry.The opus details how Daddy Bush hasbeen a form of lobbyist and front man forRev. Moon’s purported money launderingthrough a South American publicationand other worldwide money washingenterprises. (See thewww.freedomofmind.com Internetwebsite.)

The Washington Times divulged theS.E.C./Red China details in exclusivestories on 11/11/02 and 11/12/02. Otherprior details have been contained inbooks by Washington Times writer BillGertz, and in books such as Year Of TheRat—How Bill Clinton Compromised U.S.Security For Chinese Cash by EdwardTimperlake and William C. Triplett II(Regnery Publishing, Inc., 1998).

The reputed players in the Red Chinamess have NOT been divulged in theWashington Times currently or previously.Such as:

• PRESCOTT S. BUSH JR., brother ofDaddy Bush, and uncle of White Houseresident and occupant George W. Bush.Uncle Prescott, an East Coast purported“investment arranger”, has been head ofthe Chicago-based U.S.-China Chamber ofCommerce. Some consider it is noconincidence that the Red Chinese Secret

The staggering story of humansacrifice and satanic ritual, involvingthe most famous people in the world.

Arizona Wilder, formerly JenniferGreene, was mind-programmed frombirth to become one of the three mostimportant female conductors of Satanicrituals on the planet. Her programmerwas Josef Mengele, the notorious“Angel of Death” in the Naziconcentration camps. When he died inthe late 1980s, her programming beganto break down.

In this video interview with DavidIcke, she describes human sacrificerituals at Glamis Castle and Balmoral,

Revelations of a Mother GoddessAn Interview by David Icke

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE TO ORDER OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866.

in which the Queen, the QueenMother, and other members of theRoyal Family sacrificed children inSatanic ceremonies.

She talks of the same experienceswith Henry Kissinger, George Bush,Bill Clinton, members of theRockefeller and Rothschild families,and a host of the most famous namesin the United States and the UnitedKingdom.

Your view of the world will never bethe same when you hear therevelations of Arizona Wilder andconsider their relevance to your dailylife.

2-VIDEO Tape Set OVER 4-Hours

$39.95 (+S/H)

Code: RMG (1.5 lb.)


Police have an apparent armlock on theChicago markets, in the laundering ofdope funds, weapons deals, and proceedsof smuggling of human body parts fortransplant hospitals in the Chicago areaand elsewhere. This is an open secret, butnot mentioned by the liars and whores ofthe financial press, such as the Wall StreetJournal.

Reportedly involved are certain hotshottraders on the Chicago MercantileExchange, the Chicago Board of Trade,and the Chicago Board OptionsExchange, as well as the Chicago StockExchange. (This was formerly known asthe Midwest Stock Exchange and centerof a messy purported tax evasion/embezzlement scandal implicatingofficials of the markets as well as ChicagoDistrict IRS officials, according to thosefamiliar with a long-pending Chicagocourt lawsuit.)

Uncle Prescott reportedly was, in someform or another, involved in highlyquestionable U.S.-Red China deals, onoccasion with the participation ofrenegade and other officials of Israeliintelligence, the Mossad. Prescott wasostensibly helpful in conveying some $40million as a payoff to Red China byGeorge W. Bush, in April 2001, shortlyafter Bush Jr. occupied the White House.The clandestine funds were to encourageRed China to release a U.S. spy plane anda number of intelligence operativesonboard when the plane was forced downby Red China and the operatives, forawhile, held hostage. (For related details,see our story “Red China Gets Big BucksIn Secret Hostage Deals”.)

Prescott S. Bush Jr., according tovarious published accounts, hasreportedly arranged corrupt deals usingthe Japanese mafia, the Yakuza.

(See references available through searchengines such as the www.google.comwebsite. For data on the Japanese mafiaoperations in America, see our story “TheJapanese Mafia In The U.S.”)

By the way, the Korean C.I.A.’sWashington Times stories, according tosavvy sources, are calculated to blackmailthe Bush White House with undiscloseddetails such as contained herein, toprevent prosecution of the “moonies” asthey are called, as well as a possiblefederal grand jury quiz directed at theRev. Moon money laundering empireinterwoven with the Bush Crime Family.

Prescott S. Bush Jr. has also been anexecutive of Dresser Industries, in whichhis brother, George Herbert Walker Bush,had a f inancial interest in originallyaiding the ruling dictator-family ofKuwait in oil development. Dresser, nowa unit of Richard Cheney’s Halliburton,

has reportedly been implicated in secretlyaiding Iraq defeat the embargo andsupplying Iraq with oil field machinery.

• ALAN GREENSPAN, another playerin the Red Chinese Secret Policepenetrating U.S. company secrets, formany years has headed the FederalReserve. With the use of his secret wiretransfer authorization code, Greenspanhas aided the Bush Crime Family inmassive laundering of the proceeds fromthe Red China dope trade to the U.S., aswell as the illicit funds from other dopesmuggling, clandestine weapons deals,and covert political assassination funding.

Used were the Bush Crime Family’s 25worldwide accounts. Included is the Bushjoint account with the Queen of England,through her private bank, Coutts BankLondon. The authenticated secret wiretransfer records are attached to our websitestory series “Greenspan Aids And BribesBush”, listing the accounts andpasswords, including a $100 billiontransaction through the Bush jointaccount with the British monarch.

The Bush secret accounts went on tonot only launder funds of the RedChinese Secret Police and their surrogate/agent Marc Rich (more about him later),but for what became Enron, ArthurAndersen, and such. A long-reliable topfinancial source has informed us thatGreenspan claims he is tired of being usedby the Bush Crime Family as well asGeneral Electric Capital.

Greenspan is married to his longtimegirlfriend Andrea Mitchell, NBC WhiteHouse correspondent, who seems to bepart of the Red China-U.S. whitewash.She works for NBC, owned by GeneralElectric, which is seeking to becompensated for large funds they investedin India, in the terrible scandal thereknown as the Dabhol Project of energydevelopment involving also Enron.Richard Cheney and Colin Powell havereportedly been using their White Houseclout to pressure the India government tocompensate the U.S. investors, includingG.E.

• MARC RICH, international swindler,arranging multi-billion-dollar mineral andmetal deals, and the laundering of illicitfunds through the Chicago markets. Heescaped from the U.S. and is holed-up inZug, Switzerland. He reportedly causedto be conveyed, as a bribe pay-off to Billand Hillary Clinton, several milliondollars. For this, Clinton, as outgoingPresident, at the zero hour in leavingoffice in January 2001, granted a pardonto Marc Rich. Israeli officials, includingformer Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Barak,pressured the Clintons and reportedlywere the courier apparatus arranging the

offshore depositing of the bribe funds.The Israeli officials confirmed to theClintons that Marc Rich has aided andassisted the Israeli secret political police,the Mossad, in overseas clandestineprojects involving, among other things,huge transfers of covert funds.

The Pardongate scandal has been theongoing subject of inquiry by the federalprosecutors in New York. They havesubmitted questions to Barak, requiringhim to answer. Unknown to them, Barakwas recently in the U.S. Furious at him fornot answering questions as to theapparent bribery of the Clintons andrelated tax evasions, the prosecutorscontend they will arrest Barak themoment he again sets foot in the U.S. TheIsraeli Embassy in Washington has beenwarned recently about the possible arrestof Barak, who is also believed to be a keyplayer in the joint secret deals betweenthe Bush Crime Family, Red China, andIsrael.

A major Israeli newspaper, in theirEnglish language edition(www.ha’aretzdaily.com for 11/09/02),mentioned the possibility of Barak beingarrested in the U.S. in the Marc RichAffair.

• RAHM EMANUEL, as former seniorClinton White House advisor, wasreportedly implicated in various illicitdealings with the Red Chinese,penetrating U.S. industrial, financial, andmilitary secrets. A dual citizen of Israeland the United States, he left the U.S.about 1990 to serve in the Israeli DefenseForces, the IDF. After leaving the ClintonWhite House, where he served off and onfor some six years, Rahm made a sizeablefortune apparently from the secret RedChinese dealings to get at U.S. secrets,while Rahm Emanuel was a top officialof the investment house Wasserstein,Perella & Co. Rahm is ostensibly anaccomplished participant in “politicalopposition research”—a codename forcompiling and using blackmail data.

Rahm Emanuel has used a portion ofhis apparently ill-gotten fortune to buymassive advertising and such, paving theway for him to win, as he did, the IllinoisCongressional District previouslyoccupied by defrocked CongressmanDan Rostenkowski, convicted ofembezzling sums from the House ofRepresentives private bank. With hisdual political loyalty as well, Rahm bothsupported Clinton publicly, while heapparently manipulated him privatelyusing reputed Mossad-controlledsexmate Monica Lewinsky.

Rahm Emanuel has ostensiblyfunctioned as the Mossad’s Deputy Chieffor North America. In the past, some of


Israeli intelligence’s top officials for U.S.and Canada were headquartered inChicago, operating in part through BankLeumi.

(In 1993, through a one-hour public-access cable-TV program, we exposedthe bank and a major spy-swindler, laterjailed, aided and abetted by the bank,allowing him under-the-table funds as“overdrafts”, the Clifford Sugarmanaffair. He was jailed as a consequence ofour TV show.)

• WAL-MART has been interwoven, aswe have shown, with the Red ChineseSecret Police operations in the UnitedStates. Various contraband items arecoming into the U.S. by direct flights to ahuge new airport near the current Wal-Mart headquarters in NorthwestArkansas—direct flights from Red China,which bypass U.S. Customs inspectionsthrough tricks. Some of the goods soldby Wal-Mart, at knockdown pricesdestroying competitors like K-Mart, areproduced by slave labor in facilities inRed China and Sri Lanka controlled bythe Red Chinese Secret Police.

• FBI AND THE AMERICAN C.I.A.have allowed, permitted, condoned, andacquiesced in the Red Chinese SecretPolice committing murder and mayhemon U.S. soil, with impunity andimmunity, since 1956. Reports by retiredintelligence officials, as a team, havebeen ignored by the FBI and the CIA.

Admiral Jeremy Boorda, Chief ofNaval Operations, highest navy officialin uniform, headed a team of “flagofficers” (military lingo for Admirals andGenerals) attempting, from 1995 on, toarrest Commander-in-Chief Bill Clintonfor treason for giving U.S. secrets to theRed Chinese. Ten of the team, to stop theefforts, were assassinated, includingBoorda. We have mentioned this in priorstories.

• RON BROWN, as head of the U.S.Commerce Department during theClinton Administration, was assassinatedfollowing a sabotaged airplane crash inYugoslavia. He and a flight attendantsurvived the crash caused by foul play,moving the radio beacon so that theplane was directed into a hill instead ofthe runway. Brown, as later shown by x-rays, was apparently murdered by beingshot through the top of the head. Theflight attendant, walking and in goodorder, was murdered by having a majorartery slashed on the way to be checkedat the hospital. Two airport officials werelater murdered, each “suicided”—deathby staged suicides. The U.S. military, in astrange procedure, failed to investigatethe crash.

Brown reportedly insisted to Clinton

that Brown was not going to “take thefall”, being the subject of a federalcriminal prosecution for pay-offs Brownreceived from the Red Chinese SecretPolice to obtain secret U.S. financial,industrial, and military secrets. Brownwas murdered after he continued to insisthe receive “part of the action”.

• KENNETH W. STARR spent hugetaxpayer funds as supposed“Independent Counsel” for four yearsrunning half-heartedly against Bill andHillary Clinton. Starr came up only withjuicy sex-tales regarding MonicaLewinsky and Bill Clinton. Most of thetime Starr spent in his PRIVATE lawpractice. His client? Wang Jun, head ofthe Red Chinese Secret Police.

From time to time, Clinton met withWang Jun in or near the White House. Asthe assassinated flag off icers wereprepared to document, their Commander-in-Chief Clinton reportedly turned overto Wang Jun, U.S. financial, industrial,and military secrets, constituting theclassic version of treason: aiding andabetting a sworn enemy of the UnitedStates (U.S. Constitution, Article 3,Section 3).

There was actually a stand-off betweenthe Clintons and Starr. Why and how?At any moment, the Clinton JusticeDepartment could prosecute Kenneth W.Starr as AN UNREGISTERED FOREIGNLOBBYIST for the Red Chinesegovernment in Beijing. And the WangJun affair could cause the jailing of bothBill Clinton and his supposed nemesisStarr.

• THE SECRET COURT, set up underthe Foreign Intelligence SurveillanceAct, has been inquiring whether to orderwiretaps and other surveillance methods,as to the foregoing. They meet insoundproof facilities in the JusticeDepartment building, Washington, D.C.

The Bush Justice Department, however,is seeking to prevent two super-secretagencies from proceeding to extend theirauthority with respect to the foregoing.That is, the National ReconnaissanceOffice (NRO) and the National SecurityAgency (NSA). In charge of satellitesand imaging systems, the NRO alreadyhas sufficient proof to prosecute eachand every government off icial andoperative herein mentioned.

George W. Bush is seeking to bottle-upthe S.E.C./Red China aspect, which isjust the opening part of the scandal. As awhitewash, Bush appointed a newchairman of a congressionally mandatedcommission on Red China and U.S.security issues. In October 2002, Bushappointed, as new chairman, RogerRobinson, of the U.S.-China Security

Review Commission. Robinson can bedepended on to conduct a reportedwhitewash to cover-up some of the thingsmentioned herein. During the ReaganAdministration, when Daddy Bushactually ran the White House for the twoReagan terms of office, Robinson waspart of the National Security Council.

Robinson was quoted in theWashington Times, 11/12/02: “It’stroubling to learn that a soft, butsensitive, agency like the S.E.C. mayhave been penetrated.” Some considerthat statement by Robinson merely tothrow critics off their guard.

To further understand the foregoing,visit and study, the following of ourresearch stories: “Red Chinese SecretPolice In The United States” and “Wal-Mart And The Red Chinese SecretPolice” plus the series on Marc Rich,particularly how he is helping a RedChinese monopoly to foist non-leadbullets on the U.S. Military andeventually on ordinary Americans, called“Marc Rich—King Of The U.S. Bullets”.

What is the reason, none dare call thisTREASON?

Will there be a whitewash to clear bothBill Clinton and George W. Bush?

More coming. Stay tuned.

The Sucker Traps, Part Four(11/22/02)

Fed To AmbushCommon Americans

In nailing bribe-taking judges andbribe-giving lawyers, we do NOT proceedapplying some overall conspiracy orplot. We do not like to think of eventssolely in terms of a conspiracy, nor do wewish to be falsely labeled as “conspiracytheorists”—a favorite put-down of theoil-soaked, spy-riddled monopoly press.

We do not like “pie in the sky” ideasor mere philosophies. Our group’scorruption investigations have turned onhighly technical details, our specialtybased on over one million records, courtfiles, secret notebooks, audio and videotapes, and similar items compiled overfour decades of our work.

Fingering corrupt members of thebench and the bar, from our standpoint,does NOT depend on whether they areconservatives, liberals, Democrats, orRepublicans. In four decades we havehit enough of them between the eyes, inour public interest crusading, more thanin the entire previous history of thenation. These are matters of record, nottheories, that should reassure evenskeptics that we are not inclined to makeidle statements.


So, when we call the PRIVATE CentralBank, masquerading as a U.S.Government unit, the conspiratorialFEDERAL RESERVE, we do not know ofany more specific way to describe them.

If you watch with an eagle-eye,occasionally the instruments andmouthpieces of The Establishment, “thepowers that be”, the Ruling Class,whatever you call THEM—yousometimes get an advance warning froma faction in the Aristocracy.

Here’s a story, datelined Washington,in the New York Times, 11/22/02:(Emphasis added.)

“FEDERAL OFFICIALS SAY POLICYISN’T LIMITED BY LOW RATES

“The Federal Reserve may havelowered interest rates to the onceunimaginable level of 1.25 percent, butsenior off icials insist they can stillFLOOD THE COUNTRY WITH MONEYif they need to.

“‘The U.S. government has atechnology, called a printing press—or,today, its electronic equivalent—thatallows it to produce as many U.S. dollarsas it wishes AT ESSENTIALLY NOCOST’, Ben S. Bernanke, one of theFederal Reserve’s seven governors, saidin a speech to economists here today.

“In a detailed analysis that tracksfairly closely with more generalcomments last week by Alan Greenspan,the Fed chairman, Mr. Bernankedescribed the many ways the centralbank could INJECT VAST SUMS OFMONEY into the economy to combatDEFLATION, even if interest rates wereto drop to ZERO.”

Like in the wake of 1929, TheEstablishment currently is not about toadmit that a horrendous f inancialmeltdown is in the works. AND THAT AFACTION IN THE ARISTOCRACY, withprior treasonous knowledge, divertedattention, temporarily, from animpending financial debacle by way ofBlack Tuesday, September 11, 2001.

The small-to-medium so-called“investors”, having become sour onstock losses, have been advised by thebrokerage trade: “Well, then I’ll put youinto bonds instead.” And the price ofU.S. Treasury Securities goes UP as theinterest rates go DOWN, and vice versa.

To just TEMPORARILY delay theinevitable f inancial collapse, theFederal Reserve is going to RE-FLATEWALL STREET, just long enough forthe “big boys” to get their rear ends freeand clear, if possible, of f inancialfallout, destined to rain-down on know-nothings, the unsuspecting suckers, likeso much mostly fatal nuclear economicresidue.

After all, who remembers that thegreatest losses were inflicted AFTER1929, on those who believed thenewsfakers and the Herbert HooverWhite House that “prosperity is justaround the corner”? By 1930, plenty ofsuckers were lured back into the stockmarket, and got clipped and ruined.

A good textbook of the events in andafter 1929 is J. Kenneth Galbraith’s opusThe Great Crash—1929, several timesre-printed since 1959. NOT in October,1929, BUT IN SEVERAL YEARSAFTERWARDS, quite a number ofwrecked “investors”, caught also in thereal estate bust that followed, “took thegas pipe”, then typical lingo forsnuffing themselves out at a time whennot all gas stoves had safety pilot-lights.

No, they do not nowadays jump out ofwindows in some spectacular “end itall” situation. In fact, cynics point outthat it cannot now happen anyway.After all, big buildings—such as nearWall Street, LaSalle Street, and suchf inancial districts—do not havewindows that open, and roof entries arelocked.

Only old-timers remember theunemployed bond brokers of the 1930s,walking down the street without atopcoat in the winter, in the last of theirfancy suits. Who remembers the WallStreet Journal almost went intobankruptcy in 1935? Then and now, asthe peddler of Establishment lies, theJournal is trusted by WHOM, and WHOneeds them, after all? (Some sarcasticsorts read the Journal the cheap way,on-line, just to see what “Big Lie” iscurrently being circulated—for thepurpose of dissidents and commentatorsto be able to refute the Journal onInternet or wheresoever outspoken typescan be heard.)

In the Fall of 2002, the Wall StreetJournal apparently got tired of theirskilled team writing stories aboutcorporate finagling. So, in the name of“cutbacks”, the Journal dismissed theirentire “legal team”—the label for 23 oftheir writers of cover-up and whitewashstories of corporate bandits and pirates.

If you believe in conspiracy theories,can it be said the Bush and CheneyWhite House ordered this head-chopping? And who, if anyone, willwrite such big lies in the future, toprotect the Aristocracy and theircorporations? Will it be their worldwidewire-service pack of liars, the AssociatedPress (AP)—the same ones whopromoted big CIA lies such as a “lonegunman” assassinated President John F.Kennedy, and Dr. Martin Luther King,Jr., and Robert F. Kennedy?

So, will the Journal merely reprint APstories of corporate gangsters, theJournal’s own writing team having beenwacked?

In their item of 11/22/02, the NewYork Times does not dare go into morespecifics or contradictions, such as:

1. Is the re-flating supposedly of theeconomy going to be quite temporary,just long enough to get the “big boys”out and lure the suckers back in?

2. What will happen to U.S. TreasurySecurities now that so many ordinaryAmericans have been herded into that?

3. Will the re-flating actually be ableto stop what savvy sorts see—namely,that dreaded long-term oncomingDEFLATION?

4. Will the Federal Reserve’s trickdevice be able to actually stop theimpending real estate bust, consideringthat real estate is one of the only freemarkets in America?

5. Actually, if not theoretically, wouldnot re-flation, even if temporary, causethe good stuff—the independent realmoney, namely gold—jump way up?And would the big-time derivativesswindlers like J.P. Morgan Chase bealready out of their wrong goldpositions, being some 23 or moreTRILLION dollars—like three times thegross product per year of the wholeU.S.?

6. Why is a faction in the Aristocracy,through their mouthpiece, the New YorkTimes, supposedly warning any of uscommon folk at all? Perhaps to head-offa pro-Nazi-like, fascist-type of element,an opposing faction in the Aristocracy,who installed a financial incompetentnamed George W. Bush?

Do we have to, right HERE, includeall the details, elsewhere posted onvarious websites, showing thedocumented items that the Bush CrimeFamily promoted and financed AdolfHitler and the Nazis, before, DURING,and after World War II? (Some examplesare in Webster Tarpley’s book TheUnauthorized Biography Of GeorgeBush.)

Do we, right HERE, have to show thelist of the Ruling Families who formedthe Federal Reserve in 1912 and theirdescendants, agents, and surrogates whocontinue to own and operate the FederalReserve? Others on various websiteshave shown the 1976 CongressionalReport detailing the same.Unfortunately, some not-well-informedsorts, highly naive, would require us tore-invent the wheel of history every fewparagraphs—and greatly heckle us fornot doing so.

More coming. Stay tuned. S


ESU “JESUS” SANANDA

This reproduction is from an actualphotograph taken on June 1, 1961 inChichen Itza, Yucatan, by one of thirtyarchaeologists working in the area atthe time. Esu Sananda appeared invisible, tangible body and permittedhis photograph to be taken.

12/3/02 ESU “JESUS” SANANDA

Do not be afraid. No harm will cometo thee. That which you feel withinyour emotions may be strong, but itmust not take power over you.Darkness is attempting to take youdown, but you have the Light of HolyGod and the protection of His Host ofAngels watching over thee. Though itmay seem very dark at the moment,know that the dawn is very near—anew day, a new beginning.

I am Esu “Jesus” Sananda, and Istand with you, this day, in this hour.Fret not, and let us move together.For if you will allow, I will hold youup. Know that I am ALWAYS as nearas your call and your request. Thatwhich is upon you will soon pass,and you will have grown and learneda great deal from the experience.

No, child, this experience will notend your physical life. You arestrong, and you are much needed.This is a time when the Dark Energiesare wreaking havoc upon your world,and you have been caught-up in thehavoc. But, never fear, for we of theLighted Realms are with you now,and will prop you up in your time ofneed. We come from and in serviceunto Holy God of Light—the OneSource of all that is.

You see, the time is such that youhave been experiencing the shiftingof dimensions, and what was once, isno more. The Transition of yourworld is in full swing, and there is noturning back for any of you ones.You cannot go back to the way itwas, for you can only move forward.

Those who choose to stand stillwill not be included in the physicalTransition, but will experience it fromanother plane of existence, and theyshall not be judged in any way, for thisis their choice. Many on your planetare making their choices right now. Itwill be a time of great sorrow for many,and a time of ultimate joy for others.

Make Room In Your LifeFor Your New World

It is totally dependent upon yourlevel of understanding and knowledge.If you choose to remain captives of thepast, and resistant to the changestaking place, you will find the eventsoccurring to be difficult to deal with,for all things are on the verge ofmassive change.

Many are they who are in distress,worrying about their f inancialsecurities, and of their positions in their

careers and social orders. If you areamong these, I ask that you examinewhat really counts and matters. If youwere to lose all your money tomorrow,how would you react? Would you bewrought with fear and worry, or wouldyou be able to take it in stride? Youmust be honest with yourselves.

We have been working with all ofyou for many years now, trying to reachyou with the message of the comingchanges. We have offered manysuggestions and lessons on how toposition yourselves—physically,mentally, and emotionally—for thatwhich you f ind yourselvesexperiencing at present. As in the past,we once again advise you that youmust keep your focus on the Light;

focus on your spiritual path, andallow it to guide you through yourphysical world.

If you have, instead, allowed yourphysical life to guide your spirituallife, then you have it quite insideout, and are most likelyexperiencing one emotional traumaafter another.

It is not a time to be timid, nor is ita time to ignore the Inner (Higher)Guidance that is coming to youones. You are dreaming, and yetignoring the messages of yourdreams. You are receivinginformation and messages in yourawake state, and yet ignoring themas well.

Chelas [students], these are yourGuides attempting, in whatevermanner, to reach you and show youwhere you are off course, or showyou the course you should betaking. But, if these messages runcross-wise to your physical lives,you are ignoring them, and thusbringing on the traumas in yourlives.

The only way you ones are goingto get through these coming daysand weeks is if you turn inward, andlook “upward”. You must listen to

your Guides, for they are working withyou ones night and day, because theDark Energies are scurrying about likecockroaches.

Yet, what happens when you turn onthe light? Cockroaches run for theirlives! This is precisely what the DarkEnergies will do when you invoke and


“Our Elder Brothers from the HigherRealms of Creation are attempting tocommunicate with ALL of us at this time.Why? Take a look around you. The oldways of doing things aren’t working. Ourplanet is entering a time of massive,turbulent change and renewal. To put itbluntly: we NEED help! And that’s wherethese books come into the picture. Yes,eventually ‘the Phoenix will arise from theashes’ after this Great Cleansing process,

WISDOM OF THE RAYS:The Masters Teach

500+ PAGES$20 (+ S/H)

400+ PAGES$15 (+S/H)


Do you enjoy thespiritual messagesshared here in TheSPECTRUM? If so thenyou won’t want to missthese two volumespacked full of earliershared messages.

but the ride could be quite a bumpy one,especially for those ill-prepared for what is tohappen.” — From the back cover ofVolume I

“Let us begin with WHO you are. You,the non-physical YOU, are an infinitethought projection of the One who createdyou (God!). You are the product of Hisdesire. You are, in effect, Desire manifestin uniqueness of purpose.”

— Esu “Jesus” Sananda (Vol. II)

Code: WTR2 (1.5 lb.)


WISDOM OF THE RAYS:The Masters Teach

S

call upon the Lighted Energies, andmake the Light an integral part of yourlives. Darkness cannot co-exist withLight. It is an impossibility, bothphysically and spiritually speaking.

When you find yourself “down in thedumps”, know that these depressedbouts are caused by your allowing theDark Energies to influence you. If youdo not stop them in their tracks, theywill continue to cause you to bring allsorts of ills upon yourself, until theyhave managed to stop you, andultimately destroy you.

REMEMBER: YOU DO INDEEDHAVE AUTHORITY AND POWEROVER ALL DARKNESS, AND YOU DONOT HAVE TO TOLERATE ITSPRESENCE.

Their only weapon against you isyour own fear. If you do not allow themto intimidate and bring you into thatplace of fear, they will eventually giveup and leave you be. Remember tocontinually bring the Light in, and callupon the Host of Heaven to guide andprotect you—to keep the Darknessaway from you.

Once you have accepted and takenyour God-given authority over theseDark Energies, you will find that youwill recognize their tactics, and youcan then be on guard for any futureattacks. As always, the best defense isa good offense!

So, rather than waiting until you arein a crisis, take the initiative and dailycall upon the Light. Look to the Light.Walk in the Light. Live in the Light.

Where Light is, Darkness cannot be!It is also the time to begin tending to

yourselves, as well as others. The DarkEnergies are using the ploy of keepingyou ones running so fast to and fro thatyou have no time to take care of yourown well-being, and many of you onesare finding yourselves in a physicallyweakened state. This, in turn, iscausing you ones to fall into manytraps that have been set-up specificallyto catch you off-guard.

Learn to slow down, even though theworld seems to be rushing ahead at abreakneck speed. Evaluate all thethings that you are doing, or beingcalled upon to do. Examine andeliminate those things which areunnecessary. And take time to stop, ona daily basis, and “just be”. It is verynecessary for your well-being.

Learn to be more flexible in yourlives. Ask yourself, if you do not do thisthing or that thing, what would be thevery worst that would happen? You willbe amazed at just how manyunnecessary and useless things you are

doing on a daily basis, simply out ofhabit and a false sense of responsibility,that busy you to that breaking point.

Simplify your lives, and you willfind that life is much easier to live.

Everything in your world ischanging, and you must change aswell. The more you struggle againstthese changes, the more you will findyourselves in states of crises.

I am not advocating that you bowdown to those things which are knownto be of Adversarial design and control.I am speaking of the Transition that istaking place.

As we have told you ones before, thefrequency of the planet is evolving to ahigher vibration, and you areexperiencing that same frequencyshifting within your own being.However, many of you are strugglingand fighting this change, and such aninner state of turmoil is causing you tobe influenced and attacked by the DarkForces.

That is why taking time daily to“just be”—or perhaps to meditate andfocus on the Lighted Energies—is soimportant. These quiet times will causeyour frequency to shift upward towardthe higher vibration, and you will notfeel like you are always running fivesteps behind.

Take walks, listen to soothing music,turn off the television and radio, andcommunicate with another human

being. Plant a garden; get your handsinto the soil of Mother Earth. Be a partof the naturally occurring cycles ofyour planet.

Be aware of the subtleties in thebehavior of plants and animals. Youcan learn much from observing such,and they will also put you into a stateof mind that will allow you to hearfrom your Guides.

Learn to uncomplicate your lives.Life is not designed to be a struggle, yetyou ones have a tendency to turn thesimplest of things into complexities.

Sit for five minutes and be aware ofyour own breath. This is an excellentexercise for clearing the mind, and forrelaxation. Light a candle and stareinto the flame. Be still for f iveminutes and just “be”. Count yourblessings.

I am Esu “Jesus” Sananda. I willleave you now, but I leave you with theLight of Holy God. Call upon me; callupon God; call upon the Host ofHeaven in these days.

Listen for the Still Small Voice, forthat is where you shall find us. We willnever intrude into your lives, and wewill never force you to do anything youchoose not to do. We will, however,assist you and guide you—wheneveryou ask. But, you must ASK!

Blessings upon all of you ones. Standstrong, and stand in the Light in thesecoming days. Salu.


An associate informed me that Dan wasin a “writing retreat” for his newest work,a novel. Yet I heard back from himalmost immediately. Dan was more thanwilling to give whatever time I needed todevelop the theme of this story. So, onNovember 20, we spoke for several hours.The results of that enjoyable andrefreshing experience are shared herein.

Dan Millman is a former worldtrampoline champion, StanfordUniversity gymnastics coach, andOberlin College professor. As a popularinspirational speaker, Dan’s talks andseminars have influenced people from allwalks of life, including leaders in thefields of business and finance, health,psychology, education, politics,entertainment, sports, and the arts.

For more than two decades he hasshared down-to-Earth spiritual insightswith professional organizationsworldwide, including: The AmericanHealthcare Radiologists Association,Apple University, The American MassageTherapists Association, United SwissBank (UBS), The Schuster Center forProfessional Development, and TheInternational Conference on Businessand Consciousness. Some of his topicsinclude: “The Twelve Gateways ToHuman Potential”—“Laws Of Business,Laws Of Life”—and “Living OnPurpose”.

Dan Millman is probably best knownfor the longtime classic and word-of-mouth bestseller Way Of The PeacefulWarrior, which is still reaching newreaders in a revised 20th anniversaryedition. His books have inspiredmillions, and appear in 22 languages.

Dan has written 11 titles (so far)including:

• Way Of The Peaceful Warrior• Sacred Journey Of The Peaceful

Warrior• The Life You Were Born To Live• Everyday Enlightenment• No Ordinary Moments• Living On Purpose• The Laws Of Spirit• Divine Interventions• Body Mind Mastery• Secret Of The Peaceful Warriorand• Quest For The Crystal Castle.[Editor’s note: Dan’s one-volume

practical guide to personal growth,Everyday Enlightenment, is nowavailable through Wisdom Books & Press1-877-280-2866. See the informationbox within this article.]

Dan also offers several audio programs,titled:

• The Peaceful Warrior’s Path ToEveryday Enlightenment

• Way Of The Peaceful Warrior• Body Mind Masteryand• The Laws Of Spirit.He has one video, called The Peaceful

Warrior Workout. All of these titles areavailable from major bookstores.

Dan’s www.danmillman.com Internetwebsite is a concise source ofinformation about Dan’s seminarschedules, retreats, frequently askedquestions, and many other topics.

Here is what Dr. Wayne Dyer has to sayabout Dan Millman’s book EverydayEnlightenment:

“Another major contribution to yourspiritual awakening by one of myfavorite authors. Dan writes witheloquence and practicality—a rarecombination.”

A typical Dan Millman statementappears in an interview he sent to me inpreparation for this story:

“Self-mastery appears in thosemoments when we subordinate our little

will—our personal tendencies andpreferences—to the dominion of ourHigher Will, Higher Self, HigherIntegrity, or Higher Ideals. It’s aconscious movement from ‘What’s in itfor me?’ to ‘What will serve the highestgood of all involved?’ ”

Another thought Dan shared with me,which seems appropriate for thisinterview, comes from Carl Jung:

“The great decisions in human lifeusually have far more to do with theinstincts and other mysteriousunconscious factors than with consciouswill and well-meaning reasonableness.The shoe that fits one person pinchesanother; there is no universal recipe forliving. Each of us carries his own life-form within him—an irrational formwhich no other can outbid.”

As you’ll see below, Dan has the“coach’s gift” of provoking us to payattention to seemingly little things thatturn out to have a profound impact onachieving the important goals of asatisfying life.

With that said, let’s turn now to myinterview with Dan Millman.

Martin: Can you help me to focus onwhat it is that makes so many peopleregard you as their “favorite” author?

Millman: Unlike many other authorsand speakers, I’ve found, over time, thatI’m quite difficult to pigeonhole, to putin a familiar category. As you’ve notedfrom my 11 books, my work is quiteholistic, and touches on many differentaspects of life—from spiritual law, to lifepurpose systems, to meditation andbuilding bridges between conventionaland transcendental reality. It is a bit hardto figure me out and to characterize whatI do.

Someone who reads one of my booksmay experience a phenomenon similar tothat old proverb or that old tale about thefive or six blind men who come across anelephant. It’s a quite familiar story tomost people. Each blind person holds adifferent part of the elephant: one the

[ Continued From Front Cover ]

Spirited Life Of ThePeaceful Warrior

by Rick Martin

Cover image byBrandon

Driscoll-Luttringercourtesy of

Dan Millman(www.danmillman.com)


tail, one the trunk, one the leg, onetouches the ear. And they all have adifferent experience of the elephant. I’mlike that elephant, and depending uponwhich of my books people have read,they have a different impression of whatmy work is about.

Martin: Having read several of yourbooks now, you offer a number of toolsfor spiritual growth, personal andemotional attunement. Obviously theseare extremely troubling—and for many,depressing—times to live in. Whatcomments can you make about tools thatthe readers might hone to help deal withthe stresses of our current life in society?

Millman: As you were talking, twopoints stood out. The first one is “tools”,and the other is “these difficult times”. Iwill grant you that these times, today, arequite unique, in that we have weapons ofmass destruction. We did not havenuclear weapons back in medieval times.They had other problems, such asplagues, lack of sanitation, etc.

So the times, in their own way, havealways been difficult and challenging.That’s why I see all human beings as“peaceful warriors in training”. We’rehere to learn both courage and love.

When you mention “tools”, I picturequite concretely my tool area in myhouse, where I have hammers and duct-tape and screwdrivers, and so on; so ifsomething breaks down, I’ll havesomething handy to fix it. As anyonewho has done fix-it work knows, havingthe right tool is absolutely KEY.

So, the “tools” that I provide, and Ihave to put that in quotations, are similarin their way. I’ve often thought about“What can I do to help people, to helpothers help themselves?” Let me tell abrief story in that light.

One day, Socrates and I were walkingdown the street—not the ancient Greek,but my old mentor, from the adventures Idescribed in Way Of The PeacefulWarrior—during a period of time when Iwas doing a great deal of work on myself.I was doing self-analysis through variousmethods, self-reflection. A great deal ofthat period many of us go through in ourlives where we are pretty preoccupiedwith our insides, and so on. At the sametime, I saw a poster on the wall that wasabout oppressed peoples. I saw anotherposter, on another wall at Berkeley, thatwas about starving children and thehomeless. And I said: “Socrates, I feelguilty, and kind-of selfish, doing all thiswork on myself, when there are so manypeople in need out there. Shouldn’t I bemore socially active?”

He didn’t say anything, at first. Then,all of sudden he turned to me and said:

“Take a swing at me.”I didn’t understand, it seemed like a

non-sequitur. I said: “Didn’t you hearwhat I was just saying?”

And he said: “Yes. Come on, I’ll giveyou $5 if you can slap me on the cheek.”

I thought it was some kind of test, so Itook a swing at him and found myself onthe ground in the next few moments, in arather painful wrist-lock. As he let meup, smiling, he said: “Do you notice alittle leverage can be very effective?”

I said: “Yes, I noticed”—shaking outmy wrist.

And he said: “If you want to helppeople, that’s wonderful that you’removed to do that, to reach out to others;it’s a natural impulse of a good heart.

But you need to do the work on yourself,to develop the clarity, to know how toexert the right leverage, at the rightplace, at the right time, so you won’t justbe spinning your wheels being a “do-gooder”, making empty gestures thatcould even be counter-productive. Youlearn how to exert the right leverage.”

Since that time, in a sense, that’s allI’ve been seeking to do: to know how toexert the right leverage to impact people.For example, tomorrow, the day after thisinterview, I’m going to be at the AlamedaCounty Jail. It’s a maximum securityfacility. I’m a short, upper-middle-classWhite guy, 56-years-old, talking toalmost all young, Black teenagers whohave committed murder and seriouscrimes. And I’ll face the same challenge:How do I exert the right leverage? Howdo I express myself and build rapport?

There’s an old saying: “No one cares

what you know, unless they know howmuch you care.” And so, I have to buildthat first. It’s really no different with therest of my readers. I’m seeking theleverage, I’m seeking those tools, to beable to help in some way.

I’ve asked myself quite honestly andcoldly: “Does it make a difference?” Ihope every teacher reaches the pointwhere they say: “Is this a game we’replaying, or am I actually making adifference?” If I felt that I wasn’t makinga difference, I would go into somethingelse. I’d go back into teachingtrampoline. But the feedback I seem toget is that I have a way of expressingmyself that makes a lot of sense topeople. And, hopefully, I’ll give someexamples of that during our timetogether here.

What I do is, I offer new perspective,expanded perspective, a new way oflooking at life, and ourselves. I, also,offer principles. And these principles arenot based just on my opinion; I wouldhope not. Because my opinion is nomore valuable than anyone else’s. Noone is smarter than all of us.

When I talk about principles, these arebased upon spiritual law; I’ll say moreabout spiritual law later on, but I justwant to mention that. They are based onuniversal, consistent laws that work inthis world. And the more we alignourselves with those Laws, the easier lifebecomes. It’s like learning to swim withthe current, rather than against it.

Then, the third thing I offer arepractices, and these are not esoteric. I’vedone all the esoteric practices, believeme! Over the years, I’ve gone throughphases where I’ve traveled around theworld and studied with different teachers,and done all of the Zen and Hindu andBuddhist and Sufi practices. But, thepractices that I offer are those that areeasily integrated into everyday life.They’re not weird or bizarre, even thoughthere may be appropriate times to sitquietly in a corner; they are thingspeople do when they are going to workor driving down the road.

To me, if they can’t be easilyintegrated into every day life, they’re oflittle value, because we live life day-to-day. And that is one of the things thatcharacterizes my work: I’m not anesoteric, spiritual teacher, although I dounderstand esotericism. I help provide afoundation.

So, with that brief monologue, I hopeI’ve at least given an overview that,basically, what I can do is to remindpeople of what they already know ondeeper levels, but might have forgotten.I’m like a yellow-highlighter in the

Dan Millman


“book of life”. I can provide a map.The late Alan Watts, a wonderful writer,

once wrote: “Beware of teachers whopick your pocket—and then sell youyour own wallet.”

Ironically, that’s all any teacher can do,because the treasure is inside eachperson. I’ve seen it, and all I can do isshow ones that, or I can point the way,and it points to each person. To have amap can be quite helpful, but ones haveto make their own journey. I can helppeople help themselves. That’s what I do.

Martin: Very well said. I heard Wattsmany years ago. He, obviously, hadlived it.

Millman: Yes. And, you know, AlanWatts also had a problem with alcohol.

Martin: Yes, he did. He was lookingpretty rough when I saw him.

Millman: As did Shogun Kumba, butthat doesn’t take away from the brillianceof both of these men.

Martin: Watts had a lot of wonderfulinsights.

I have a compound question for you:In Everyday Enlightenment you suggestthat people energize their bodies. Howdo you recommend that people balancephysical challenges—exercise, diet,weight, etc.—with spiritual challenges,and with day-to-day survival challenges?There is a tendency, it seems, that onceyou start focusing on just the body,everything else is put to the side. Howdoes one balance all of these things, eachof which require a commitment of time?Spiritual challenges, physicalchallenges, and survival challenges?

Millman: Fortunately for all of us, Idon’t see any distinction between thosethree. You know how we talk about thebody and the mind and the emotion andthe spirit? In order to abstract each one,for the sake of discussion, we refer “justto physical issues” or “just to emotionalissues”—but in reality, you can’t separatethem, nor can we separate flesh andspirit, or challenges in the world, orchallenges with our body.

When we talk about physical energy,I’m reminded about another favoritestory about a man who was seekingEnergy and Light and Spirit. And hesearched through many traditions overthe years, but never found exactly whathe wanted. He found many wonderfulthings, but not exactly what he wasseeking.

One day he climbed a sacred mountainand stood at the top, and he reached upto the heavens and he cried out ferventlyto God: “Fill me full of Light and Energyand Spirit.”

Then a voice thundered down throughthe clouds and said: “I’m always filling

you, but you keep leaking!”Martin: [Laughter]Millman: And that seems to be the

human condition. We’re surrounded bySpirit.

There is a saying, an ancient proverb(that I probably made-up), that says:“There’s God; then there’s not payingattention.”

Now, when I say “There’s God”, thatdoesn’t require someone to have atraditional belief in a God, out there. Wecan also refer to this as Spirit or Beautyor Inspiration. But we’re surrounded byit, moment-to-moment.

Hillel once said: “There are threemysteries in this world: Air to the birds,water to the fish, and humanity to itself.”

We’re surrounded by Spirit, everysingle instant, like birds in the air or fishin the water, but we don’t notice, exceptin brief moments in our life. We can lookback on those moments of unreasonablehappiness, rising bliss. Maybe we weresitting under a tree or going for a walk,and perhaps just for a moment there wasjust this ecstatic feeling.

But we tend to discount it; we forgetabout it. Maybe as a child, or maybe ithappened for some people morerecently—when reading a wonderfulbook or listening to music or makinglove—whatever they were doing. But, itdoesn’t have to be rare moments. We canhave more moments of that sense ofSpirit, by freeing our attention.

I was sitting on a curb in Berkeley,California, in 1967, and I was eating agrapefruit. I remember it, specifically.And I was watching cars drive way, thecar exhaust in front of me, litter blowingin the street, and for no reason I will everbe able to explain, all of a sudden Ilooked up and everything was absolutelyperfect. I mean, the car exhaust wasperfect; the litter was perfect; I wasperfect. And everything in the world thatI could see, perceive, think about, orimagine was absolute perfection.

I realized, intellectually, that wars weregoing on in the world, that some peoplewere starving, and crime was happening.And yet, somehow, in that moment, I saweverything as unfolding perfectly, as apart of the process of human evolution. Ididn’t mean that, at the conventionallevel, we had nothing to work on. Therewere certainly problems to address, butthat was all perfect.

If someone had attacked me on thestreet at that moment, their attack wouldhave been perfect. And my response tothat attack, whatever I did, would havebeen perfect, too. Everything wasabsolutely perfect. I was no longer inconflict with inside or out.

Some people might describe that as akind of illumination or enlightenmentexperience. But I see it as a few momentsof free attention. Instead of looking atlife through a veil, or viewing lifethrough cotton, or many of us have thefeeling that life is at a distance, we wantto have it intensely, and see the colors,and feel everything around us.

We only do those in brief moments,because most of us are preoccupied by:“What am I going to do about myrelationship?” or “What am I going to doabout my body, and my health?” or “Howam I going to deal with the finances, ormy career?” So, we’re preoccupied muchof the time. There’s God, then there’s notpaying attention.

Part of my work is about freeingattention, by rolling-up our sleeves andaddressing the realities of our lives. So,we begin to mature in a certain way, asI’ve been maturing over time, and start tosee life and the bigger picture of life. Wegain perspective.

As our attention is freed-up, it rises,like a bubble up through the ocean, upthrough the chakras, if you will, and thenthe so-called mystical experiences beginto happen more naturally. And then, westart to notice Spirit and God around us.

The weather person doesn’t come onthe radio and say: “Twenty percentchance of rain and thirty percent Spiritout today.” Spirit is always here. There’sno lack of God; it’s just we don’t notice.And that’s when we can begin tocommune with the beauty and thetranscendental reality—moment-to-moment—then life changes, even as thedaily challenges continue.

Martin: In Everyday Enlightenmentyou offer some clear insight into thewhole issue of self-mastery. In your view,why is self-mastery important?

Millman: Partly I answered that withthe story I told previously about exertingthe right leverage and developing clarity.If we haven’t mastered ourself—and eventhat phrase is a little awkward—it impliesan absolute. People have asked me:“Dan, have you mastered the TwelveGateways that you write about inEveryday Enlightenment?”

The answer clearly is “No.”Martin: Right, it’s like you’ve arrived.Millman: Yes, you’ve arrived. I am

practicing, but I am practicing sincerely,all of the Gateways. Have I masteredthem? No. I’m still living; I’m stilllearning. However, if someone were toobserve me, over time, how I behave,what I do in my life, would I be a goodexample of all those Gateways? Theanswer would be “yes”—because if Iweren’t, then I would have no spiritual


authority to speak about it or write aboutit. I could mouth the words, but I wouldhave much less impact than I do. Ibelieve one reason I have the impact thatI have, in seminars and so on, is becauseI am, to use that often over-used cliché,“walking the talk” and, again, notperfectly.

So, the idea of mastering self is anidealistic notion. But that brings me to aparallel issue, which is the idea of selfhelp. I, actually, become irritated attimes when I hear people using that term“self help” in a pejorative sense, in anegative or belittling sense. “Oh, a self-help book. Oh, you mean you’re a self-help author?”

People seem to forget that Epictetus,Marcus Aurelius, and Cicero, andBenjamin Franklin were all self-helpauthors. Some of our greatesttraditions—Aristotle was a self-helpauthor, Plato was a self-help author, sowas Freud.

The idea is: “God helps those whohelp themselves.” I am not apologeticabout helping people to help themselves.I grant you, that is quite presumptuous tobe caught-up in that field, but I can’thelp it, that’s my calling. Sometimes Iwish that I were an expert at automechanics or computers, because peopledon’t accuse such people of beingarrogant or presumptuous because theylearned a lot about computers or auto-mechanics, and can teach other peopleabout those things. When you starttalking about life in general, and how tolive well, that seems quite presumptuous,and I admit it is. But it’s an area ofinterest that I have, and I’ve receivedsome good feedback about what Iexpress. So, I’ll continue to do that.

In terms of mastery or mastering theself, we’re just talking about what everysingle spiritual tradition recommends,which is “know thyself ”. Until we knowwhere we are coming from, until we havemet our own shadow and seen ourhumanity and experienced the dark nightof the soul and seen ourselvesrealistically, without all of this self-aggrandizing self-imagery, how can wecontact our humanity or the humanity ofothers?

So, it is necessary to spend a certainamount of time, if you will,contemplating your navel [laughter] orself-observation, even self-obsession.One doesn’t want to go a lifetime likethat. But there is a period of time wherework on oneself seems appropriate,which allows you to then go out and bemore effective—and in yourrelationships, kinder and wiser, and moreimpactful in life in general. In your

work, in career and social service, youcan be altruistic and wise at the sametime. That’s my own experience. I’mcertainly in-process, and still learninglessons of my own.

Martin: What role do you see thatdiscipline plays in self-mastery?

Millman: In Everyday Enlightenment,where I address the Twelve Gateways, thesecond Gateway is called “Reclaim YourWill”, and it’s one of the foundationelements for life because most peoplewill agree that the biggest challenge inlife is not knowing things.

Most of us already know that it’s goodto exercise almost every day; it’s good toeat a balanced diet; it’s good to getenough rest; it’s good to be kind topeople, and so on. But the challenge inlife is turning what we know into whatwe actually do, and that’s where WILLcomes in.

I am sometimes described—by peoplewho are trying to find, again, a handycategory—as a “motivational speaker”,but I disavow that, quite quickly. In fact,someone came up to me once, after aseminar, and said: “Dan, I feel soinspired!”

And I said: “Don’t worry, it will pass.”Martin: [Laughter]Millman: Because inspiration comes

and goes, and motivation comes andgoes. Motivation is fickle. We feelmotivated sometimes, and at other timeswe don’t. But there are things we need todo in life, whether we’re motivated to dothem or not—like take out the trash or

drive the kids to school or do ourhomework or go to work on Mondaymorning. And that’s where “will” comesin. Will stays with us to the death. Willis always there. And we’ve called upon itmany times.

Certainly we don’t have to becomediscipline freaks.

We don’t have to become a robot. Buta certain amount of ability to know whatour goals are, and then to do what needsto be done—despite our feelingmotivated or not—is what separatespeople who are functional, effective, andsuccessful in life from those who are justgood at coming up with all the reasonswhy they couldn’t do what they neededto do.

What I’m trying to do here, with thisinterview, is not to simply repeat andpresent seminar material, because if youget me rolling on that, I’ll spew out thecontents of the books and we’ll be herefor 16 hours, easy! I’m trying to give anoverall understanding.

Martin: Sure, that’s fine.Millman: I’m not giving techniques

here, and so on, and how to increase one’swill. If you want to get into that, or anytopic, I’ll be happy to dig deeper.

Martin: At what point, in yourestimation, should one simply surrenderto God’s Will.

Millman: [Laughter] That’s called theFirst Law of Spirit, which I refer to in alittle book I wrote called The Laws OfSpirit. I refer to it as the Law ofSurrender. It could also be called the

Here is Dan Millman’s magnum opus—the mostcomplete presentation of his teachings, showing how tolive as a peaceful warrior, how to actually practice a moreenlightened way of life. Everyday Enlightenment presentstwelve “gateways” or arenas that radically redefine themeaning of success and the purpose of our lives. Thesetwelve gateways: keys to worth, will, energy, money, mind,intuition, emotions, fear, shadow, sexuality, heart, andservice, represent twelve books in one, a clear map of theterritory of human potential.

Comments by Dan: Those who have read most or all ofmy books know that each has a different purpose, and expresses another piece ofthe puzzle of personal and spiritual growth. Like the story about the five blind menwho came upon an elephant and perceived a different kind of creature dependingon whether they touched the elephant’s ear, tail, trunk, or leg—someone whoreads The Life You Were Born To Live may see me as a “numerologist”. Someonewho reads Divine Interventions or Body Mind Mastery or The Laws Of Spirit willhave a completely different experience.

Everyday Enlightenment provides, in a single volume, the most complete mapto the major practical and spiritual challenges (and solutions) we face in everydaylife. It culminates with a final chapter worth far more than the price of the book:“The Practice Of Enlightenment”—a radical approach to living wisely and well.


Personal Growth

$14.99 (+S/H)Code: EDE (1.0 lb.)



Law of Acceptance.But I consider it the First Law of Spirit,

because many people are concernedabout stress today. This is stressful. Thatis stressful. Current events are stressful.Bad news is stressful. Great news is alsostressful. Winning the lottery isextremely stressful. I’ve read interviewswith people who have done that.

But stress happens when the mindresists WHAT IS. No resistance, no stress.If a storm comes and pours rain down onus, we can be stressed-out, if we’reresisting it, or we can just walk throughit.

Now, there is a difference betweendenial and pretending to like somethingwe don’t. There are some times I prefersome things to others. There areidealistic notions that an enlightenedbeing has no preferences anymore, andon some level I would say that may betrue, that they don’t obsess on theirpreferences; they seem natural.

So, stress is not resisting. It’s makinguse of what happens, turning it over yourway. As Sono, the Japanese poet, said:“Now that my house has burned down, Ihave a better view of the rising Moon.”

And, again, that expresses quite wellthe idea of non-resistance, or acceptance.Acceptance or surrender does not meancapitulating to someone else’s ego. Itdoesn’t mean tolerating injustice. It’smuch more creative and assertive thanthat.

The Law of Acceptance is takingwhatever happens and using it. It iscertainly a principle in the martial arts,that if somebody pushes you, you don’twant to push back; that’s resistance. Ifthey push you, you want to step backand pull them. In other words, let themgo where they want to go. And if they’repulling you, then step forward and push.It works. It’s absolutely a practical,martial arts approach, but it also works inlife.

Those people who have learned to

align their lives with the Law ofAcceptance or Surrender, flow throughlife. They’re like the martial artsmaster—whatever happens they kind-ofturn, spin, and go with it. They just makeit work for them. And that is a wonderfulapproach to living.

I often remind people, maybe they’veseen that bumper-sticker: “If you don’tlike the way I drive, get off thesidewalk.”

Some people, if they’re on thesidewalk and a car comes at them, thef irst thing in their mind is: “Youshouldn’t be on the sidewalk!” Andboom, they get hit. Somebody elsedoesn’t take time to do that; they seewhat’s happening and step out of theway. And later that day they can say:“Hey, I had a chance to test my reflexestoday!” That’s the Law of Acceptance.That’s the Law of Surrender inapplication.

So, it’s the most effective way I knowof to deal with “adversity”—and it takespractice. It’s not a matter of justpretending. It’s just an approach, aphysical approach to life, wherewhatever comes your way you say “ok”and you face it, and then you use it.

Martin: What is the differencebetween those who say they areresigning to God’s Will and do nothing,and those who choose to takeresponsibility for their daily experience?

Millman: In one of my books, calledBody-Mind Mastery, written more forathletes, kind-of a holistic guide tocreating success in sports and life, I talkabout three ways to respond to any force,any event in life.

First, we can resist it. Or, we can ignoreit. Or, we can go with it.

Again, there is the Law of Surrender.People who resign themselves,fatalistically, and sigh and tolerate life,that’s one approach. But I don’t thinkthat is really applying the Law ofSurrender; that’s more being a victim.

And, by theway, when Italk aboutvictim, I meanpeople whov i e wthemselves as abit player in themovie of theirlife, or an“extra”. Forthose of us whohave gone tothese non-r e s o u r c e f u lplaces of self-pity, and

feeling like a victim, we tend to view ourboss or our spouse or our children or ourfriends or co-workers as the director andthe producer and the screenwriter in themovie of our life. I like to remind peoplethat it’s THEIR movie.

Somebody else’s life is not your movie,but your life is your movie. And ifsomeone doesn’t like their own script,they can become the screenwriter andwrite a new script. And if they don’t likethe cast of characters around them, theycan become the casting director and get anew cast of characters.

We need to step forward and becomethe director and producer and writer inthe movie of our life. And that meansmaking choices and takingresponsibility for those choices.

One of my favorite stories is from WayOf The Peaceful Warrior, when I wascomplaining about something—again,feeling like a victim, feeling sorry formyself, how people were getting down onme, and my professors weren’t fair.

Socrates said: “You remind me, Dan, ofa construction worker I knew in the mid-West who, every day at lunchtime, whenhe opened his lunchbox, just complainedabout his sandwich. He’d say: ‘Notanother peanut butter and jellysandwich. I hate peanut butter andjelly!’

“Well, the following day he opened hislunchbox and said: ‘Oh, no, peanutbutter and jelly, again!?’

“And this happened every day, thesame thing. Finally, one of hisworkmates couldn’t take it anymore andsaid: ‘Mac, if you don’t like peanutbutter and jelly, why don’t you ask yourwife to make you something different?’

“And Mac scratched his head andlooked at his friend and said: ‘What areyou talking about, ‘my wife’? I’m notmarried; I make my own sandwiches.’ ”

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: That’s a good reminder that,

on some level, we ALL make our ownsandwiches. Things happen to us; wecan’t always control that. But—we cancontrol how we respond. Life has upsand downs, the way it’s supposed to.

When people ask “gee, why does lifehave to be so difficult sometimes?” theyforget—it’s supposed to be! How else dowe develop ourselves?

Life, and challenges that arisephysically, f inancially, relationships-wise, they are a form of spiritual weight-lifting. If you don’t lift any weights, youdon’t get stronger. People don’t have tobelieve me. That’s not just some kind offancy refrain.

I mean, if anybody looks back on theirlife, they’re going to see when they’ve

The author was one of the original witnesses at the meetingbetween contactee George Adamski and Orthon from theplanet Venus. Williamson claims he also had contacts withal iens and received transmissions over his radio fromfriendly extraterrestrials. Others have claimed the same.Senator Barry Goldwater reportedly heard mysterious signalson his ham radio and our own astronauts have reportedlypicked up messages not transmitted from Earth.

Other Voices is essentially a reprint of The Saucers Speak,by George Hunt Wil l iamson and Alfred Bailey, original lypublished in the 1950s. Much of what the authors report has come to pass. Warnings ofaliens about nuclear war and environmental doom remain urgent.

OTHER VOICESBY GEORGE HUNT WILLIAMSON& TIMOTHY GREEN BECKLEY

$12.50(+S/H)


Code: OTV (0.75 lb.)


had physical, emotional, and mentalpain. But, virtually every time I askpeople to think back on those times, andthen I ask them: “Aren’t you a littlestronger, and a little wiser, and maybeeven more compassionate for havinggone through that?” Everyone nods yes.

I once shattered my right leg into 40pieces, approximately, the doctor said,my right femur, my right thigh-bone, in amotorcycle accident. And it changed mylife. I wouldn’t be speaking to you now.I wouldn’t be doing the teaching work. Isincerely believe that. It shook me up,and I’m pointing it out right now. Itmade me ask life’s bigger questions.

Now, I don’t recommend fractures as amethod of personal and spiritual growth.We don’t need to seek adversity. But,adversity does visit us, of one kind oranother; it’s going to happen. And whenit does, the question is: How will werespond to it? That makes all thedifference.

Martin: This gets back to resisting, asopposed to flowing with it.

Millman: You acknowledge it, and infact, I would like to address one of themost critical areas of life, right now, that Ithink might be useful for your readers.This material that I’m about to touchupon is quite provocative. It takes awhile to really digest because many of ushave been programmed.

Now, by definition, if you’ve beenprogrammed, you don’t know you’vebeen programmed. Once you knowyou’ve been programmed, you’re nolonger programmed. But we’ve grown upin a certain belief system, especiallypeople interested in spiritual thingsbecause, to most people, spirituality hassomething to do with fixing our insides.Enlightenment has to do having thequiet mind, the peaceful heart, total love,total peace, total freedom, and so on.And it’s described as some internal,subjective experience by many.

More recently—and it’s reflected injust my last couple of books—I’ve takena closer look at reality. I’ve had somemore recent mentors, in particular a mannamed David K. Reynolds, Ph.D. He wasformerly an anthropologicalpsychologist. He’s written a number ofbooks, but one of them is calledConstructive Living, based on certainwork he studied from a Japanesepsychiatrist named Shoma Morita, M.D.,and another man named IsshinYoshimoto.

I’d like to share, in my words, what I’veembodied and learned about the natureof reality, because it has a hugeimplication about what spiritual lifeinvolves. I believe it can save people an

immense amount of craziness and wild-goose chases.

Simply put, there are things we caninfluence in this world that we cannotcontrol. And the difference between thetwo are: To influence something meansto exert an effort, in a desired direction,without any guarantee it’s going to work,or that you’ll get the results. That’s whatinfluence is about—like trying toinfluence people: it may work; it maynot.

To control something, anything, meansyou WILL it to happen, you want it tohappen, it happens. That’s what controlis. Now, there are things we caninfluence that we cannot control. Forinstance, we can influence thegovernment by voting and sendingemails and supporting candidates and soon. We cannot control the governmentby our will. We can influence theweather by seeding clouds.Occasionally, you can get rain(precipitation) by seeding clouds withdry ice. But I’ve never met anybody whocould demonstrate for me that they couldcontrol the weather by their will.

We can influence people bydiscussing, debating, manipulating,whatever people do, but we cannotcontrol them by our will—any parentsknow that, who try to control theirchildren.

We can influence our thoughts. If Idon’t like a thought, I can picture anapple, or something else; I can distractmyself. We can influence our emotionsin various ways, and I’ve written aboutsome of them. To influence, for example,our posture, how relaxed we are, how webreathe, being able to look at things froma different angle, with moreunderstanding, all those things mayinfluence how we feel at any givenmoment. But we cannot control our

thoughts.Now, this is a big one. Many people

have read books on positive thinkingand positive mental attitude. That’s oneof those common assumptions, thatsomehow, if you change your thoughts,you’ll manifest different things in theworld; and your beliefs are key; and yourexpectations are key, and all that.

I ask people, when I speak with largeaudiences, please raise your hand ifyou’ve got a book on positive thinking.And many people raise their hands. Isay: “Please keep your hands up high ifyou’ve only had positive thoughts forthe last week.”

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: And all the hands come

down. The assumption there is, peoplethink: “I must not be doing it right.” Or:“Certainly the authors of those books onpositive thinking, they must think onlypositive thoughts.”

I say “Nonsense!” Sometimes mythoughts are positive and sometimesthey’re negative, and that’s just how lifeis. Just like the weather changes,thoughts change.

I often ask people, if there were a stormoutside, terrible destruction, hurricanes,thunder and lightning, would it be yourfault? And, in fact, just for the sake ofthis discussion, Rick, would it be yourfault if there were a terrible stormoutside?

Martin: I would say no.Millman: And there’s a good reason

why not. Why would that be? Why isn’tit YOUR responsibility?

Martin: Because it’s Nature.Millman: You can’t control it, right?

If you could control the storm, then itwould be your responsibility, correct?

Martin: Correct.Millman: So, what we need to agree

on is that we are responsible for what we

Children Of The MatrixWe are born into a world controlled by unseen forces that

have plagued and manipulated humanity for thousands ofyears. You may look around and think that what you see is“real”. But in truth you are living in an illusion designed tokeep you in a mental, emotional, and spiritual prison cell.

Icke exposes these forces and their methods of humancontrol and reveals a fantastic web of global manipulation,orchestrated by forces beyond this physical realm. Heexposes the hidden bloodlines, through which other-dimensional entities live and operate unseen among us;and he shows how the bloodlines of the royal, political, andeconomic rulers of today are the same as those who ruledas the kings and queens of ancient times.

The truth is not only out there.Much of it is right here.

How an interdimensional race has controlled theworld for thousands of years—and still does!


493pages $29.95(+S/H)Code: COM (1.75 lb.)


can control, and we are not responsiblefor what we can’t control. For the timebeing, would that be acceptable?

Martin: Yes.Millman: Ok, let’s take a look at

whether we can control our thoughts.Now, we do have some limited controlover our attention. You can pay attentionto me, then your mind may drift, andthen you pay attention again, then yourmind may drift again. I’ve never met anyZen masters who could control theirattention all the time, on exactly whatthey’re doing.

Martin: That’s why it’s always achallenge to “empty the mind”.

Millman: Well, that’s anotheridealistic notion that we can somehowquiet the mind.

Martin: Right. I totally agree withyou, by the way.

Millman: Maybe we’ll have a chanceto get into that a little more in-depth. Fornow, while I’m on this particular track,we do have limited control over wherewe direct our attention. We call it theability to concentrate. But the thoughtsthemselves that arise and pass throughour mind, I suggest we have no controlover whatsoever. And I often ask people:“Do you think a thought before youthink it? Do you say: ‘I think I’ll thinkthis thought next?’ ” I don’t think so!

In fact, a nun came to me once for aconsultation, and she was really sufferingvery seriously. She went through a lot of

suffering over the years, over the lustful,erotic thoughts she had been having.Now, why was she troubled by thoseparticular kinds of thoughts? Becausewhat thoughts was she most trying NOTto think? And trying not to think athought is a great way to obsess on it!

She couldn’t stop a thought fromhappening, and she had to start to realizethat. Nobody can hold onto a thought,indefinitely, without letting it go. Underclose observation, people may start torealize, when they are no longerconfused about the difference betweenour attention, and thoughts themselves,that we have no control, virtually, overwhat thoughts come and go in our minds.

Again, we can do some things toINFLUENCE that. We can distractourselves, temporarily. For example, ifwe have a lot of worries coming up in ourhead about something, we can distractourselves for a time. But what tends tohappen to the worries? They tend tocome back up, again.

So, we really have very little or nocontrol over thoughts that arise in ourmind. We can’t stop them. We can’t holdonto them, indefinitely; they come andpass. We can respond to how long wehang onto them, or chew on them.

Sometimes we’ll just indulgesomething, and sometimes we’ll turn ourattention elsewhere. We don’t havecontrol over our thoughts. And that’s thestatement that I’m making, and people

can check it out in their own experience,whether they can actually just thinkpositively, not think negatively, and soon. But, I’m suggesting we, virtually,have little or no control over thatdirectly.

Martin: Let me ask you this: It’s myview that one way people can get intouch with themselves is, obviously, byhaving some quiet in their life, so theycan listen to and observe what thosethoughts are.

If there are issues coming up, and one’slife is so chaotic with activity and peopleand events and noise, TV, stereo, that youcan’t even hear the noise that’s going onin your head, it’s hard to resolve issuesbecause you’re not even aware of whatthey are. It’s just “mental clutter”essentially.

Millman: I would agreewholeheartedly with that. But if youdon’t mind, let’s talk about meditationand quieting the mind and so on, in justa few moments, because I need to stepinto the next arena, which is whether wecan control our emotions. And then we’llget into meditation and different ways toinfluence our mind perhaps.

Can we control our emotions? Often,rather than believe what I say about it,let’s just do a test, and your readers canalso do this test. Would you please feelterrified for me, right now?

Martin: Can’t do it.Millman: Will you feel really angry,

in rage, right now, please?Martin: Can’t do it.Millman: How about, can you feel

ecstatic, right now?Martin: I could work on that one.Millman: You could work on it, ok.

Can you feel envious, right now?Martin: No.Millman: You may f ind that, on

command, you cannot feel anything thatyou are directed to feel.

Now, some people say: “Wait, whatabout method actors?” We’ve all hadmoments where we have a reverie, whentears come to our eyes if it’s a sad kind ofreverie, or fantasy, or we laugh becausewe think of something funny. But wecan’t do that, at will, generally. Andmethod actors, if they’re wanting to bringtears into a performance, they try to thinkback to a time when they were very upsetand unhappy, and then they try to accessthat so realistically that it creates thatkind of feeling. Any method actor willtell you that’s inconsistent; at best, it’s atechnique to try to influence emotion. Itreally doesn’t work with any consistency.That’s why they call them actors, notfeelers.

In fact, if I ask you if there is

The “Indigo Child” is a boy or girl whod isp lays a new and unusua l se t o fpsychological attributes revealing a patternof behavior generally undocumented before.This pattern requires parents and teachersto change their treatment and upbringing ofthese kids to help them achieve balance,harmony, and avoid frustration.

In this groundbreaking book, internationalauthors and lecturers Lee Carroll and JanTober answer many of the often-puzzlingquestions surrounding Indigo Children:• Can we really be seeing human evolution

in kids today?• Are these kids smarter than we were at

their age?• Why do a lot of our children today seem

to be “system busters”?

THE INDIGO CHILDREN

(Featured interview in the March 2000 issue of The SPECTRUM.)

The New Kids Have Arrivedby Lee Carroll & Jan Tober


• Why are so many ofour br ightest k idsbeing diagnosed withAt ten t ion Def ic i tDisorder (ADD)?

• Are there proven,working alternatives to Ritalin?Throughout this work, Carroll and Tober

brings together some very fine minds(doctors, educators, psychologists, andmore) who shed light on the Indigo Childphenomenon. These children are trulyspecial, representing a great percentage ofa l l the k ids be ing born today on aworldwide basis. They come in “knowing”who they are—so they must be recognized,appreciated for their exceptional qualities,and guided with love and care.

This book is a must for theparents of unusually brightand active children!

$13.95 (+S/H)Code: TIC (1.0 lb.)


somebody you’re in love with, can youjust will yourself, in a moment, to stoploving them?

Martin: No.Millman: If there’s somebody you

don’t like at all, can you will yourself tolove them?

Martin: No.Millman: If you’re very, very angry,

can you will yourself to just stop?Martin: No.Millman: So, we may take a close

look and notice, even though there aremany techniques to try to influence ouremotions and feel better, and feeldifferent, and feel conf ident, orcourageous, and get rid of self-doubt,etc., we have no direct control over ouremotions by our will. Emotions are verymuch like the passing weather.

In fact, they are the passing weatherpatterns of the body; sometimes we likethe weather and sometimes we don’t.But, it happens anyway. Emotions comeand go, moment to moment. There’s nosuch thing as a repressed emotion. Thatwould make no sense at closerexamination. How can you have unfeltfeeling? You either feel it or you don’t.That’s like having unthunk thoughts.

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: You’re either thinking

something or you’re not. You’re eitherfeeling something or you’re not. Thisidea of repressing is an old Freudian ideathat just doesn’t hold water.

I’m suggesting we really have verylittle or no control over our thoughts, nocontrol over our emotion; therefore, weare not responsible for any thought oremotion we’ve ever had. Because we’vealready established, we’re responsible forwhat we can control, and not responsiblefor what we cannot control.

Now, that is quite different from manyteachings and spiritual people who focuson how to change your thoughts andchange your life and all that stuff. It’squite different from, for example, theCatholic Church, which says anadulterous thought is the same sin ascommitting adultery. I would beg todiffer. I don’t think an adulterousthought is the same as committingadultery. I don’t think a murderousthought is the same as committingmurder.

In fact, I differentiate action veryclearly by acknowledging that the ONLYthing we can control, and are responsiblefor in this world, is how we move ourarms, legs, body, and mouth, and the restof us—our behavior, our actions. We cancontrol THAT, and we have far morecontrol for how we behave, and far moreresponsibility for that, therefore, than we

give ourselves credit for.We think that if we’re very angry,

somehow we can lose control; or if we’reafraid, we can lose control. And Isuggest: no! I would suggest that ouremotions and our thoughts and ourbeliefs and our expectations and our self-concepts and our sense of self-worth orself-esteem, all those things do createTENDENCIES to behave, or not behave,in a certain way.

It would be silly of me not toacknowledge that our thoughts andbeliefs and all those other things don’tsomehow tend to influence how tobehave, but they do not control how webehave. Someone can be terribly shyand ask for a date. Someone can beterrified of speaking in public, and standup and start making words before a groupof people. We CAN control what we do!

Now, is it always easy? Absolutely not.The most extreme case is someone whotends to take cocaine or is addicted toalcohol. It’s extremely diff icult tochange that behavior. But can they doit? Yes, people do it and have done it.

So, that’s a different way of looking atspiritual life.

Rather than fixing what we have verylittle control over, and spending timeobsessing, and trying to f ind onetechnique after another to fix our minds,fix our emotions, and to feel inner peaceall the time, or feel happy all the time, oronly think positive thoughts, or have aquiet mind, I suggest that, to liveeffectively, and live wisely and well, wespend more time focusing on ourbehavior.

In fact, the guidelines that Dr. Moritasuggested, and that David Reynoldssuggests, and that I suggest, is: To livewell, focus on three things:

First: accept your emotions andthoughts, whatever they are, as natural toyou, in the moment. Not a problem, butjust what’s arising.

Two: know your purpose. And that

means, know YOUR purpose or YOURgoal—not somebody else’s purpose foryou, but what is in YOUR heart, what isYOUR goal. That goal doesn’t meanselfish; it could be very altruistic; itcould be giving to charity. But, it isYOUR goal. We’re here to live OUR life,not someone else’s.

You know what a co-dependent is, bythe way, while we’re on that topic? A co-dependent is someone who, when theydie, they see someone else’s life passbefore their eyes!

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: So, we’re here to live OUR

lives.And the third guideline is: to do what

needs to be done in line with those goals.That describes successful athletes. Theydon’t go out on the playing field andsay: “Coach, I’m not going to work outtoday; I’m feeling a little blue. I’m notquite motivated enough.” It describespeople who function well in life. And italso describes spiritual people, peoplewho live with Spirit—not whining, andmediocre, and running away fromfeelings because they’re afraid theymight not have the right feeling in orderto function. They allow feelings. Theyaccept their feelings completely. Theyknow their purpose and do what needs tobe done.

When some people first hear this, itbrings up a lot of questions and a lot ofconfusion, because of the way we’vebeen programmed—that spiritual life isall about our insides. Some people maythink I’m saying: ignore your emotions;they’re not important.

No. In contrast, I say that I treat myemotions the way I treated my daughterswhen they were young: I paid attentionto them; I listened to them; I learnedfrom them; I valued them; and Icherished them. But I did not let themtake over and run the household.

I needed to cover that as a foundationfor any discussion we have later on, to

You can.Simply byunderstandingyour heart’s

intelligence—which has more impacton our emotions, our mind, and ourphysical health than was ever thoughtpossible! In this audio, the authorsoffer astonishing proof that the hearthas an intelligence, one that

The HeartMath Solution AUDIO Bookby Doc Childre & Howard Martin

WHAT IF YOU COULD EASILY–• MAKE BETTER DECISIONS?• ENHANCE CREATIVITY?• SLOW-DOWN AGING?

This audio abridgement isapproved by the authors.

3-hours $18.00(+S/H)

Code: HMS (0.5 lb.)


profoundly affects our mental andphysical health. When we engage thepower of our heart’s intelligence, then,and only then, can we make the mostof our health and our minds. Theselife-altering techniques will show youhow to deepen the qualities longassociated with the heart—wisdom,compassion, courage, love, strength,and joy.


focus on what we do in life. Because Ithink what makes a difference in each ofour lives is what we DO, moment tomoment.

We talked about choices, brieflybefore, taking responsibility for ourchoices. We don’t make a choice,mentally.

We don’t say: “Hmm, yeah, I’vedecided on this.” We make a choicewhen we act. Then we know what we’vechosen. And choices happen moment tomoment. You don’t choose something foryour whole life. You may resolve it; youmay intend that. But, what we choose,moment to moment, is what shapes ourlife. It comes down to that reality.

Martin: Let’s shift back, again, orcontinue on with the concept ofmeditation and the myth of quieting yourmind.

Millman: Let me just say, throughouthistory, two schools of thought havebeen head-to-head. Let’s say one is theidealist school. And the other is therealist school.

Now, I don’t mean to imply that one ofthose schools is better than the other. I

value them equally. If we had noidealists in this world, it would be amediocre place indeed. If we had norealists in this world, it would be onefailed utopian experiment after another.So, we need realists and idealists. And ineach of us lives an idealist and a realist.

But it’s important to know where ourpsyche is hanging-out, in any moment.And in the spiritual and religioustradition, we come across one idealisticnotion after the other. I mentioned one,already: that we can learn to think justpositively. Another idealistic notion isabout quieting the mind. Somewhere,somebody started putting out: if youmeditate enough, you reach this state ofinner peace.

Now, anybody who has done anymeditation has had the experience of avery quiet place, in which time seems tofly. And we don’t have any awareness ofthe passing of time. Suddenly, we’resitting for 20 minutes or an hour, and itseemed like a few minutes. And thereason that happens is because, whenwe’re actually attending, when ourattention is on our thoughts,subliminally, yadda yadda yadda—youknow—the yadda yadda mind, I call it.

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: When we’re paying

attention to that, time seems to pass veryslowly. And we have a word for it, we callit boredom, that phenomenon. Whenwe’re not paying attention to ourthoughts, time seems to fly. As the oldsaying goes: “Time flies when you’rehaving fun.” That’s one way we definefun: something that makes time fly. Andit has other attributes, as well.

So, let me just say that the mind, thediscursive mind, bubbling thoughts, it isvery much like a hot-springs. If you’re ata hot-springs, it’s going bubble, bubble,bubble. And, if you’re looking at it, itseems to be quite active.

Then, if suddenly you turn your backto it and run over to see friends youhaven’t seen in 20 years, you’reembracing your friends and talking tothem, you’re no longer aware of thatbubbling hot-springs; so, it seems quiet.It hasn’t stopped bubbling. It’s naturalfor the mind to bubble. It’s just one ofthose natural phenomena. But, you’renot paying attention. It’s that oldquestion: If a thought falls in the forest,and nobody is there to pay attention, didit really fall?

We can have experiences of whatSEEMS like a quiet mind, when we’refocused on our mantra or our breathing,and it quiets; it recedes in thebackground. I suggest that the mindhasn’t stopped bubbling. Thoughts

haven’t stopped. It’s just that ourattention drifts away into a quieter space.The body relaxes. That’s what manypeople report as the “quiet mind”.

But so many people get discouragedby this. I mean, how many of yourreaders have tried meditation and thenstop because they’ve concluded: “I’mnot very good at this, because all I seeare a bunch of arising thoughts andfeelings.” They’re supposed to!

Meditation is NOT the idea of knittingyour brow and somehow training yourmind to not have thoughts anymore.There’s nothing wrong with thoughts; wejust don’t need to take them so seriously!

The idea of the quiet mind is anidealistic notion. But, meditation isgood for some things, and it’s not goodfor others. The purpose of meditation isnot to become enlightened. The purposeof meditation is, in itself, the practice ofenlightenment.

What is the ideal human enlightenedposture?

One way to look at an enlightenedposture is the Buddha, sitting with thelegs crossed in such a way that it’s a verystable way to sit. One doesn’t have to beable to have the flexibility, necessarily,to do a full-lotus position; but for thosewho can, it’s a very stable posture. Onecan also sit in a chair.

But the idea is: The back is straight,vertical, reaching to Heaven. The palmsare in a balanced position, one resting onthe other; the back is straight, the head ingood alignment, optimally in gravity,sitting straight up and down, and in thatrelaxed disposition, breathing evenly inthe belly, smoothly, all kinds of thoughtsand emotions arise. But, we don’t reactto them. We just sit. We play the role ofthe eternal witness, watching it all arise,almost as if we are looking from the Eyesof God.

To me, that is the “enlighteneddisposition”. It’s the basic practice ofenlightenment. It’s not something youdo, to someday get to enlightenment.

It’s only a beginner’s practice,though—because we still have to openour eyes, stand up, walk around, haverelationships, deal with our spouse, withour kids, and with everyday life. Whenwe can meditate through THAT, thenwe’ve got something! But, it’s abeginning of the enlighteneddisposition.

The purpose of meditation, also, is tocome to know the nature of mind, toknow what mind is about, to see that OldTrickster—and to learn to smile andtolerate it, and know it, so it doesn’t takeover one’s processes.

Another idealistic notion is that we

See and hear David Icke at the top of his formas he presents six-and-a-half hours of incredibleinformation before a sellout audience of 1200 atthe Vogue Theatre in Vancouver, BritishColumbia, Canada.

You will laugh, you may cry, and you will beon the edge of your seat as the fantastic story oftrue human history, and WHO really controls theworld today, unfolds in Icke’s unique style, aidedby video footage and hundreds of illustrations.

This is the presentation that the Illuminati (theforces of global control) tried so hard to stop—media interviews were cancelled; immigrationofficials turned up at the theatre to question hisright to speak; pressure was applied on the venueto cancel the event itself; and pies were eventhrown at David at a book signing by a rent-a-mob who ludicrously and outrageously sought todub him a “racist”.

But nothing could silence him or break hisspirit—and here you will see the result.

GET THIS 3-VIDEO SET (6-1/2 HOURS) FOR $59.95 (+S/H).

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERINGOR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866.

Code: PTP (1.75 lb.)

OVER6-1/2 HOURSON 3 VIDEO

TAPES


shouldn’t have judgments. “Don’t judgepeople.” Don’t have judgments. Well,frankly, I think judgments are whathuman beings do best. We judge thingsconstantly. I have judgments wheneversomeone doesn’t use their turn signal,when they’re driving. Judgments comeup. But, as a Zen master once told me:“There’s no problem with havingjudgments come up, but it’s when westart believing them as truth, that’s whenwe go a little crazy.”

So, judgments happen, thoughtshappen. But, meditation is the idea ofseeing the nature of mind. People canmeditate for an hour, or a few days, orover the time of a week, or a month, andfinally come to see the mind for what itis. Other people are a little slowerlearners, and they have to meditate for 30years, until they finally recognize thenature of mind.

I find very little use in sitting down,and just watching thoughts, for its ownsake, over time. It’s like watching one’sbowel movements; you know what to dowith them—you flush them. You don’tneed to get obsessed with them. So, Ibelieve mind is much like that.

I’ve had periods where I’ve done a lotof meditation. But, at this time in life, Idon’t. I strive to do open-eyedmeditation, moment to moment.

When I’m in a relationship difficulty,and my life is busy “improving me”, andI tend to pout and go into my office, gointo my lair (as most guys do), to getaway from any kind of hassle, when I dothat, I start to notice what’s going on:“Hmm, what’s going on here?”

I try to meditate through daily life.And sitting down is a beginner’s way todo that. Once you can do that, it mayhelp to meditate through daily life. It’sabout awareness. It’s about becoming thewitness, and seeing all that’s arising, fromthe Eyes of God, from a bit of a distance,where we start to see the Bigger Picture.

And so, yes, meditation has itsbenefits, but I don’t put it up on apedestal as “the absolutely essential keyto everything in life”. I know peoplemeditate a lot whose relationships aregoing down the drain, who’s finances arein the toilet. And maybe they think:“Oh, I better meditate some more.” But,there are other things they need toaddress, as well.

That’s why I write about TwelveGateways, only one of which is Tamingthe Mind. And, as you now know, I havea different approach to taming the mind.It’s not about quieting it; it’s about nolonger being in conflict with it.

Martin: Let’s talk about self-sabotage.What ways do people sabotage

themselves in theirday-to-day lives?

Millman: Again,I don’t mean tobelabor referringback to a book, but Iwant to provide acontext. In thebook EverydayEnlightenment, theFirst Gateway, thevery first Gateway,the foundation of allTwelve Gateways is what I call “DiscoverYour Worth”. And that is quite different.

Self-worth is different from self-esteem.I’ve never been particularly enthralledwith that whole topic of self-esteem; it’sbecome very popular, thinking ourchildren need to be coddled to havegood feelings about themselves. Thetheory being that they’ll live a better life.

But, actually, those people withprobably the highest self-esteem aresociopaths. I think self-esteem is wayovervalued. Basically, it means feelinggood about yourself, and feelingconfident, and certainly that’s a desirablething, if it happens. I’d rather feel good,confident, than not; but, feelings justcome and go.

Self-worth, in contrast, goes muchdeeper. It answers the internal question:How good of a person am I? On a 1-to-100 scale, where would I rate myself ?We’ve been keeping score of all ourbehaviors for our whole life.Unfortunately, some people even judgethemselves because of their thoughts andemotions, which we don’t have muchcontrol over or responsibility for,anyway.

Looking at our behavior, even, somepeople think “I’m kind-of a good person;maybe I’d rate myself a 70 or an 80 or a60.” Those who rate themselves a 50 areprobably out there on the streets. We callthem “the homeless”—talk about self-sabotage and choices they’ve made. Wecan get into that in a few moments,because there’s more to say about that.It’s easy to misunderstand some of mycomments, unless I go into more detail.

Those who have self-worth issues, whodon’t see themselves as a really goodperson, who therefore don’t feeldeserving of life’s blessings, tend to self-sabotage. We don’t get what we deservein life. We get what we believe wedeserve. That’s how much we’ll allowinto our lives. And if we’re getting morethan we believe we deserve, we’llsabotage ourselves.

There are reasons for that; they’re notterribly complex. But, most of us havelearned the rules growing up in any

society—that if you’re good, you getrewarded, if you’re bad, you getpunished—whatever form thatpunishment or reward takes. Those of uswho weren’t punished for things we didand nobody saw, we tend to punishourselves. We tend to sabotage, we getin our own way. We make choices. Andwe don’t make those choices at theconscious level; we make them at thesubconscious level.

I define the subconscious as that partof our psyche that’s largely unexploredor unexamined. Someone doesn’t wake-up one morning and consciously say:“Hey, I think I’ll sabotage myrelationship today.” “Oh, no, I did thatlast week; this week I’ll sabotagefinances.”

No, we don’t do that consciously. But,we start to make choices. We’ve allexperienced the questions: “Why did Ido that?” and “Why did I say that?”—that end up getting in our own way, andagain, sabotaging ourselves in one areaor the other.

When we start to address our self-worthissues, we start to recognize that ourworth does not depend on actingperfectly, and it doesn’t even depend onhow we feel about ourselves. We’vealready established we have no directcontrol over how we feel. Sometimes Ifeel more worthy than other times—andthat’s realistic and natural. So, it’s notabout feeling self-worth; it’s abouttreating ourselves as worthy, about howwe behave. When something goodcomes our way, an opportunity, insteadof saying “oh, that’s ok, never mind” weopen our arms and say “yes, thank you”even if we feel awkward about acceptingall that.

I ask people: if you saw a newbornbaby and looked into those eyes, wouldyou look at that baby and say: “I thinkthat’s worth about an 8.5”? I don’t thinkso.

But, we were all that baby once. Andthe question is, when did we startsubtracting? It’s something we need tolook at. And once we become moreaware of self-worth issues, we can stick

See Dan’s Internet website:www.danmillman.com forinformation about this andall of his books, seminar

schedule, retreats,frequently asked questions,

and many other topics.


up a little message on our mirror; we seeit every morning when we get up, and itsays: “How good can I stand it today?”Because that’s how good we’ll get it.

“What will I accept today?”“What will I open my arms to?”“What choices will I make that will be

resourceful, and kind to myself, and giveto myself pleasure, and love, and open upto that, in abundance?”

Rama Krishna, the Indian saint, oncesaid: “An ocean of abundance andhappiness and peace can rain down fromthe Heavens, but if you’re only holdingup a thimble, that’s all you’re going toget.”

That’s what I have to say for now aboutthe topic of self-sabotage and self-worth.

Martin: This is somewhat along thesame line, and this gets back to actionsthat you can be responsible for, asopposed to ways you cannot change.What would you say to those people whoare feeling powerless to effect change,either in their lives or in the world?

Millman: While they’re feelingpowerless, they can accept those feelings;they can know their purpose or goal, andthey can do what needs to be done. Thatsounds like a formula, but that’s what theycan do.

I can’t address [spoken tongue-in-cheek]: “Oh, my goodness, they’re feelingpowerless? Let’s counsel them, so theycan feel more powerful.”

Now, I don’t mean to seem callous here.But, I’m going to be a little bit rigidbecause so many people take the othertack and start working on them, and let’sgo through analysis. It’s as if we’re likearcheological sites; we can dig and digand dig, and never get to the bottom. Wecan work on our past and on ourrelationship with our parents. We canwork on this, and learn this technique andthat technique.

Some of the people who are the most“spiritual” are some of the craziest peopleI know, because they get wound-up inthese “feeling labyrinths”—a feeling-centered life. And trying to changefeelings is a chaotic life, because feelingschange all the time anyway. And becausefeelings change, it’s hard to have anyconsistency, and sense of self; self keepschanging with our feelings.

People who feel powerless—there arethings we can do. I mean, in my seminarsI take people through some experienceswhere they feel powerful. But, can Iguarantee that they’ll feel powerful all thetime, or that feeling will last from thenon? Of course not. I can’t even controlmy own feelings; how can I help anybodycontrol theirs? So, it’s not about whetherthey feel powerless or not. And, in fact,

their assumption might be: “Oh, thosepeople who do so well in life must feelpowerful all the time.” But they don’t.The difference is what we do.

Cus D’Amato, a famous boxing coach,once said: “Heroes and cowards feelexactly the same fear, but heroes actdifferently.”

George Bernard Shaw once said: “Nevermind likes and dislikes, just do whatneeds to be done. That may not behappiness, but it is greatness.”

That’s what makes Spirit and Light,when we’re feeling depressed, when we’refeeling powerless. But then we get up andput one foot in front of the other and say:“Hmm, the grass needs cutting.”

“I’ll clean the house today.”“I need to tell somebody something.”And we go and do it—even while we’re

feeling all those things of powerlessnessand rage and frustration.

That’s why it’s a tricky area, becausewe’re so used to the “soap opera” of life,and our role models in growing up.Somebody feels upset, so what do theydo? They act it out. Somebody feelsangry, so what do they do? They strikeout.

There was a man who came to me oncewho said: “I have a problem with rage.”

And I said: “No, you don’t.”He said: “Yes, I do!” And he was

getting angry.And I said: “No, you don’t. Rage is not

a problem. Rage is like a storm. Stormshappen. Sometimes we SHOULD beenraged.”

I said: “The problem is what you DOwhen you’re enraged.” And he got thepoint. Because many of us mistakeemotions for behavior. Rage is what hewas feeling. That’s not the problem. It’swhat he did when he was in rage that wasthe problem.

Such programs as are called “EmotionalManagement Program” and “ManagingAnger”—you don’t have to manageanger; you don’t have to manageemotions; in fact, you can’t. What youhave to manage is behavior, to disconnectthose emotions from the behavior.

Let’s take the example where a little boyhits his baby sister. And the mother says:“That’s terrible; you shouldn’t hit yourbaby sister. She’s your baby sister.”

And she says: “Why did you do that?”And he says: “Because I hate her.”And she says: “Oh, no, you shouldn’t

hate your baby sister.”The point is, a wise mother will say:

“Yeah, it’s fine to hate her, but just don’thit her.” Now he’s learning the differencebetween what he can control and what hecan’t. And he won’t grow up neurotic andcrazy because of feelings he’s had.

Emotions come and go; kids get angry attheir baby sisters or whatever. But, he’slearning at the same time what he cancontrol, which is his behavior. Thatmakes for a functioning, sane humanbeing.

So, if you ask me about people who feelpowerless, I say: “Yeah, sometimes I feelpowerless.”

And there are people who DO feelpowerless. Now, there are practical thingsthey can do: They can do “ropes”courses—where you climb up through thetrees to deal with fear, with a safety ropeon you, but you do things that are realscary. You can learn a martial art, and feelempowered that way.

There are things you can do, but thekey here is: “What do you need to do?”And go do it. It really comes down to that.After all the esoteric techniques, and afterall the metaphysical ideas, the question is:How will you live? And that comes downto DOING, moment to moment.

Now, there is a well-know spiritualauthor who says that’s all backward. “Allthis DOING stuff—we’re becoming humandoings!” he says, “not human beings.”

He says: “People are always doing,doing, doing, to try to get what they wantin life.” And he said it’s just a lot of do-do.And that’s cute; it’s sort-of humorous. Butis it accurate?

I suggest this idea of “being”—we’veall heard the term “our being, ourbeingness”—I, frankly, scratch my headand ask: “What in the world does thatmean?”

If each of us wrote down a list of 10 or20 people we most admired in the world,from our childhood, from our adulthood,people in history, role models, people weknow, if we wrote down a list of thosepeople we most admire, I would bet youthat, virtually, every single one of thosepeople we wrote down on the list, wewrote it down because of something, orsome things, they DID—not because oftheir “beingness”, whatever that means. Ican’t know the Dalai Lama’s beingness; Ican only know how he behaves.

Martin: This is, actually, the nextquestion. I’m staring right at it. It says:“At what point in the self-mastery journeyis it appropriate to do nothing? Or, is itever appropriate to do nothing?”

Millman: Doing nothing is doingsomething. Doing nothing is a choice wemake to be still. And there are times whenthat is extraordinarily wise. But doingnothing is not doing nothing; it onlyappears that way. Stillness is inaction; it’sa choice. And there are times in my lifewhen I would have been much wiserdoing nothing, at least waiting, taking afew deep breaths, giving it an hour or a


day. So, that’s a choice. Doing nothingcan be quite constructive.

There’s an old saying: “Two mistakeswe can make are: acting without thinking,or thinking without acting.” And in oneof the Laws in my book The Laws OfSpirit, called the Law of Action, it remindspeople, as Bodhi Dharma said: “You can’tcross the sea merely by staring at thewater.”

Thomas Edison once said: “We oftenmiss opportunity because it’s dressed inoveralls and looks like work.”

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: Those are good reminders

that there are times we need to act,because life doesn’t happen, unless we actand do. But, there are other times,certainly, that we need to be still, and donothing. The wisdom is: how to choosebetween the two. I can’t give any formulaabout that because it depends on aparticular individual, at a given time andcircumstance.

Martin: You’re certainly correct insaying that when people think about greatpeople in their lives, or in history, what isreflected upon are the actions that thosepeople took in their life. And so, action isobviously a very important component inour “schoolroom of Earth”.

Millman: I’m suggesting it’s more thanAN important component. I’m suggestingthat, far more than most “spiritual people”give credit for, it is pretty much the ONLYone.

There is a point in life—and I’ll tellyou, I have experience—how do I put it?It’s not enlightenment, at least spiritualmaturity, these past years, since I’ve beenreally living, and embodying this idea offocusing more on what I do, and less onwhat I’m feeling and thinking. And it’salmost as if my thoughts and emotions—I’m not saying it’s a technique, but whatI’ve noticed is—they seem to havepacified, to a great degree. I still have allkinds of feelings. All the feelings comeup for me, but they’re like friends; they’vemellowed; they’re more gentle; they don’tseem as problematic anymore.

Whereas, in contrast, when I was ateenager, my thoughts and emotions wereall monsters—gigantic, powerful beaststhat I had to address, and suffered fromterribly. I don’t anymore because I’m justfocusing on what I need to do, moment tomoment. Do I always do the right thing?Nah.

Sometimes, I say that being in arelationship is one of the ultimate asceticdisciplines. I’ve been married for 26years, and we love each other dearly. Butstill, relationships, as everyone knows,have their challenges—two egos gettingalong, and so on. We have our quirks.

There are times when I don’t act totallyconstructively, or just don’t rise to theoccasion. But, over time, as I practice, itgets better, like anything. You know thatsaying: “Everything is difficult, until itbecomes easy.”

More and more, I can say from my directexperience: life is changing and I’ve hadimpact on the world. For example, I’vejust f inished a 700-page novel. Iremember being on page 2, thinking“maybe I’ll be done by page 200”. And itjust kept going and going and going. It’slike running a huge marathon. Did I feelmotivated? Did I inspire myself,somehow? No, I just sat down and keptwriting. And it’s more difficult thangymnastics, or anything else I’ve everdone. But—I’ve been pretty effective sofar in my life.

I have one daughter who just graduatedPhi Beta Kappa from Stanford University,another is at Harvard University, doingquite well. Their teachers love them.They have strong character; they’re goodsouls.

Challenges continue, but it’s not aboutfixing my emotions, and meditating onmy every thought, and whether it’spositive or negative. Thoughts happen.Emotions happen. I learn from them.Meanwhile, I go: “What do I need to donow?” And, over time, it gets better.

Martin: There are those who gothrough life walking the path of leastresistance, thinking that’s the way to go,from a spiritually balanced point of view.And then, there are others who seek toeffect change in the world, if you will,imposing their will, but who encounterresistance at every step of the way. Wouldyou comment on that?

Millman: I think F. Scott Peck wrote abook called The Path Of Least Resistance,

and the first sentence in his book is: “Lifeis difficult.” From then on you knew, thisguy is talking truth; he’s talking reality.

The path of least resistance—this isquite different from the path of noresistance. This realm we’re born into,Planet Earth, is not necessarily a finishingschool. Some people might call it areform school. This is where we havefriction, and death, and gravity. This isnot an easy world. So, there is a certainwisdom in taking the path of leastresistance. Isn’t that what water does,when it’s running down the hill as astream? It f inds the path of leastresistance, and that’s where the waterflows. And the Daoists might recommendthat.

In contrast, what would one suggest?The path of most resistance? As I say,adversity comes to us anyway. Nobody isgoing to find no resistance in life, nospiritual weights to lift. We all needadversity; we all need challenges. Butthere is a certain wisdom in taking thepath of least resistance, because we stillwill have spiritual exercises to deal with.

Martin: In your decades of spiritualwork, and in your daily life, do yourecognize times when there is anadversarial influence trying to affect yourlife? And, if you do recognize thepresence of an adversary (on this planet),how do you live your life in such as wayas to disarm that adversary?

Millman: I would certainly hope that Ihave something to say on that topic, sinceI teach something I call The Way Of ThePeaceful Warrior. Adversaries are quiterelevant!

Someone could picture gravity as anadversary. After all, gravity is constantlypressing us, pulling us down to the Earth.And, as we get older, our body may lose

The blockbuster ofall blockbusters! Withstunning informationnever before released onthe murder of Diana,Princess of Wales.

David Icke’s mostpowerful and explosivebook to date. Everyman, woman, and childon the planet is affected

by the stunning information that Icke exposes. Hereveals in detail how the same interconnectingbloodlines have controlled the planet for thousandsof years. How they created all the major religionsand suppressed the spiritual and esoteric knowledgethat will set humanity free from its mental and

THE BIGGEST SECRETby David Icke


OVER 500 PAGES$29.95 (+S/H)

emotional prisons. It includes a devastating exposéof the true origins of Christianity and the othermajor religions, and documents suppressed science,which explains why the world is facing a time ofincredible change and transformation. The BiggestSecret also exposes the true and astonishingbackground to the British Royal Family and,through enormous research and unique contacts,Icke reveals how and why Diana, Princess ofWales, was murdered in Paris in 1997. Thisincludes information from a close confidant ofDiana for nine years, which has never before beenmade public.

The Biggest Secret is a unique book and isquite rightly dubbed: “The book that will changethe world.” No one who reads it will ever be thesame again.

Code: TBS (1.75 lb.)


that battle—and people start getting bentover, and orthopedic problems, and painof every kind, back pains, joint painsdevelop. That’s all because of gravity; nogravity, you don’t have that happening.So, some people could view gravity as anadversary; or, they can view it as a teacher.

Since my background is an athlete, let’stake a look for a moment at the idea ofcompetition, because that’s whatadversaries engage in—competition.

Let’s take the game of tennis. Despitemy late father’s quip to me, years ago,when he said: “Dan, you know what I loveabout the game of tennis? Every shotmakes somebody happy.” That’s oneapproach. But most people, when theyplay the game of tennis, they recognizethe object of that game is to make theother person fail. Now, that seems like anarchetypical adversarial situation—youand that person facing each other acrossthat net. And that can be in a relationship,it can be in business, where you have thisadversarial thing.

When I play tennis, I don’t see anadversary across the net. I truly don’t. Isee my teacher and my student. They maynot know they’re my teacher or mystudent. They may not be consciouslyaware of that, but they are my teacher,because when they hit a shot to me,they’re showing me where my weak pointsare. They’re testing me, and teaching meabout reality, and my progress, and whereI can learn. And so, they are my teacher.

They are also my student, because I’mgoing to whack that ball back, and teachthem what they need to learn. So, I’mhelping them develop.

In my game of tennis, I’m playing thebest game I can. I’m going for excellence,which is all you can ever do in a game,anyway. It’s not about winning or losing.I’ll mention something about that in amoment.

Do I view them as my enemy, whichsome athletes actually do? Or, do I viewthem as my student and my teacher?

I don’t believe in doing away withcompetitive sports because they are anatural part of life. I do believe in doingaway with competitive MIND, or thatapproach, where we treat someone as ourenemy or our adversary, when they areactually our teacher and student.

There is an ancient proverb that says:“We have no friends. We have noenemies. We only have teachers.”

Without an adversary, how do wedevelop in life? You were talking aboutthe path of least resistance. I tell peopleoften, if you want an easy life, if you wanta simple life, don’t get married, don’t havechildren, and don’t live in the city. Justgo out to the country, have a little trailer,

grow your own food and garden, and youdon’t have to deal with much of anythingin life. But that’s not what we’re here for.We didn’t come onto this planet forsimple and easy. We came for challenges,as many as we’re willing to take on, forgrowth and development of our soul, ifyou will.

So, I have no problem with what we calladversaries. For 14 years I taught knifefighting training, where people actuallyfought with rubber knives. And in 3½days, it was the equivalent of almost ayear’s training in most martial arts schools,in terms of being able to move withoutthinking. At the end of the training, threetough martial artists attacked people, withrubber knives, fast, from the right, fromthe left, straight on, thrusting. And thesepeople, who had never done any martialarts, most of them, were able to get out ofthe way and learn a lot about themselves,and life, through that particular metaphor.And certainly it involved adversaries,attackers.

I’m all for the idea that we havechallenges in life—whether you call themchallenges or adversaries—but we alsohave to recognize that they are blessings,not always pleasant and not always easy.It’s a way of looking at life.

I was mentioning that, in sports, it’s notabout winning or losing. In life and sport,we can control the efforts we make, but wecan’t control the outcome. Now, thatshould be patently obvious upon anyexamination. We can’t control whetherwe sink a putt, or make a basket, or findlove, or find success. Anybody who tellspeople “I’ll guarantee you’ll besuccessful”—that doesn’t seem realistic tome. There are people who do everythingthey can, and they still aren’t successful.Maybe it’s karma; maybe it’s theirastrological configurations. Who knows.But we CAN control the efforts we make.

Michael Jordan is one of the greatestbasketball players who ever lived. Now,could Jordan himself control whether hemade a basket? The answer is no. Hemisses baskets. What he CAN control iswhether he took the shot. And as Jordanhimself said: “You make 0% of the shotsyou don’t take.”

So, by making the effort in life, wevastly increase the odds of getting theresults we want, over not making theeffort. In other words, as I tell aspiringwriters, you’ve a lot better chance ofhaving a best-selling book if you’vewritten a manuscript.

Martin: Do you think one person canmake a difference on this planet?

Millman: I believe one person is allthat’s ever made a difference on thisplanet. We read about cultures,

civilizations, like Egypt, or the Aztecs, theMayans, Babylonians, these civilizationsthat seem to rise-up into these amazingdiscoveries and achievements, and thecalendar, and being able to tell themotions of the stars, and buildingpyramids. Some people have theories thatit was extraterrestrials, which is within therealm of possibility; it’s one of thetheories; it could explain a lot,extraterrestrial influence. But, anothertheory that I would suggest is that anenlightened being steps forward to lead aculture, and transforms the culture, withina generation. These were sudden changesas these civilizations arose: And why didthey arise where they did?

I believe that one individual is all whoever makes a difference. And each of uscan make a difference in our own lives, inour own smaller environment. We canraise the standards around us, or lowerthem, by our behaviors.

It’s an illusion thinking: “If we have alot of people, it’s more powerful.” We callthat a mob. A lot of people can do thingsthat one person cannot do. One personcannot build a building. It takesspecialists who are knowledgeable, ittakes laborers, architects, engineers.That’s why I say that nobody is smarterthan all of us. But it always starts withone person, with a vision, with an idea.One person touches another, and touchesanother, and then another. It begins withone. So, it’s not a matter of one personbeing more important than a group ofpeople. Both are important.

But I have a strong predispositiontoward focusing on the individual. That’smy cause, if you will, the individual. Andso, I just continue to teach, to write, toreach out to many people. But I’m reallyreaching one individual at a time.

Each of us does make a difference, andwe don’t often appreciate the differencewe make in the world. Whether or not wehappen to write books, or teach seminars,or help assemble cars in an auto plant, weinteract with people—our families andothers around us.

My wife said: “Dan, with all the workyou do, maybe one day you’ll realize thatone of the most important things you’veever done is help raise our daughter.” AndI completely agree with her. Some of themost important work I do is not in myoff icial teaching capacity; it’s maybepaying a toll for the person behind me onthe Golden Gate Bridge, or picking up apiece of litter in the street. Other peoplemight see me do that and think: “Gee, hejust reached down and picked up somelitter.” Maybe they’ll do that too,sometime.

Little things can make a big difference,


and it starts with the individual. It startsripples that can have an impact on thingswe never could have guessed. There aredifferent stories that illustrate that.

Martin: What role does prayer play inyour belief system?

Millman: I appreciate your calling itMY belief system, because that’s what itis. I don’t have scientific evidence. Iunderstand that certain scientific studieshave been done. I don’t know how goodthe studies are; I can’t speak to them, norhave I read them in detail, whether prayerdoes good, or what kind of good it does.

This is a psycho-physical realm we livein. So, when I focus on doing, prayer is aform of doing, but it’s a more subtle formof doing. Imagining Light surrounding afriend of yours, who lives across the world,and helping to heal them—does it do anygood? That’s another question you mightask, in the same vein. The answer is: Idon’t know.

I do know that one form of prayer is notasking for things. I’ve heard the purestform of prayer is just thanking God, andacknowledging and accepting where weare. And perhaps following that with “if itis Thy Will”—perhaps to create change insome area, while resolving to help createthat change. And asking for help fromHigher Power. Those are all forms ofprayer, not just saying: “God, help me winthe football game.” Or: “Help me get ridof this sore I have on my body.”

Partly, it depends on what you mean byprayer, and what kind of prayer. I knowthere are things that go around on theInternet, like: “Let’s all pray at such andsuch a time, and we’ll create peace in theworld.” I have no idea whether that hasany impact whatsoever.

Martin: I’m specifically talking aboutprayer to a Higher Power.

Millman: Are you making a distinctionbetween that and people praying, at thesame time, to create peace in the world?Would you differentiate that, from whatyou just said?

Martin: Yes, I would.Millman: Ok. I think you’re

suggesting that kind of prayer is “let’s allmass our psyches together, and maybe ourpsyches will create some change”—whereyou’re asking about a transcendentalpower?

Martin: Absolutely.Millman: That one individual may be

able to impact change?Martin: Yes.Millman: One of my books I wrote

with a good friend of mine, namedDouglas Childers, called DivineInterventions. I was about to start my newnovel and Doug came to my house andsaid: “Dan, I have an idea for a book.

Would you like to collaborate on this?”I said: “Doug, thanks, but I’m doing

fine by myself. I don’t really need tocollaborate at this point.”

Then he said: “Listen to my idea. It’scalled Divine Interventions, and I’veresearched about 20 stories. I know thereare many more. These are well-researchedstories, well-documented, although onecan’t know for certain. Still, they’re quiteconvincing, about mystery and miracles,including prayer.”

I found myself saying: “Yes, let’s do thebook together.” Because most of mywritings to that point had been aboutpersonal responsibility, pulling ourselvesup from our own bootstraps, beingpractical and grounded. And I had neverreally addressed the issue of mystery andmiracles, including prayer.

In doing this book, and researchingthese various stories, it was quite amazing.Some of these are well known: Our Ladyof Guadeloupe, the miracle at Fatima.Some of them are historical; movies havebeen made and books written about them.But there are others that are less wellknown, personal miracles that changepeople’s lives.

If I had to make a judgment on it, Iwould say that this world, this universe, isinfused. In fact, the Substance and theEnergy that make up this world is itselfDivine.

My personal belief, which you askedabout, is not some anthropomorphic God,mysteriously sitting up in the skies or inHeaven or in us or out of us, watching us.But, more that the world is innatelyDivine, and there are powers and laws andmysteries that we haven’t yet fathomed.That the world is infinitely greater andmore mysterious than most of us have yetseen.

I believe prayer has a wonderful power,and it’s a tremendously useful practice, ifonly to connect that person to the Divinereality, as a spiritual practice, to rememberthe Bigger Picture of life. In fact, that’s to

me the significance of prayer, beyondwhether somebody actually gets the resultthat they’re hoping for. Because the ego,our personality level, we can think allsorts of things should happen, or we wantto happen. We want to heal; we want tohave this good thing happen, and nothave that bad thing happen. In fact,sometimes I think people, in the interestof spiritual life, want to feel good more ofthe time, and they want to feel bad less ofthe time. There’s nothing wrong with that.It’s quite a healthy, natural thing to wantto feel more pleasure and less pain. But Idon’t think that’s necessarily whatspiritual life is about.

I’m looking for something, for amoment here.

Martin: Let me just say—and I don’twant to side-track you—what you said isnot necessarily mutually exclusive. Therecan be an anthropomorphic God AND theentire Substance of our world can beDivine.

Millman: Sure. I don’t see God“somewhere”. I see God everywhere. Idon’t think there is anything that existsthat is not God. You asked my personalbelief.

Martin: Yes.Millman: And that’s what I’m stating.

I’m not stating it as a truth, or that I knowbetter. That just happens to be myparticular stance, rather than relating to ananthropomorphic God, who is lookingdown over me right now, and who I canpersonal pray to. That’s a part of manypeople’s belief system, and I certainlyrespect that, as well. I don’t presume toknow better.

Let me just read this one part into therecord, so to speak, from DivineInterventions:

“Ultimately, doubts about theauthenticity of specific phenomena arebalanced by the compelling evidence oflives transformed as a result of theexperiences. Must others share ourexperiences in order to validate them?

There are Masters whohave come out of all theworld’s great spiritualtraditions. These greatLights have graduatedfrom Earth’s schoolroom.Now they come to showus the pathway home.

The Masters tell usthat they are examplesand not exceptions to

The Masters And The Spiritual Path

360 pages

$16.95 (+S/H)(+S/H)(+S/H)(+S/H)(+S/H)

the rule. We, too, are destined to fulfi l lour life’s purpose and reunite with Spirit.

In this intriguing work you will discovervaluable keys to your own spiritual path.You will learn about the function of theSpiritual Hierarchy and the role of theMasters of East and West. Includes aunique meditation on the bliss of unionwith Spirit and a breathing exercise tohe lp you ba lance and expandconsciousness.

You have friends in high places!

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866Code: MSP (1.5 lb.)


Must an apparition appear in an outward,tangible form in order to be authentic?After all, how substantial is light? Howtangible is love? Can those Angels whoappear in our vision be less than genuine,if they transform our hearts and minds,and change the course of our lives? Ouruniverse contains many realities, eachoperating according to hidden Laws. Thesupernatural may be quite natural, afterall. Perhaps our bodies, minds, andpsyches contain built-in mechanisms,Divine abilities we don’t yet fullyunderstand, that account for spontaneoushealings, visionary experiences,levitation, and enlightenment. Perhapsour full powers and Divine destinies arewaiting to reveal themselves.”

If you don’t mind, I’m going to read justa little more:

“Life’s Larger Questions. Those whodoubt the reality of Divine Interventionmay ask: Why does God seem to helpsome people, answer some prayers, andapparently ignore others? Why is oneperson saved or cured, and another lost?Why does evil sometimes seem to triumphover good? They may point out that forevery person miraculously healed,thousands die of disease. For everypilgrim fed, aliens go hungry. Is Grace or

God arbitrary and capricious? Or, is theresense to our suffering, and a spiritualpurpose in our adversity? Some viewsuffering as Divine punishment for moraltransgression. Others see it as a necessarypart of the soul’s education and evolution.To find meaning in the suffering andadversity in your own life, look back tobefore they occurred. Then, observeyourself now—stronger, wiser, perhapsmore compassionate as a result of yourstruggles.”

This is, actually, the paragraph I waslooking for:

“Divine Interventions operate outsidethe limited perspective of our personaldesires. We may ask for healing, but wecannot dictate what form this healing willtake. Hoping for physical regenerationmay fail, even as deeper wounds arehealed on emotional or spiritual levels.Pain may purify our Spirit and serve ourultimate destiny. We cannot always knowwhat is for our soul’s highest good.

“Like all true mysteries, these storiesyield no final answers to life’s largerquestions. Instead, they inspire hope andreawaken a sense of reverence, wonder,and awe. They remind us of a DivinePresence in our world, in our lives, as closeas our next heartbeat, our next breath.”

Martin: This brings up anotherconcept that you talk about, and that isthe concept of Grace. How do you factorGrace into people’s lives?

Millman: I once participated in aretreat; I didn’t run it. I sat behind a smallscreen for 16 hours a day, for about 3 days.Other than eating small meals, that’s all Idid was sit behind that screen, andcontemplate three questions, in relation tomy mother, my father, and significantothers in my life. The first two days wasjust on my mother. And I went throughevery year of my life. Memories came thatI thought I had entirely forgotten, from thetime I was very young, up to the present.

So, I covered over 50 years. Icontemplated three questions:Concerning my mother, the first questionwas: What have I received from her? Imean, concretely, what did I receive fromher? What did she do for me? What didshe give me?

The second question was: What did Igive to her?

The third question was: What troublesor difficulties did I cause for her?

I did this for two days, 16 hours a day.And then I went to my father. And then Iwent to other people in my life. And Ilearned that I’ve received far more than Ihave given, and that I have caused manytroubles and difficulties.

This exercise, which I did for aweekend, does not tend to improve self-

esteem, but it does improve reality-esteem, or esteem for reality. And I’verealized that this chair I’m sitting in nowis supporting me, whether or not I happento be a nice guy in this moment, ordeserving of it. And that’s coming to theanswer to your question.

I’ve received gifts my entire life: Thesunshine on my face, my next breath, thepeople at the electric company who helpme to have electricity to turn the lights onand run my computer; the people at thetelephone company; the garbage people,who come to collect my garbage,otherwise it would pile-up.

We’re constantly being served, whetheror not we deserve it or whether we’veearned it, whether we’re nice people allthe time. To me, that’s what the meaningof Grace is. Grace is operating constantly;we just fail to notice it. We’re busythinking how entitled we are toeverything, because we were born.

In fact, the First Grace people receive issuffering. Let me explain that. As RamDass once said: “When we don’t get whatwe want, we suffer.” Or, we’re dissatisfied,let’s say. “When we get what we reallydon’t want, we suffer. And even if we getexactly what we want, we still suffer,because we can’t hold onto it forever.”

If there was no suffering, why wouldpeople be interested in spiritual life, orlife’s larger questions? They would justwant to have as much pleasure aspossible. We lose loved ones in thisworld. And that suffering is what createsthe drive for a deeper understanding oflife, what humbles us, and asks us toconsider the idea that there is a Divine,that there’s something larger than us.

Now, I don’t know whether that’sultimately better. I know that’s just how itseems to work. There are people who are,traditionally, very religious, who fight inwars and kill other people, and all kindsof nasty things. No approach or beliefsystem guarantees a responsible,constructive life. So, these questionsabout God and Divine Reality, we allhave our own perspectives about, and overtime mine changes in subtle ways.

More and more, I f ind myselfcommuning and feeling and breathingthat Divine Reality in everyday life. Andthe moment I contemplate that—and Ithank you for your question, becauseagain, it brings it up in my psyche—themoment I contemplate that, I tend to takea deep breath, relax in the Light, and wantto say “Thank you.” Beyond that, the restis just philosophy.

Martin: It seems to me, from what youwere saying, the concept of Grace is verymuch like the statement you made earlierabout paying attention.

Did rebel angels takeon human bodies tofulfill their lust for the“daughters of men”?

Did these fallen angelsteach men to buildweapons of war?

That is the premise of theBook of Enoch, a textcherished by the Essenes,early Jews, and Christians,but later condemned by bothrabbis and Church fathers. The book wasdenounced, banned, and “lost” for over a thousandyears—until in 1773 a Scottish explorer discoveredthree copies in Ethiopia.

Elizabeth Clare Prophet examines the controversysurrounding this book and sheds new light onEnoch’s forbidden mysteries. She demonstrates thatJesus and the apostles studied the Book of Enoch, andtells why Church fathers suppressed its teaching thatangels could incarnate in human bodies.

Contains Richard Laurence’s translation ofthe Book of Enoch, all the other Enoch texts(including the Book of the Secrets of Enoch),and biblical parallels.

4.25"x7", 514 pp.

See next-to-last page for orderingor call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866.

And The Origins Of EvilFallen Angels

$7.99 (+S/H)(+S/H)(+S/H)(+S/H)(+S/H) Code: FALL (1.0 lb.)


Millman: It is; it’s an act of attention. We can be attending toour broken sprinkler system, or our last argument, or the job wehave to do, and the many tasks before us. But once in awhile,even amidst that, amidst all that, look up! Literally, look up andsee the sky, or feel the air, and try to feel where our body endsand the air begins. And remember the depths of the Universe,and its breadth, and then breathe-in the Divine, in an act ofremembrance.

Some people, some cynics would say: “Oh, you’re just makingthat up. It’s ‘pie in the sky’—opiate for the masses, or somethingto console you and make you feel better.”

That’s fine. I don’t have anything against feeling better, nowand then, by remembering that the world is, ultimately, ok.

Martin: Let’s make a left-turn here at the fork in the road, andtalk about something that seems to be a concern for a lot ofpeople. Let’s talk about money, for people with money issues. Iknow that covers a lot of ground. What do you have to say aboutmoney in our lives?

Millman: Let me first acknowledge that many people whomake it their business to deal specifically in that area, whetherthey’re financial advisors or popular authors who talk aboutmoney and abundance, such things sell very well. People arewilling to pay money to read something they think will get themmore money. Money tends to be a preoccupation for most of us,because it deals with that lower chakra; it deals with survival. Italso deals with pleasure and options and striving and successand images and so on.

Now, in my book Everyday Enlightenment, dealing withTwelve Gateways to personal growth, one of those TwelveGateways is “Manage Your Money” because, in terms of freeingour attention, most of us are obsessed or preoccupied withmoney. Even if people have a lot of it, they tend to getpreoccupied with it, getting more of it, saving it, protecting it,and so on, or feeling guilty about it.

So money, like sex and some other topics, tends to becontroversial. How many people are freely willing to say howmuch they make for a living, for example. It’s one of those tabootopics. There’s so much emotional charge around the simple factof making a living.

It comes down to this, in my view: Unless we’re independentlywealthy, or have a trust fund or whatever, most of us need to workto make a living. We provide a value, and we’re paid for that insociety.

Separate from the issue of money, separate from being paid,just for a moment, is our work in the world, our form of service.Whether it’s volunteer, whether we’re paid a great deal of money,whether it required an education in medical or law school,engineering, or whether we do unskilled labor, we provide aservice in society. And that is what connects us up with the restof humanity, by providing a service. If you provide no servicefor anybody, you could be a lone wolf in the wildernesssomewhere. You’re not human in the same sense as if you go anddo something, where you meet people and interact, and are ableto help, in some small way.

I saw a little man, at a train station in Japan, who was polishingthe uprights at the metal gates. There were about 500 of them,and he was polishing each one very carefully. He was like a Zenmaster. Most people would consider this very “lowly” work.But, he was doing it with real skill and excellence. Then, hemoved on to the next upright. And he had 500 of these things todo. That was a service to the world. And it was no less than theservice that I provide, because he was doing it well, and so heconnected; he was part of the world.

What I think we want in life is not just happiness. What wewant is meaning and purpose and connection. And that gavehim a sense of connection. And so, even separate from money,

This large book describes how German engineersactually flew flying saucers shortly before the end ofWorld War II and how some of the Nazis escaped dueto help from the U.S’s own version of the SecretGovernment, and how they actually work today fromunderground bases around the world. SPECIAL

SECTION of photographs of Nazi-built flying saucersand stories told by our own pilots of encounters withso-called “Foo Fighters” during WW-II. Here is finalproof that not all UFOs come from outer space!

THE OMEGA FILES: SECRET NAZIUFO BASES REVEALED

$24.95(+S/H)


Code: TOF (1.5 lb.)

THE DULCE WARS: Underground AlienBases & The Battle For Planet Earth

$15.95(+S/H) SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERINGOR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866.

Is an alien “Fifth Column” already active on Earth preparingtotal conquest via implantations and mind control? In the cornerof a small town in America’s Southwest something very strange isgoing on. Did U.S. military forces perish recently in hand-to-handcombat with a group of hostile “Greys” who subsequently seizedcontrol of one of our top-secret underground bases? Includeslatest on animal mutilations, energy grids, secret societies, lostcivilizations, abductions, and missing time.

Code: TDW (0.75 lb.)

INTELLIGENCE AGENT’S SHOCKING REPORTFLYING SAUCERS COME FROM INSIDE EARTH!• Aliens have established

underground bases aroundthe planet.

• Ancient tunnel system hasexisted since time of Atlantis.The UFO enigma is more complex than generally

believed. Though it is commonly thought thatspaceships are arriving here from other solar systems,there is now evidence that several groups of ETs haveestablished bases beneath our very feet.


• Entrance ways can be foundin many major cities.

• Some government & militaryofficials have taken the sideof aliens.

$17.50(+S/H)Code: UAB (1.0 lb.)

INVISIBILITY & LEVITATION : A HOW-TOGUIDE TO PERSONAL PERFORMANCE

BY COMMANDER XMethods utilized by occultists, military, and martial

artists to perfect the art of levitation and invisibility.Throughout history only a “super” few have learnedto accomplish such seemingly impossible tasks.Were the blocks of the pyramids levitated into place?This is the only how-to book on a very strange topic.

SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866Code: IAL (0.75 lb.)$15.00(+S/H)

Visit the past and future with safe and proven methods. Wehave long been taught that time travel is impossible and thework of science fiction, but during the past several decadessecret agencies with the U.S. military have successfully beencrossing the barriers of space and time. Here is the shatteringevidence that we are being visited by “time surfers” from thefuture, and that we too can journey forward and backward in time.

The Authors: Commander X is formerly of militaryintelligence, having worked on several classified projects. TimSwartz is Emmy award-winning journalist.

TIME TRAVEL: A HOW-TO INSIDERS GUIDE

$15.00(+S/H)

Code: TTR (0.75 lb.)



work is important, and what we do isimportant. And it doesn’t have to be“spiritual” because spiritual work is notwhat we get out of the work; it’s what webring TO it. If we bring our attention andour dedication, and we bring quality to it,then that brings Spirit to whatever workwe do.

We could be an insurance salesman, andbe a spiritual insurance salesman. Itdoesn’t matter, if we do it with refinement.And hopefully it will end up not hurtingpeople.

Notice I haven’t spoken about money.It’s mostly about work. Now, money itselfoften comes from work. It’s just like sometrophies may come from athleticcompetition. But to do something just formoney is like doing sports just to get atrophy or a medal; someone has lost thepoint, somewhere. They’ve lost their way,because we ought to do things for thereown sake. We work to work. And if we’redoing it only to get a paycheck, then wemight want to look at how we approachour work, or look at changing our work, orboth.

Now, money itself is a form of energy. Ihad a terrible attitude issue with moneyyears ago. I was like the boxer Joe Lewis,when he once said: “I don’t really likemoney, but it calms my nerves.” I hadmixed feelings about money, especiallymoney and spirituality, because of all thebiblical quotations. You know what theyare:

“Money is the root of all evil.”“It’s more difficult for a rich man to

enter the Kingdom of Heaven than for acamel to pass through the eye of aneedle.”

There have been many interpretationsof those things that are not as literal aswhat most people assume. Most of thepopular media emphasizes that poorpeople are the salt of the Earth and good,and rich people are bad. Most movieshave good poor people, and bad richpeople.

One example is the movie It’s AWonderful Life. Most people have seenthat film. You have George Bailey and hisfamily; they’re humble, happy, and good.Money is a struggle, but he’s given-upwealth. Then there’s one of the wealthiestmen in the town, Mr. Potters, this evil,conniving, old spider of a man, who ownshalf the town and wants it all.

So, we’ve grown up, often, with ideasthat somehow money is bad. To have a lotof it, you must have done something bad,or taken advantage of people. We talkabout “the rich” and “the poor”, inquotes, as if that meant something.There’s no such thing as the rich and poor;they’re abstract ideas. Individuals arepoor—some more, some less. There arepeople, individuals, who are rich—somemore, some less—and some of the richpeople are greedy and mean, and some arekind and altruistic and have given moremoney to charities than I’ll ever be able toafford.

So, I had issues with money. I didn’trealize it until one day, when I waswatching two well-dressed, attractiveteenage girls get into a Mercedes sportscar. I looked at them, and if I could havegiven words to my thoughts, it would havebeen: “Look at those little rich girls.”

In that moment of self-reflection, Irealized I didn’t know them. They mighthave been very, very nice, kind,intelligent, people. But, because theyappeared to have a lot of money, justbecause of that one fact, I thoughtnegatively about them.

In that moment I realized, if that washow I felt about money, I sure wasn’tgoing to attract much of it. At thatmoment in time, I was mastering my“poverty consciousness” phase of life. Iwas working two jobs, struggling along asa typist at a law firm and a real estate firm,working all day and making very littlemoney. It started the process of turningaround, and I started reflecting on: “Whatis money? Is it good or bad?”

Since that time,money is neither myGod nor my Devil.Money is a form ofenergy. If my car isbroken, I can use myenergy to f ix it,crawl underneathand start working onit, or I can paysomebody whoknows how to do itwell—green energy,give them some ofthat, and they fix it.

Money is energy.It is a medium of

exchange, instead of bartering everything.It’s a convenient medium of exchange.And money doesn’t care who has it. Itapplies to certain rules. If you get a goodeducation, and certain occupations aremore rare and are valued in society, thatpay more, then you can make moremoney.

Some people seem to have a little moretalent with money; other people havemore issues with it. But I think it isimportant to look at our beliefs, to at leastexplore them.

Then, since I’ve emphasized what weactually do, start focusing on how can Iuse my talents and my interests to createstability and sufficiency in that regard.So, when I talk about managing ourmoney, it’s not about getting rich or, onthe other extreme, giving all our moneyaway to the poor. It’s about achievingsufficiency and stability, a foundationwhere, if the car breaks down, we can writea check and get it fixed. We don’t have tohave an emotional trauma.

So, it’s not a preoccupation. We do ourjob; we get paid; we live where we can,within our means—and you know what?Making a lot of money is not the answer,because you can make a lot of money andend up spending even more. I’veexperienced that myself.

As I’ve done better, and my books havesold, and my seminars, I make a lot moremoney than I once did—but for sure, ourexpenses tend to increase. We’ve chosenIvy League schools for our daughters,many thousands of dollars; we live in anexpensive area, Marin County, California,so we pay a large mortgage, and so on.

Thus, just because one makes a biggersalary doesn’t mean that’s the answer,because people tend to then spend to thatlevel. That’s why the Second Gateway ofthat book [Everyday Enlightenment] is“Reclaim Your Will”—because we need toapply will to our f inances. It takesabsolute will and discipline to live withinour means, to save money, to put away10% of everything we make. That’s justan arbitrary figure, but can you image, formost people, if they put 10 cents on everysingle dollar they ever made in a savingsaccount, what they would have now?Sounds like a modest idea. “Oh no, youhave to do more than that.” But, 10 centsof every dollar, you put away. That’s apractical thing.

I could say more about money, if youhave any specific questions about it.Those would be my comments aboutmoney, and our relationship to it, to firstexamine: “Is it unspiritual? Who is morespiritual? Someone who has learned tolive off the land and spends no money,and has a little trailer up in the hills, and

Nostradamus: Predictions Of World War IIIAfter the 9/11/01 disaster at the World Trade

Center, there is a renewed interested in whatthe great seer Nostradamus had to say. Thisbook is a serious study of his predictions,based upon the author’s research into theoriginal manuscripts. His work detai ls thestruggle that is going on in the Middle Eastand the ongoing conflict between the Christianworld and the Islamic world. Jack Manuelianhas combed through the prophecies of moremodern seers, pointing out how they may agreewith what Nostradamus had to say. He offershope for mankind, but admits that it is troubledtimes we live in. What wil l be the outcome?Read the book and decide for yourself.

$15.00(+S/H)Code: NOST (1.0 lb.)



grows their own food, is that person morespiritual because they don’t involvedthemselves with money? Or, is someonemore spiritual who has developed acreative idea, and created a businessthrough their labors and efforts, and nowemploys 20 people, and helps support 20families, and are providing a service in theworld? “Who is more spiritual?” I wouldask. That’s something we need to explore,our attitudes toward money, and ourbehaviors regarding getting it.

If my daughters had ever walked up tome directly and said: “Dad, what should Ido for a living?” I’d say: “Find out whatyou love, and get someone to pay you forit.” Now that’s idealistic, but I don’t thinkit’s bad advice.

Let me say one more thing aboutmoney. I don’t mean to be idealistic here.Not all of us love our work, everyday. I’vefound something I’m good at—writingand speaking and teaching. It doesn’tmean that I love every single thing aboutit—hopping on airplanes, travelingeverywhere, and so on. Nobody lovestheir work all the time.

I believe we can make good money,however we define that for ourselves,which is different for different people,based on their needs—if they are single ormarried, have a large family, and so on—but, we can do 3 things: First, we canmake good money; second, we can bedoing what we enjoy or doing work thatwe find basic satisfaction in, that matchesour interests and talents; and third, dosuch while serving other people. And Ithink all three of those are important. Ifyou only have 2 out of the 3, it doesn’twork for long.

Make good money; do what you enjoy;serve other people. That would be a goodrecommendation, a goal, for people toseek out and find—but not to engage in anever-ending search for “the perfectoccupation”. It’s like finding the perfectsoulmate.

It’s more about just exploring.Continuing an ongoing exploration ofwhat are your talents, what are yourinterests, and handling what is in front ofyou. And taking the best optionsavailable, at the time, while continuing toconsider what you love doing, or whatyou enjoy, what you have talents at, andmake the best money you can.

It’s complicated because it involvesself-worth issues. For some people, moneyburns a hole in their pocket, or they’reafraid to value themselves enough to askfor what their time is worth to them. Thereare many psychological attributes oraspects to money. It’s our way of“keeping track” of our sense of self-worthand other variables in life, our energy, how

effective we are, how well we function. It’snot magic.

When I go to speak to these young kidswho are incarcerated, I ask myself: “Whatwill I recommend to them, when they getout of prison, if they do? Shall they goand get a job at McDonald’s, making $8an hour or $10 an hour, when they canmake $300 an hour selling drugs?”

How do I tell them: “Don’t do that; it’sbetter making $10 an hour being anhonest person.” These are philosophicalissues that are extremely complex, and Iwouldn’t presume to come up with anyeasy solution.

But we each make our choices, and Ibelieve that change happens not becauseof ideas of right and wrong. I won’t tellthese young people in jail that this is rightand that is wrong, and you should doright and you shouldn’t do wrong,because I haven’t helped them, so far.They know that.

Rather than right and wrong, with these

young people I will emphasizeconsequences. If you behave one way,you’re more likely to have these kinds ofconsequences, and if you behave anotherway, you’re more likely to have a differentset of consequences.

Having said that, let’s move on.Martin: You suggested, earlier, that the

only thing people can do is concentrateon their behavior. Now, if behavior hasbeen a problem for people, how do yourecommend, or suggest, that peoplechange their behavior, especially if theyare having a problem with addiction, oreating, or what-have-you?

Millman: First of all, I wouldn’tsuggest that the ONLY thing we can do isconcentrate on our behavior. There aretimes for introspections, to notice whatkinds of thoughts we have, and whatkinds of emotions we have coming up.You can learn from them. But I’msuggesting that it makes more sense topay more attention to, and put more

• Sensational never-seen-before documents frominside the White House, CIA, and other agencies.

• Reveals the documentary evidence that links U.S.Vice-President Dick Cheney and Secretary ofDefense Donald Rumsfeld to the cover-up of thedeath of top CIA scientist, Frank Olson.

• How the CIA financed a ruthless and systematicassault of the human psyche—using a British-born psychiatrist to spearhead the assault.

• Names other world-renowned physicians who wereinvolved in the most sinister research programever created by any United States governmentand its secret partner, the British government.

• How a woman was programmed to become a CIAassassin.

• How a CIA chemist was murdered by his owncolleagues after he had turned to the one man hethought he could trust—a London psychiatristengaged in similar work.

• How “expendables”—the CIA generic name forthose selected for killing—were secretly murderedafter they had been experimented on in Europe.

• How the CIA used prostitutes and mental patientsin other experiments.

• How the CIA deliberately pioneered the drugculture whose effects are still with us.

• How the CIA agent selected to monitor theexperiments eventually died at the hands of aphysician steeped in the methods perfected bythe CIA.

• How the CIA experiments are still carried on insecret establishments in Israel and China.

To download your copy, go to: http://spectrum.globe-intel.net

The Untold Story Behind CIA ExperimentsWith MK-Ultra & Germ Warfare.

America’s Great State Secretby Gordon Thomas

(Author of: Seeds Of Fire: China And The StoryBehind The Attack On America)

Now published for the first time as an originale-book (only available via the Internet).

MINDFIELD

• Uncovers CIAt e r m i n a lexperiments onV i e t c o n gprisoners inVietnam.

• Publishes the CIA Manual Of Assassination—ashocking document describing how to commitstate-approved murder.This is a shattering account of how the dark side

of science collaborated with sheer lunacy to createa chilling tour-de-force of terror. Based uponimpeccable research, it shows how our electedgovernments lied to the people for over fifty years,and continues to obscure the truth. It is a story ofmurder, inhuman experiments, and torture.

It is also the story of a brave man, WilliamBuckley, the longest-serving agent in the CIA untilhis own terrible death at the hands of a doctortrained in the techniques the CIA pioneered.Buckley was a close personal friend of the author.

All this and more is supported by a wealth ofnever-before-published evidence and personalinterviews with those doctors involved in the workthat mocks their oath to do no harm to theirpatients. An incredible document of Truth!

Price is $20.00


energy into, what we have more controlover—rather than less control over.

So, fine, we’re talking about behavior,in that light. You said: “How to controlbehavior.” When someone asked me“how” to do anything, I usually suggest tothem that they already know how.Everybody knows how to modify theirbehavior. Easiest thing in the world—still, let me take that back. SIMPLESTthing in the world—not easy, but simple,very simple. Don’t do what you weredoing. Do something different. Is thateasy? No.

The extreme example? Somebody whois doing a behavior that is shooting drugsinto their veins. To say “don’t do thatanymore; stop doing that” sounds naïve,sounds ludicrous—and yet, let’s look atthat for a moment. There’s one critic of mybook who said: “Dan Millman is tellingaddicts just to stop, without evensuggesting a treatment program.”

I recognize, of course, that some addictshave benefited immensely by going toN.A. or A.A. or having intervention ofletting family care about them. Somepeople stop because they hit bottom,whatever that is for them. Some peoplestop an addictive behavior because theyget frightened enough, or inspiredenough.

But, no matter what avenue they take,whether it’s 26 rehabilitation programs, inand out, whether they change overnight,whether they go through, for years, up anddown, falling back, recidivism, everysingle addict who does successfully stop,stops exactly the same way. They finallyreach the point where they behavedifferently; they stop doing the action of

shooting or snorting or drinking orhowever they deliver those drugs. Isn’tthat true?

Martin: That’s absolutely true.Millman: Everybody stops the same

way. Now, whether it’s going to take thema day or an hour or an instant or 20 years,that is going to be their choice. But, thepoint I make is, they are not out ofcontrol. Nobody has taken possession oftheir arms and legs. Even in cases ofaddictive substances, people can gothrough hell of withdrawal, extremelyunpleasant, and yet people have stopped.How did they do it? They just did it.

Now, can I give keys? I’d be the DrugCzar, I’d be the wisest man in the world, ifI could give a key how everyone could doit easier, and so on. Some people find itwithin themselves to hold on and, whetheryou call it will, whether you call it Spirit,they just go through it and fight the goodfight. And it’s a life-and-death struggle.

Stopping tobacco is 4½ times asaddictive as heroin. That is a life-and-death struggle. The only people who Iadmire more than those who have neverbeen addicted to anything, are those whohave been and got over it. Nobody quitsonce; they quit a thousand times.

Every time the recovered addict feelslike saying “just one more; if I everneeded it, I need it now” or “I’m justgoing to show I can handle it”—everytime one of those instances happen, theyare confronted with saying to themselves“no” or they say “yes”—but they don’t doit; they don’t do the behavior.

So, when you say: “How do you changeyour behavior?”

My answer is: “It’s easy; just change it.”

But many people, when they ask“How?”, they’re really asking: “What’sthe easy way? What’s the shortcut? Giveme a technique.” And there are plenty ofpeople out there who will do that! So Isay: “Go and see one of them, if youneed techniques.”

Martin: [Laughter]Millman: But it’s still going to come

down to: “What are you going to DO,right now?”

Martin: Ultimately it gets back tomaking a choice.

Millman: And you make a choice byhow you behave, not in your head. Inother words, Shoma Morita, M.D., thatJapanese psychiatrist I mentioned earlier,once said: “When running up a hill, it’sok to give up as many times as you want,as long as your feet keep moving.”

Martin: [Laughter]Martin: Let’s shift to your new novel

on Socrates. What would you like toshare about your new book?

Millman: Recently I wrote a bookcalled Living On Purpose, and it was afun book to write, which is rare, and it’smy most reader-friendly book. It’swonderfully formatted, I have to say, inthese little bite-sized sections. The bookis centered around 24 of what Socratesused to call “House Rules” or “SpiritualLaws” for living. It presents these 24“House Rules” like:

Earth is a school, and daily life is aclassroom.

Our teachers appear in many forms.Lessons reappear until we learn them.If we don’t learn easy lessons, they get

harder.Consequences teach better than

concepts.Only action brings ideas to life.Timing is everything.Play to your strengths.Judge with compassion.Simplicity has power.Life is a series of moments.And so on. It has 24 of these rules.Each section asks a big question like:

“Is there a larger purpose in living?”Then, one of the House Rules answersthat question, followed by a littleepigram that explains it.

Then, I have two questions andanswers. And these are questions thatI’ve been asked about real life, realproblems, from real people. I’ve editedthe questions for simplicity and clarity,but I didn’t make them up. Then, Ianswer them.

My assistant, years ago, saw somenotes of these and said: “These are reallygood answers, Dan; you should writethese down.” So, I ended up using themto illustrate how the House Rules work.

David Icke exposes the real storybehind global events which shape thefuture of human existence and theworld we leave our children.Fearlessly, he lifts the veil on anastonishing web of interconnectedmanipulation to reveal that the samefew people, secret societies, andorganizations control the dailydirection of our lives. They engineerthe wars, violent revolutions, terroristoutrages, and political assassinations;they control the world market in harddrugs and the media indoctrinationmachine. Every global negative eventof the 20th Century, and earlier, can betraced back to the same Global Elite,and some of the names involved arevery well known. Never before has thisweb, its personnel, and methods beenrevealed in such a detailed anddevastating fashion.

...and the truth shall set you free

$24.95 (+ S/H )OVER 500 PAGES

Icke reveals thee s o t e r i cbackground to theglobal conspiracyand offers aninspiring spiritualsolution in whichevery man, woman,and child on planetEarth breaks freefrom the dailyprogramming—the“coup d’état on thehuman mind”—andtakes back theirinfinite power tothink for themselves and decide theirown destiny. His words are designed toinspire all of us to fling open the door ofthe mental prison we build forourselves, and to walk into the light offreedom.


Code: TSSF (1.5 lb.)


The reason I’ve mentioned that book,and the formatting of it, is because after Iwrote that book, all of a sudden Irealized: Wow, I’ve written 11 books—two for children, the rest for adults; twoof them are like fact/f iction, likePeaceful Warrior and Sacred Journey,one was a parable, like The Laws OfSpirit, and the rest are non-fiction, self-help books.

I looked around, after I finished LivingOn Purpose, and I said to myself: Youknow what? I think I’m done. I thinkI’ve said what I have to say. Theteachings are there in the books.

And I really felt—then I was 54 yearsold—a sense of completion. I’ve neverwritten a book just to have another bookout. I hope that’s refreshing. Every bookhas had to justify itself, and been adifferent facet of what I call a peacefulwarrior’s approach to living. Each one isa different piece of the puzzle of personalgrowth, spiritual growth.

People have read one of my books sixtimes; people tell me this. I want toanswer them: “You would have beenbetter off reading six of my books once!”Because each one really does havedifferent information. My book The LifeYou Were Born To Live has uncanny,accurate information to help clarifypeople’s life purpose.

Martin: I have it right in front of me.Millman: Each book is quite

different. But I’ve reached a point whereI thought I was done. And so, what I’mgoing to write now is what I startedwriting. I love story.

There’s an old proverb: “God inventedmen and women because God lovesstories.” And I love story.

I’m going back; from now on, thebooks I write will be story. My new bookwon’t probably be out until 2004; it’s along process. Even though I’vecompleted the first draft, I have a numberof rewrites to do, feedback, and so on.That book is The Journal Of Socrates.It’s a novel, based on his journal abouthis life, from people who asked: “How inthe world did this guy Socrates, whotaught you, how did he learn? How didhe become a warrior like this? Was hemarried? Where did he come from?What teachers did he have?” And so, thisanswers all the questions, and solves amystery that was even unanswered byme, until I finished the journal.

I was surprised, at the end, and my eyesfilled with tears. When I’m moved, it’sprobably a good sign for my readers. Imade a huge leap. I’m actuallybecoming a true novelist. People whohave looked at the book so far, have saidthat it’s the best writing I’ve ever done.

time to embody what we’ve learned, thatwe do the best we can, each day, and overtime, our practice gets better.

The best words that I can leave yourreaders with are ones I’m about to readfrom the Epilog of my smallest book, TheLaws Of Spirit—many people’s favoriteof my books. In this book, I meet anageless woman sage, up in themountains, through the wilderness,through the natural world, and thechanging seasons, the streams flowingdown the hill, the growing trees. TrueNature has always been my primaryteacher. This sage teaches me twelvespiritual laws, and when we’re about tosay farewell, this is her farewell to me,and this is my farewell to your readers,for now:

She said: “These are my wishes andprayers for you, all the days of your life:

“May you find grace, as you surrenderto life.

“May you find happiness, as you stopseeking it.

“May you come to trust these Laws,and inherit the wisdom of the Earth.

“May you reconnect with the heart ofNature, and feel the blessing of Spirit.

“The challenges of daily life willremain” she said, “and you will tend toforget what I have shown you. But, adeeper part of you will remember, andwhen you do, life’s problems will seemno more substantial than soap bubbles.

“The path will open before you, wherebefore there grew only weeds ofconfusion. Your future, the future of allhumanity, is the Path Into The Light, intoa growing realization of your unity withthe Creator, and our Creation.

“And what lies beyond is beyonddescription. Even when the sky appearsat its darkest, know that the Sun shinesever upon you, and love surrounds you,and that the pure Light within you willguide your way home.

“So, trust the process of your lifeunfolding, and know with certainty,through the peaks and valleys of yourjourney, that your soul rests safe andsecure in the arms of Spirit.”

And that’s probably a pretty good wayto end.

Martin: That’s a beautiful place toend. On behalf of our readers, I reallyappreciate your taking the time to do thistoday.

Millman: You seem to have a reallygood sense of integrity and energy, andyou’re willing to do a long interview.I’m so tired of “sound bites”! I reallylike the opportunity to wax forth. I wishyou and your readers well, and I hopethat this serves, in some way, to bring ina little more Light. S

So, I feel quite good about it, at thispoint. But I’m not going to say muchmore about it, beyond that. I don’t wantto give any hints, but I think it will takethe reader into a new dimension. Thereare certainly going to be some momentsof philosophy, and hopefully somewisdom. Most of the lessons that peoplewill learn in that book will be throughreading about one man’s odyssey, and hisvisits to Heaven and Hell, and the painsand joys of his life. That’s how we learn.

From here on out, as far as I can tell,I’m going to primarily be a novelist, andwrite stories that inspire people. Thatgoes back to The Way Of The PeacefulWarrior, so maybe that will be good newsfor my readers.

Martin: What closing remarks wouldyou have for our readers out there whoare very attentive to what you are saying,and who are living the honorable andgood life, service to others, what words ofencouragement and empowerment wouldyou have for people to hang-in there?

Millman: Something that I’veobserved over time, the last two or threedecades, is that it can take up to 10 yearsto embody what we’ve learned; it cantake that long. I would suggest—in fact,it’s the last House Rule in my bookLiving On Purpose—which is: “Begentle with yourself.” We want to showourselves the same kindness that wewould show other people.

Professor Aldous Huxley, when he wasnear death, one of his students askedhim: “After all of the studies you’ve donearound the world, a really in-depthengagement of the different spiritualtraditions, can you summarize, somehow,what you’ve learned?”

And Professor Huxley, quite agentleman, said: “I’m a little embarrassedto say that I can probably summarize itall in about six words: Try to be a littlekinder.”

Maybe it comes down to that. Littlethings make a big difference. We’relearning. Each day we live, we makemistakes, and we learn. For all oursophisticated knowledge, and all we’vegained in reading and listening to otherteachers and ideas and philosophies andesoteric knowledge, it comes down towhat we DO, moment to moment.

My life is very busy, as I’m sure manyreaders’ lives are busy, but my life hasbecome quite simple when I recognizethat I can only do one thing at a time.So, it’s a call to come back to the presentmoment, to simplify, and to set aside, fora time, all these ideas and philosophiesand concepts, and come back to a directrelationship with life, moment tomoment. Recognize that it does take


The Enemy Withinby Gore Vidal

Editor’s note: We would be remiss inour duties if we failed to share thefollowing writing from renowned authorGore Vidal with you. Like the well-documented, parallel article elsewherein this issue of The SPECTRUM calledStranger Than Fiction, Vidal backs hisscathing criticism of “the Bush junta”with a powerhouse of in-depthreferences to support some seriousassertions and inferences.

As was pointed out back in ourNovember 2002 issue, when we sharedan interview with this controversialtranslator of the Public Pulse, wepresent the following not because it isparticularly aware of the Larger Picture,say in the way an essay from David Ickewould be, and as most conscientiousreaders of this publication would seethings.

Rather, what Gore Vidal does is act asa kind of articulate and precise “moralbarometer” for the average thinkingperson (thus his longtime, well-earnedpopularity as a provocative andexacting writer).

The “glimmers of awakening” heshares here therefore speak volumesabout the steadily growing number ofAmericans who are NOT comfortablyunder the spell of the Global Elite’srelentless mind-control machinery. AndTHAT’S something to note well—sinceyou can be sure these World Controllersare monitoring the situation withgrowing panic!

For example, in addition to The(London) Observer that carried Vidal’sarticle, both the BBC and Canadian TVare beginning to hint at a BushAdministration involvement in 9/11.And, as well, these news sources havebeen more honest about the huge level ofprotests worldwide against Bush’snarrowminded push for war with Iraq.

( While we’re on this subject of protest,a major march on Washington DC isplanned for January 18, 2003. Fordetails and busses leaving from anumber of major cities, see thewww.internationalanswer.org Internetwebsite, and also see the article on this

subject in this month’s News Deskcolumn.)

To see what Canadian television hasto say about Bush, the CIA, and 9/11terror complicity, you readers withcomputer access can utilize RealPlayerVideo and go to the http://c l ien ts . loudeye .com/ imc/mayday/mediafile.ram Internet website. And tosee what the BBC has said, in the sameRealPlayer Video format, go to the http://news.bbc.co.uk/olmedia/cta/progs/newsnight/attack22.ram Internet website.(Keep in mind that these websites couldbecome “unavailable” at any time forobvious reasons.)

As we shared in two very heatedstories in last month’s News Desk, thepublic is awakening to the Americanmedia’s underhanded involvement in thescam to fabricate what we are to believeis reality. This public awakening is due,in large measure, to the blatantlyoutrageous level of the media’s lyingthese days. After all, even the well-developed “fish that got away” story hasto stay within certain bounds to bebelievable!

As one well-informed Internetsentiment put it:

“GW Bush is using 9/11 and his‘mandate’ from the people to lead theworld into brutal wars on poor andbrutalized people. There are some VERYdisturbing issues around 9/11 and Mr.Bush. Issues that have been completelycovered up by the U.S. media. The U.S.MEDIA IS PLAYING A HEAVY-HANDEDROLE IN CREATING A VERYDANGEROUS GLOBAL SITUATION.

“It began after the American electionwas stolen in 2000. The BBC did adocumentary detailing how Jeb Bush,GW Bush, and Kathleen Harris stole theelection through illegal tactics. Thisstory was COMPLETELY censored in theU.S. media.

“This year 400 family members of 9/11victims filed a lawsuit against membersof the Bush Administration for‘complicity’ in 9/11, allowing it tohappen for political gain. These 9/11family members held a press conference

at the national press club, which wasnearly completely boycotted by U.S.media, including C-SPAN, who wouldnot only not air it, but refused to recordit. This story was COMPLETELYcensored in the U.S. media (except theSan Francisco Examiner).

“The BBC and Canadian TV havedone documentaries indicting Bush forlikely complicity in allowing 9/11 tooccur. These stories are COMPLETELYcensored in the U.S. media.

“This week Gore Vidal wrote a columnin The (London) Observer indicting Bushfor 9/11 complicity. Again,COMPLETELY censored in U.S. media.”

Well, not quite completely—’causehere it is, in FULL form, including theReferences ( from the www.ratical.org/ratville/CAH/EnemyWithin.html Internetwebsite).

It begins with a telling Preface writtenby The ( London) Observer:

“Gore Vidal is America’s mostcontroversial writer and a ferocious,often isolated, critic of the BushAdministration. Here, against abackdrop of spreading unease aboutAmerica’s response to the events of 11September 2001 and their aftermath, wepublish Vidal’s remarkable personalpolemic urging a shocking newinterpretation of who was to blame.”

10/27/02 GORE VIDAL

Introduction

On 24 August 1814, things lookedvery dark for freedom’s land. That wasthe day the British captured WashingtonDC and set fire to the Capitol and theWhite House.

President Madison took refuge in thenearby Virginia woods, where he waitedpatiently for the notoriously shortattention span of the Brits to kick in,which it did. They moved on and whatmight have been a Day of Utter Darknessturned out to be something of a bonanzafor the DC building trades and up-marketrealtors.

One year after 9/11, we still don’t know

Pho

to b

y M

urdo

Mac

leod


by whom we were struck that infamousTuesday, or for what true purpose. But itis fairly plain to many civil-libertariansthat 9/11 applied not only to much ofour fragile Bill Of Rights, but also to ouronce-envied system of government whichhad taken a mortal blow the previousyear when the Supreme Court did a littledance in 5/4 time and replaced apopularly elected president with the oiland gas Cheney/Bush junta.

Meanwhile, our more and moreunaccountable government is pursuingall sorts of games around the world thatwe-the-spear-carriers (formerly thepeople) will never learn of. Even so, wehave been getting some answers to thequestion: why weren’t we warned inadvance of 9/11?

Apparently, we were, repeatedly; forthe better part of a year, we were toldthere would be unfriendly visitors to ourskies some time in September 2001, butthe government neither informed norprotected us despite Mayday warningsfrom Presidents Putin and Mubarak, fromMossad, and even from elements of ourown FBI. A joint panel of congressionalintelligence committees reported (19September 2002, New York Times) that, asearly as 1996, Pakistani terrorist AbdulHakim Murad confessed to federal agentsthat he was “learning to fly in order tocrash a plane into CIA HQ”.

Only CIA director George Tenetseemed to take the various threatsseriously. In December 1998, he wrote tohis deputies that “we are at war” withOsama bin Laden. So impressed was theFBI by his warnings that by 20September 2001, “the FBI still had onlyone analyst assigned full time to al-Qaeda”.

From a briefing prepared for Bush atthe beginning of July 2001: “We believethat OBL [Osama bin Laden] will launcha significant terrorist attack against U.S.and/or Israeli interests in the comingweeks. The attack will be spectacularand designed to inflict mass casualtiesagainst U.S. facilities or interests. Attackpreparations have been made. Attackwill occur with little or no warning.”

And so it came to pass; yetCondoleezza Rice, the National SecurityAdvisor, says she never suspected thatthis meant anything more than thekidnapping of planes.

Happily, somewhere over the Beltway,there is Europe—recently declared anti-Semitic by the US media because most ofEurope wants no war with Iraq and thejunta does, for reasons we may now beginto understand thanks to European andAsian investigators with their relativelyfree media.

On the subject “How And WhyAmerica Was Attacked On 11 September,2001”, the best, most balanced report,thus far, is by Nafeez MossadeqAhmed [1]. Yes, yes, I know he is one ofThem. But they often know things thatwe don’t—particularly about what we areup to. A political scientist, Ahmed isexecutive director of the Institute for

Policy Research and Development [2] “athink-tank dedicated to the promotion ofhuman rights, justice, and peace” inBrighton. His book, The War OnFreedom [3], has just been published inthe US by a small but reputablepublisher.

Ahmed provides a background for ourongoing war against Afghanistan, a viewthat in no way coincides with what theadministration has told us. He has drawnon many sources, most tellingly onAmerican whistleblowers who arebeginning to come forth and bearwitness—like those FBI agents whowarned their supervisors that al-Qaedawas planning a kamikaze strike againstNew York and Washington, only to betold that if they went public with thesewarnings they would suffer under theNational Security Act.

Several of these agents have engagedDavid P. Schippers [4], chiefinvestigative counsel for the US HouseJudiciary Committee, to represent themin court. The majestic Schippersmanaged the successful impeachment ofPresident Clinton in the House ofRepresentatives. He may, if the Iraqi warshould go wrong, be obliged to performthe same high service for Bush, whoallowed the American people to gounwarned about an imminent attackupon two of our cities as pre-emption of aplanned military strike by the US againstthe Taliban.

The Guardian for 26 September2001 [5] reported that in July 2001 agroup of interested parties met in a

Berlin hotel to listen to a former StateDepartment official, Lee Coldren, as hepassed on a message from the BushAdministration that: “ ‘the United Stateswas so disgusted with the Taliban thatthey might be considering some militaryaction’.... The chilling quality of thisprivate warning was that it came—according to one of those present, thePakistani diplomat Niaz Naik—accompanied by specific details of howBush would succeed.” Four days earlier,the Guardian had reported that “Osamabin Laden and the Taliban receivedthreats of possible American militaryaction against them two months beforethe terrorist assaults on New York andWashington...[which] raises thepossibility that bin Laden was launchinga pre-emptive strike in response to whathe saw as US threats.” A replay of the“day of infamy” in the Pacific 62 yearsearlier?

Why The US NeededA Eurasian Adventure

On 9 September 2001, Bush waspresented with a draft of a nationalsecurity presidential directive outlininga global campaign of military,diplomatic, and intelligence actiontargeting al-Qaeda, buttressed by thethreat of war.

According to NBC News: “PresidentBush was expected to sign detailed plansfor a worldwide war against al-Qaeda...but did not have the chancebefore the terrorist attacks.... Thedirective, as described to NBC News, wasessentially the same war plan as the oneput into action after 11 September. Theadministration most likely was able torespond so quickly...because it simplyhad to pull the plans ‘off the shelf’.”

Finally, BBC News, 18 September2001: “Niaz Naik, a former Pakistanforeign secretary, was told by seniorAmerican off icials in mid-July thatmilitary action against Afghanistanwould go ahead by the middle ofOctober. It was Naik’s view thatWashington would not drop its war forAfghanistan even if bin Laden were to besurrendered immediately by the Taliban.”

Was Afghanistan then turned to rubblein order to avenge the 3,000 Americansslaughtered by Osama? Hardly. Theadministration is convinced thatAmericans are so simple-minded thatthey can deal with no scenario morecomplex than the venerable lone, crazedkiller (this time with zombie helpers)who does evil just for the fun of it ’causehe hates us, ’cause we’re rich ’n free ’nhe’s not.

Pho

togr

aph

© S

tath

is O

rpha

nos

Gore Vidal


Osama was chosen on aestheticgrounds to be the most frightening logofor our long contemplated invasion andconquest of Afghanistan, planning forwhich had been “contingency” someyears before 9/11 and, again, from 20December 2000, when Clinton’s out-going team devised a plan to strike at al-Qaeda in retaliation for the assault on thewarship Cole. Clinton’s NationalSecurity Advisor, Sandy Berger,personally briefed his successor on theplan, but Rice, still very much in her roleas director of Chevron-Texaco, withspecial duties regarding Pakistan andUzbekistan, now denies any suchbriefing. A year and a half later (12August 2002), fearless Time magazinereported this odd memory lapse.

Osama, if it was he and not a nation,simply provided the necessary shock toput in train a war of conquest. Butconquest of what? What is there indismal dry sandy Afghanistan worthconquering?

Zbigniew Brzezinski tells us exactlywhat in a 1997 Council on ForeignRelations study called The GrandChessboard: American Primacy And ItsGeostrategic Imperatives. [6]

The Polish-born Brzezinski was thehawkish National Security Advisor toPresident Carter. In The GrandChessboard, Brzezinski gives a littlehistory lesson:

“Ever since the continents startedinteracting politically, some 500 yearsago, Eurasia has been the centre of worldpower.” Eurasia is all the territory east ofGermany. This means Russia, the MiddleEast, China, and parts of India.Brzezinski acknowledges that Russia andChina, bordering oil-rich central Asia, arethe two main powers threatening UShegemony in that area.

He takes it for granted that the US mustexert control over the former Sovietrepublics of Central Asia, known to thosewho love them as “the Stans”:Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan andKyrgyzstan [also Afghanistan,Kazakhstan, and Pakistan; a total ofseven nations constitute the “Stans”.See the February 2002 NationalGeographic for an exceptional article onthis area.] all “of importance from thestandpoint of security and historicalambitions to at least three of their mostimmediate and most powerfulneighbors—Russia, Turkey, and Iran,with China signaling”.

Brzezinski notes how the world’senergy consumption keeps increasing;hence, who controls Caspian oil/gas willcontrol the world economy. Brzezinskithen, reflexively, goes into the standard

American rationalization for empire.We want nothing, ever, for ourselves,

only to keep bad people from gettinggood things with which to hurt goodpeople. “It follows that America’sprimary interest is to help ensure that nosingle [other] power comes to control thegeopolitical space and that the globalcommunity has unhindered financial andeconomic access to it.”

Brzezinski is quite aware thatAmerican leaders are wonderfullyignorant of history and geography, so hereally lays it on, stopping just short ofinvoking politically incorrect “manifestdestiny”. He reminds the Council justhow big Eurasia is. Seventy-five percentof the world’s population is Eurasian. If Ihave done the sums right, that means thatwe’ve only got control, to date, of a mere25 percent of the world’s folks.

More! “Eurasia accounts for 60percent of the world’s GNP and three-fourths of the world’s known energyresources.” Brzezinski’s master plan for“our” globe has obviously been acceptedby the Cheney-Bush junta. CorporateAmerica, long over-excited by Eurasianmineral wealth, has been aboard from thebeginning.

Ahmed sums up: “Brzezinski clearlyenvisaged that the establishment,consolidation, and expansion of USmilitary hegemony over Eurasia throughCentral Asia would require theunprecedented open-ended militarisationof foreign policy, coupled with anunprecedented manufacture of domesticsupport and consensus on thismilitarisation campaign.”

Afghanistan is the gateway to all theseriches. Will we fight to seize them?

It should never be forgotten that theAmerican people did not want to fight ineither of the twentieth century’s worldwars, but President Wilson maneuveredus into the First, while PresidentRoosevelt maneuvered the Japanese intostriking the first blow at Pearl Harbor,causing us to enter the Second, as theresult of a massive external attack.

Brzezinski understands all this and,in 1997, he is thinking ahead—as wellas backward. “Moreover, as Americabecomes an increasingly multiculturalsociety, it may find it more difficult tofashion a consensus on foreign policyissues, except in the circumstance of atruly massive and widely perceiveddirect external threat.” Thus was thesymbolic gun produced that belchedblack smoke over Manhattan and thePentagon.

Since the Iran-Iraq wars, Islam has beendemonized as a Satanic terrorist cult thatencourages suicide attacks—contrary, it

should be noted, to the Islamic religion.Osama has been portrayed, accurately, itwould seem, as an Islamic zealot. Inorder to bring this evil-doer to justice(“dead or alive”), Afghanistan, the objectof the exercise, was made safe not onlyfor democracy—but for Union Oil ofCalifornia whose proposed pipeline fromTurkmenistan to Afghanistan to Pakistanand the Indian Ocean port of Karachi hadbeen abandoned under the Taliban’schaotic regime.

Currently, the pipeline is a go-projectthanks to the junta’s installation of aUnocal employee (John J. Maresca) as USenvoy to the newly born democracy [7]whose president, Hamid Karzai, is also,according to Le Monde, a formeremployee of a Unocal subsidiary.Conspiracy? Coincidence!

Once Afghanistan looked to be withinthe fold, the junta, which had managed topull off a complex diplomatic-militarycaper—abruptly replaced Osama, thepersonification of evil, with Saddam.

This has been hard to explain sincethere is nothing to connect Iraq with theevents of 9/11. Happily, “evidence” isnow being invented. But it is uphillwork, not helped by stories in the pressabout the vast oil wealth of Iraq whichmust—for the sake of the free world—bereassigned to US and Europeanconsortiums.

As Brzezinski foretold, “a trulymassive and widely perceived directexternal threat” made it possible for thePresident to dance a war dance beforeCongress. “A long war!” he shouted withglee. Then he named an incoherent Axisof Evil to be fought. Although Congressdid not give him the FDR Special—adeclaration of war—he did getpermission to go after Osama, who maynow be skulking in Iraq.

Bush And The Dog That

Did Not Bark

Post-9/11, the American media werefilled with pre-emptory denunciations ofunpatriotic “conspiracy theorists”, whonot only are always with us but areusually easy for the media to discreditsince it is an article of faith that there areno conspiracies in American life.

Yet, a year or so ago, who would havethought that most of corporate Americahad been conspiring with accountants tocook their books since—well, at least thebright days of Reagan and deregulation?Ironically, less than a year after themassive danger from without, we wereconfronted with an even greater enemyfrom within: Golden Calf capitalism.

Transparency? One fears that greater


transparency will only reveal armies ofmaggots at work beneath the skin of aculture that needs a bit of a lie-down inorder to collect itself before taking itsnext giant step—which is to conquerEurasia, a potentially fatal adventure notonly for our frazzled institutions, but forus, the presently living.

Complicity. The behavior of PresidentGeorge W. Bush on 11 Septembercertainly gives rise to all sorts of notunnatural suspicions. I can think of noother modern chief of state who wouldcontinue to pose for “warm” pictures ofhimself listening to a young girl tellingstories about her pet goat while hijackedplanes were into three buildings.

Constitutionally, Bush is not onlychief of state, he is commander-in-chiefof the armed forces. Normally, acommander in such a crisis would gostraight to headquarters and directoperations while receiving the latestintelligence.

This is what Bush actually did—or didnot do—according to Stan Goff, a retiredUS Army veteran who has taught militaryscience and doctrine at West Point. Goffwrites in “The So-called Evidence Is AFarce” [8]: “I have no idea why peoplearen’t asking some very specif icquestions about the actions of Bush andcompany on the day of the attacks. Fourplanes get hijacked and deviate fromtheir flight plan, all the while on FAAradar.”

Goff, incidentally, like the otherastonished military experts, cannotfathom why the government’s automatic“standard order of procedure in the eventof a hijacking” was not followed. Once aplane has deviated from its flight plan,fighter planes are sent up to find outwhy. That is law and does not requirepresidential approval, which only needsto be given if there is a decision to shootdown a plane.

Goff spells it out: “The planes werehijacked between 7:45 and 8:10 a.m.Who is notif ied? This is an eventalready that is unprecedented. But thePresident is not notified and going to aFlorida elementary school to hearchildren read.

“By around 8:15 a.m. it should be veryapparent that something is terriblywrong. The President is glad-handlingteachers. By 8:45 a.m., when AmericanAirlines Flight 11 crashes into the NorthTower, Bush is settling in with childrenfor his photo op. Four planes haveobviously been hijacked simultaneouslyand one has just dived into the twintowers, and still no one notif ies thenominal Commander-in-Chief.

“No one has apparently scrambled

[sent aloft] Air Force interceptors either.At 9:03, Flight 175 crashes into theSouth Tower. At 9:05, Andrew Card, theChief of Staff, whispers to Bush [who]‘briefly turns somber’ according toreporters. Does he cancel the school visitand convene an emergency meeting?No. He resumes listening to second-graders...and continues the banality evenas American Airlines Flight 77 conductsan unscheduled point-turn over Ohio andheads in the direction of Washington DC.

“Has he instructed Card to scramblethe Air Force? No. An excruciating 25minutes later, he finally deigns to give apublic statement telling the UnitedStates what they have already figuredout—that there’s been an attack on theWorld Trade Center. There’s a hijackedplane bee-lining to Washington, but hasthe Air Force been scrambled to defendanything yet? No.

“At 9:35, this plane conducts anotherturn, 360 [degrees] over the Pentagon, allthe while being tracked by radar, and thePentagon is not evacuated, and there arestill no fast-movers from the Air Force inthe sky over Alexandria and DC. Nowthe real kicker: a pilot they want us tobelieve was trained at a Florida puddle-jumper school for Piper Cubs andCessnas, conducts a well-controlleddownward spiral descending the last7,000 feet in two-and-a-half minutes,brings the plane in so low and flat that itclips the electrical wires across the streetfrom the Pentagon, and flies it withpinpoint accuracy into the side of the

building at 460 knots.“When the theory about learning to fly

this well at the puddle-jumper schoolbegan to lose ground, it was added thatthey received further training on a flightsimulator. This is like saying youprepared your teenager for her first driveon the freeway at rush hour by buyingher a video driving game.... There is astory being constructed about theseevents.”

There is indeed, and the more it isadded to, the darker it becomes.

The nonchalance of General RichardB. Myers, acting Joint Chief of Staff, is aspuzzling as the President’s campaigning-as-usual act. Myers was at the Capitolchatting with Senator Max Cleland [D-GA]. A sergeant, writing later in theAFPS (American Forces Press Service)describes Myers at the Capitol:

“While in an outer office, he said, hesaw a television report that a plane hadhit the World Trade Center. ‘Theythought it was a small plane orsomething like that’ Myers said. So thetwo men went ahead with the office call.”

Whatever Myers and Cleland had tosay to each other (more funds for themilitary?) must have been rivetingbecause, during their chat, the AFPSreports:

“The second tower was hit by anotherjet. ‘Nobody informed us of that’ Myerssaid. ‘But when we came out, that wasobvious. Then, right at that time,somebody said the Pentagon had beenhit.’ ”

This is the most in-depth compilation of interviews withsurvivors of the Philadelphia Experiment and Montauk Project todate on one computer CD. The information comes from thememories of those who were interviewed. Because these projectsare so secretive, gaining hard evidence is nearly impossible.However, that doesn’t mean the projects never happened.

There are many out there who do not want you to know thetruth about these projects. Use your own judgment as you hearthe words of these survivors. Use this information as thebeginning resource to help you onto your own research track.

The five people featured on this CD all testify that they workedwith Al at the Montauk Project, and some even remember him asEd Cameron during the Philadelphia Experiment.

Al BielekLife of Ed CameronVisit to Alpha CentauriPhiladelphia ExperimentTrip to 2137, Trip to 2749Trip to Mars and 100,000 B.C.Life of Al BielekHistory of MontaukMontauk Boys ProgramMontauk Mind-Control ProgramMontauk Time-Travel Program

CD INTERVIEW CONTENT:Psychic Operations ProgramDuncan Cameron Involvement

Duncan CameronMemories of Montauk

Stewart SwerdlowBeing a Montauk Boys ProgrammerHuman Genetic ManipulationInvolvement With E.T.s

Preston NicholsWorking With Bielek at MontaukStealth Technology Development

Mind-Control DevelopmentMontauk Boys Program

Larry JamesOperating the Time-Control ProgramExperiments With Time Travel(JFK, Civil War, WWII)Involvement With BielekWhat Happened To Ed Cameron?

Dr. James F. CorumReplication of Radar Invisibility


Al Bielek on CD-ROM

CD-ROM CONTAINS OVER 25 HOURS

OF AUDIO INTERVIEWS ENCODED IN

MP3 AND REALAUDIO. CD IS IBM,MAC, AND UNIX COMPATIBLE.

$24.95 (+S/H)

Al Bielek on CD-ROM

Code: BIE (0.5 lb.)


Finally, somebody “thrust a cellphonein Myers’ hand” and, as if by magic, thecommanding general of Norad—ourAirspace Command—was on the line justas the hijackers’ mission had beensuccessfully completed, except for thefailed one in Pennsylvania. In latertestimony to the Senate Armed ForcesCommittee, Myers said he thinks that, asof his cellphone talk with Norad: “Thedecision was, at that point, to startlaunching aircraft.”

It was 9:40 a.m. One hour and 20minutes after air controllers knew thatFlight 11 had been hijacked; 50 minutesafter the North Tower was struck.

This statement would have been quiteenough in our old serious Army/Air Forceto launch a number of courts martial withan impeachment or two thrown in. First,Myers claims to be uninformed until thethird strike. But the Pentagon had beenoverseeing the hijacked planes from atleast the moment of the strike at the firsttower: yet not until the third strike, at thePentagon, was the decision made to getthe fighter planes up.

Finally—this one is the dog that didnot bark:

[Editor’s note: Though our author,Gore Vidal, never actually explains hisallusion about “the dog that did notbark”—it likely refers to a matterfamiliar to all of you Sherlock Holmesfans. In the story called “Silver Blaze”about a stolen race-horse by that name,Holmes tried to tell an arrogant anddoubtful local police inspector that thekey to the entire mystery was the factthat the watchdog at the stable did notbark during the night Silver Blaze wasstolen. In other words, it had to havebeen an inside job!]

By law, the fighters should have beenup at around 8:15. If they had, all thehijacked planes might have beendiverted or shot down. I don’t think thatGoff is being unduly picky when he

wonders who and what kept the Air Forcefrom following its normal procedureinstead of waiting an hour and 20minutes—until the damage was done—and only then launching the fighters.

Obviously, somebody had ordered theAir Force to make no move to interceptthose hijackings until—what?

On 28 January 2002, the Canadianmedia analyst Barry Zwicker summed upon CBC-TV [9]:

“That morning no interceptorsresponded in a timely fashion to thehighest alert situation. This includes theAndrews squadrons which...are 12 milesfrom the White House.... Whatever theexplanation for the huge failure, therehave been no reports, to my knowledge,of reprimands. This further weakens the‘Incompetence Theory’. Incompetenceusually earns reprimands. This causes meto ask whether there were ‘stand down’orders.”

On 29 August 2002, the BBC reportsthat on 9/11 there were “only fourfighters on ready status in the north-eastern US”. Conspiracy? Coincidence?Error?

It is interesting how often in ourhistory, when disaster strikes,incompetence is considered a better alibithan—well, yes, there are worse things.

After Pearl Harbor, Congress moved tof ind out why Hawaii’s two militarycommanders, General Short and AdmiralKimmel, had not anticipated theJapanese attack. But PresidentRoosevelt pre-empted that investigationwith one of his own. Short and Kimmelwere broken for incompetence. The“truth” is still obscured to this day.

The Media’s Weapons Of

Mass Distraction

But Pearl Harbor has been muchstudied. 11 September, it is plain, isnever going to be investigated if Bush

has anything to say about it. On 29January 2002, CNN reported [10] that“Bush personally asked Senate MajorityLeader Tom Daschle to limit theCongressional investigation into theevents of 11 September.... The requestwas made at a private meeting withCongressional leaders.... Sources saidBush initiated the conversation.... Heasked that only the House and Senateintelligence committees look into thepotential breakdowns among federalagencies that could have allowed theterrorist attacks to occur, rather than abroader inquiry.... Tuesday’s discussionfollowed a rare call from Vice PresidentDick Cheney last Friday to make thesame request.”

[Editor’s note: Remember thatDaschle, along with NBC news anchorTom Brokaw, had already been mailed ananthrax “valentine”—likely as areminder to stick to the agreed-uponversion of reality.]

The excuse given, according toDaschle, was that “resources andpersonnel would be taken” away from thewar on terrorism in the event of a widerinquiry. So for reasons that we mustnever know, those “breakdowns” are tobe the goat. That they were more likelyto be not breakdowns—but “stand-downs” is not for us to pry. Certainly theone-hour and 20-minute failure to putfighter planes in the air could not havebeen due to a breakdown throughout theentire Air Force along the East Coast.Mandatory standard operationalprocedure had been told to cease anddesist.

Meanwhile, the media were assignedtheir familiar task of inciting publicopinion against bin Laden, still not theproven mastermind. These media blitzesoften resemble the magician’s classicgesture of distraction: as you watch therippling bright colors of his silkhandkerchief in one hand, he is plantingthe rabbit in your pocket with the other.

We were quickly assured that Osama’senormous family, with its enormouswealth, had broken with him, as had theroyal family of his native Saudi Arabia.The CIA swore, hand on heart, thatOsama had not worked for them in thewar against the Soviet occupation ofAfghanistan. Finally, the rumor that theBush family had in any way profited byits long involvement with the bin Ladenfamily was—what else?—simply partisanbad taste.

But Bush Junior’s involvement goesback at least to 1979, when his firstfailed attempt to become a player in thebig Texas oil league brought himtogether with one James Bath of

“A popular government without popularinformation, or the means of acquiring it, isbut a prologue to a farce or a tragedy—orperhaps both. Knowledge will forevergovern ignorance; and a people who meanto be their own governors, must armthemselves with the power whichknowledge gives.”

— James Madison (1751-1836)


Houston, a family friend, who have BushJr. $50,000 for a 5 percent stake in Bush’sf irm Arbusto Energy. At this time,according to Wayne Madsen (In TheseTimes—Institute For Public Affairs No.25 [11]), Bath was “the sole US businessrepresentative for Salem bin Laden, headof the family and a brother (one of 17) toOsama bin Laden.... In a statementissued shortly after the 11 Septemberattacks, the White House vehementlydenied the connection, insisting thatBath invested his own money, not Salembin Laden’s, in Arbusto. In conflictingstatements, Bush at f irst denied everknowing Bath, then acknowledged hisstake in Arbusto and that he was awareBath represented Saudi interests.... Afterseveral reincarnations, Arbusto emergedin 1986 as Harken Energy Corporation.”[12]

Behind the Junior Bush is the SeniorBush, gainfully employed by the CarlyleGroup [13] which has ownership in atleast 164 companies worldwide,inspiring admiration in that staunchfriend to the wealthy, the Wall StreetJournal, which noted, as early as 27September 2001: “If the US boostsdefense spending in its quest to stopOsama bin Laden’s alleged terroristactivities, there may be one unexpectedbeneficiary: bin Laden’s family...is aninvestor in a fund established by CarlyleGroup, a well-connected Washingtonmerchant bank specializing in buyoutsof defense and aerospace companies....Osama is one of more than 50 children ofMohammed bin Laden, who built thefamily’s $5 billion business.”

But Bush, father and sons, in pursuit ofwealth and office, are beyond shame or,one cannot help but think, good sense.There is a suggestion that they areblocking investigation of the bin Ladenconnection with terrorism.

Agent France Press reported on 4November 2001 [14]: “FBI agentsprobing relatives of Saudi-born terrorsuspect Osama...were told to back offsoon after George W. Bush becamepresident.”

According to BBC TV’s Newsnight (6November 2001) [15]: “Just days afterthe hijackers took off from Bostonaiming for the Twin Towers, a specialcharter flight out of the same airportwhisked 11 members of Osama’s familyoff to Saudi Arabia. That did not concernthe White House, whose official line isthat the bin Ladens are above suspicion.”

Above The Law (Green Press, 14February 2002) [16] sums up: “We hadwhat looked like the biggest failure ofthe intelligence community since PearlHarbor, but what we are learning now is it

wasn’t a failure, it was a directive.”True? False? Bush Jr. will be under

oath during the impeachmentinterrogation. Will we hear: “What is adirective? What is is?”

Although the US had, for some years,fingered Osama as a mastermind terrorist,no serious attempt had been made before9/11 to “bring him to justice dead oralive, innocent or guilty”—as Texan lawof the jungle requires. Clinton’s plan toact was given to Condoleezza Rice bySandy Berger, you will recall, but shesays she does not.

As far back as March 1996, whenOsama was in Sudan, Major GeneralElfatih Erwa, Sudanese Minister forDefense, offered to extradite him.According to the Washington Post (3October 2001): “Erwa said he wouldhappily keep close watch on bin Ladenfor the United States. But if that wouldnot suffice, the government was preparedto place him in custody and hand himover.... [US officials] said: ‘Just ask himto leave the country. Just don’t let himgo to Somalia’ where he had once beengiven credit for the successful al-Qaedaattack on American forces in ’93 thatkilled 18 Rangers.”

Erwa said, in an interview: “We said hewill go to Afghanistan, and they [USofficials] said: ‘Let him.’ ”

In 1996 Sudan expelled Osama and3,000 of his associates. Two years laterthe Clinton Administration, in the greatAmerican tradition of never having tosay thank you for Sudan’s offer to handover Osama, proceeded to missile-attackSudan’s al-Shifa pharmaceutical factoryon the grounds that Sudan was harboringbin Laden terrorists who were makingchemical and biological weapons whenthe factory was simply making vaccinesfor the UN.

Four years later, John O’Neill, a muchadmired FBI agent, complained in theIrish Times [17], a month before theattacks: “The US State Department—and behind it the oil lobby who makeup President Bush’s entourage—blocked attempts to prove bin Laden’sguilt. The US ambassador to Yemenforbade O’Neill (and his FBIteam)...from entering Yemen in August2001. O’Neill resigned in frustrationand took on a new job as head ofsecurity at the World Trade Center. Hedied in the 11 September attack.”

Obviously, Osama has enjoyedbipartisan American support since hisenlistment in the CIA’s war to drive theSoviets out of Afghanistan. But by 9/11there was no Soviet occupation ofAfghanistan, indeed there was no SovietUnion.

A World Made Safe ForPeace And Pipelines

I watched Bush and Cheney on CNNwhen the Axis of Evil speech was givenand the “long war” proclaimed. Iraq,Iran, and North Korea were fingered asenemies to be clobbered because theymight or might not be harboringterrorists who might or might not destroyus in the night. So we must strike firstwhenever it pleases us.

Thus, we declared “war onterrorism”—an abstract noun whichcannot be a war at all as you need acountry for that. Of course, there wasinnocent Afghanistan, which was leveledfrom a great height, but then what’scollateral damage—like an entirecountry—when you’re targeting thepersonification of all evil according toTime and the New York Times and thenetworks?

As it proved, the conquest ofAfghanistan had nothing to do withOsama. He was simply a pretext forreplacing the Taliban with a relativelystable government that would allowUnion Oil of California to lay itspipeline for the profit of, among others,the Cheney-Bush junta.

Background? All right.The headquarters of Unocal are, as

might be expected, in Texas. InDecember 1997, Taliban representativeswere invited to Sugarland, Texas. [18]

This book shatters the image that hastraditionally been portrayed as AmericanHistory, by exposing the high-level corruptionthat passes for business-as-usual in theHalls of Congress, the White House, andthroughout our entire Judicial System.

Special emphasis is placed throughout thebook on the original Native inhabitants ofAmerica. They lived for thousands of yearson this continent in complete harmony andbalance with the Earth. With their help wemay yet be able to turn things around so thatour tomorrows will be something we will all behonored to pass on to the children who areour future generations.

The UntoldHistoryOf America

by Ray Bilger

242 pages $10 (+S/H)


Code: UHA (1.0 lb.)


At that time, Unocal had alreadybegun training Afghan men in pipelineconstruction, with US governmentapproval. BBC News (4 December1997) [19] said: “A spokesman for thecompany Unocal said the Taliban wereexpected to spend several days at thecompany’s [Texas] headquarters.... ABBC regional correspondent says theproposal to build a pipeline acrossAfghanistan is part of an internationalscramble to profit from developing therich energy resources of the CaspianSea.”

The Inter Press Service (IPS)reported [20]: “Some Western businessesare warming up to the Taliban despite themovement’s institutionalisation of terror,massacres, abductions, andimpoverishment.”

CNN (6 October 1996): “The UnitedStates wants good ties [with the Taliban]but can’t openly seek them while womenare being oppressed.”

The Taliban, rather better organisedthan rumored, hired for PR one LeilaHelms, a niece of Richard Helms, formerdirector of the CIA. In October 1996, theFrankfurter Rundschau reported thatUnocal “has been given the go-aheadfrom the new holders of power in Kabulto build a pipeline from Turkmenistanvia Afghanistan to Pakistan.” This was areal coup for Unocal, as well as othercandidates for pipelines, includingCondoleezza’s old employer Chevron.

Although the Taliban was alreadynotorious for its imaginative crimesagainst the human race, the Wall StreetJournal, scenting big bucks, fearlesslyannounced: “Like them or not, theTaliban are the players most capable ofachieving peace in Afghanistan at thismoment in history.”

The New York Times (26 May 1997)leapt aboard the pipeline juggernaut:“The Clinton Administration has takenthe view that a Taliban victory would actas counterweight to Iran...and would offerthe possibility of new trade routes thatcould weaken Russian and Iranianinfluence in the region.”

But by 1999, it was clear that theTaliban could not provide the securitywe would need to protect our fragilepipelines. The arrival of Osama aswarrior for Allah on the scene refocused,as it were, the bidding. New allianceswere now being made. The Bushadministration soon buys the idea of aninvasion of Afghanistan, Frederick Starr,head of the Central Asia Institute atJohns Hopkins University, wrote in theWashington Post (19 December2000) [21]: “The US has quietly begunto align itself with those in the Russiangovernment calling for military actionagainst Afghanistan and has toyed withthe idea of a new raid to wipe out Osamabin Laden.”

Although with much fanfare we wentforth to wreak our vengeance on thecrazed sadistic religious zealot whoslaughtered 3,000 American citizens,once that “war” was underway, Osamawas dropped as irrelevant [22] and so weare back to the Unocal pipeline, now ago-project.

In the light of what we know today, itis unlikely that the junta was ever goingto capture Osama alive: He has tales totell.

One of Defence Secretary DonaldRumsfeld’s best numbers now is: “Whereis he? Somewhere? Here? There?Somewhere? Who knows?” And we gethis best twinkle.

He must also be delighted—and

amazed—that the media have bought theabsurd story that Osama, if alive, wouldstill be in Afghanistan, underground,waiting to be flushed out instead of in acomfortable mansion in Osama-lovingJakarta, 2,000 miles to the East andeasily accessible by Flying Carpet One.

Many commentators of a certain agehave noted how Hitlerian our juntasounds as it threatens first one countryfor harboring terrorists and then another.It is true that Hitler liked to pretend to bethe injured—or threatened—party beforehe struck. But he had many greatpredecessors, not least Imperial Rome.

Stephen Gowan’s War In Afghanistan: A$28 Billion Racket quotes JosephSchumpeter who, “in 1919, describedancient Rome in a way that sounds eerilylike the United States in 2001: ‘Therewas no corner of the known world wheresome interest was not alleged to be indanger or under actual attack. If theinterests were not Roman, they werethose of Rome’s allies; and if Rome hadno allies, the allies would be invented....The fight was always invested with anaura of legality. Rome was always beingattacked by evil-minded neighbors.’ ”

We have only outdone the Romans inturning metaphors such as the war onterrorism, or poverty, or Aids into actualwars on targets we appear, often, to pickat random in order to maintainturbulence in foreign lands.

As of 1 August 2002, trial balloonswere going up all over Washington DC toget world opinion used to the idea that“Bush of Afghanistan” had gained a titleas mighty as his father’s “Bush of thePersian Gulf ” and Junior was now eagerto add Iraq-Babylon to his diadem.These various balloons fell upon Europeand the Arab world like so many leadweights. But something new has beenadded since the classic Roman Hitlerianmantra: “They are threatening us; wemust attack first.” Now everything ismore or less out in the open.

The International Herald Tribunewrote in August 2002: “The leaks beganin earnest on 5 July, when the New YorkTimes described a tentative Pentagonplan that it said called for an invasion bya US force of up to 250,000 that wouldattack Iraq from the north, south, andwest.”

On 10 July, the Times said that Jordanmight be used as a base for the invasion.The Washington Post reported, 28 July,that “many senior US military officerscontend that Saddam Hussein poses noimmediate threat.” And the status quoshould be maintained.

Incidentally, this is the sort of debatethat the Founding Fathers intended the

This is the documented autobiography of a victimof government mind-control. Cathy O’Brien is theonly vocal and recovered survivor of the CIA’s MK-Ul t ra Project Monarch mind-contro l operat ion.Chiseled deep into the white stone of the CIA’sLangley, Virginia headquar ters is a par t ial versel i f ted from the Holy Bible and writ ings of SaintJohn: “...and the truth shall make you free.” Thisstatement, l ike the agency, is total unreality. Thebuilding that it is engraved upon houses the world’smost successful manufacturer of l ies to faci l i tatepsychological warfare. The “Company” uses truthand technology as their raw materials to produce“pure” lies for control of you and America’s allies.Within the pages of TRANCE Formation Of Americayou’ll find the truth.U.S. GOVERNMENT MIND-CONTROL On August 3, 1977 the 95th U.S. Congress opened

hearings into the reported abuses concerning the CIA’s

PUBLIC NOTICE: This book contains sexuallyexpl ic i t quotes and irre fu table anatomicaldetai ls o f perpetrators and is there forerecommended for mature readers only.

TRANCE Formation Of America

$18.00 (+S/H)


TOP SECRET mind-controlresearch program code-namedMK-Ultra. On February 8,1988, an MK-Ultra victim,Cathy O’Brien, was covertlyrescued f rom her mind-con t ro l ens lavemen t byIntel l igence insider MarkPhill ips. Their seven-yearpu rsu i t o f Jus t i ce wasstopped FOR REASONS OFNATIONAL SECURITY.TRANCE Format ion OfAmerica exposes the truth behind this criminal abuseof the unconstitutional 1947 National Security Act.

Code: TFA (1.0 lb.)


Congress, not military bureaucrats, toconduct in the name of we-the-people.But that sort of debate has, for a longtime, been denied us.

One refreshing note is now beingstruck in a fashion unthinkable inimperial Rome: the cheerful admissionthat we habitually resort to provocation.The Tribune continues: “DonaldRumsfeld has threatened to jail anyonefound to have been behind the leaks.But a retired army general, Fred Woerner,tends to see a method behind the leaks:‘We may already be executing a plan’ hesaid recently. ‘Are we involved in apreliminary psychological dimension ofcausing Iraq to do something to justify aUS attack or make concessions?Somebody knows.’ ” That is plain.

Elsewhere in this interesting edition ofthe Herald Tribune wise William Pfaffwrites [23]: “A second Washingtondebate is whether to make anunprovoked attack on Iran to destroy anuclear power reactor being built withRussian assistance, under inspection bythe International Atomic Energy Agency,within the terms of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty of which Iran is asignatory.... No other government wouldsupport such an action, other than Israel’s(which) would do so not because itexpected to be attacked by Iran butbecause it, not unjustif iably, opposesany nuclear capacity in the hands of anyIslamic government.”

Suspect States AndThe Tom-Toms Of Revenge

“Of all the enemies to public liberty,war is, perhaps, the most to be dreadedbecause it compromises and develops thegerm of every other. As the parent ofarmies, war encourages debts and taxes,the known instruments for bringing themany under the domination of the few.In war, too, the discretionary power of theexecutive is extended...and all the meansof seducing the minds, are added to thoseof subduing the force, of the people....”Thus, James Madison warned us [24] atthe dawn of our republic.

Post 9/11, thanks to the “dominationof the few”, Congress and the media aresilent while the executive, throughpropaganda and skewed polls, seducesthe public mind as hitherto unthinkablecenters of power like Homeland Defense(a new Cabinet post to be placed on topof the Defense Department) are beingconstructed and 4 percent of the countryhas recently been invited to join TIPS, acivilian spy system to report on anyonewho looks suspicious. Or—who objectsto what the executive is doing at home

or abroad?Although every nation knows how—if

it has the means and the will—to protectitself from thugs of the sort that broughtus 9/11, war is not an option. Wars arefor nations, not rootless gangs. You put aprice on their heads and hunt them down.In recent years, Italy has been doing thatwith the Sicilian Mafia; and no one hasyet suggested bombing Palermo.

But the Cheney-Bush junta wants awar in order to dominate Afghanistan,build a pipeline, gain control of the oilof Eurasia’s Stans for their businessassociates, as well as to do as muchdamage to Iraq and Iran on the groundsthat one day those evil countries maycarpet our fields of amber grain withanthrax or something.

The media, never much good atanalysis, are more and more breathlessand incoherent. On CNN, even the stolidJim Clancy started to hyperventilatewhen an Indian academic tried to explainhow Iraq was once our ally and “friend”in its war against our Satanic enemy Iran.[25] “None of that conspiracy stuff ”snuffed Clancy. Apparently, “conspiracystuff ” is now shorthand for unspeakabletruth.

As of August, at least amongeconomists, a consensus was growingthat, considering our vast national debt(we borrow $2 billion a day to keep thegovernment going) and a tax baseseriously reduced by the junta in order tobenefit the 1 percent who own most ofthe national wealth, there is no way thatwe could ever find the billions needed todestroy Iraq in “a long war” or even ashort one, with most of Europe lined upagainst us. Germany and Japan paid forthe Gulf War, reluctantly—with Japan, atthe last moment, irritably quarrellingover the exchange rate at the time of thecontract. Now Germany’s Schroder hassaid no. Japan is mute.

But the tom-toms keep beatingrevenge; and the fact that most of theworld is opposed to our war seems onlyto bring hectic roses to the cheeks of theBush Administration (Bush Senior of theCarlyle Group [13], Bush Junior formerlyof Harken [12], Cheney formerly ofHalliburton [26], Rice formerly ofChevron [27], Rumsfeld formerly ofOccidental). If ever an Administrationshould recuse itself in matters dealingwith energy, it is the current junta. Butthis is unlike any Administration in ourhistory. Their hearts are plainlyelsewhere—making money, far from ourmock Roman temples—while we, alas,are left only with their heads, dreamingof war, preferably against weakperipheral states.

Mohammed Heikal is a brilliantEgyptian journalist-observer, andsometime Foreign Minister. On 10October 2001, he said to theGuardian [28]: “Bin Laden does nothave the capabilities for an operation ofthis magnitude. When I hear Bushtalking about al-Qaeda as if it were NaziGermany or the Communist Party of theSoviet Union, I laugh because I knowwhat is there. Bin Laden has been undersurveillance for years: every telephonecall was monitored and al-Qaeda hasbeen penetrated by US intelligence,Pakistani intelligence, Saudiintelligence, Egyptian intelligence.They could not have kept secret anoperation that required such a degree oforganization and sophistication.”

The former president of Germany’sdomestic intelligence service, EckehardtWerthebach (American Free Press, 4December 2001 [29]) spells it out:

The 9/11 attacks required “years ofplanning” while their scale indicates thatthey were a product of “state-organizedactions”. There it is. Perhaps, after all,Bush Junior was right to call it a war.

But which state attacked us?Will the suspects please line up.Saudi Arabia? “No, no. Why, we are

paying you $50 million a year fortraining the royal bodyguard on our ownholy, if arid, soil. True, the kingdomcontains many wealthy well-educatedenemies, but....” Bush Senior and Juniorexchange a knowing look.

Egypt? No way. Dead broke despiteUS baksheesh.

Syria? No funds.Iran? Too proud to bother with a

“parvenu” state like the US.Israel? Sharon is capable of anything.

But he lacks the guts and the grace of thetrue Kamikaze. Anyway, Sharon was notin charge when this operation began withthe planting of “sleepers” around the USflight schools 5 or 6 years ago.

[Editor’s note: Our author heresuspiciously avoids a lot of obviousinformation concerning Israel’s likelyrole in 9/11 that is more honestlyrevealed in another well-documentedresearch paper elsewhere in this issue ofThe SPECTRUM.]

The United States? Elements ofcorporate America would undeniablyprosper from a “massive external attack”that would make it possible for us to goto war whenever the President sees fitwhile suspending civil liberties. (The342 pages of the USA Patriot Act [30]were plainly prepared before 9/11.)

Bush Senior and Junior are gigglingnow. Why? Because Clinton waspresident back then. As the former


president leaves the line of suspects, hesays, more in anger than in sorrow:“When we left the White House we had aplan for an all-out war on al-Qaeda. Weturned it over to this Administration andthey did nothing. Why?”

Biting his lip, he goes. The Bushs nolonger giggle.

Pakistan breaks down: “I did it! Iconfess! I couldn’t help myself. Saveme. I am an evil-doer!”

Apparently, Pakistan did do it—orsome of it. We must now go back to1979 when “the largest covert operationin the history of the CIA” was launchedin response to the Soviet invasion ofAfghanistan. Central Asia specialistAhmed Rashid wrote (Foreign Affairs,November-December 1999 [31]): “Withthe active encouragement of the CIA andPakistan’s ISI (Inter Services Intelligence)who wanted to turn the Afghan jihad intoa global war, waged by all Muslim statesagainst the Soviet Union, some 35,000Muslim radicals, from 40 Islamiccountries, joined Afghanistan’s f ightbetween 1982 and ’92.... More than100,000 foreign Muslim radicals weredirectly influenced by the Afghanistanjihad.” The CIA covertly trained andsponsored these warriors.

In March 1985, President Reaganissued National Security DecisionDirective 166, increasing military aidwhile CIA specialists met with the ISIcounterparts near Rawalpindi, Pakistan.Jane’s Defence Weekly (14 September2001) [32] gives the best overview: “Thetrainers were mainly from Pakistan’s ISIagency who learnt their craft fromAmerican Green Beret commandos andNavy Seals in various US trainingestablishments.”

This explains the reluctance of theAdministration to explain why so manyunqualified persons, over so long a time,got visas to visit our hospitable shores.While in Pakistan, “mass training ofAfghan [zealots] was subsequentlyconducted by the Pakistan army underthe supervision of the elite SpecialServices.... In 1988, with US knowledge,bin Laden created al-Qaeda (The Base), aconglomerate of quasi-independentIslamic terrorist cells spread across 26 orso countries. Washington turned a blindeye to al-Qaeda.”

When Mohamed Atta’s plane struck theWorld Trade Center’s North Tower,George W. Bush and the child at theFlorida elementary school werediscussing her goat. By coincidence, ourword “tragedy” comes from the Greek:for “goat” tragos plus oide for “song”.“Goat-song”. It is highly suitable thatthis lament, sung in ancient satyr plays,

should have been heard again at theexact moment when we were struck byfire from heaven, and a tragedy whoseend is nowhere in sight began for us.

References

1. Nafeez Mossadeq Ahmed, MediaMonitors Network.

2. Institute for Policy Research andDevelopment, Independent Analysis forthe Promotion of Human Rights, Justice,and Peace.

3. The War On Freedom: How And WhyAmerica Was Attacked, September 11, 2001by Nafeez M. Ahmed, Tree of LifePublications, Joshua Tree, CA, A MediaMessenger Book, A Public InterestInitiative of the Institute for PolicyResearch and Development, ISBN 0-930852-40-0, June 2002Yahoo! Groups: WarOnFreedom.

4. “Another Agent Blasts FBI On9/11—FBI Agent Says He’s PreventedFrom Exposing Agency” by Julie Ziegler,Bloomberg News, 5/30/02.

5. “Threat Of US Strikes Passed ToTaliban Weeks Before NY Attack” byJonathan Steele, Ewen MacAskill, RichardNorton-Taylor and Ed Harriman, TheGuardian, 9/22/01.

6. The Grand Chessboard: AmericanPrimacy And Its Geostrategic Imperativesby Zbigniew Brzezinski, Basic Books,1997

7. See testimony by John J. Maresca,Vice President International RelationsUnocal Corporation, To House CommitteeOn International Relations SubcommitteeOn Asia And The Pacific, 2/12/98 whereinMr. Maresca holds forth on three issuesconcerning Central Asia oil and gasreserves: “The need for multiple pipelineroutes for Central Asian oil and gas. Theneed for U.S. support for international andregional efforts to achieve balanced andlasting political settlements within Russia,other newly independent states, and inAfghanistan. The need for structuredassistance to encourage economic reformsand the development of appropriateinvestment climates in the region.” SeeAlso: “1992-1999 Timeline OfCompetition Between Unocal And BridasFor The Afghanistan Pipeline” from WorldPress Review’s Special Report on PipelinePolitics.

8. “The So-Called Evidence Is A Farce”by Stan Goff, Narco News, 10/10/01.

9. “The Great Deception—WhatReally Happened On September 11?”and also “9/11—Part 2” by BarryZwicker, CBC-TV, 1/28/02.

10. “Bush Asks Daschle To LimitSeptember 11 Probes” CNN, 1/29/02.

11. “QUESTIONABLE TIES—Tracking

Bin Laden’s Money Flow Leads Back ToMidland, Texas” by Wayne Madsen, InThese Times, Institute For Public Affairs No.25.

12. For background on Harken EnergyCorporation see:

* “Bush, Harken, And The Center ForPublic Integrity”, 7/15/02 (dates are whendocuments were posted on Internet):

• Bush’s Insider Connections PrecededHuge Profit On Stock Deal, 4/4/00.

• Bush Violated Security Laws FourTimes, SEC Report Says, 10/4/00.

• [8] More Harken Energy CorporationDocuments, 7/11/02.

• [3] More Harken Energy CorporationDocuments, 7/12/02.

• [19] Harken Energy CorporationInternal Documents, 7/19/02.

• [4] Further Harken EnergyCorporation Documents, 7/25/02.

* “Harken Energy CorporationNameBase Listing” from PublicInformation Research.

* “Special Report: The Truth AboutBush and Harken Energy Corp.”

* “Bush On Defensive Over CheapLoans”, BBC, 7/12/02.

* “Read My Lips: Oil Was Well WithHarken ( George W’s ‘Perfect Storm’ )” byTom Flocco, Scoop.co.nz, 7/15/02.

* “Bush Is No Good Trade”, by TomFlocco, WorldNetDaily, 2/18/00.

13. For background on the CarlyleGroup see:

* “Arms Buildup Enriches Firm StaffedBy Big Guns—Ex-President And OtherElites Are Behind Weapon-BoostingCarlyle Group” by Mark Fineman, LosAngeles Times, 1/10/02.

* “Carlyle’s Way—Making A MintInside ‘The Iron Triangle’ Of Defense,Government, And Industry” by Dan Briody,RedHerring, 1/8/02.

* “Carlyle Profit From Afghan War” byDavid Lazarus, San Fransisco Chronicle,12/2/01.

* “The Ex-Presidents’ Club” by OliverBurkeman and Julian Borger, TheGuardian, 10/31/01.

* “Secretive Carlyle Plans” by Tina-Marie O’Neill, Business Post, Dublin,Ireland, 6/2/02.

* “The Carlyle Group” by Victor Thorn,Babel Magazine, 10/6/02.

* “Meet The Carlyle Group—FormerWorld Leaders And Washington InsidersMake Billions From The War OnTerrorism.”

* “Republican-Controlled CarlyleGroup Poses Serious Ethical Questions ForBush Presidents, But Baltimore SunIgnores It” by Alice Cherbonnier, 10/3/01.

* “Carlyle Group Spins The RevolvingDoor: How Bush And Other Ex-PolitosProfit From Connections And Access”,


Democracy NOW!, 3/6/01.* “CHRONOLOGY: The Bushs And The

Carlyle Group” by Jerry Politex, BushWatch, 1/00.

14. “Bush Thwarted FBI Probe AgainstBin Ladens”, Hindustan Times, AgentFrance Press, 11/7/01.

15. Greg Palest report transcript: “HasSomeone Been Sitting On The FBI?”, BBCTV’s Newsnight, 11/6/01.

16. “Above The Law”—Interview withGreg Palast; “Bush’s Racial Coup D’EtatAnd Intelligence Shutdown”, Green Press,2/14/02 (starts about half-way down thefile).

17. “US Efforts To Make Peace SummedUp By ‘Oil’ ” by Lara Marlowe, Irish Times,11/19/01.

18. For background on this meetingbetween the Taliban and Unocalrepresentatives in Texas in 1997 see:

* “Taleban In Texas For Talks On GasPipeline”, BBC News, 12/4/97.

* “Give Me A Pipeline Or Give MeDeath—The Oil Connection In The AfghanWar”, Progressive Review, 2/02.

* “Did Islam Fail In Afghanistan? PartTwo”, Khilafah.com, 3/22/02.

* “The Slick Business Of Oil—Story OfPower, Politics, Petroleum, And Pipelines.Columnist Hamid Hussain Explores TheArea Of Power Politics And Business”,Defense Journal, August 2002.

19. “Taleban In Texas For Talks On GasPipeline”, BBC News, 12/4/97.

20. “UN Considers Arms Embargo OnAfghanistan”, Inter Press Service, 12/16/97.

21. “Afghanistan Land Mine” by S.Frederick Starr, Washington Post, 12/19/00.

22. “Bin Laden: From ‘Evil One’ ToUnmentionable One” by Alan Elsner,Reuters, 8/20/02.

23. “Look Who’s Part Of The HarshDisorder” by William Pfaff, InternationalHerald Tribune, 8/1/02.

24. Excerpt from Letters And OtherWritings Of James Madison, 4 volumes,Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co, 1865.

25. See transcript of the SenateCongressional Record for September 20,2002, pages S8987-S8998, entitled “HowSaddam Happened—Did The U.S. HelpSaddam Acquire Biological Weapons?”where Robert Byrd reads in the completeNewsweek article as well as hisquestioning of Rumsfeld (reproduced aspart of the Federation of AmericanScientists website’s Intelligence ResourceProgram). See also: “Following Iraq’sBioweapons Trail” by Robert Novak,Chicago Sun-Times, 26 Sept 2002, and“Will The U.S. Reap What It Has Sown?Byrd Asks” by Paul J. Nyden, CharlestonGazette, 9/27/02.

26. For background on Halliburton see:

* “Cheney & Halliburton: Go WhereThe Oil Is” by Kenny Bruno and JimValette, Multinational Monitor, May 2001.

* “A Discreet Way Of Doing BusinessWith Iraq” by Carola Hoyos, UnitedNations Correspondent, Financial Times,11/3/00.

* “Halliburton’s Iraq Deals Greater ThanCheney Has Said—Affiliates Had $73Million In Contracts” by Colum Lynch,Washington Post, 6/23/01.

* “Halliburton-Iraq Ties More ThanCheney Said” by UPI, NewsMax, 6/25/01.

* “Cheney Made Millions Off Oil DealsWith Hussein” by Martin A. Lee, SanFrancisco Bay Guardian, 11/13/00.

* “Cheney’s Money Has Roots In Evil”by Dave Zweifel, Madison Capital Times,6/5/02.

* “Halliburton’s DestructiveEngagement—How Dick Cheney AndUSA-Engage Subvert Democracy AtHome And Abroad, Introduction andExecutive Summary”, EarthrightsInternational, 1/17/01 (PDF).

* “Halliburton In Burma: Cheney’sRole Revisited”, EarthrightsInternational, 8/5/02.

* “Cheney Led Halliburton To Feast atFederal Trough—State DepartmentQuestioned Deal With Firm Linked ToRussian Mob” by Knut Royce andNathaniel Heller, The Public i, AnInvestigative Report of the Center forPublic Integrity, 8/2/00.

* “Soldiers Of Fortune—CivilianEmployees Of Dick Cheney’s FormerCompany Are Carrying Out MilitaryMissions Around The World For Profit” byPratap Chatterjee, San Francisco BayGuardian, 5/1/02, including: ForceProvider: The Base-In-A-Box.

* “Cheney Ruthless As A CEO—Tale OfTwo Brothers”, The Daily Enron, a projectof American Family Voices.

* “Under Cheney, Halliburton AlteredPolicy On Accounting” by AlexBerenson and Lowell Bergman, New YorkTimes, 5/22/02.

27. For more on Condoleezza Rice’srelationship to Chevron, see:

* “Bush’s Corporate Cabinet:Condoleeza Rice, National SecurityAdviser; The Bush Years Begin”,Multinational Monitor, May 2001.

* “The United States Of Oil: No

Administration Has Ever Been More InBed With The Energy Industry—ButDoes That Mean Big Oil Is CallingBush’s Shots?” by Damien Caveli,Salon.com, 11/19/01.

* “The Bush Team: Condoleezza Rice’sChevron Service Could Pose Conflicts” byErin Bartels, The Public i, 3/7/01.

* “Critics Knock Naming Oil TankerCondoleezza” by Carla Marinucci, SanFrancisco Chronicle, 4/5/01.

* “Chevron Redubs: Ship Named ForBush Aide Condoleezza Rice Drew TooMuch Attention” by Carla Marinucci, SanFrancisco Chronicle, 5/5/01.

* “Chevron Facing Lawsuit OverAttacks In Nigeria” by Erin Bartels, ThePublic i, 3/7/01.

* “The Bush Administration CorporateConnections: Condoleezza Rice”,opensecrets.org Internet website.

* “The Condoleezza RiceCommencement Speech Organizing Page”,Stanford Graduating Class of 2002:

• The Achievements Of CondeleezzaRice: National Security Advisor.

• The Achievements of CondeleezzaRice: Chevron Board Member.

• Letters To The Editor, SeniorsDisappointed With Selection Of Rice,3/13/02.

* “Be Smart: Follow The Leader’sFriend’s Investments” by Martha Smilgis,San Francisco Examiner.

* “VITAL STATISTICS: Chevron BoardOf Directors And Their Connections”,Drillbits & Tailings, 3/31/00.

* “Bush’s Oil Machine” by CatherineBaldi and Danny Kennedy, War Times.

* “Triple Axel Of Evil” by BruceLaBruce, eye weekly, 3/7/02.

28. “There Isn’t A Target In AfghanistanWorth A $1M Missile” by MohamedHeikal, The Guardian, 10/10/01.

29. “Euro Intel Experts Dismiss ‘War OnTerrorism’ As Deception” by ChristopherBollyn, American Free Press, 12/4/01.

30. USA PATRIOT Act Of 2001, aka “H.R.3162”, aka “Ashcroft’s Police-State Bill,”passed into law on 26 October 2001.

31. “The Taliban: Exporting Extremism”by Ahmed Rashid, Foreign Affairs,November-December 1999.

32. “Why? An Attempt To Explain TheUnexplainable” by Rahul Bedi, Jane’sDefence Weekly, 9/14/01. S

“The means of defense against foreigndanger historically have become theinstruments of tyranny at home.”

— James Madison (1751-1836)


Editor’s note: Back in the June 2002issue of The SPECTRUM, the longtimegrandmaster of truthbringing, EustaceMullins, shared with us a deeplydisturbing and oh-so-revealing majorresearch article titled America’s Peril:The Israeli “Fifth Column” In The UnitedStates.

At that time Eustace explained thesituation this way: “Although infiltratorshave been known in military campaignsfor thousands of years, such as the TrojanHorse, the term ‘fifth column’ originatedduring Spain’s Civil War, when Lt. Gen. deLlano noted a secret group of Francosympathizers in Madrid who made itpossible for Gen. Franco to overthrow theCommunist government of Spain.

“As Charley Reese pointed out, theZionist ‘fifth column’ now runsWashington, unopposed by any politicalor military force.”

That alarming fact ought to give all ofus something to think about—especiallywhen monitoring print and broadcastmedia “news” reports pretending to beunbiased about who’s who and what’swhat in unfolding world events. Moreover,this stealthy kind of cancer is, of course,exactly what our Founding Fatherswarned about so long ago—the quiettakeover of the nation FROM WITHIN.

The central role played by the Israeli“fifth column” in the events surrounding9/11—which launched (and continues tofeed) the so-called “War on Terrorism” andthe seemingly imminent invasion of Iraq—is a subject which has been largelyneglected in these pages beyond itsrelatively brief mention as a criticalcomponent in the Larger Picture, wayback in our October 2001 special issue onthe 9/11 events.

The following research article fills inincredibly well-documented details about

that important Israeli control “layer”which, in a number of practical ways,holds the entire “cake” together. Thisarticle was originally posted at the greatwww.whatreallyhappened.com Internetwebsite on 9/1/02.

On Friday November 15, 2002—a dayafter the frightening Homeland SecurityAct had passed in the House by asignificant 2/3 vote and was about to pass(on 11/19/02) in the Senate by anoverwhelming 90-to-9 vote (despitemassive opposition from we-the-people,who our elected representatives areSUPPOSED to be representing)—SenateDemocratic Leader Tom Daschle pushedthrough, by voice vote, a special 9/11Investigation Commission Bill that theHouse had just that morning passed by a366-to-3 vote.

Remember that it was Daschle and NBCnewsanchor Tom Brokaw who had eachreceived a deadly anthrax “valentine”back in the fall of 2001—when “someone”wanted to make sure a certain message gotthrough to certain people who may nothave been following the “party line” asreligiously as was desired.

Diligent readers will be quick to pointout that our front-page January 2002story, from longtime SPECTRUM friendand courageous truthbringer Dr. LenHorowitz, filled-in yet another, intimatelyconnected round of shenanigans having todo with the anthrax scam. That story wastitled The CIA’s Role In The AnthraxMailings: Could Our Spies Be Agents ForMilitary-Industrial Sabotage, Terrorism,And Even Population Control? And Len’sheavily interlinked “spider web” offindings should most definitely be kept inmind as the research below is unfolded insplendid, well-documented detail.

It will most certainly play out as abehind-the-scenes tug-of-war to see if ANY

actual Truth manages to emerge from thisnewly minted 9/11 investigationcommission. (All we need is anotherinsulting and expensive fable like theWarren Commission Report about theassassination of JFK.) Wouldn’t it be greatif the following was among the disclosuresthat made it through to further awaken apublic growing more suspicious by theday?!

9/1/02 DR. ALBERT D. PASTORE

“All truth passes throughthree stages. First, it isridiculed; second, it is violentlyopposed; and third, it isaccepted as self-evident.”

— Arthur Schopenhauer,Philosopher, 1788-1860.

Opening Statement

Ladies and gentlemen of the jury, theancient Greek philosopher Socrates taughthis students that the pursuit of truth canonly begin once they start to question andanalyze every belief that they ever helddear. If a certain belief passes the tests ofevidence, deduction, and logic, it shouldbe kept. If it doesn’t, the belief should notonly be discarded, but the thinker mustalso then question why he was led tobelieve the erroneous information in thefirst place.

Not surprisingly, this type of teachingdidn’t sit well with the ruling elite ofGreece. Many political leaders throughouthistory have always sought to mislead thethinking of the masses.

Socrates was tried for “subversion” andfor “corrupting the youth”. He was thenforced to take his own life by drinkingpoison. It’s never easy being anindependent thinker!

Stranger Than Fiction:Documented Probe Of 9/11& The “War On Terrorism”


Today, our ruling government/media complex doesn’t killpeople for pursuing the truth about the world (at least not yet).They simply label them as “extremists” or “paranoid”, destroying careers and reputations in the process. For many, that’sa fate even worse than drinking poison hemlock!

[Editor’s note: Longtime readers of The SPECTRUM may notagree with the charitable assessment above concerning often-attempted and sometimes-successful governmental “intervention”into the affairs of those who pursue Truth. As a recent instance,it’s not likely the late Senator Paul Wellstone’s remaining familymembers look upon what happened as being quite so“accidental” as official reports convey; see the comments onWellstone in last month’s SPECTRUM for typical viewpoints ofones who are awake.]

Every news story you are about to review in this comprehensiveresearch paper is true and easily verifiable. This investigationrepresents 10 months of careful study, research, analysis, sourceverification, and logical deduction. Every event and quotepresented here is 100% accurate. There are over 190 detailedfootnotes which I encourage—no, urge—readers to explore andverify for themselves.

The Internet version of this research paper will allow users toobtain instant verification for each and every footnote byclicking on the footnotes/links. Others can obtain easyverification by entering the key search words (provided at the endof the paper) into the Yahoo or Google.com search engines.

Due to the fact that well organized efforts are under way tosuppress these facts, some of these news links are mysteriouslydisappearing, even as we speak. Fortunately, this information hasall been transcribed by many web users and has therefore beenpreserved from the censors.

These footnote searches will take you directly to the news sitesof many well-known established media organizations throughoutthe world, as well as opening up doors to a world of knowledgeand information that has been concealed from you. With just alittle common sense and a few clicks of a mouse, Google andYahoo now enable anyone with an ounce of curiosity to become aSherlock Holmes.

This is no opinion piece. Rather it is a collection of buried, butundeniable facts, events, and quotes which, when assembled inone place, will state their own conclusions. In putting togetherthis research in a logical and sequential format, great care wastaken to confirm and double confirm every piece of information.Any and all questionable data which could not be independentlyverified to this author’s satisfaction was discarded.

Taken individually, each story, quote, and event may notamount to a full case. But when taken collectively, this mountainof facts should hammer home the truth to even the most skepticalreader. There are, of course, those who have fallen under thehypnotic spell of the TV talking-heads and “experts” whom theyworship as authority figures. Unaccustomed to thinking forthemselves, no amount of truth can sway them from theirpreconceived prejudices. They will even deny that which theysee with their own eyes.

They are victims of a psychological affliction known as “thelemming effect”. Lemmings are small rodents who have beenknown to follow each other as they charge to their deaths intoraging rivers or off of cliffs. Lemminghood is an innatepsychological phenomenon, present in most mammals andobservable in common people as well the most sophisticated andeducated elites. Lemminghood is not an intellectualphenomenon; it is psychological. As such, no socio-economicclass is immune from its strangulating effect.

A grant-seeking university scientist can be a lemming just asmuch as a fashion-obsessed teenage girl. One blindly follows thelatest trendy theory while the other blindly follows the latest

MURDER BY INJECTIONTHE STORY OF THE MEDICAL

CONSPIRACY AGAINST AMERICA

Eustace Mullins unveils the Conspiracy to deny you low-cost alternative health-care and how federal agents commit actsof “Criminal Syndicalism” to protect the profits of the “DrugTrust”. The world’s 18 largest drug firms are listed. Some ofthe topics covered are: Profits of Cancer, AIDS, Contaminationof the Food Supply, Death and Vaccination, The RockefellerSyndicate.

THE RAPE OF JUSTICEAMERICA’S TRIBUNALS EXPOSED

This book reveals the “Secret Code” which judges andlawyers use to deny you your unalienable and civil rightsprotected by the Constitution. Some of the topics coveredare: Legal Anarchy; The Origin of Law; A Plague of Lawyers;Judge Not; The Supreme Court; The Department of Justice;The Court as Arena; Freedom of Speech, Anyone?; TaxationWithout Hope; The Taxing Power; Mullins on Equity; OurLegal Future.

THE SECRETS OF THEFEDERAL RESERVE

After years of research, Eustace Mullins discovered thatthe men whom he exposed and named in 1952 as theshadowy figures behind the Federal Reserve System werethemselves shadows, the American fronts for the unknownfigures who became known as the “London Connection”.The original stockholders of the Federal Reserve Banks havebeen located and their parent companies traced to the LondonConnection. His research is substantiated by citations and

documentation from many sources.

Classic Research WorksClassic Research WorksClassic Research WorksClassic Research WorksClassic Research Worksby Eustace Mullinsby Eustace Mullinsby Eustace Mullinsby Eustace Mullinsby Eustace Mullins

$15.00 (+S/H)

$18.00 (+S/H)

Please see next-to-last page for orderinginformation or call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866.

$15.00 (+S/H)

A Writ For Martyrsby Eustace Mullins

This is a fully documented exposé of the atrocities whichfederal agents regularly commit against American citizens.

This book reproduces 121 pages from Eustace Mullins’FBI file, which he obtained only by the personalintervention of a college classmate, Senator John Warner,Rep. Of Virginia. The FBI refused for two years to sendEustace his files through Freedom of Information Actinquiries. When Eustace found it, he discovered a plot bythe FBI, with 60 pages of memos, in which J. Edgar Hoover

personally ordered that Eustace be committed to a mental institution for life.On the basis of these revelations, Eustace obtained two “Default Judgments”

against the FBI in Federal Court. One judgment was for $50 million, and onefor $35 million, which remain on the books today.

This book also documents atrocities committed against Eustace’s handicappedsister, his ailing mother, and his invalid father, who all died of heart attacks afterdaily harassments by the FBI terrorists.

Mullins was one of the principal victims of the notorious FBI counter-intelligence program called COINTEL, set up by Alex Rosen, one of five FBIassistant directors. The COINTEL program was actually organized by the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai B’rith, and the Mossad intelligence agency.

This book will give you an idea of what Eustace has had to put up with in hislife as a crusader for Truth.

$15.00 (+S/H)

Code: WFM (1.0 lb.)

Code: ROJ (1.75 lb.)

Code: SFR (1.0 lb.)

Code: MBI (1.5 lb.)361 pages

201 pages

535 pages


trendy clothing style. What’s thedifference? Neither can resist the force ofNature.

The power to fit in with one’s socialpeers can be irresistible. To a humanlemming, the logic behind an opiniondoesn’t count as much as the power andpopularity behind an opinion. Man, likelemming, behaves collectively. And itcould be no other way. Naturally, theindividual must be equipped with this trait.Otherwise, the smallest steps towardcivilization could never have been made.

Lemminghood is a survival trait, aninborn instinct in the majority of people.However, as with all natural phenomena,this tendency can be manipulated and usedfor harmful purposes.

It is this lemming effect which enablesentire segments of a society to lose theirsense of judgment, all at the same time.This research paper will likely be wastedon many lemmings.

For lemmings, denial is a basicpsychological defense mechanism used tonot only shield themselves fromunpleasant realities, but also to reassurethemselves that they will still fit within theacceptable range of opinion held by theirpeer group. Lemmings are absolutelyterrified at the thought of being labeled asan “extremist” or a “conspiracy theorist”.At all costs, their beliefs must always be onthe “right” side of the issue and conformwithin the boundaries of their lemmingpeers.

Lemmings simply cannot bear theburden of responsibility, or the discomfort,which comes with thinking independently.They’ll resist any efforts to change theirmisguided beliefs with all their mentalenergy. We can try to open their closedminds and free them from their self-imposed blindness, but it’s not easyfighting the force of human nature. Thechains of ideological conformity have toostrong of a grip, and breaking them is adifficult task.

With the limited resources at ourdisposal, it is next to impossible tocompete with the media lemming-masters.Nevertheless, some of us must make themeager attempt, and thus lay thefoundation upon which the truth mightone day rise again.

There are those among us who do havethe courage and intellectual capacity tobreak free of the shackles oflemminghood and accept the truth whenit is presented in a clear and logicalsequence. To those open-minded andindependent thinkers, I wish to stateclearly and unequivocally:

I intend to set forth in this paper anoverwhelming body of evidence whichshould forever destroy the notion that a

Saudi Arabian caveman and his band of half-trained, nerdy Arab flight-schoolattendees orchestrated the mostsophisticated terror operation in worldhistory. The idea is utterly laughable. Andyet, due to the blithering barrage ofbullshit dished out by the government-media complex, “patriotic” Americanshave accepted this ridiculous fairy talewith a religious conviction.

As a public service to my fellowAmericans, I have published the results ofmy research in the hopes of liberating asmany people as I can from the oppressiveyoke of media brainwashing and state-sponsored lies.

Do you have what it takes to break free?If so, read on!

The Dancing Israelis

Like most Americans, I was gripped bysenses of profound shock, horror, revulsion,sadness, and rage as I watched the horror ofSeptember 11, 2001 unfolding live on mytelevision screen.

Watching the mass murder of thousandsof innocent people, live, on television, wasthe most upsetting experience of my life.How could any person of sound moralcharacter not be enraged at witnessing thishorrific act of barbarism?

To read about some far-away long-agogenocide in a newspaper or a book isdistressing enough. But to actuallywitness the mass murders of what was, atfirst, believed to have been tens ofthousands of innocent people, is truly heartstopping and traumatic. I barely slept fortwo nights afterward and sufferednightmares. Polling data would later revealthat 65% of Americans actually shed tearson 9/11. [1]

But not all of the eyewitnesses to the 9/11 slaughter were so saddened.

On September 11, five Israeli armyveterans were arrested by the FBI afterseveral witnesses saw them “dancing”,“high-fiving”, and “celebrating” as theytook pictures of the World Trade Centerdisaster from across the river in New Jersey.Steven Gordon was the lawyer whovolunteered to represent the five Israelis.He was asked by a Hebrew newspaper whythe five men were being detained by theFBI. Here’s what Gordon told YediotAmerica:

“On the day of the disaster, three of thefive boys went up on the roof of thebuilding where the company office islocated” said Gordon. “I’m not sure if theysaw the twin towers collapse, but, in anyevent, they photographed the ruins rightafterwards. One of the neighbors who sawthem called the police and claimed theywere posing, dancing, and laughing,

against the background of the burningtowers….

“Anyhow, the three left the roof, took anUrban truck, and drove to a parking lot,located about a five-minute drive from theoffices. They parked, stood on the roof ofthe truck to get a better view of thedestroyed towers, and took photographs. Awoman who was in the building above thelot testified that she saw them smiling andexchanging high-fives. She and anotherneighbor called the police and reported onMiddle-Eastern looking people dancingon the truck. They copied and reported thelicense plates.” [2]

When the photos were developed, theyrevealed that the dancing Israelis weresmiling in the foreground of the New Yorkmassacre. [3]

According to ABC’s 20/20 attemptedwhitewash of the incident, in addition totheir outrageous and highly suspicious behavior, the f ive also had in theirpossession the following items: box-cutters, European passports, and $4700cash hidden in a sock. [4]

Why were these Israeli agents so happyabout the horrible massacre that wasunfolding right before their very eyes?What evil spirit could possess people whoare supposed to be America’s “allies”, andwho receive billions of dollars inf inancial and military aid from U.S.taxpayers each year, to publicly rejoice asinnocent people (including manyAmerican Jews) were burning to death andjumping out of 110-story buildings? Could it be that these happy Israeli armyveterans were in some way linked to thismonstrous attack? That’s what officialsclose to the investigation initially told theBergen Record newspaper of New Jersey.[5]

As incredible, as ridiculous, and as“paranoid” as that belief may appear toyou at this point, the fact is that certainelements within the Israeli government,and Zionist movement in general, have along history of attacking the U.S.A. andframing Arabs—in order to gain supportfrom the U.S.

Before we begin to piece together whatreally transpired on 9/11, it is absolutelycritical that we f irst review somehistorical precedents regarding Israel’sand International Zionism’s treacheroushistory of manipulating America (andother nations) for their own self ishpurposes. Without a basic understandingof this history, it would be impossible tounderstand the truth as it is today. So putaside your preconceived notions, yourpsychological defense mechanisms, andyour prejudices, and step into my timemachine for a journey down the memorylane.


Zionism And World War I

In the latter part of the 1800s, there arosein Europe a political movement known as“Zionism”. Zionism in particular referredto the effort among certain Jews toestablish a Jewish nation in the land ofPalestine. Today, the term Zionism is morecommonly applied to those Jews who wantto expand the borders of what was alreadyestablished, at the expense of thePalestinians who once owned the land.

In a more general sense, the term“Zionist” is also used to describe a certainelement within the Jewish community (notall of them) who believe in JewishSupremacy, thus putting their own interestsahead of those of the nation in which theyreside.

It is a mistake to assume that all Jews aresupporters of the “Zionist Mafia” or JewishSupremacy. In fact, some of the strongestcondemnations of Zionism and JewishSupremacy come from Jews themselves.There exists an enormous collection ofhard-hitting anti-Zionist writings compiledby such notable Jewish authors, historians,and journalists as John Sack [6], AlfredLilienthal [7], Noam Chomsky [8], IsraelShahak [9], Benjamin Freedman [10], andVictor Ostrovsky [11]—just to name a few.

There is even a Jewish religious groupcalled “Neturei Karta: Jews United AgainstZionism” [12]. For their brave efforts, thesemen have had to tolerate vicious abusefrom Zionist smear groups like the Anti-Defamation League (ADL)—anorganization which actually specializes indefamation!

So let us put to rest now and forever theslanderous lie—and strategic Zionistpropaganda ploy—that labels anyone whodares to call attention to the dangers of theZionist Mafia as an “anti-Semite”, a “hate-monger”, or a “skin-head”.

Now, the Zionists of the late 1800s facedone small problem with their bold takeoverscheme of Arab Palestine: Palestine wasunder the sovereignty of the OttomanTurkish Empire and the Arabs certainlyweren’t about to just give away prime realestate in Palestine to the Zionists ofEurope.

There were very few Jews even living inPalestine and the Jews had not controlledPalestine since the days of the RomanEmpire. This destroys the commonlybelieved myth that the Arabs and the Jews“have been fighting over that land forcenturies”.

The handful of Arab Jews who lived inPalestine got along well with their Muslimhosts and never expressed any desirewhatsoever to overthrow the Ottoman rulersand set up a nation called Israel. Themovement to strip Palestine away from the

Ottoman Empire came strictly fromEuropean Zionists who had become veryinfluential within several Europeannations.

As fate (or perhaps design) would have it,a great opportunity would soon presentitself to the Zionist Mafia. There came in1914 “The Great War” pitting the threepowers of Germany, Austria-Hungary, andthe Ottoman Turkish Empire against thethree powers of England, France, andRussia.

In the interests of staying on the subjectof 9/11 and today’s “War on Terrorism”, wewon’t get into all of the underlying causesor the historical flow of World War I. Whatwe need to understand is that the Zionistsplayed an important role in dragging theU.S.A. into that bloody European war—awar in which the U.S. had no vital interestsat stake whatsoever.

Here was the situation: By 1916, theGermans, Austrians, and Ottoman Turkshad seemingly won the war. Russia was inturmoil and about to be swallowed up bycommunist revolution. France hadsuffered horrible losses, and Britain wasunder a German U-boat blockade.Germany made an offer to Britain to endthe war under conditions favorable toBritain. But the British—and theinternational Zionists—had one morecard to play!

The British government and the Zionistleaders struck a dirty deal. The Zionistswere led by Chaim Weizmann, the manwho would one day become the firstPresident of the State of Israel. The ideawas for the Zionists to use their influenceto drag the mighty U.S.A. into the war, onBritain’s side, so that Germany and its

Ottoman allies could be crushed.In exchange for helping to bring the

U.S.A. into the war, the British wouldreward the Zionists by taking overPalestine from the conquered Ottomansafter the war was over. The British hadoriginally wanted to give the Zionists aJewish homeland in an African territory.But the Zionists were fixated on claimingPalestine as their land. Once under Britishcontrol, the Jews of Europe would beallowed to immigrate to Palestine in greatnumbers.

Zionist powerbrokers such as BernardBaruch, Louis Brandeis, Paul Warburg,Jacob Schiff, and many others immediatelywent to work to put the screws to PresidentWoodrow Wilson. The Zionist-influencedpress quickly transformed the GermanKaiser and his people into bloodthirsty“Huns” determined to destroy civilization.

In 1916 the U.S., with the help of theLusitania “incident”, entered the war onBritain’s side—under the ridiculous pretextof “making the world safe for democracy”[sound familiar?].

Meanwhile, in Germany—whereZionists also wielded tremendousinfluence in the press and industry—enthusiasm for the war was suddenlywatered down by Zionist-run newspapers.Wartime labor-strikes in German weaponsfactories were organized by Zionist andMarxist union leaders. With the Germanbranch of the International Zionist Mafiaundermining Germany from within, andthe English and American branches of theZionist Mafia pushing America to join thewar, it wasn’t long before the German,Austrian, and Ottoman Empires weredefeated and their maps rewritten by the

Since September11, 2001, the peopleof the world havebeen told the Big Lie.The official story ofwhat happened on 9/11 is a fantasy ofuntruth, manipulation,contradiction, andanomaly. David Ickehas spent well over adecade uncoveringthe force that wasreally behind thoseattacks and has

traveled to 40 countries in pursuit of the truth.When the attacks came, it was easy to

recognize the “Hidden Hand” behind the coverstory of “Bin Laden did it”. Icke takes apart the

$29.95 (+S/H)

IN STOCK AND READY TO SHIPORDER YOUR COPY TODAY!


official version of 9/11 and the “War on Terrorism”and shows that those responsible are muchcloser to home than a cave in Afghanistan. Heexplains why 9/11 was planned and to what end.It is vital to maintaining our freedom that thelight shines on the lies and deceit behindSeptember 11.

Icke also places these events in their truecontext as part of an agenda by hidden forcesworking behind the puppet politicians to create aglobal fascist state based on total control andsurveillance. But it doesn’t have to be like this;it does not have to happen. We can change theworld from a prison to a paradise and, as Ickeexplains, the power to do that is within you andwithin us all.

Code: AIW (1.75 lb.)


victorious powers in the infamous Treatyof Versailles in 1918. In addition to thenumerous Zionist bankers who wereinfluencing Versailles, the Zionists alsohad their own delegation, which washeaded by Chaim Weizmann.

Great Britain issued the BalfourDeclaration in November 1917, the samemonth that Germany surrendered. But ithad actually been prepared 20 monthsearlier, in March 1916, with Weizmann’sinfluence. [13]

The Declaration allowed mass Jewishimmigration to conquered Palestine whilepromising to preserve Arab rights. TheArabs living in Palestine weren’t buyingthese promises. They protested, but therewas nothing they could do to stop thecoming wave of Jewish immigration. Thiswas the first step in creating what was tolater become the State of Israel, 30 yearslater.

Years after the war, an American Zionistmillionaire, named Benjamin Freedman,broke ranks with his fellow Zionists andturned against them. Freedman was theprincipal owner of the Woodbury SoapCompany and was one of the manyZionists present at the Treaty of Versailles.Freedman was very well connected andhad enjoyed access to several U.S.Presidents. Freedman grew disgusted withthe criminal behavior of the Zionist Mafiaand dedicated much of his life and fortuneto exposing the truth about both WorldWars and the Zionist grip on America.

According to Freedman, Wilson hadbeen blackmailed by Zionists with thethreat of a public disclosure of an oldextramarital affair Wilson had when hewas president of Princeton University.[14]

Freedman’s voluminous (and buried)writings and books on this subject areessential reading. One leader of theJewish Anti-Defamation League—ArnoldForster—once described Freedman as a“self-hating Jew”. [15]

We may debate as to exactly whatextent this Zionist-British dirty deal wasresponsible for dragging the sons ofAmerica off to die in a Europeanbloodbath. Some, such as Freedman,believe it was the only reason that the U.S.entered the war. Others, such as this writer,believe it was a primary contributingfactor.

But let us, at this point, agree on thisone irrefutable point: the Zionists had noaversion to seeing Americans die for theirown self ish interests. Even theEncyclopedia Britannica and MicrosoftEncarta Encyclopedia (look under“Balfour Declaration”) confirm this little-known fact of World War I. Here’s theexcerpt from Microsoft Encarta:

The Balfour Declaration

“The Balfour Declaration was a letterprepared in March 1916 and issued inNovember 1917, during World War I, bythe British statesman Arthur James Balfour,then foreign secretary.... Specifically, theletter expressed the British government’sapproval of Zionism with ‘theestablishment in Palestine of a nationalhome for the Jewish people’. The lettercommitted the British government tomaking the ‘best endeavors to facilitate theachievement of this object, it being clearlyunderstood that nothing shall be done toprejudice the rights of existing non-Jewishcommunities in Palestine’. The immediatepurpose was to win for the Allied cause inWorld War I the support of Jews in thewarring nations and in the United States.As a result of the Balfour Declaration,Israel was established as an independentstate in 1948 in the mandated area.” [16]

It’s also worth mentioning at this pointthat when the British dismantled theOttoman Empire, after World War I, theycreated many smaller nations. The oil-richpuppet-kingdom of Kuwait was formed byslicing off the southern coastal tip of whatwe now know as the nation of Iraq. As aresult of this arbitrary redrawing of theOttoman map, a bitter conflict was createdbetween Iraq and Kuwait. Iraq has alwaysconsidered Kuwait as its true southernprovince. This is what ultimately led toIraq’s invasion of Kuwait in 1991 and theGulf War.

Zionism And World War II

Let us fast forward our time machine tothe early 1930s. Again, there is no need fora detailed analysis and debate of the causesand major events of World War II. Thepurpose here is to again illustrate yetanother case of selfish Zionist agitation forAmerican entry into a war.

The German people were bitterlyresentful of not only the Zionist role inbringing about their defeat in World War I,but also over the brutal monetaryreparations which had been imposed uponthem by certain Zionist bankers whohelped craft the brutal Treaty of Versaillesafter the war.

Stripped of formerly German territory,and with the German economy in ruins, thepeople of Germany elected Adolf Hitler astheir Chancellor leader. Hitler and the Naziparty soon seized control of the Germanmedia, banks, and universities away fromthe influential Zionists who reignedsupreme in those institutions.

Almost immediately, Zionists all overthe world began to agitate for actionagainst Germany. Boycotts of German

imports were imposed and calls for the U.K.and U.S.A. to take immediate actionagainst Germany began to emanate fromZionist circles.

On March 24, 1933, the Daily Express ofEngland carried the bold headline: “JudeaDeclares War On Germany. Jews Of All TheWorld Unite In Action.” [17] The front-page story revealed that the Zionists hadannounced a concerted worldwide effort toisolate Germany and turn other nationsagainst her.

The following year, Zionist politicalleader Vladimir Jabotinsky wrote:

“The fight against Germany has nowbeen waged for months by every Jewishcommunity, on every continent.... We shallstart a spiritual and material war of theworld against Germany. Our Jewishinterests call for the complete destructionof Germany.” [18]

A few years later, Lord Beaverbrook, aBritish newspaper magnate, issued thiswarning about the Zionist influence overthe British press:

“There are 20,000 German Jews whohave come here to England. They all workagainst an agreement with Germany. TheJews have got a big position in the presshere. Their political influence is driving usinto the direction of war.” [19]

In 1939, Germany and Poland went towar over disputed territory that was takenaway from Germany by the Versailles Treatyof 1918. Under the phony pretext ofprotecting Poland [sound likeAfghanistan?], Great Britain and Franceimmediately declared war on Germany.Beaverbrook’s prediction was realized.

In the United States, the Zionist Mafiaagain went to work on a U.S. President. Thenames of the players had changed, but thegame was still the same. It was FranklinDelano Roosevelt’s turn to deliver the U.S.into another European war. PatrioticAmericans, such as famed aviator CharlesLindbergh, saw this and tried to warn theAmerican people that Zionist mediainfluence was intending to drive us intoanother World War.

Said Lindbergh:“I am not attacking the Jewish people.

But I am saying that the leaders of both theBritish and the Jewish races, for reasonswhich are as understandable from theirviewpoint as they are inadvisable fromours, for reasons which are not American,wish to involve us in the war.” [20]

Because of strong public anti-warsentiment, FDR and his Zionist allies had ahard time dragging the U.S. into theEuropean war. Then another “incident”came along—at Pearl Harbor in 1941.

Japan and Germany were bound to amutual defense agreement, which meantthat war with Japan would automatically


mean war with Germany. FDR embargoedJapan’s oil supply in the hopes of forcingJapan to attack Pearl Harbor.Overwhelming evidence from governmentdocuments clearly shows that FDR hadadvance knowledge of the Japanese attackand allowed it to happen so that he coulddrag the U.S. into World War II. [21]

As was the case in World War I, U.S. entryinto the war meant another defeat forGermany. Hours before committingsuicide on April 30, 1945, Adolf Hitlerdictated his last will and politicaltestament. In it he placed responsibility forWorld War II on the Zionist Mafia—or, ashe called it: “International Jewry and itshenchmen”.

[Editor’s note: Those readers who havepursued advanced topics concerning the“hidden history” of planet Earth are likelyto take exception with the premise thatHitler’s “suicide” was a genuine (ratherthan a staged) event. Considering all theevidence for migrations of secret Naziadvanced technologies and people tovarious locations in South America andAntarctica, it would be more useful tointerpret Hitler’s public “suicide” as asymbolic event signaling the “end of achapter” in the book, rather than the endof the story.]

It’s no surprise that Hitler would makesuch a claim. However, his final accusationof the Zionists does parallel the statementsmade by Jabotinsky, Lindbergh,Beaverbrook, Joe Kennedy, and manyothers. In the final writing of his life, Hitlerwrote:

“It is untrue that I or anyone else inGermany wanted war in 1939. It waswanted and provoked solely byinternational statesmen either of Jewishorigin or working for Jewish interests....Nor had I ever wished that, after theappalling First World War, there would everbe a Second against either England orAmerica.” [22]

Regardless of your view of World War IIand whether or not the U.S.A. belonged inthe fight, the essential point which cannotbe refuted is again this: years before WorldWar II had even started, the Zionists hadyet again demonstrated that they had noaversion to sending Americans to die fortheir own interests.

Great Britain’s Turn To Be Betrayed

A few years after the end of World War II,the Zionist plan to establish the nation ofIsrael in Palestine was finally realized. Butnot before the British protectors ofPalestine were chased out by acts of terrorcarried out by ungrateful Zionist terrorists.

It was the British who had takenPalestine away from Arab control and

allowed the Jews of Europe to immigratethere. But with Great Britain weakenedand in debt from the war, the ungratefulZionists saw their opportunity to chase theBritish out of Palestine by committing actsof terrorism against them. The mostnotorious of the Zionist terror groups wasthe Irgun, whose leader, Menachem Begin,would one day go on to become PrimeMinister of Israel.

On the morning of July 22, 1946, 15-20Irgun terrorists, dressed as Arabs, enteredthe King David Hotel in Jerusalem. Theyunloaded 225 kilograms of explosiveshidden in milk churns. [23]

The King David Hotel housed theSecretariat of the Government of Palestineand Headquarters of the British Forces inPalestine. When a British officer becamesuspicious, a shootout took place and theIrgun lit the fuses and fled. The explosiondestroyed part of the hotel and killed 91people. Most of the victims were British,but 15 innocent Jews also died, provingthat radical Zionists are capable of evenkilling fellow Jews in order to advancetheir cause.

The Irgun terror gang also targeted Arabcivilians in order to frighten them intoevacuating their land. The most wellknown of these massacres happened at thevillage of Deir Yassin on the morning ofApril 9, 1948. More than 100 Arabs,including women and children, weresystematically slaughtered by MenachemBegin’s murderous gang. [24] The Israelistook over whatever villages the terrorizedArabs fled from.

By 1948, the British had had enough ofPalestine. Under intense Zionist lobbying,the United Nations, the United Kingdom,and the UnitedStates recognizedthe nation of Israelin 1948.

One of the firstacts of the newIsraeli governmentwas to pass “the lawof return”, whichgives any Jew in theworld the right tomove to Israel andbecome a citizen.Understandably, theArab nations weren’ttoo pleased aboutthis. There would bea several wars thatfollowed. But theIsraelis and their freearsenal of America’sfinest weapons keptthe Arabs fromreclaiming theirland.

The Arabs have never been a match forthe U.S.-supplied Israeli war machine. Theirony of “the law of return” is that many oftoday’s Jews have no direct ancestral linkto the Jews of the Old Testament. Many,perhaps even most, Jewish people aredescended from the Khazars, a peoplewhose rulers converted to Judaismsometime during the 800s A.D. [25] TheKhazars never even set foot in Palestine.

The brutal and criminal circumstancessurrounding the creation of Israel are now ahalf century in the past. Even most Arabsunderstand that Israel isn’t going to goaway. But by reviewing this real history,we can better understand the deceptive,dangerous, and brutal nature of Zionismtoday.

America BecomesThe Zionists’ Whore

We have reviewed how the Zionists usedand discarded Germany. Then they usedand discarded Great Britain. After WorldWar II, it was clear that the chief remainingglobal power was the United States.

Now, the U.S.A. had never had anyproblem with the Arab people, and hadno reason to quarrel with the Arabs. Forthe Zionists to maintain and expand thesupport they were receiving fromAmerica, it would benefit them greatly ifthe Arabs and the mighty U.S. couldsomehow become enemies. Could theZionists possibly stoop so low? Whynot? Look at what they had alreadypulled off ! Remember that the officialmotto of the Mossad (Israel’s intelligenceorganization) is “by way of deceptionthou shalt do war”. [26]

Long shrouded in secrecy, the life of Nikola Tesla isartfully illuminated in this fascinating film. Tesla, bornin Croatia in 1856, is considered the father of ourmodern technological age and one of the greatestscientific minds who ever lived. He was an electricalengineer who changed the world with the invention ofthe AC (alternating current) induction motor, makingthe universal transmission and distribution ofelectricity possible. His achievements led to thediscovery of radio and television as well as thedevelopment of the first hydroelectric dam, remotecontrol, radar tracking for the military, and themanipulation of matter and energy. His discoveries arealso the basis for the emerging science of Free Energy.

Encyclopedia Britannica lists Nikola Tesla as oneof the most fascinating people in history. The Secretof Nikola Tesla, The Movie is a well-acted portrayal

of the life and mind of a “scientific superman” who, against all odds,dedicated his life to the task of designing and improving technology for theservice and advancement of humanity.

Orsen Welles stars as J.P. Morgan, Peter Bozovic as Tesla, Strother Martinas George Westinghouse, and Dennis Patrick as Thomas Edison.SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

29.95 (+S/H)

The Secret of NIKOLA TESLAThe Secret of NIKOLA TESLA

Code: TESLA (0.75 lb.)Running Time: 105 min.


In 1955, one of these “false-flag”operations was publicly exposed for theworld to see. Israeli agents, impersonatingArab terrorists, were caught staging a seriesof bombings against American installationsin Egypt. [27] When this conspiracy wasexposed, it ultimately created such acontroversy that it brought down the Israeligovernment. The long-since-forgottenscandal became known as “the LavonAffair”.

Then again, during a 1967 war with theArabs, Israeli gunboats and fighter jetsdeliberately attacked the USS Liberty, anunarmed U.S. communications ship. [28]Thirty five American sailors were murderedand 170 others injured in a prolongedIsraeli onslaught—carried out in broaddaylight and with the U.S. flag flyingprominently. The intent was to kill all ofthe Americans and then leave theEgyptians to take the blame.

Israel denied that the attack wasdeliberate, but the chilling stories of thelucky American survivors clearlycontradicts that lie. To this very day, theU.S. Congress has never investigated theUSS Liberty massacre.

In 1989, the Israelis once againsucceeded in framing enemy Arabs in orderto enrage America. Former Mossad caseofficer Victor Ostrovsky became sodisgusted with the criminal behavior of hisown government that he defected from theMossad and tried to warn America of justhow evil and dangerous they were.

Ostrovsky revealed exactly how theIsraelis framed Libya for the bombing of aGerman nightclub which killed Americanservicemen. [29] It was this frame-up jobthat caused President Reagan to bombLibya, killing the 4-year-old daughter ofLibyan leader Muamar Qadaffi. France

refused to allow U.S. bombers to fly overtheir air space and bomb Libya becauseFrench intelligence knew that Libya wasunjustly framed by the Israelis.

Among some of Ostrovsky’s otheramazing revelations are:

• that the Mossad often uses Arab agentsto carry out missions,

• that Israeli agents are skilled atimpersonating Arabs,

• that the Mossad had a plan to turnAmerican public opinion against Iraq,

• that wealthy Zionists in America areoften called upon to help carry out Mossadmissions.

Ostrovsky’s tell-all book By Way OfDeception infuriated the Mossad and madehim the target of numerous death threats.[30]

In 2001, the Washington Times ran astory about a 68-page research paper issuedby the Army School of Advanced MilitaryStudies (SAMS). The research wascompiled by 60 U.S. Army officers as anattempt to predict the possible outcomes ofdeploying a U.S. force to maintain peacebetween Israelis and Palestinians. Here’swhat SAMS had to say about the Israelimilitary machine:

“A 500-pound gorilla in Israel. Wellarmed and trained. Operates in both Gazaand the West Bank. Known to disregardinternational law to accomplish mission.”[31]

Of Israel’s Mossad, the officers issuedthis warning:

“Wildcard. Ruthless and cunning. Hascapability to target U.S. forces and make itlook like a Palestinian Arab act.” [32]

Why does the U.S., which is trillions ofdollars in debt, give away billons oftaxpayer dollars to a foreign governmentwhose military violates international laws

and whose Mossad is capable of murderingU.S. troops in order to frame Arabs? Havewe lost our minds?

Zionist Power StructureIn America

Now that we have established theruthless and criminal nature of radicalZionism, one more lesson needs to beunderstood before we return to the fivedancing Israelis of 9/11 and other relatedstories: Even the Zionists themselves havenever denied that they have long exertedgreat influence in America. But what wemust understand is that the Zionists do notmerely influence United States policy;they dominate it! It is this domination thatenables them to pull off monstrous crimesand then conceal them from the generalpublic.

The observation that Zionists dominatethe American media, government,academia, and Hollywood has been madeby many prominent Americans and iseasily verifiable by public information.

Henry Ford said this:“If after having elected their man or

group, obedience is not rendered to theJewish control, then you speedily hear of‘scandals’ and ‘investigations’ and‘impeachments’ for the removal of thedisobedient. Usually a man with a ‘past’proves the most obedient instrument, buteven a good man can often be tangled upin campaign practices that compromisehim. It has been commonly known thatJewish manipulations of American electioncampaigns have been so skillfully handled,that no matter which candidate was elected,there was ready made a sufficient amountof evidence to discredit him in case hisJewish masters needed to discredit him.” [33]

Charles Lindbergh said this:“Their greatest danger to this country

lies in the Jewish ownership and influencein our motion pictures, our press, our radio,and our government.” [34]

Admiral Thomas Moorer, Chairman ofthe U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff under RonaldReagan said this:

“I’ve never seen a President—I don’t carewho he is—stand up to them [the Israelis].It just boggles the mind. They always getwhat they want. The Israelis know what isgoing on all the time. If the Americanpeople understood what a grip thosepeople have got on our government, theywould rise up in arms. Our citizenscertainly don’t have any idea what goeson.” [35]

While a guest on ABC’s Face TheNation, William Fulbright (U.S. Senatorand Chairman of the U.S. Foreign RelationsCommittee) said this before a national

David Icke hasproduced two amazingvideos with the Zulushaman, Credo Mutwa,who reveals astonishinginformation which, untilnow, was only availableto the highest initiatesof the African shamantradition.

Credo says, “Theworld must know this—and know it now!”

He reveals how a shapeshifting reptilian race(the “Chitauli”) has controlled humanity forthousands of years and how their bloodlinesare in the positions of royal, political, andeconomic power today.

THE REPTILIAN AGENDA PARTS I, II, & IIIThese videos will re-write the UFO/

extraterrestrial story in a way that will blowyour mind. UFO researchers have ignoredAfrica and therefore ignored one of thegreatest sources of knowledge on the planet.

While people still argue over Roswell and theextraterrestrial beings apparently found there,African tribes-people have been interacting withthese ET “gods” for thousands of years.

Credo has not only seen dead “greys” manytimes, he has seen them examined behind their“grey” exterior and he knows exactly what theyreally look like—and it is nothing like we think!

After making these videos, Credo was visitedby two people from Cape Town who offered him50,000 rand, and a house anywhere in SouthAfrica, if he would agree to never speak toDavid Icke again and never have anything todo with him. Credo’s reply can be imagined!


3-Tape Set: over 6 hours $59.95 (+S/H)Code: TRA (2.5 lb.)

NEW

3-Tape

Set!


television audience:“Israel controls the United States Senate.

We should be more concerned about theUnited States’ interests.” [36]

Nationally syndicated columnist andformer presidential candidate PatrickBuchanan said:

“The United States Congress is Israelioccupied territory.” [37]

And U.S. religious leader Billy Grahamand President Richard Nixon once had thefollowing exchange, which was caught ontape:

GRAHAM: The Jewish stranglehold onthe media has got to be broken or thiscountry’s going down the drain.

NIXON: You believe that?GRAHAM: Yes, sir.NIXON: Oh boy. So do I. I can’t ever say

that, but I do believe it. [38]But enough of quoting others. Let’s

look at the facts of Zionist control.FACT: ABC, NBC, CBS, CNN, UPN, the

Washington Post, the New York Times, theWall Street Journal, the New York DailyNews, Time magazine, Newsweek, Peoplemagazine, U.S. News & World Report, andcountless other media and Hollywoodcompanies all have either a Zionist CEO, aZionist News Chief, or are owned by amedia conglomerate which has a ZionistCEO. [39] Have you ever noticed howHollywood movies always seem to portrayGermans and Arabs as bigoted fanatics oras terrorists? Now you know why.

FACT: AIPAC, the Israeli lobbyingorganization, is the most feared lobby inWashington DC. By their own admission,they are capable of unseatingCongressmen and Senators who do notcarry out their requests. The majority ofCongressmen from both political partiesreceive large donations from AIPAC.Writing for the Nation magazine, journalistMichael Massing explains:

“AIPAC is widely regarded as the mostpowerful foreign-policy lobby inWashington. Its 60,000 members showermillions of dollars on hundreds of membersof Congress on both sides of the aisle.”Newspapers like the New York Times fearthe Jewish lobby organizations as well.“It’s very intimidating” said acorrespondent at another large daily. “Thepressure from these groups is relentless.”[40]

FACT: The Pentagon is under the controlof a hardcore Zionist named Richard Perle.The civilian Defense Policy Board actuallywields more control over the militaryestablishment than the Defense Secretaryor the generals and admirals. There are anumber of other Zionists who serve on theboard (Kissinger, Cohen, Schlessinger) aswell as non-Jewish members who havealways supported Israel and the expansion

of the “War onTerror”. Then o t o r i o u s l ybelligerent Perle,nicknamed “ThePrince of Darkness”, is Chairman of theBoard. [41]

With Perle asChairman of theDefense PolicyBoard, Zionist PaulWolfowitz asUndersecretary ofDefense, and Zionistaward winnerDouglass Feith asUndersecretary ofDefense Policy, theZionist Pentagongang controls 3 ofthe top 4 civilian leadership positions ofAmerica’s armed forces. Careeristscoundrels like Condoleeza Rice andDonald Rumsfeld are either under theirinfluence or unwilling to oppose theirdrive for World War III.

The Perle-Wolfowitz-Feith gangrepresent a fanatical and warmongering“government within a government”. Inleague with these Zionist Pentagonconspirators are Jewish Zionist andpotential 2004 Presidential candidate,Senator Joseph Lieberman (D-CT) and hisGentile partner-in-crime Senator JohnMcCain (R-AZ).

An Israeli journalist named Ari Shavit,lamenting the harsh treatments that hisgovernment dishes out to the Palestinians,made the following observation inHa’aretz, a leading Israeli journal:

“We believe with absolute certitude thatnow, with the White House and Senate inour hands along with the Pentagon and theNew York Times, the lives [of Arabs] do notcount as much as our own. Their blooddoes not count as much as our blood. Webelieve with absolute certitude that now,when we have AIPAC [the Israel lobby] and[Edgar] Bronfman and the Anti-DefamationLeague, we truly have the right to tell400,000 people that in eight hours theymust flee from their homes. And that wehave the right to rain bombs on theirvillages and towns and populated areas.That we have the right to kill without anyguilt.” [42]

And this only scratches the surface ofZionist power. With such awesome powerto control and cover-up events, is it anywonder why so many of America’sjournalists and politicians are afraid toeven talk about this issue? Is it any wonderwhy former President Bill Clinton wouldgrovel before a Jewish audience and saysomething as ridiculous as the following

statement:“The Israelis know that if the Iraqi or the

Iranian army came across the Jordan River,I would personally grab a rifle, get in aditch, and fight and die.” [43]

I could go on and on at much greaterlength about this subject, but I want to getback to the dancing Israelis. Have I mademy point yet?

The Butcher Sharon

I know. I know. You want to return to thescene of the dancing Israelis on 9/11. Butthere is one more quick lesson that needsto be covered before we climb back intothe time machine and fast-forward back to9/11. If we don’t cover this, you won’t beable to fully understand “the big picture”.

During the 1967 war, Israel occupied thePalestinian territories of the West Bank andGaza. Thirty five years have passed sincethat war ended, yet the Israeli armycontinues the humiliating occupation ofthose Palestinian areas. Those areas are notpart of the nation of Israel that was createdin 1948 by the U.N.

What the Palestinian people are resistingtoday is not the 1948 confiscation of theirland. They simply want the 1967occupation to end. It is this ongoingoccupation, not the 1948 creation of Israel,which fuels the conflict today.

Prior to the current outbreak ofhostilities, the majority of the Israelipeople also supported the end of Israel’soccupation and oppression of theseterritories. They elected Yitzak Rabin asPrime Minister, and Rabin made morestrides toward achieving peace than any ofhis processors. The 1990s were quiet yearsin Israel. Palestinian leader Yasser Arafatand Prime Minister Rabin appeared tohave finally reached a peace deal, with theU.S. acting as the mediator.

On November 5, 2001, William Cooper was shot todeath by sheriff’s deputies in a gunfire exchange.Who was Bill Cooper? Was he a true patriot? Atough survivalist? Or simply a fanatic?

Some knew him as a UFO “expert” (claimed insiderinformation on government knowledge ofextraterrestrials living among us)...a conspiracytheorist...a former Navy Intelligence operative...andthe person the President once called “the mostdangerous man on American airwaves”. Cooperalways said he acted from his “conscience” andsought to warn all Americans of the dangers ofthe New World Order, creeping socialism, and ourown brand of Nazism. Here is the inside story, as told by a fellowpatriot and government whistle-blower. Commander X has collectedtogether for the first time Cooper’s thoughts and finds on such subjectsas: The Illuminati • The Kennedy Assassination • MJ-12 and the UFOCover-Up • Area 51 • The AntiChrist • The World Trade Center Disaster• Gun Control • Skull and Bones Society.SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

$16.00 (+S/H)

William Cooper: Death Of A Conspiracy Salesman

Code: WCO (0.75 lb.)


This did not sit well with the hardcoreZionists who ultimately hope to expandIsrael’s borders even more. Hopes for alasting peace deal were soon dealt a majorsetback when a flurry of five bullets werepumped into Prime Minister Rabin at closerange as he was attending a 1995 Israelipeace rally.

It was not an Arab who killed Rabin. Itwas a Zionist fanatic named Yigal Amir.Amir was a law student at Israel’s Bar-IlanUniversity. He later told investigators thathe had no regrets for his actions. [44] Amir, a bright young law student, waswilling to throw his life away in the serviceof the Zionist cause. (More on thatconcept later on.)

At the head of the Israeli governmenttoday sits a brutal man who has been aguest of honor at George Bush’s WhiteHouse on a regular basis since he tookoffice in October 2000. His name is ArielSharon. His fanatical Zionist supporters inIsrael refer to him as “Arik King”, but theArabs know him as a lifelong butcher,terrorist, and war criminal.

There was a time when Sharon wasdisgraced and his political career seemedto be over. The isolation of Ariel Sharonwas the result a 1982 Palestinian massacrewhich Sharon engineered when he wasIsrael’s defense minister. It was the Israelisthemselves who forced Sharon to resign.

Sharon’s troops blocked the exits fromthe Sabra and Shattila refugee camps whilea Lebanese militia, allied with the Israelimilitary, went into the camps andslaughtered more than 1,500 unarmedPalestinian civilians while raping manywomen. [45]

Though these Lebanese militias were the

ones who did the actual killing, it was ArielSharon who controlled the militias and itwas Sharon’s soldiers who stood by andblocked the camp exits, deliberatelyallowing the slaughter to take place.

A survivor of the attack, who had beenraped and shot, went to Belgium andinitiated a war-crimes case against Sharon.Several Lebanese militia leaders weresummoned to testify against Sharon.Shortly before their testimony, three ofthem were suddenly killed by unknowngunmen and car bombs. Israel’s Mossadof course denied any responsibility for thestrange and untimely deaths of these threewitnesses against Sharon. [46] And if youbelieve that one, I’ll sell you the WorldTrade Center!

After nearly 20 years of political exile,Sharon made his comeback in October2000. Knowing full well how much thePalestinians hated him for his role in the1982 massacres, Sharon and a small armyof Israeli soldiers showed up at the TempleMount—a site held sacred by bothMuslims and Jews. [47] This was adeliberate provocation.

When the Muslims protested the Sharonprovocation, the Israeli troops crackeddown. Rocks were thrown and shots werefired. In just a matter of minutes, years ofpeace and the Israeli-Arab peace effort hadbeen destroyed by Mr. Sharon’s bullyingantics.

When the fighting broke out, afrightened and propagandized Israelipopulation soon turned to a strong man fortheir protection—the very man who haddeliberately instigated the violence in thefirst place. Ariel Sharon was elected PrimeMinister.

True to form, Sharon has brutalized thePalestinian civilian population under thepretext of “self-defense”. Armed andfunded by Israel’s wholly owned U.S.Congress, the Israeli war machine canbulldoze Arab homes at will.

The only weapon that the outgunnedPalestinians can retaliate with is the“suicide bomber”. With every suicidebombing, Sharon is able to “justify” evenmore attacks and occupy more land.

The Zionist game plan is to ultimatelydrive the Palestinians out of the West Bankand Gaza, just like the Irgun massacres haddriven the Arabs out of Deir Yassin.Standing in the way of such a bold Zionistscheme were three major obstacles:

1. The force of world opinion. Prior to 9/11, the Palestinian struggle against Israelioccupation had gained the sympathy ofmany people around the world.

2. The force of Israeli domestic opinion.Most Israelis wanted peace and wereopposed to the 35-year occupation ofPalestinian territories.

3. Saddam Hussein’s Iraq, which hadalways been a champion of the cause ofPalestinian self-determination.

How useful it would be for the Zionists ifsome “incident” were to happen whichwould turn American and world opinionagainst the Palestinians and ultimatelydrag the U.S. into a war against Israel’s Arabenemies.

Now you know why those Israelis werecelebrating on 9/11.

Advance Warnings

The days and hours leading up to 9/11were marked by a series of chillingwarnings about impending terrorist plotsinvolving hijacked commercial airplanes.It’s worth mentioning at this point that,months before 9/11, the U.S. had alreadyinformed some of its allies of plans to go towar in Afghanistan. On June 26, 2001,News Insight/India Reacts, an Indianpublic-affairs magazine, wrote:

“India and Iran will ‘facilitate’ U.S. andRussian plans for ‘limited military action’against the Taliban if the contemplatedtough new economic sanctions don’t bendAfghanistan’s fundamentalist regime. Indian officials say that India and Iran willonly play the role of ‘facilitator’ while theU.S. and Russia will combat the Talibanfrom the front with the help of two CentralAsian countries, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan,to push Taliban lines back to the 1998position 50 km away from Mazar-e-Shariefcity in northern Afghanistan. Militaryaction will be the last option, though itnow seems scarcely avoidable with the U.N.banned from Taliban-controlledareas.” [48]SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866

VIDEO TAPE: $20.00 (+S/H)

AUDIO TAPE: $10.00 (+S/H) Code: EMA (0.5 lb.)

Code: EMV (0.75 lb.)

Sixty years ago Eustace Mullins wasa protégé of literary giant Ezra Pound,who understood central banking and itsrelationship with world unrest. He hasbeen a respected researcher for over50 years, and has since authored manybooks on conspiracy, including SecretsOf The Federal Reserve and The WorldOrder.

Using his recent travel experiencesand Orwell’s 1984 as examples,Eustace discusses the irony ofHomeland Security and how Americansare now treated as “Enemies of theState”. He then describes the realmanipulators behind all major wars, theCold War, the Stock Market, the Medical

Scam, 9/11, terrorism, and more.To accomplish all this, the “perpe-

traitors” control the government, theschools, and the media, while keepingus in unimportant jobs, and stealingmost of our earnings. For thesepurposes the Central Bank is the onlymechanism that works. Without thegovernment-granted license to printmoney, the conspiracy would be nomore of a threat to us than bin Ladenactually is.

Eustace gives a history lesson youwon’t forget—nor should you!

Money And The Conspiracy Of EvilConspiracy Con 2002 Lecture (2 hrs.)

By Eustace Mullins


The story of U.S. military involvement inAfghanistan was reported months before 9/11 in Indian [49] and British [50]publications, but it was never reported inthe U.S. media. With the military plansalready in motion since at least June of2001, all that was needed was for an“incident” to take place to justify the U.S.going to “war against terrorism” inAfghanistan.

Here are just a few of the advancewarnings which were brought to light inthe aftermath of 9/11:

The London Daily Telegraph reported onSeptember 16, 2001:

“The Telegraph has learned that twosenior experts with Mossad, the Israelimilitary intelligence service, were sent toWashington in August to alert the FBI andCIA to the existence of a cell of as many as200 terrorists said to be preparing a bigoperation. They had no specificinformation about what was being plannedbut linked the plot to Osama bin Ladenand told American officials that there werestrong grounds for suspecting Iraqiinvolvement.” [51]

Do you smell a “false flag” operation inthe works? How is it possible that theMossad knew of the existence of these 200terrorists but could not name or locate asingle one? And how convenient for Israelthat Saddam Hussein should be in cahootswith Osama bin Laden, despite the fact thatbin Laden and Hussein hate each other!

The Frankfurter Allgemaine Zeitung,(FAZ) one of Germany’s most respectednewspapers, quoted German intelligencesources who said that the Echelonelectronic spy network gave U.S. and Israeliintelligence agencies several warnings thatsuicidal hijack attacks were being plannedagainst U.S. targets. [52]

Echelon is capable of monitoring all ofthe electronic communication in the world.Utilizing 120 satellites, the Echelonsystem is designed to suck up enormousamounts of data by using keyword searchtechniques to sift through the data. [53]

The San Francisco Chronicle reportedon September 12 that San Francisco Mayorand former California Assembly SpeakerWillie Brown was advised eight hoursbefore the attacks that he should be carefulabout flying on 9/11. [54]

In its September 24, 2001 issue,Newsweek magazine broke this startlingrevelation:

“Three weeks ago there was anotherwarning that a terrorist strike might beimminent…. On September 10, Newsweekhas learned, a group of top Pentagonofficials suddenly cancelled travel plansfor the next morning, apparently becauseof security concerns.” [55]

Wow! Could these unnamed “top

Pentagon officials” have been some of theZionist directors of the Defense PolicyBoard which we talked about earlier? Ifthese Pentagon off icials were scaredenough not to fly, then why didn’t thePentagon place the Air Force on full alert?How could they have been so slow to reactto 9/11 when they already knew there wasa threat?

On September 27, the Washington Postreported that two workers of the Israelicompany Odigo (with offices also in NewYork) received instant message warningsjust two hours before the attacks. Here’s anexcerpt from the Washington Post:

“Officials at instant-messaging firmOdigo confirmed today that two employeesreceived text messages warning of anattack on the World Trade Center two hoursbefore terrorists crashed planes into theNew York landmarks.” [56]

Soon after the attacks, the Odigoemployees informed the managementabout the electronic message they hadreceived. Israeli security services werecontacted and the FBI was informed.Nothing has been heard about this eventsince. I think it’s safe to say that “Islamicterrorists” would not have been considerateenough to send detailed e-mail warnings tosome obscure Israeli office workers.

The September 11 Dance Party

Let us review what we have learned:• We have clearly established that

Zionists played a key role in steering theU.S. into two World Wars.

• We have clearly established thatZionists do not care if Americans (orothers) are killed to further their goals.

• We have clearly established thatZionists have a record of attackingAmericans in order to frame Arabs.

• We have established that the Zionistsare capable of acts of unspeakable brutalityand genocide.

• We have established that U.S.politicians fear the Zionist Mafia and defythem at their own peril.

• We have learned that warnings of asuicidal hijacking plot were issued toseveral people.

• And most importantly of all, we haveclearly established that the Zionists havethe capacity to make these amazing storiessuddenly disappear from their controllednews media.

Having established these precedents, wecan now easily deduce that the reason whythose five dancing Israeli agents whocelebrated the 9/11 attacks were so happyis because they knew that Americans wouldnow become unconditional supporters oftheir “Israeli ally” and fanatical haters ofMuslims and Arabs.

On the day of the attacks, formerIsraeli Prime Minister BenjaminNetanyahu was asked what the attackwould mean for U.S.-Israeli relations. Hisquick reply was: “It’s very good! Well,it’s not good, but it will generateimmediate sympathy [for Israel].” [57]

The five Israelis made such a spectaclethat everyone who saw them felt compelledto call the police. According to ABC’s 20/20, when the van belonging to thecheering Israelis was stopped by the police,the first words out of the driver’s (SivanKurzberg) lying mouth were: “We areIsraelis. We are not your problem. Yourproblems are our problems. ThePalestinians are your problem.” [58]

The police and FBI field agents becamereally suspicious when they found boxcutters (the same items that the hijackerssupposedly used), $4700 cash stuffed in asock, and foreign passports. Police alsotold the Bergen Record that bomb-sniffingdogs were brought to the van and that theyreacted as if they had smelled explosives.[59]

From there, the story becomes even moresuspicious. The Israelis worked for aWeehawken moving company known asUrban Moving Systems. An Americanemployee of Urban Moving Systems toldthe Bergen Record that a majority of hisco-workers were Israelis and they were alljoking about the attacks. The employee,who declined to give his name, said: “I wasin tears. These guys were joking and thatbothered me.” [60]

A few days after the attacks, UrbanMoving System’s Israeli owner, DominickSuter, dropped his business and fled thecountry. He was in such a hurry to fleeAmerica that some of Urban MovingSystem’s customers were left with theirfurniture stuck in storage facilities. [61]

The five Israeli army veterans (Mossad)were held in custody for several monthsbefore being quietly released. Some of themovers had been kept in solitaryconfinement for 40 days. [62]

Immediately following the attacks, the

“We must make the world honest before wecan honestly say to our children that honestyis the best policy.”

— George Bernard Shaw (1856-1950)


Zionist-controlled media was filled withstories linking the attacks to bin Laden.TV talking-heads and scribblers of everystripe spoon-fed a gullible American publica steady diet of the most outrageouspropaganda imaginable.

We were told that the reason bin Ladenattacked the U.S.A. was because he hatesour “freedom” and “democracy”. TheMuslims were “medieval” and they wantedto destroy us because of our wealth. Butbin Laden strongly denied any role in theattacks and suggested that Zionistsorchestrated the 9/11 attacks:

“I was not involved in the September 11attacks in the United States, nor did I haveknowledge of the attacks. There exists agovernment within a government withinthe United States. The United Statesshould try to trace the perpetrators of theseattacks within itself, to the people whowant to make the present century a centuryof conflict between Islam and Christianity.That secret government must be asked as towho carried out the attacks.... TheAmerican system is totally controlled bythe Jews, whose first priority is Israel, notthe United States.” [63]

To date, the only shred of “evidence” tobe uncovered against bin Laden was ahighly suspicious, barely audible amateurvideo, that the Zionist-dominatedPentagon just happened to find “lyingaround” in Afghanistan. Though there isno evidence, be it hard or circumstantial, tolink the al-Qaeda “terrorist network” tothese acts of terror, there is in fact amountain of evidence, both hard andcircumstantial, which suggests that theZionist Mafia has been very busy framingArabs for terror plots against America.

Who Was ReallyFlying Those Planes On 9/11?

Hours after the 9/11 attacks, authoritiesbegan to find clues conveniently left forthem to stumble upon. The Boston Globereported that a copy of the Koran,instructions on how to fly a commercialairplane, and a fuel-consumptioncalculator were found in a pair of bagsmeant for one of the hijacked flights thatleft from Logan. [64]

Authorities also received a “tip” about asuspicious white car left behind at Boston’sLogan Airport. An Arabic-language flight-training manual was found inside the car.[65]

How fortunate for investigators that thehijackers “forgot” to take their Koran andArab flight manuals with them! Within afew days, all “19 hijackers” were“identified” and their faces were plasteredall over our television screens.

Then, like a script from a corny grade-B

spy movie, the official story gets evenmore ridiculous. The passport of thesupposed “ringleader” Mohammed Atta,somehow managed to survive theexplosion, inferno, and smolderingcollapse to be oh-so-conveniently “found”just a few blocks away from the WorldTrade Center! [66]

It is obvious that this “evidence” wasplanted by individuals wishing to directthe blame towards Osama bin Laden. Howis it possible that Arab students who hadnever flown an airplane could take asimulator course and then fly jumbo jetswith the skill and precision of “top-gun”pilots? It is not possible. And the fact is,the true identities of the 9/11 hijackersremains a mystery. In the days followingthe disclosure of the “hijackers” names andfaces, no less than 7 of the Arab individualsnamed came forward to protest theirobvious innocence. [67]

That’s right! Seven of the nineteen“hijackers” are alive and well. They werevictims of identity theft, some of whomhad had their passports stolen. They wereinterviewed by several news organizations,including the Telegraph of England. Here’san excerpt from David Harrison’s Telegraphstory, entitled:

Revealed: The Men With StolenIdentities

“Their names were flashed around theworld as suicide hijackers who carried outthe attacks on America. But yesterday fourinnocent men told how their identities hadbeen stolen.

“The men—all from Saudi Arabia—spoke of their shock at being mistakenlynamed by the FBI as suicide terrorists.None of the four was in the United Stateson September 11, and all are alive in theirhome country.

“The Telegraph obtained the firstinterviews with the men since they learnedthat they were on the FBI’s list of hijackerswho died in the crashes in New York,Washington, and Pennsylvania.

“All four said that they were ‘outraged’to be identified as terrorists. One has neverbeen to America and another is a SaudiAirlines pilot who was on a training coursein Tunisia at the time of the attacks. SaudiAirlines said it was considering legalaction against the FBI for seriouslydamaging its reputation and that of itspilots.” [68]

The story of these identity thefts wasalso briefly reported by ABC [69] and BBC(England) [70]. The FBI does not denythis. Nobody denies this fact because it iseasily verifiable. Instead, the U.S. mediaand government just ignore thisinconvenient little fact and keep right onrepeating the monstrous lie that thehijacker identities are known and that 15 of

them were Saudis.CNN revealed that FBI director Robert

Mueller openly admitted that some of theidentities of the 9/11 hijackers are inquestion due to identity theft. Here’s whatCNN reported on September 21:

“FBI Director Robert Mueller hasacknowledged that some of those behindlast week’s terror attacks may have stolenthe identification of other people, and,according to at least one security expert, itmay have been ‘relatively easy’ based ontheir level of sophistication.” [71]

This opens up a whole Pandora’s box ofunanswered questions.

First and foremost of which is this:Why would Osama bin Laden, the Saudi

Arabian caveman, steal identities?To cover his tracks, you say?Next question:Why would a Saudi Arabian, attempting

to cover his tracks, steal the identities offellow Saudi Arabians? What would be thepoint? Why go through the trouble ofstealing identities that would point back toyou? Why not steal Greek identities, orBrazilian identities, or Turkish ones?

A much more logical conclusion is thatnon-Arabs stole these identities as part of a“false flag” operation designed to point theblame at Arabs, and Saudi Arabs inparticular.

What kind of a corrupt character is FBIboss Mueller? He initially admitted thatfalse identities were involved with 9/11,but then he allows the media to keepnaming these innocent, and alive, Arabs asthe hijackers? Why doesn’t he correctthem? More on the slimy Mr. Mueller lateron.

Now I’m really going to rock your faithin the false religion of 9/11.

In February of 2000, Indian intelligenceofficials detained 11 members of what theythought was an al-Qaeda hijackingconspiracy. It was then discovered thatthese 11 “Muslim preachers” were allIsraeli nationals! India’s leading weeklymagazine, The Week, reported:

“On January 12 Indian intelligenceofficials in Calcutta detained 11 foreignnationals for interrogation before they wereto board a Dhaka-bound BangladeshBiman flight. They were detained on thesuspicion of being hijackers. ‘But werealized that they were tabliqis (Islamicpreachers), so we let them go’, said anIntelligence official.

“The eleven had Israeli passports butwere believed to be Afghan nationals whohad spent a while in Iran. Indianintelligence officials, too, were surprisedby the nationality profile of the eleven.‘They say that they have been on tabligh(preaching Islam) in India for two months.But they are Israeli nationals from the West


Bank’ said a Central Intelligence official.He claimed that Tel Aviv ‘exertedconsiderable pressure’ on Delhi to securetheir release. ‘It appeared that they couldbe working for a sensitive organization inIsrael and were on a mission toBangladesh’ the official said. [72]

What were these 11 Israelis doing tryingto impersonate al-Qaeda men?

Infiltrating? Perhaps.Framing? More likely.But the important precedent to

understand is this: Israeli agents were oncecaught red-handed impersonating Muslimhijackers.

This event becomes even more mind-boggling when we learn that it was Indianintelligence that helped the U.S. to soquickly identify the “19 hijackers”.

On April 3, 2002, Express India, quotingthe Press Trust of India, revealed:

“Washington, April 3: Indianintelligence agencies helped the U.S. toidentify the hijackers who carried out thedeadly September 11 terrorist attacks inNew York and Washington, a media reportsaid here on Wednesday.” [73]

Ain’t that a kick in the ass?!Did you catch that?The Indian intelligence officials who

were duped into mistaking Israeli agentsfor al-Qaeda hijackers back in 2000, werethe very same clowns telling the FBI who itwas who hijacked the 9/11 planes!

Keep in mind that Indian intelligencehas an extremely close workingrelationship with Israel’s Mossad becauseboth governments hate the Muslim nationof Pakistan. [74]

Now about Mohamed Atta—you know,the so-called “ring leader”.

There are a number of inconsistencieswith that story as well. Like some of the 7hijackers known to be still alive, Atta alsohad his passport stolen in 1999 [75], (thesame passport that miraculously survivedthe WTC explosion and collapse?) makinghim an easy mark for an identity theft.

Atta was known to all as a shy, timid, andsheltered young man who wasuncomfortable with women. [76] The 5-foot, 7-inch, 150-pound architecturestudent was such a “goody two shoes” thatsome of his university acquaintances inGermany refrained from drinking orcursing in front of him.

How this gentle, non-political mamma’sboy from a good Egyptian family suddenlytransformed himself into the vodkadrinking, go-go girl groping terroristanimal described by the media, has to rankas the greatest personality change sinceanother classic work of fiction, Dr. Jekylland Mr. Hyde.

Atta, or someone using Atta’s identity,had enrolled in a Florida flight school in

2001 and then broke off his training,making it a point to tell his instructor hewas leaving for Boston. In an October2001 interview with an ABC affiliate inFlorida, flight school president RudiDekkers said that his course does notqualify pilots to fly commercial jumbo jets.[77]

He also described Atta as “an asshole”.[78]

Part of the reason for Dekker’s dislike forAtta stems from a highly unusual incidentthat occurred at the beginning of thecourse. Here’s the exchange between ABCproducer Quentin McDermott andDekkers:

McDERMOTT: Why do you say Attawas an asshole?

DEKKERS: Well, when Atta was hereand I saw his face on several occasions inthe building, then I know that they’reregular students and then I try to talk tothem. It’s kind of a PR, where are youfrom? I tried to communicate with him. Ifound out from my people that he lived inHamburg and he spoke German, so one ofthe days that I saw him—I speak Germanmyself, I’m a Dutch citizen, and I started inthe morning telling him in German—“Good morning. How are you? How doyou like the coffee? Are you happy here?”And he looked at me with cold eyes, didn’treact at all, and walked away. That was oneof my first meetings I had.” [79]

This is eerily similar to the way in whichZacharias Moussaoui (the so-called “20thhijacker”) became “belligerent” when hisMinnesota flight instructor tried to speakto him in French (his first language), at thebeginning of that course. The MinnesotaStar Tribune reported on December 21,2001:

“Moussaoui first raised eyebrows when,during a simple introductory exchange, he

said he was from France, but then didn’tseem to understand when the instructorspoke French to him. Moussaoui thenbecame belligerent and evasive about hisbackground, (Congressman) Oberstar andother sources said. In addition, he seemedinept in basic flying procedure, whileseeking expensive training on anadvanced commercial jet simulator.” [80]

It truly is an amazing twist of fate thatboth Atta and Moussaoui both hadAmerican flight instructors who spokeGerman and French respectively.

Even the great Mossad could not haveforeseen such a coincidence.

The real Atta would have been able torespond to his instructor’s German small-talk, and the real Moussaoui would havebeen able to respond to his instructor’sFrench small-talk.

Atta just walked away, and Moussaouithrew a fit. Neither responded becauseneither could. They were imposters, whosefaces were probably disguised by a make-up artist. Their mission was to frame thetwo innocent Arabs who were probablytargeted by the Mossad at random.

The imposter was able to create a newAtta by using Atta’s stolen passport from1999—the same passport that floatedsafely to the ground with a few burnt edgeson 9/11.

These strange inconsistencies tend togive support to Mohammed Atta’s father’sclaim that he spoke over the phone with hisson on September 12th, the day after theattacks. [81]

Could a group of professionals haveabducted and killed the real Atta in thedays following the 9/11 attacks? Mossadagents posing as “art students” werearrested after conducting some type ofoperation in Hollywood, Florida—the samesmall town that Atta stayed in. [82]

ALSO AVAILABLE: ON AUDIO CASSETTE

$20.00 (+S/H)

The 2-hr AUDIO tape version of ERIC JON PHELPS’popular Conspiracy Con 2002 Lecture.

$10.00 (Shipping Included)


ERIC JON PHELPS2-hr VIDEO tape

centuries of collusion. Eric’s lectureincludes slide presentations ofgraphics and photographs from hisbook. If you would like to see and hear,first-hand, the man who puts significanthistorical and conspiratorial pieces ofthe puzzle together, then this video tapeis the one for you!

Eric Jon Phelps, the author of theblockbuster book VATICAN ASSASSINS,gave a 2-hour lecture at the ConspiracyCon 2002 held on May 25-26, 2002.

Eric’s richly historical and profoundlyinformative lecture concerned thehistory of the Jesuit Order and theirultimate control of the Vatican, spanning

Code: VAV (0.75 lb.)

Code: VAA (0.5 lb.)


So what happened to the realMohammed Atta? To quote his grief-stricken father: “Ask Mossad!”

So who—if not the “19 Arabs”—was onthose planes? That’s the million-dollarquestion.

There are a number of alternativescenarios. Could some Israelis have beenfanatical enough to have volunteered forsuch a suicide mission? Odd as that maysound at first, it is not out of the realm ofpossibility. The fact is, hard-core Zionistextremists have proven themselves to beevery bit as fanatical, and even moreso,than Arab extremists.

A nation which can produce thousandsof bloodthirsty Zionist extremists, Irgunwar criminals, Mossad terrorists who blowup occupied buildings, assassins who killIsraeli Prime Ministers in full view ofpolicemen, and crazed killers who havecarried sickening massacres of Arab womenand children, would surely be capable ofrecruiting a few fanatics willing to sacrificefor “the cause”. This theory becomes evenmore plausible when we consider that onlythe pilots would have needed to know thatthe planes were on a suicide mission.

[Editor’s note: Most SPECTRUMreaders are well aware that the clues pointstrongly in the direction that the airlinerswere remote-controlled. So while whatyou have read is instructive in terms ofuncovering some of the layers of likelyMossad engineering with regard topainting an implication of “Arabterrorists” as pilots, it would be a mistaketo go too far with this line of reasoning toexplain the aerial acrobatics of therespective airliners.]

Still don’t think Israel is capable ofproducing suicidal terrorists? Have youalready forgotten the case of Dr. BaruchGoldstein?

[Editor’s note: As you read thefollowing, keep in mind how skilled aresecret intelligence operations in mind-control techniques. Whether the scenariois a “crazy gunman” who shoots schoolchildren on a playground so thegovernment can push for tougher guncontrol, or the following kind of incident,the mind-control techniques are the same.]

Goldstein was a New York doctor andresettled in Israel. On February 25, 1994,Goldstein walked into a crowded Arabmosque in the occupied West Bank. Withhundreds of worshippers kneeled in silentprayer, Goldstein sealed off the exit and

opened fire with a rapid-firing assault rifle,killing 29 and wounding many more.Goldstein, a father of four, was finallystopped and killed when the frenziedcrowd overpowered him. With as many as800 worshippers packed into the mosque,Goldstein surely could not have beenexpecting to come out alive. This wasclearly a suicide attack.

And what did Goldstein’s mother have tosay about her son’s suicide attack? TheBoston Globe revealed:

“The mother of Baruch Goldstein, theJewish settler who massacred about 40Palestinians in a Hebron mosque a weekago, says she is proud of her son. ‘I alwaysthought to myself: When would someoneget up and do such a thing? And in theend, my son did it’ Miriam Goldstein toldthe weekly Shishi newspaper.” [83]

It gets even more sickening than that.Baruch Goldstein has become a folk heroamong many of the crazed side-lockedsettlers who have encroached upon theWest Bank. They have turned Goldstein’sgravesite into a memorial and set up awebsite to honor his murderous deed.Look what these fanatics posted on theGoldstein memorial website:

“Over the years, the grave has become asite of pilgrimage. Numerous people fromall over the world come to pray and honorhis (Baruch’s) memory.” [84]

One has to wonder if some of Goldstein’sadmirers were flying those planes on 9/11.There is one interesting side-note herewhich may or may not be of anysignificance.

One of the two Israelis who died aboardthe hijacked planes was Daniel Lewin, whowas aboard the first plane to crash into theTwin Towers. The Ha’aretz News Service ofIsrael revealed that Lewin was a one-timeofficer in the Israeli Defense Forces’ eliteSayeret Matkal commando unit. [85]Oddly enough, Lewin’s name is missingfrom CNN’s comprehensive September 11memorial website.

Another possibility is that some othergroup of “patsies” was recruited for theoperation. Perhaps some anarchists, orsome leftover Marxists who thought theywere going to bring down westerncapitalism. Or perhaps, the hijackers wereanother group of angry Arabs who weren’teven aware of who their true handlers reallywere or what the broader strategic aim ofthe mission actually was. In the dark worldof covert operations, agents are often kept

ignorant of who’s actually orchestrating theshow.

Admittedly, these scenarios arespeculative, but one thing that is notspeculative is this: the hijackers were notthe 19 men whose faces were shown on ourTV screens.

Who Provided The Protective CoverFor The 9/11 Operation?

On October 26, 1999, the famous golferPayne Stewart boarded a private Learjet inFlorida and left for Texas. Shortly aftertakeoff, Stewart’s jet veered sharply offcourse and began heading northwest. Allcontact with air controllers was lost.Within 15 minutes of having gone offcourse, U.S. fighter jets had alreadyintercepted the jet. Everyone on board waslikely dead due to depressurization.

These fighter jets were dispatched byNORAD, the branch of the U.S. Air Forcewhose job it is to monitor and defend U.S.airspace 24 hours a day. NORADmaintains a huge array of land-based radarsystems and has fighter jets on alert 24hours a day, so that they can respond to acrisis.

The jets escorted the doomed airplaneuntil another group of Air National Guardjets took over the escort mission. Finally,Stewart’s jet ran out of fuel and crashed inSouth Dakota. The quick reaction time andmilitary precision with which NORADintercepted and escorted Stewart’s jet wasimpressive, and exactly what one wouldhave expected from the greatest militarypower in world history. [86]

But on 9/11, the same NORAD—whichhad so effortlessly intercepted Stewart’s jetin 1999—was nowhere to be found duringthat two-hour period between the firstplanes going off course and the last onecrashing in a Pennsylvania field. How is itpossible that the airspace between Bostonand Washington DC, an area whichcontains the political and economic heartof the nation, was left completelydefenseless?

The second plane to hit the New Yorklandmarks had flown off course withoutcommunication for 40 minutes. On its wayto New York, it actually flew within a fewmiles of McGuire Air Force base in NewJersey, after the first tower had already beenhit!

And how is it possible that WashingtonDC was left undefended (long after theNew York attacks) when Andrews Air Forcebase is within car-driving distance?

The Air Force jets which did finallyarrive were too late. Was this due toNORAD’s incompetence, or was the orderto scramble the fighter jets deliberatelydelayed so that the terror attacks could

“It is a great nuisance that knowledge canonly be acquired by hard work.”

— W. Somerset Maugham (1874-1965)


take place?Given NORAD’s impressive performance

in the 1999 Payne Stewart disaster, thiswould suggest that someone high-up in theAir Force establishment may have issued“stand down” orders to some of our AirForce bases. Remember: the Pentagon’sDefense Policy Board is headed by ZionistRichard Perle and his gang ofwarmongering lackeys. [87]

The civilians on this board wield thepower to promote career-minded Generalsand Admirals. Is it really that hard tobelieve that a highly placed military leadercould have collaborated with the true 9/11planners?

What makes the Air Force’s slow responseeven more outrageous and suspicious isthat previously mentioned Newsweekarticle which revealed that severalPentagon leaders (Defense Policy Board?)cancelled flight plans for September 11due to security concerns. [88]

There were other warning signals toowhich we’ve reviewed earlier. In light of allthese warnings, why wasn’t NORAD andit’s armada of fighters placed on an evenhigher alert than they already are? There isonly one logical answer to these questions:Certain Pentagon leaders were “in on it”.

General Hamid Gul, a former Director ofPakistani Intelligence, hit the nail on thehead with his analysis:

“The attacks against New York andWashington were Israeli engineered.

“The attacks started at 8:45, and fourflights are diverted from their assigned airspace and no Air Force fighter jets scrambleuntil 10:00. Radars are jammed,transponders fail, and no IFF (friend or foeidentification) challenge. In Pakistan, ifthere is no response to an IFF, jets areinstantly scrambled. This was clearly aninside job. Will this also be hushed up inthe investigation, like the Kennedyassassination?” [89]

This raises another troubling set ofquestions: Surely the masterminds of the9/11 operation would have taken the timeto learn something about U.S. air defenseprocedures. They would therefore haverealized that hitting New York City withjets hijacked from Boston would have beendifficult.

New York is about 30 minutes away byairplane, and jumbo jets fly very slowlywhen compared to U.S. fighter jets that cancrack the sound barrier. Even with a 15-20minute head start, NORAD’s jets couldhave easily intercepted them, especiallythe second plane, which took a longerroute to New York and flew way off coursefor 40 minutes.

Why choose Boston’s airport andjeopardize the success of the operation?Wouldn’t it be safer to just hijack planes

from New York’s Kennedy or La GuardiaAirports? Or even Newark, NJ, which isjust across the river. Any plane hijackedfrom either of those three busy airportswould have been unstoppable. Even aplane from Philadelphia’s airport wouldhave been much closer to the target thanfar-away Boston.

The planners were no dummies. Theymust have counted on receiving protectivecover and a window of opportunity bysomeone high up at U.S. Air command.Why else choose Boston?

In addition to the protection that theplanners were to receive from certain AirForce elements, there is another plausibletheory for choosing Boston’s Logan Airportas well as United and American Airlinesplanes: It should be noted that the firmwhich provides security at Boston’s LoganAirport and also Newark Airport, and alsoworks extensively with United andAmerican Airlines, is a company calledHuntleigh USA. [90]

Claiming that Huntleigh USA’s airportsecurity was grossly negligent on 9/11,family members of some of the victims aresuing Huntleigh. [91]

Huntleigh USA had been acquired byICTS International in 1999. ICTS iscontrolled by two Israelis: Ezra Harel andMenachem Atzmon. [92]

In short, security at Boston’s Loganairport was handled (or mishandled) by anIsraeli-controlled company. Is there aconnection here? Could agents have beeninfiltrated into Logan Airport under Israeli-owned Huntleigh’s cover? It’s quitepossible.

In the days following the 9/11 attacks,Israeli security professionals beganaggressively marketing themselves in orderto gain more airport security jobs. [93]Americans should be grateful to have suchwonderful allies who care about our airportsecurity so much!

Could some of the failure of our defensesystems be attributed to a cyber-attackfrom computer hackers? Our defense andintelligence systems are very dependentupon technology. A well-coordinatedattack on these systems may also havecontributed to our inability to expose andprevent the attacks. There is one groupwho has the capability to attack ourmilitary computer systems.

In July of 1999, Ha’aretz (Israel) ran astory headlined: “Hackers Using Israeli NetSite To Strike At Pentagon”.

Ha’aretz reported:“An Israeli Internet site is being used by

international computer hackers as a basefor electronic attacks on U.S. governmentand military computer systems, accordingto Pentagon officials who were quoted in aWashington Times report yesterday.

“According to the Times, the real dangerto U.S. national security is the threat posedby foreign intelligence services orgovernments that could launch electronicwarfare against the United States.” [94]

And look what the U.S. Department ofJustice wrote in this 1998 press release:

“WASHINGTON, DC — The Departmentof Justice, in conjunction with the FBI, theAir Force Office of Special Investigation,the National Aeronautic and SpaceAdministration, and the Naval CriminalInvestigative Service, announced todaythat the Israeli National Police arrestedEhud Tenebaum, an Israeli citizen, forillegally accessing computers belonging tothe Israeli and United States governments,as well as hundreds of other commercialand educational systems in the UnitedStates and elsewhere.” [95]

No doubt about it. Covert elements inIsrael have been targeting the U.S.military’s defense systems for some timenow. This could very well have been yetanother instrument played during the greatorchestrated concert of 9/11.

The Curious Collapse OfThe Twin Towers

The government/media-approvedversion of events insists that the fires in theWorld Trade Center burned so hot that theycaused steel supports to melt and buckle,thus triggering a total collapse of thetowers. This is a strange theory for anumber of reasons:

1. The architects who designed theWorld Trade Center designed it towithstand the direct impact and fuel fire ofa commercial airline crash. Aaron Swirsky,one of the architects of the WTC, describedthe collapse as “incredible” and“unbelievable”. [96]

Lee Robertson, the project’s structuralengineer said: “I designed it for a 707 to hitit. The Boeing 707 has a fuel capacitycomparable to the 767.” [97]

2. The history of high-rise building firesprovides no case histories of buildingscollapsing due to steel beams melting froma fire.

3. The collapse of both towers were bothperfectly symmetrical and methodical. Thestraight-down collapse was identical inappearance to a well-engineered,controlled implosion. A demolitioncompany could not have done it better.Now that we know that all one has to do tobring a tall building straight down is set afuel fire in it, the well-trained experts whowork for demolition companies should allbe out of a job by now!

Even a layman with no explosivesbackground should be able to see this. Butmany specialists in explosives and


structural engineering have also made thisobservation and commented on theseinconsistencies.

After the WTC collapse, the VicePresident of New Mexico Tech, VanRomero, gave an interview to theAlbuquerque Journal. He stated plainlythat he believed the WTC collapse was toomethodical and that explosive devicesmust have been placed in key points ofboth buildings.

Romero said:“It would be difficult for something from

the plane to trigger an event like that. Itcould have been a relatively small amountof explosives placed in strategic points.One of the things that terrorists are notedfor is a diversionary attack and a secondarydevice.” [98]

In that same interview, Romero revealedthat he was in Washington DC when theattacks took place. He and a colleaguewere there to discuss defense researchprograms for New Mexico Tech. A fewdays after his interview, Romero abruptlychanged his opinion and told theAlbuquerque Journal that he no longerbelieved that bombs brought down thetowers. [99]

Romero, who relies upon the Zionist-occupied Pentagon for funding, hadsuddenly flip-flopped and joined the“melted steel” theorists.

There is more than just my own commonsense and Romero’s expert opinion tosupport the belief that the towers wereimploded from within. Several witnessesand survivors reported hearing bombsgoing off inside the World Trade Center.Louie Cacchioli is a f iref ighter withEngine 47 in Harlem, New York. Cacchiolitold People magazine the following:

“I was taking firefighters up in theelevator to the 24th floor to get in positionto evacuate workers. On the last trip up, abomb went off. We think there were bombsset in the building.” [100]

Now this whole controversy between the“melted steel” scenario and the detonationscenario is one that could be very easilyresolved. All we have to do is dig up thesteel beams and examine each and everyone of them. If an explosive device causedthe steel to fail, there will be tell-taleindications for the engineers to see. But ifit was intense heat that caused the steel to“melt” or “buckle”, there will be tell-talesigns of that as well.

All we have to do to put an end to thiscontroversy is to closely examine the steel.Right?

Well, don’t hold your breath. That’snever going to happen.

Thanks in large part to Time magazine’s“Man of the Year 2001”, New York MayorRudy Giuliani, the steel beams were

quickly recycled before investigators evenhad the chance to look at them! A mediadarling and lifelong supporter of Israel,Saint Rudy Giuliani made sure that the“smoking gun” evidence was destroyed—and right quick too.

Much of the steel was recycled inAmerica, but an additional seventythousand tons of WTC steel was sold toMetals Management—a New Yorkcompany with a Jewish (Zionist?) presidentnamed Alan Ratner. Ratner then turnedaround and shipped the WTC’s steel toChina and India for recycling! [101]

China Radio International’s EnglishEdition also reported:

“New York’s Metals Management isamong the firms taking steel from the hugeproject to clear Ground Zero. Thecompany says it has bought 70,000 tons ofscrap from the ruined twin towers. Some ofthe scrap has been shipped across thePacific to Asian markets, including Chinaand India. Among the consignments ofscrap are the ‘very dense’ steel girders fromGround Zero, which could finally yield250,000 to 400,000 tons of scrap forrecycling.” [102]

Imaine that. The largest criminalinvestigation in history and theinvestigators weren’t even permitted to seethe most important evidence of all—thesteel! During the time that Saint Rudy andRatner the Recycler were destroyingevidence, many of the most respectedengineers in the country complained notonly about the recycling, but also aboutthe federal government’s suffocatingcontrol of their investigation. OnDecember 25, 2001, the New York Times rana story about the frustrations of some of theengineers who were called-in to study thecause of the collapse:

“Interviews with a handful of membersof the team, which includes some of thenation’s most respected engineers, alsouncovered complaints that they had atvarious times been shackled withbureaucratic restrictions that preventedthem from interviewing witnesses,examining the disaster site, and requestingcrucial information like recorded distresscalls to the police and fire departments.”[103]

They made their concerns knownpublicly. Bill Manning, editor of the 125-year-old Fire Engineering magazine,noticed a strange difference between theWTC investigation and other major fireinvestigations in New York City’s history.Manning wrote:

“Did they throw away the locked doorsfrom the Triangle Shirtwaist fire? Did theythrow away the gas can used at the HappyLand social club fire?... That’s what they’redoing at the World Trade Center. The

destruction and removal of evidence muststop immediately.” [104]

One investigator told the New YorkTimes:

“ ‘This is almost the dream team ofengineers in the country working on this,and our hands are tied’ said one teammember who asked not to be identified.Members have been threatened withdismissal for speaking to the press. ‘FEMAis controlling everything’ the team membersaid.” [105]

Dr. Frederick W. Mowrer from the FireEngineering department at the Universityof Maryland told the New York Times:

“I find the speed with which importantevidence has been removed and recycledto be appalling.” [106]

Finally, the Times story made thisinteresting little revelation about St. Rudyand Ratner the Recycler:

“Officials in the mayor’s office declinedto reply to written and oral requests forcomment over a three-day period aboutwho decided to recycle the steel and theconcern that the decision might behandicapping the investigation.” [107]

It is a very odd form of science that thegovernment and some of its housescientists practice these days. Without ashred of physical evidence, these modern-day alchemists have been able to “prove”their theory that fire caused the towers tocollapse. This appears to be yet anothermonstrous lie. Why else would you destroythe “melted steel”? Ask Rudy.

The Miracle Of Passover

Not just Americans were murdered on9/11. Nearly 500 foreign nationals fromover 80 different nations were killed inthe World Trade Center. [108]

As a center of world trade and finance,this is not surprising. It is also commonlyknown that many Israelis work in the fieldof international trade and finance. Thelaws of probability dictate that among thenearly 500 dead foreign nationals, fromover 80 different nations, there should havebeen a considerable number of Israelis.But the number of Israeli dead wassuspiciously low, especially when weconsider the report, contained in theSeptember 12 Jerusalem Post, that theIsraeli embassy in America was bombardedon 9/11 with calls from 4000 worriedIsraeli families. [109]

George Bush had told the U.S. Congressthat he also mourned the deaths of foreigncitizens, including “more than 130Israelis”. [110]

But Bush was either misinformed or hewas lying. The actual number of Israelidead at the WTC was far less than 130. Itwas far less than 100. It was far less than


50. It was far less than 25. It was far lessthan 10. It was zero! [111A]

That’s right! ZERO Israeli nationals losttheir lives in the WTC while citizens fromover 80 different nations, including suchpowerhouses of world trade and finance asGranada, Bermuda, Ireland, and thePhilippines, all lost people in the WTC.

One Israeli was killed aboard each of theflights that crashed into the WTC. Nonewere killed in the WTC itself. [111B]

We learned earlier about the employeesof the Israeli instant messaging companyOdigo, who were anonymously informedof the attacks two hours before they tookplace. [112]

Even more intriguing than the Odigowarnings was the narrow escape of 200employees of an Israeli government-runcompany called Zim Israel Navigational.With over 80 vessels, Zim Navigational isthe 9th largest shipping company in theworld. Just one week before 9/11, ZimNavigational moved out of its World TradeCenter offices, with over 200 workers.[113A, 113B]

Company spokesperson Dan Nadlersaid: “When we watched the pictures, wefelt so lucky. Our entire U.S. operationswere run out of the 16th floor.” [114A,114B]

Zim moved to Virginia. Nadler addedthat the aim of the sudden move “was tosave on rent”. [115A, 115B]

Somehow the claim that a major globalshipping firm, backed up by governmentmoney, needed to save a few bucks on rentlacks credibility. And oh, what perfecttiming!

So who tipped off Zim? Who tipped offOdigo? Who tipped off those Pentagonofficials? Who tipped off those Israeliworkers in New York? I think it’s safe to sayit wasn’t Osama bin Laden.

Framing Bin Laden

Within minutes after the attack, a paradeof politicians and “terrorism experts”appeared on every TV channel all claimingthat the attacks were the work of Osama binLaden. The Bush Administration claimedthat it had evidence linking bin Laden tothe attacks which it would release to thepublic in a matter of days. They never did.

Just like they never provided anyevidence that he blew up the U.S.embassies in Africa in 1997. The entirecase against Osama bin Laden was basedon nothing but the repeated claim that hewas the culprit for the embassy bombingsand for 9/11.

Demands were placed upon the Talibangovernment of Afghanistan to turn binLaden over to the U.S. or face an attack.(We established earlier that U.S. military

action had already been planned sinceJune.) [116A ,116B]

The Taliban offered to turn bin Ladenover to a neutral party if the U.S. providedany evidence to them that he had anythingto do with the 1997 U.S. African embassybombings or the 9/11 attacks. Theevidence was never presented to theTaliban for two reasons:

1. There was never any evidence, noteven circumstantial.

2. The war to replace the Taliban with aU.S. puppet government was already inmotion. The 9/11 attacks served as theperfect excuse, the “incident” to win thesupport of the American people and kickoff the war.

Three months after the attacks, and withthe bombing of Afghani peasants in fullswing, the U.S. had still not provided oneshred of evidence to link bin Laden and hisal-Qaeda “network” to 9/11.

People in foreign countries werebeginning to ask questions. Then one day,the Pentagon claimed that some unnamedsource found a video tape in Afghanistan.

The Bush gang began dropping hints inthe media that this video shows Osama binLaden bragging and admitting his role inthe attacks. How convenient! And howimprobable.

The “mastermind” of 9/11, who was sobrilliant that he pulled off 9/11 withoutbeing detected, was careless enough toleave a “confession video” laying aroundto be discovered by the U.S.!

The video was shown on the news withEnglish subtitles. Bin Laden’s voice wasso barely audible that even viewers in Arabnations had to rely on the Pentagon’stranslated subtitles! An obedient American(Zionist) news media accepted thePentagon story and translation withoutquestion. A few Arab media whores wereeven trotted out to vouch for the tape’sauthenticity. Aha! This is the “smokinggun” they assured us. But this too isanother vicious lie.

On December 20, 2001, the German TVshow Monitor (the 60 Minutes of Germany)found the translation of the “confession”video to be not only “inaccurate” but even“manipulative”. [117]

Dr. Abdel El M.Husseini andProfessor GernotRotter made ani n d e p e n d e n ttranslation andaccused the WhiteHouse translators of“writing a lot ofthings that theywanted to hear butcannot be heard onthe tape no matter

how many times you listen to it.” [118]Even more compelling than the

revelations of the European press are theactual images of the “confession video”.Every photo previously taken of Osamabin Laden shows gaunt facial features and along thin nose. The Pentagon video of binLaden clearly shows a man with full facialfeatures and a wide nose. Examine thepictures side-by-side for yourself if youdon’t believe it. The differences in facialfeatures will jump right out at you. [119]

Would the Pentagon leadership becapable of such deception? Why not?!They were capable of allowing 9/11 tohappen, weren’t they? The Pentagon itselfhas even admitted the existence of aspecial department established for thepurpose of planting false stories in themedia in order to carry out strategicobjectives.

The very Zionist and very pro-war NewYork Times broke a story in February 2002which revealed that the Pentagon has plansto deliberately provide false stories to thepress as part of an effort to influence policy.The Pentagon set up the Office of StrategicInfluence (OSI) for this purpose. A ZionistAir Force General named Simon P. Wordenwas chosen to head this criminal effort.[120]

Worden’s boss is Douglas Feith, anotherdedicated Zionist who serves asUndersecretary of Defense for Policy. Howdedicated of a Zionist is Feith? The ZionistOrganization of America (ZOA) honoredFeith and his father at an award dinner in1999. So I’ll let ZOA’s 1997 press releasetell you about Feith:

“This year’s honorees will be Dalck Feithand Douglas J. Feith, the noted Jewishphilanthropists and pro-Israel activists.Dalck Feith will receive the ZOA’s specialCentennial Award at the dinner, for hislifetime of service to Israel and the Jewishpeople. His son, Douglas J. Feith, theformer Deputy Assistant Secretary ofDefense, will receive the prestigious LouisD. Brandeis Award at the dinner.” [121](Google users enter: feith zionistorganization award)

There you have it! The Zionist Air ForceGeneral who runs the Pentagon’s media

SECRET UFO DIARY: EXPOSING THEEXISTENCE OF ALIEN SKYMEN

Shocking private memoirs of former NavyCommander involving the retrieval of UFOwreckage near our nation’s capital & how itsuddenly “disappeared” from the securegovernment safe it was being stored in. Havealiens been coming to the Earth’s surface &experimenting with us for thousands of years?

Introduction by Commander X. 256 pages. $15.00(+S/H)SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERINGOR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866 Code: SDCM (1.0 lb.)


disinformation department, reports directlyto a Zionist Pentagon boss who was arecipient of the “prestigious” LouisBrandeis Award. Brandeis, a formerSupreme Court judge, was one of the keyZionist powerbrokers who helpedinfluence Woodrow Wilson into joiningWorld War I as part of the Zionist-BritishBalfour deal we learned about earlier.

One year has passed since the 9/11attacks and the FBI has not uncovered anyal-Qaeda cells in the United States, nor hasit found any paper trail. The London Timesreported:

“Thousands of FBI agents have roundedup more than 1,300 suspects acrossAmerica since September 11, but they havefailed to f ind a single al-Qaeda celloperating in the United States.... TomRidge, Director of Homeland Security,could not explain why none had beencaught.” [122]

In April of 2002, FBI director RobertMueller—the same Robert Mueller whoadmitted that several hijacker identitieswere in doubt due to identity thefts—madethis stunning announcement:

“In our investigation, we have notuncovered a single piece of paper—eitherhere or in the treasure trove of informationthat has turned up in Afghanistan andelsewhere—that mentioned any aspect ofthe September 11 plot.” [123]

Predictably, Directors Ridge and Muellerattribute this total lack of any evidence tothe skill of the al-Qaeda “terrorist network”.

If you’ve read this far, you should knowbetter. The reason that the U.S. has beenunable to uncover a shred of evidence tolink al-Qaeda to 9/11 is because al-Qaedadidn’t do it!

Whistleblowers: The FBI AgentsWho Tried To Prevent 9/11

The FBI’s field agents are “the goodguys”. It’s the ass kissing, spinelesscareerists at the top who have corrupted theagency.

In the critical weeks and months leadingup to that fateful day, numerous clues werepicked up by loyal FBI field agents. Someof these agents were so alarmed at whatthey thought was an unfolding terror plot,that they tried to convince their superiorsto investigate deeper. These agents wereeither ignored, threatened, or fired.

Each of these FBI agents thought thatthey were on the trail of an Arab terror plotand, unless they’ve read this paper, theyprobably still believe so. We can forgivethem their ignorance if they haven’trealized yet that the trail they were on wasnot that of Arab terrorists, but ratherMossad agents impersonating Arabterrorists. (Much more on that later.)

The essential point is that these agentswere on to something big that someonedidn’t want them to be digging into.

There is FBI Special Agent RobertWright. The public interest law firmJudicial Watch is representing agentWright. Wright claims that he was metwith retaliation and threats from his bossesand from the Justice Department who toldhim they wanted his probes to go nofurther. [124] Wright maintains that if hisinvestigation had been allowed tocontinue, the attacks could have beenprevented.

There is FBI agent Coleen Rowley. Thegutsy Rowley wrote a 13-page letter to FBIDirector Robert Mueller in which sheactually accuses the director of her ownagency of “a subtle skewing of the facts”.[125] Rowley’s letter also charged that theagency refused to react to evidence of apending terror plot.

According to Rowley, the FBI’sobstruction was so blatant that her andsome of her fellow agents jokinglyspeculated that key FBI personnel musthave been moles working for Osama binLaden! [126]

Rowley’s main point of contention wasthe agency’s failure to go after ZachariasMoussoui, the “20th hijacker”, even afterhis flight school instructor reported hissuspicious behavior to the FBI. Moussoui,you will recall, was the French Algerianwho couldn’t speak French to his flightschool instructor.

There is FBI agent Sibel Edmonds.Edmunds was an FBI wiretap translator.She claims that another FBI translator wasworking for the Mossad and that theMossad also tried to recruit Edmonds tomake phony translations for the purpose ofmisdirecting investigations. When agentEdmonds refused, the Mossad threatenedher safety! [127]

When she brought these allegations tothe attention of her superiors, she was firedfor being “disruptive”. The WashingtonPost briefly reported this story withoutmentioning the name of the nation thattried to recruit Edmonds. But the Post didreveal that Edmonds and the othertranslator “trace their ethnicity” to thiscertain “Middle Eastern” country. [128]

Agent Sibel Edmunds is not an Arab.Edmonds is Jewish. Therefore we knowthat the “Middle Eastern” nation which thePost chose not to name is Israel. (No bigsurprise there!)

Sibel Edmonds deserves a lot of creditfor defying the Mossad and blowing thewhistle to her superiors. Instead, she wasfired for her patriotic efforts, proving onceagain that Zionists are willing to hurtinnocent Jews.

There is FBI agent John M. Cole,

program manager for FBI intelligenceinvestigations covering India, Pakistan,and Afgahinstan. In the same WashingtonPost story about Edmunds, it was reportedthat Cole also wrote a letter to FBI chiefMueller warning him about lax securityprocedures in the hiring of translators.[129]

Dedicated agents such as Wright,Rowley, Cole, Edmonds, and others whohave spoken anonymously, had to bestopped from going after “Muslimterrorists”. If not so obstructed, they wouldin time come to discover that they weren’treally al-Qaeda terrorists!

Not only were investigations blockedbefore 9/11, but they continue to beblocked after 9/11. The cover-up is soblatant that members of both the Houseand Senate Intelligence Committeescomplained directly to CIA DirectorGeorge Tenet and Attorney General JohnAshcroft. The Los Angeles Times reported:

“Lawmakers leading the investigation ofintelligence failures surrounding the 9/11attacks are increasingly concerned that theCIA and Justice department are activelyimpeding their efforts.... The flare upcenters on obstacles congressionalinvestigators say the agencies have strewnin their path.” [130]

That’s exactly what FBI agents Wright,Rowley, Edmunds, and Cole said happenedto them when they tried to investigatebefore the attacks! By the way, did Imention that the FBI is under thejurisdiction of yet another Zionist, namedMichael Chertoff ? Chertoff is the Directorof the Criminal Division of the U.S. JusticeDepartment. FBI chief Robert Mueller hasto answer to Chertoff. Perhaps thatexplains Mueller’s highly pathetic—andhighly revealing—speech before the Anti-Defamation League’s 24th Annual NationalLeadership Conference, held in May of2002:

“I have long admired and respected thework of ADL, and I appreciate yourlongstanding support of the FBI. I knowthat under my predecessor, Louis Freeh,this partnership reached new heights.... Iam absolutely committed to building onthat relationship. We in the FBItremendously value your perspectives andyour partnership. Your insights andresearch into extremism are particularlyhelpful to us, shedding light on thechanging nature of the terrorist threatsfacing America. Your support of hate crimeand terrorist investigations, which are nowfront and center in the work of the FBI, isessential to us. And the training andeducation you provide for the FBI and forlaw enforcement have never been morerelevant. That includes the conference onextremist and terrorist threats you are


sponsoring later this month at the FBIAcademy.” [131]

Just shoot me now! The FBI is in“partnership” with the Zionist ADL andrelies upon this criminal smear-group for“insights and research” and “education andtraining”.

Didn’t anyone ever tell FBI chiefMueller that, when the FBI raided theCalifornia offices of the ADL in 1993, theyfound that the ADL had computerized fileson nearly 10,000 people across thecountry, and that more than 75% of theinformation had been illegally obtainedfrom police, FBI files, and state driver’slicense data banks? [132] Isn’t Muelleraware that the San Francisco SuperiorCourt awarded $150,000 in courtjudgments against the Anti-DefamationLeague in connection with this FBI bust?[133]

What other group in America could getaway with not only stealing FBI files (afederal offense), but then becoming“partners” with the FBI? So why wouldFBI Director Mueller disregard the fact thatthe ADL is a criminal group that wascaught spying on U.S. citizens by his ownFBI? Why does Mueller ignore the“insights” of his own agents whilethanking the criminal ADL for it’s“advice”?

It’s because Mueller and his kind areempty, career-minded “yes men” whounderstand that it doesn’t pay to defy theZionist Mafia. Ass-kissers like Mueller getpromoted. Honest agents like Wright,Rowley, Edmonds, and Cole go nowherefast.

The Anthrax Letters:Another Anti-Arab Frame-Up

On October 3, 2001, an Egyptian-American scientist named Dr. Ayaad Assaadsat terrified in a vault-like interrogationroom at an FBI office in Washington DC.It was not yet known that a pair of letterscontaining deadly anthrax had beenmailed to NBC newsman Tom Brokaw andU.S. Senator Tom Daschle. Five peoplewould die as a result of the anthraxmailings which had been mailed from NewJersey.

Billions of pieces of mail were delayed,costing the U.S. Post Office to suffer hugelosses. The news media ran nothing butanthrax stories night and day. Politiciansand commentators speculated that Osamabin Laden or Saddam Hussein were behindthe letters.

Why was the FBI questioning Asaad?Before the anthrax murders werecommitted, someone had sent the FBI ananonymous letter accusing Dr. Assaad ofbeing a bio-terrorist with a grudge against

the United States.[134]

The letter was senton September 25—before the f irstanthrax case waseven diagnosed. TheFBI agents soon wereconvinced that theanonymous letterwas a hoax and aframe-up attempt.Assaad was clearedof suspicion andreleased. Assaad latertold the HartfordCourant ofConnecticut:

“I was so angry when I read the letter, Ibroke out in tears. Whoever this person is,knew in advance what was going tohappen and created a suitable, well-fittedscapegoat for this action. You do not needto be a Nobel Laureate to put two and twotogether.” [135]

If we find out who would have wanted toframe Dr. Assad in particular, and Arabs ingeneral, we will likely find out who wasbehind the anthrax murders.

[Editor’s note: For the “largerpicture” answer to that question,SPECTRUM readers are likely to thinkback to our January 2002 front-pagefeature story from Dr. Len Horowitz titledThe CIA’s Role In The AnthraxMailings: Could Our Spies Be AgentsFor Military-Industrial Sabotage,Terrorism, And Even PopulationControl? Of course such a scaminvolved a coordination with many othergroups and was thus necessarilycontrived from a much higher level ofabove-the-law manipulators, as wasdiscussed at that time. Moreover, theletters to NBC newsman Tom Brokaw andU.S. Senator Tom Daschle were mostlikely warnings to suggest they adopt anattitude of better compliance with the“party line”—or else.]

That the wording of the anthrax letterswas contrived in such a manner as to frameArabs/Muslims is so self-evident that evena mentally retarded child could seethrough it.

Here is the wording of the Daschle letter:“You cannot stop us. We have this

anthrax. You die now. Are you afraid?Death to America. Death to Israel. Allah isgreat.” [136]

And the Brokaw letter:“This is next. Take Penacilin now.

Death to America. Death to Israel. Allahis great.” [137]

Give me a break!Ask yourself: Who would want to frame

Arabs? Who would want to link the

interests of the U.S. and the interests ofIsrael in the obvious way these ridiculousletters attempt to? Remember the LavonAffair? Remember the USS Liberty?Remember the dancing Israelis?Remember Netanyahu’s saying 9/11 wasgood for US-Israeli relations?

A good place to start searching would bethe U.S. bio-weapons lab at Fort Detrick,MD. The Ames strain of anthrax has, infact, been traced to Fort Detrick, whereAssaad once worked until he was laid off in1997. After he was let go from Fort Detrick,Assaad filed a federal discrimination suitbased upon the brutal abuse andharassment that he had endured from somehighly suspicious co-workers.

In 1991, Assaad found an 8-page poemin his mailbox which became a courtroomexhibit. The poem had 235 lines, many ofthem lewd and sexually explicit, mockingAssaad. Along with the poem, theperpetrators left Assaad a rubber camel witha large penis attached to it! [138] This wasan obvious attempt to mock Assaad’s Arabethnicity.

Assaad said that when he brought thepoem to the attention of his supervisor,Col. David Franz, Franz kicked him out ofhis office! [139] Now these weren’timmature college kids doing this. Thisoutrageous emotional abuse was carriedout by highly trained scientists whoobviously wanted Aassad out.

One of the scientists known to have beena leader in the horrible attacks on Dr.Assaad was Dr. Lt. Col. Philip Zack. PhilipZack was to “voluntarily” leave FortDetrick shortly after Assaad brought Zack’spoem and camel to the attention of hissupervisors. [140] Strike one on Dr. Zack!

In an indirectly related matter, anotherFort Detrick researcher, Dr. Mary BethDowns, told army investigators that onseveral occasions in January and Februaryof 1992, she had come to work severaltimes to discover that someone had beenconducting anthrax research after hours.[141] Who could that person have been?

Humankind continues to wage all-out battle with thosewho have kept us as their slaves since seemingly thebeginning of time. They are: • The Illuminati • TheGreys • The Counterfeit Race.

They have, says the author (who is of militaryintelligence) kept us in human bondage by: • Controlling our minds •Planting imperfect thoughts in our heads • Kidnapping humans •Impregnating women • Causing global warfare and ethnic hatred • Creatinga false economic system, and • Assassinating and “replacing” our mosttrusted spiritual leaders, rulers, and elected officials.

THE CONTROLLERS: THE HIDDEN

RULERS OF EARTH IDENTIFIEDBY COMMANDER X


$15.00(+S/H)Code: TCO (0.75 lb.)


Documents from that 1992 inquiry confirmthat an unauthorized person was observedon a surveillance camera being let into thelab at 8:40 p.m. on January 23, 1992.

Who was this unauthorized personcaught sneaking into the bio-weapons lab,during the same time period that anthraxresearch was being done after hours? Noneother than Lt. Col. Philip Zack! [142] Thesame Zack who was forced to resign a yearearlier because of his horrible abuse of Dr.Assaad. Strike two on Dr. Zack!

Why would Dr. Zack and others havesuch an animosity towards Dr. Assaad?What would motivate him to help write a235-line hate poem? What motive wouldhe have to frame Arabs for the deadlyanthrax murders?

Well, some research into the name“Zack” reveals that it is a fairly commonJewish surname, derived from the OldTestament “Zacharias”. Dr. Zack is Jewish,and given his obvious, fanatical hatred ofArabs, we can safely deduce that he is ahardcore Zionist. Strike three on Dr. Zack!

All of the above is public information.Assaad’s 1990s legal proceedings, Dr.Down’s testimony, the surveillance video ofZack sneaking into Fort Detrick one yearafter he had “resigned”—it’s all there. TheHartford Courant exposed all of these facts[143], as did the Toronto Globe & Mail[144], the Seattle Times [145], and otherpublications.

Just the facts contained in the HartfordCourant story alone should be enough toat least indict Philip Zack. So why didn’twe see Dr. Zack’s face on our TV screens?Why hasn’t Dr. Zack been given a liedetector test? What forces in the mediaand the government are protecting Zackfrom being exposed as the logical primesuspect?

The plot thickens (and sickens) evenmore.

It is not my intent to smear, defame, oroffend Jewish people here. But to notmention the ethnicity of certain players inthis fantastic drama would be like writingan exposé on the Italian Mafia withoutmentioning that it’s major players areItalians. Remember: some of the Zionists’harshest critics are themselves Jewish.

Dr. Assaad had been cleared and Dr. Zackwas coming under a small amount of mediaand FBI suspicion. Enter, from stage left,one Barbara Rosenberg, a Jewishenvironmentalist professor and politicalactivist with no expertise in bio-warfare.[146]

Rosenberg suddenly went public withthe claim that she knew who the anthraxkiller was. [147] She was supported inthis effort by another Zionist New YorkTimes journalist named Nicholas D.Kristof, who openly called for the arrest

of Hatfill! [148]Quietly and behind the scenes,

Rosenberg began directing investigatorstowards an American scientist named Dr.Stephen Hatfill (and therefore away fromDr. Zack). The Washington Post confirmedthat it was Rosenberg who helped putauthorities on the trail of the innocent Dr.Hatfill. [149]

The name of Hatfill trickled forth fromthe news media. In a matter of weeks, thetrickle became a media flood. Dr. Hatfillbecame a household name. Hatfill called anews conference to protest his innocence.There is not a shred of evidence againsthim and he passed an FBI lie detector test.[150]

But the Zionist-controlled media lynch-mob, led by the evil Rosenberg and theyellow journalist Kristoff, continued topursue and harass Hatfill. Dr. Hatfill maynever be imprisoned, but his life and careerhave been destroyed by these falseallegations and the media hype. Lt. Col.Zack is off the hook.

What these mad Zionist scientists andtheir media brethren have done to Dr.Assaad and Dr. Hatfill is monstrous beyondbelief. It is clear that these anthrax letterswere first intended to be an anti-Arabframe-up with Assaad meant to take theblame. When that didn’t work, thesefanatical Zionists (who always sticktogether like glue) put the media and theFBI on poor Dr. Hatfill’s back, and wreckedhis career and reputation in the process.

Why hasn’t Dr. Zack been given an FBIlie detector test? Ask FBI boss and ADL“partner” Robert Mueller!

Hundreds Of Mossad AgentsRunning Wild In America!

We talked at length about the f ivedancing Israeli “movers” (Mossad agents)who were arrested and placed in solitaryconfinement after they were caughtcelebrating the 9/11 horror show.

We also reviewed how the Israeli ownerof Urban Moving Systems, Dominick Suter,then suddenly abandoned his “movingcompany” and fled for Israel on 9/14.

But there were still more Israeli “movers”in America whose actions raise serioussuspicions.

In October of 2001, three more Israeli“movers” were stopped in Plymouth, PAbecause of their suspicious behavior.These “movers” were seen dumpingfurniture near a restaurant dumpster!

When the restaurant managerapproached the driver, a “Middle Eastern”man later identified as Moshe Elmakiasfled the scene. [151]

The manager made note of the truck’ssign—which read “Moving Systems

Incorporated”—and called the police.When the police spotted the truck, twoother Israelis—Ayelet Reisler and RonKatar—began acting suspiciously. [152]

The Plymouth police searched the truckand found a video. The Israelis were takeninto custody and the video tape was playedat the police station. The video revealedfootage of Chicago with zoomed-in shotsof the Sears Tower. [153]

The police quickly alerted the FBI and itwas also discovered that the Israelis hadfalsified travel logs and phony paperworkon them. [154]

They were also unable to provide a nameand telephone number for the customerthat they claimed to have been working for.These Israelis were up to some sort of dirtybusiness, and you can be sure it hadnothing to do with moving furniture.

On October 10, 2001, CNN made a briefmention of a foiled terrorist bomb plot inthe Mexican parliament building. Theypromised to bring any furtherdevelopments of this story to their viewers,but the incident was never heard of againin America.

But the story appeared in bold headlineson the front page of the major Mexicannewspapers [155] and was also posted onthe official website of the Mexican JusticeDepartment. [156]

Two terrorist suspects were apprehendedin the Mexican Chamber of Deputies.Caught red-handed, they had in theirpossession a high-powered gun, nine handgrenades, and C-4 plastic explosives (greatstuff for demolishing buildings). [157]

Within days, this blockbuster story notonly disappeared from the Mexican press,but the terrorists were released anddeported! The two terrorists were SalvadorGerson Sunke and Sar ben Zui. Can youguess what their ethnicity was? GersonSunke was a Mexican Jew and Zui was acolonel with the Israeli special forces.[158]

Can you say “Mossad”?The story in El Diario de Mexico went

on to reveal that the Zionist terrorists hadfake Pakistani passports on them. [159]

Can you say “false-flag operation”?The probable motive of this particular

botched terrorist operation was to involveoil-rich Mexico in the “War on Terrorism”.(The War on Israel’s enemies would be amore accurate description.)

Mexico is no military power, but thepsychological trauma of an “Arab” attackon Mexico would surely have inducedMexico to provide unlimited cheap oil toher American “protector”. With cheap oilflowing to America at rock bottom pricesfrom Mexico, the U.S. could better afford tobreak off relations with the oil-rich Arabs ingeneral, and Saudi Arabia in particular.


That‘s why the conspiracy chose so manySaudi identities to steal for the 9/11operation.

In November of 2001, 6 more suspiciousIsraelis were detained in an unspecifiedmid-eastern state. They had in theirpossession box cutters, oil pipeline plans,and nuclear power plant plans. [160]

The local police called in the Feds, andImmigration officials took over the sceneand released the men without calling theFBI. The Jerusalem Post [161], the MiamiHerald [162], and the Times of London[163] all carried this amazing story and allrevealed how furious FBI officials werethat these suspects with nuclear powerplant plans were allowed to go free.

Of course, the corruption-riddled FBIwould only have caved-in to Zionistpressure from the Justice Department’sCriminal Division boss, Michael Chertoff,and also from the ADL’s “partner”, FBI bossRobert Mueller—who would no doubthave found a way to release those Israeliterror suspects too.

In December of 2001, the Los AngelesTimes published the story of how twoJewish terrorists were arrested by the FBIfor plotting to blow-up the office of U.S.Congressman of Arab descent, Darrell Issa(R-CA), and also a California mosque.[164]

Irv Rubin and Earl Kruger of the radicalZionist Jewish Defense League (JDL) werecharged with conspiracy to destroy abuilding by means of explosives. Thisstory got brief national coverage, butquickly disappeared too. These Zionistssure love blowing up buildings and killinginnocent people, don’t they?

In May of 2002, yet another moving vanwas pulled over in Oak Harbor,Washington, near the Whidbey IslandNaval Air Station. Fox News reported thatthe van was pulled over for speeding,shortly after midnight. The passengers toldthe police they were delivering furniture,but because it was so late at night, thepolice weren’t buying the story. A bomb-sniffing dog was brought in and the dogdetected the presence of TNT and RDXplastic explosives in the truck (great stufffor demolishing buildings). Both FoxNews [165] and the Ha’aretz newspaper ofIsrael [166] reported that the two “movers”were Israelis.

According to FOX News, throughout late2000 and 2001, a total of 200 Israeli spieswere arrested. [167]

It was the largest spy ring to beuncovered in the history of the U.S. TheWashington Post also reported that some ofthese Israelis were arrested in connectionwith the 9/11 investigation. [168]

Carl Cameron of FOX News Channel didan excellent four-part nationally televised

series ofinvestigations intothis blockbusterscandal. But FOXpulled theinvestigative seriesafter Zionist groupscomplained to FOXexecutives. FOXeven went so far as toremove the writtentranscripts of theseries from itswebsite! In it’s placewas posted a chillingOrwellian messagewhich reads: “This story no longer exists.”[169]

Fortunately, for the sake of history, theFOX transcripts were copied onto manyother websites, and all four parts areavailable for your review.

The FOX series and other mainstreamnews media sources revealed that many ofthese Israelis were army veterans withelectronics and explosives expertise.Many of them failed lie detector tests.

FBI agents told FOX that some of theirpast investigations were compromisedbecause suspects had been tipped off byIsraeli wiretapping specialists. It wasdiscovered that Israeli companies such asComverse and Amdocs have the capabilityto tap American telephones (great forblackmailing all those wife-cheatingpoliticians).

FBI agents also told FOX they believedthe Israelis had advance knowledge of the9/11 attacks—which certainly wouldexplain why no Israelis died in the WTC.

Still another U.S. official informed FOXthat some of the detained Israelis actuallyhad links to 9/11, but he refused todescribe the nature of those links.

The FBI official told FOX’s CarlCameron: “Evidence linking these Israelisto 9/11 is classified. I cannot tell youabout the evidence that has been gathered.It is classified information.” [170]

Then there was that small army of Israeli“art students” who were arrested for tryingto sneak into secured U.S. Federalbuildings and staking out 36 Departmentof Defense sites. Some of these suspicious“art students” even showed up at the homesof Federal employees. [171]

Ron Hatchett, a Department of Defenseanalyst, told Channel 11, KHOU news inHouston, that he believed the “artstudents” were gathering intelligence forfuture attacks. Here’s an excerpt from theOctober 1, 2001 KHOU investigativereport by Anna Werner:

“Could federal buildings in Houston andother cities be under surveillance byforeign groups? That’s what some experts

are asking after federal law enforcementand security officials—nationally and inHouston—described for the 11 NewsDefenders a curious pattern of behavior bya group of people claiming to be Israeli artstudents....

“Hatchett says they could be doing whathe would be doing if he were a terrorist:sizing up the situation. ‘We need to knowwhat are the entrances to this particularbuilding. We need to know what are thesurveillance cameras that are operating.We need to know how many guards are atthis operation, when do they take breaks?’Says Hatchett: ‘This is not a bunch of kidsselling artwork.’

“A former Defense Department analyst,Hatchett believes groups may be gatheringintelligence for possible future attacks.‘Some organization, thinking in terms of apotential retaliation against the U.S.government, could be scouting outpotential targets and looking for targetsthat would be vulnerable.’

“And a source tells the Defenders ofanother federal memo, stating that, besidesHouston and Dallas, the same thing hashappened at sites in New York, Florida, andsix other states, and even more worrisome,at 36 sensitive Department of Defense sites.‘One defense site you can explain’ saysHatchett, ‘well, that was just chance, butthirty-six? That’s a pattern.’ ” [172]

A federal memo stated that these artstudents may have had ties to an “Islamicterror group”. [173]

Remember the bombing of the KingDavid Hotel in 1946, and how the “Arabterrorists” were actually Irgun terrorists?Remember the Zionist terrorists caught inMexico with Arab passports? Rememberthe official motto of the Mossad: “By WayOf Deception Thou Shalt Do War.”

Are you getting the picture? Can yousay “false-flag operations” ?

Before his excellent work was silenced,FOX’s Cameron reported this amazing bitof information:

“Investigators within the DEA, INS, andFBI have all told FOX News that to pursue

Half of the book consists of a reprint of the classicSMOKY GODS written by a Swedish fisherman whoclaims he found his way inside the Earth and had anamazing encounter with a race of super-wise giantswho have lived inside the Earth since ancient times.Book also contains evidence that at least some UFOsmay come from inside Earth and are piloted by a raceof super-beings who have survived, largely unknown tothe surface world. Includes interview with an innerEarth inhabitant from a city beneath Mt. Shasta.

THE SMOKEY GOD AND OTHERINNER EARTH MYSTERIES


$12.50(+S/H)Code: TSG (0.75 lb.)


or even suggest ‘Israeli spying’ isconsidered career suicide.” [174]

Did you catch that? If an investigatordares to mention Israeli spying, he hascommitted career suicide! And if ajournalist like FOX’s Cameron dares tobring this scandal to light, he is told to shuthis mouth. If they persist, they may evenbe called “anti-Semitic”—a label whichhas served as the “kiss of death” for many ajournalistic and political career.

This means the Zionist Mafia can dowhatever it wants, whenever it wants, andhowever it wants—including orchestrating,financing, executing, and covering up thetrue story of events in the Middle East, the9/11 massacre, and the ensuing “War onTerrorism” (war on Israel’s enemies).

Now do you remember the Mossad’s“warning” about the 200 “al-Qaedaterrorists” said to have been preparingmajor attacks in the U.S.? [175]

At the time of this writing, we are oneyear into the largest investigation inAmerican history, and not one of these 200“terrorists” has yet to be uncovered. [176]

But—200 Israeli spies were uncovered,among them many military members,electronics experts, wiretapping and phonetapping specialists, and explosives experts,with the skills to bring down tall buildings.[177]

Logic and common sense lead to theconclusion that the “200 al-Qaedaterrorists” were, in reality, 200 Zionistterrorists sent to frame the Arabs for terroristattacks and drag America into a war.History repeats itself.

But who will teach this history to theAmerican people when the Zionists controlthe information industry? The ZionistMafia and their ass-kissing careeristhenchmen in media, government,academia, and business have all of thebases covered.

Zionists Want World War III

In January of 2001, 9 months before the9/11 attacks, a well-known economist andpolitical f igure with worldwideintelligence connections issued thefollowing prediction:

“A new Middle East war of the generaltype and implications indicated, will occurif certain specified incidents materialize. Itwill occur only if the combination of theIsraeli government and certain Anglo-American circles wish to have it occur. Ifthey should wish it to occur, the incidentsto ‘explain’ that occurrence will bearranged. Contrary to widespread childishopinion, most of the important things thathappen in the world, happen becausepowerful forces intend them to happen, notbecause of some so-called ‘sociological’ or

other statistical coincidence of the typesreported for the popular edification of theeasily deluded. A new Middle East war,bigger than any yet seen, is inevitableunder presently reigning globalinfluences.” [178]

The man who made that prediction is theperpetual presidential “wannabe” LyndonLaRouche. Now LaRouche may be a cult-like f igure with some really weirdinterpretations of history, but hisintelligence contacts are legitimate, andmany of his political and economicforecasts have been accurate in the past.Considering all the history and recentevents reviewed in this paper, and thelogical conclusions which they lead us to,the above prediction was “right on themoney”.

The Zionists (and also Anglo-AmericanInternationalist interests) do not concealtheir desire for World War III, withAmerican troops doing the dying. Theypulled off 9/11, turned us into Arab-hatingfanatics, put an American flag in our hands,and are marching us off to die for Zionism.Just read what Ra’anan Gissin—a senioradviser to and spokesman for Ariel “theButcher” Sharon—said in an interviewwith the Arizona Daily Star in April of2002:

“The terror attacks on September 11 andextreme turmoil in the Middle East pointto one thing—World War III. We’ve beenfighting a war for the past 18 months,which is the harbinger of World War III.The world is going to fight, whether theylike it or not. I’m sure.” [179]

Here’s another warmongering,inflammatory quote from Israeli ForeignMinister Shimon Peres, urging the U.S. toattack Iraq:

“[Attacking Iraq now would be] “quitedangerous, but postponing it would bemore dangerous. The problem today is notif, but when.” [180]

And here’s another warmongering quotefrom an editorial that former Israeli PrimeMinister Benjamim Netanyahu wrote forthe New York Post and headlined “TodayWe Are All Americans”:

“What is at stake today is nothing lessthan the survival of civilization.... I haveabsolute confidence that if we, the citizensof the free world, led by President Bush,will marshal the enormous reserves ofpower at our disposal, harness the steelyresolve of a free people, and mobilize ourcollective will to eradicate this evil fromthe face of the earth.... The internationalterrorist network is thus based onregimes—Iran, Iraq, Syria, TalebanAfghanistan, Yasser Arafat’s PalestinianAuthority, and several other Arab regimessuch as the Sudan. For the bin Ladens ofthe world, Israel is merely a sideshow.

America is the target.” [181]Note the ominous similarity between

Netanyahu’s lies and the first words thatSivan Kurzberg—one of the dancingIsraeli “movers”—spoke to the arrestingpolice officer on 9/11:

”We are Israelis. We are not yourproblem. Your problems are our problems.The Palestinians are your problem.” [182]

Recall Netanyahu’s September 11comment about the attacks being “verygood” for Israeli-U.S. relations. The title ofthe New York Times article which carriedthat comment was: “Spilled Blood Is SeenAs Bond That Draws Two Nations Closer”.[183]

Ariel Sharon used the same “linkingtactic” in a speech before the notoriouslydefamatory Zionist Anti-DefamationLeague:

“There is a moral equivalency and directconnection between America’s continuousoperations against al-Qaeda inAfghanistan, and any other Israeli DefenseForces operation to defeat terrorism”Sharon said in a speech Monday to theAnti-Defamation League. “They are acts ofself-defense against the same forces of eviland darkness bent on destroying civilizedsociety.” [184]

Notice how Sharon, Netanyahu, theIsraeli “movers”, and the totally Zionist-dominated New York Times and New YorkPost all used the same strategic tactic oflinking the interests of the U.S. with theinterests of Israel. The same ploy wasutilized in the anthrax letters: “Death toAmerica! Death to Israel!”

Do you see how these evil Zionistbastards play the game? They turn theirenemies into our enemies, whilepretending to be our “allies”. They laughand celebrate as thousands of innocentAmericans are burned and crushed todeath. And when someone dares to shinethe light of truth upon them, they label youan “anti-Semite”! Can you not see thatwe’ve been played for fools?

Behold this bit of bold hypocrisy byAmerican Jewish Congress President JackRosen:

“I don’t think Palestinians celebratingthe death of thousands of Americansshould go unchallenged.” [185]

Is that so, Jack? What about the Israeliswho celebrated the death of thousands ofAmericans? Why haven’t you challengedthat?

Now read this quote from the Prince ofDarkness himself—Pentagon big shot andZionist fanatic Richard Perle:

“Neither the President nor the BritishPrime Minister will be deflected bySaddam’s diplomatic charm offensive,the feckless moralizing of ‘peace’lobbies, or the unsolicited advice of


retired generals.” [186]Perle not only lays down the policy line

for Bush, but apparently for British PrimeMinister Tony Blair as well. And note howcasually he dismissed the sound advice ofthose retired generals who warned that awar against Iraq was unnecessary. But whatdoes Perle care!? His kids won’t be dying.

As always, it will only be the children ofthe flag-waving masses, which Perle andhis Zionist brothers and sisters see asnothing more than cannon fodder forZionism, who will do the fighting andkilling.

What threat did Iraq ever pose to theU.S.? None! Iraq and other Arab nationsare to be crushed so that Israel can have afreer hand to expand in the Middle East.

It appears that George Bush goes alongwith the wishes of these Zionist gangstersfor his own political protection and/oradvancement, but it is unclear as to whatextent he is truly in agreement with them.Bush and Cheney may even be under someform of blackmail.

But they also represent oil interests, andthe Caspian Sea area is rich in oil andminerals. Plans have been in the works foryears to build pipelines to take the oil fromthe Caspian, through Afghanistan andPakistan, and then out to sea. The “oilangle” may be a secondary contributingfactor behind the “War on Terrorism”, onemuch nearer to the hearts of Bush/Cheneythan the cause of Zionism.

It is clear from just the well publicizedinformation that the president had at leastsome type of knowledge that a major attackwas coming. Do you remember Bush’sstrange behavior when he was first told ofthe attacks? He was reading to a group ofFlorida school children when his Chief ofStaff, Andy Card, whispered the news of thesecond tower being hit in New York.Instead of just calmly excusing himself andapologizing to the kids for having to leavesuddenly, Bush quickly shifted his eyes atthe camera, turned somber, and thenreturned to reading for another 15 minutes![187]

Our major cities were under attack,thousands of his countrymen were burningor jumping to their deaths on live TV, andmore planes were still unaccounted for. YetBush just sat there with a stupid look onhis face and then went back to reading astory about a goat. Is this the reaction of aman who was truly surprised by thesehorrible attacks? Or is this more indicativeof the reaction of a guilty person who, likeFDR just before Pearl Harbor, wasexpecting an attack and therefore was notsurprised? [188]

There is one more interestingcoincidence worth mentioning. During thewhole time that these terror attacks were

expected, Bush wasout of WashingtonDC on what themedia had dubbed“the longest vacationin presidentialhistory”. Timemagazine for August5, 2002 explains:

”Getting ready fora vacation can be sohectic. It certainlywas for George W.Bush last week.While Laura Bushleft the White Houseearly to get the ranch in Crawford, Texas,ready for a month-long holiday (one of thelongest in presidential history), thePresident rushed through some last-minuteerrands.” [189]

Bush was in Texas for the entire monthof August, returned to the White Housebriefly, then left again and ended up in aFlorida classroom on September 11. (Whata tough job, eh?)

Is this of any significance? Well, I don’tknow about you, but if I had the kind ofintelligence network and advance warningthat we know certain people had—andsurely a sitting U.S. president would alsohave had—I would not have been inWashington DC on September 11 either!

There are many politicians andjournalists in America who “carry theZionists’ water” for them only because theyare careerists who understand very wellfrom whence their bread is buttered. Mysuspicion is that if Bush doesn’t deliver awar against Iraq, and then World War IIIagainst other Arab states, Joe Liebermanmay be installed as President in 2004, withMcCain running as an independent to drawvotes away from Bush. Will Bush—likeWilson in WW I, and FDR in WW II—goall the way and deliver WW III to theZionist Mafia? At the time of this writingit does appear that way. But if Bush shouldhesitate (like his father did in 1991) to “goall the way”, the Zionist Mafia will try toreplace him with Lieberman in 2004.

Iraq knows who is behind the plannedattack on their nation. In an interview withCBS’s Dan Rather, Aziz accused theZionists:

“This war which the Bush government isplanning does not serve the basic interestsin the long run of the American nation. Itserves the imperialistic interest of Israeland the Zionist groups who have now agreat say in the American policy.” [190]

How sadly ironic it is that the Arabsknow the Zionist Maf ia dominatesAmerica, but the American people areoblivious to it. But who will tell theAmerican people when the Zionists

dominate the media too?

Closing Argument

Ladies and gentlemen of the jury, wehave established that the political force ofZionism is a dangerous supremacistmovement, and that its leaders have alwaysplaced the interests of InternationalZionism ahead of the interests of theirrespective nations.

We have demonstrated that this ZionistMafia will send unsuspecting Americans towar to fight for their interests. We haveseen how Germany and Great Britain wereselfishly used for their purposes.

We have demonstrated the role playedby Zionism in helping bring about some ofthe 20th Century’s greatest disasters—suchas World Wars I and II and the Treaty ofVersailles. We have learned about Zionistmassacres of unarmed Arab civilians andZionist terrorism designed to frame Arabsand poison relations between the U.S. andIsrael’s Arab enemies.

We learned about the awesome Zionistpower structure that exists in America,covering the Congress, the Pentagon, themass media, and more. We haveestablished that the Zionists, through theirmedia monopoly, have the ability to cover-up and conceal some of the most amazingstories of both the past and present.

We have established a primary motive:To turn the U.S. into a nation of Arab hatersand Israel lovers eager to go to war againstZionism’s Arab enemies.

We have established a secondarymotive: To brutally crush the Palestinianresistance under the cover of a major U.S.“war on terrorism”. Sharon’s tanks wereunleashed on September 12 in a majorescalation of the Israeli-Palestinianconflict. Because of the 9/11 attacks, fewnoticed and still fewer even cared.

We have established numerousprecedents for these type of “false-flag”operations as well as cases of Israeli agentsimpersonating Arab terrorists (Lavon Affair,USS Liberty, Mossad agents caught with

Explores the strange case of Al Bielek (onlyknown survivor of the Philadelphia Experiment)and the mysterious death of famed astronomerDr. M. K. Jessup, who first broke the newsabout the disappearance of the warship and itssubsequen t te lepo r ta t i on i n to ano the rd imens ion . A l so l ooks a t t ime t rave l ,alternative energy, anti-gravity theories. Highlyc lass i f i ed governmen t /m i l i t a ry p ro jec tsexposed.

PHILADELPHIA EXPERIMENT CHRONICLESBY COMMANDER X

$12.50(+S/H)Code: PEC (0.75 lb.)



Arab passports, Muslim impersonatorscaught in India, etc.).

We have established that the Zionistshave the logistical capability and theopportunity to orchestrate such anoperation—with the best intelligenceservice in the world, key positions of powerat the Pentagon and in U.S. intelligence,experts with explosives, access to WTC,access to Logan Airport and U.S. Air andAmerican Air, unlimited supply of money,able to thwart investigators with phonywire translations and U.S. moles, etc.

We have established that the Zionist-controlled media has the ability to cover-up the facts contained in this paper, evenafter the stories had initially penetratedtheir own media screens. We haveestablished that the Zionists have thepower to ruin the careers of U.S.Congressmen, Senators, Presidents, lawenforcement officials, and journalists.

Conversely, they also have the power toadvance the careers of those who servetheir interests.

We have seen that they have the abilityto block investigations, as well as misdirectand thwart existing investigations.

We have established that the Zionistswere the beneficiaries of the 9/11 attacks,whereas the Arabs have been hurt greatlyby the 9/11 attacks.

We have exposed numerous lies linkingArabs to 9/11. We have established howevidence against Arabs was planted andcontrived in order to misdirectinvestigators—such as the wording ofanthrax letters, phony passports, stolenpassports, Korans and Arab flight manualsleft conveniently behind for FBI filedagents to find in cars and “forgotten”suitcases, Atta’s passport surviving the blastand floating down to earth, etc.

We have established that 7 of the 19hijackers are alive and well. We haveestablished that a small army of Mossadagents was caught planning terror acts inAmerica and Mexico.

We have seen how anxious the Zionistsare to use 9/11 as a pretext to crush thePalestinian resistance and to have the U.S.attack Iraq and other nations.

We have established all of this and somuch more. In addition, there is a plethoraof even more damning facts which, in theinterests of time and space, weren’t evenincluded in this paper.

The only logical conclusion that areasonable person can arrive at is this: The9/11 attacks, the anthrax murders, andnumerous other foiled terror plots, wereplanned, orchestrated, financed, carried out,and covered up by the forces ofInternational Zionism.

What other logical explanation canthere be?

As incredible as this may seem, whatother conclusion is there that can so neatlytie up all of the “loose ends” and mysteriesrelated to 9/11?

This is the only scenario into which themany pieces of the 9/11 jigsaw puzzle snapsnugly together to reveal a clear image.Now compare this to the officialexplanation of 9/11, which requires us toforce, bend, recreate, and manipulatepuzzle pieces.

Even in the face of this mountain offacts, there will still be those who will gointo denial and casually dismiss this wholecase as just another silly “conspiracytheory”.

But the funniest “conspiracy theory” ofall is the theory that some Saudi cavemanand his “network” of Arab studentsmanaged to elude U.S. investigators andpull off the most sophisticated intelligenceoperation in world history. You cancontinue to believe that fairy tale if itmakes you sleep better at night (and if yoursense of credulity can stand the burden).Or, you can muster the moral andintellectual courage to free your mind fromZionist bondage and face the ugly truth forwhat it is.

You can join the “extremists” and makea commitment to share the horrible truthwith others, or you can smirk, roll youreyes, and “pooh-pooh” everything you’vejust read.

Go back to your controlled TV news,pretend this problem doesn’t exist, and letMessrs. Rather, Brokaw, and Jennings doyour thinking for you, while the world goesto hell in a Zionist handbasket.

The choice is yours. History andposterity will judge your actionsaccordingly. To borrow a line from theMaximus hero of the film Gladiator:“What we do in life, echoes in eternity.”

A Closing Statement FromThe Father Of Our Country

“A passionate attachment of onenation for another produces a variety ofevils. Sympathy for the favorite nation,facilitating the illusion of an imaginarycommon interest in cases where no realcommon interest exists, and infusing intoone nation the enmities of the other,betrays the former into a participation inthe quarrels and wars of the latter withoutjustification. It leads also to concessionsto the favorite nation of privilegesdenied to others, which is apt doubly toinjure the nation making theconcessions, by unnecessarily partingwith what ought to have been retained,and by exciting jealousy, ill-will, and adisposition to retaliate, in the partiesfrom whom equal privileges are

withheld. And it gives to ambitious,corrupted, or deluded citizens whodevote themselves to the favorite nation,facility to betray or sacrifice the interestsof their own country, without odium,sometimes even with popularity, gilding,with the appearances of a virtuous senseof obligation, a commendable deferencefor public opinion, or a laudable zeal forpublic good, the foolish compliances ofambition, corruption, or infatuation.”

— George Washington [191]

References(And Key Words

For Internet Searches)

1. (Athens) Banner-Herald December 22,2001. Google users enter these words: universitychicago poll americans cried.

2. Yediot America (Israeli newspaper),November 2, 2001. Google users enter: yediotamerica urban moving.

3. Jewish Week, November 2, 2001. StewartAin. Google users enter: urban moving Israelissmiling took pictures on 9/11.

4. ABC News 20/20, ABCNews.com. June21, 2001. Google users enter: white van Israelispies.

5. Bergen Record (New Jersey). September12, 2001. Paolo Lima. Google users enter:Bergen Lima five israelis.

6. Eye For An Eye by John Sack. Google usersenter: john sack eye for eye.

7. The Zionist Connection by Alfred Lilienthal.Google users enter: alfred lilienthal zionist.

8. Fateful Triangle by Noam Chomsky. Googleusers enter: chomsky fateful triangle.

9. Open Secrets by Israel Shahak. Googleusers enter: israel shahack open secrets.

10. The Hidden Tyranny by BenjaminFreedman. Google users enter: benjaminfreedman.

11. By Way Of Deception by Victor Ostrovsky.Google users enter: victor ostrovsky.

12. Jews United Against Zionism by NetureiKarta. Google users enter: neturei karta jewsagainst Zionism.

13. Jewish Virtual Library of the American-Israeli co-operative enterprise. Google usersenter: weizmann balfour zionist.

14. Benjamin Freedman’s 1955 speech.Google users enter: Benjamin Freedman speaksand also Benjamin Freedman.

15. Square One: A Memoir by Arnold Forster.Google users enter: Arnold Forster Square One.

16. Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia, refer to“Balfour Declaration”. Google users enter:Balfour Zionism.

17. Daily Express (England), “Judea DeclaresWar On Germany” March 24, 1933. Googleusers enter: Judea Declares War On Germany.

18. Vladimir Jabotinsky. Mascha Rjetsch,January, 1934. Google users enter: vladimirjabotinsky and also jabotinsky mascha rjetsch.

19. Beaverbrook papers. House of Lords


Records Service (England). Google users enter:beaverbrook jews position press.

20. Charles Lindbergh’s speech in Iowa.September 11, 1941. Google users enter:Lindbergh Des Moines speech.

21. Day Of Deceit by Robert Stinnett. Googleusers enter: day of deceit stinnett.

22. From: Adolf Hitler’s Last Will And PoliticalTestament. Google users enter: Hitler my politicaltestament.

23. Britain’s Small Wars. Google users enter:dressed as Arabs king david and also king davidHotel bombing.

24. Deir Yassin Remembered. Google usersenter: deir Yassin remembered and also deiryassin.

25. The Khazaria Information Center. Googleusers enter: khazars.

26. By Way Of Deception by Victor Ostrovsky.Google users enter: mossad motto.

27. The Gun And The Olive Branch by DavidHirst. Google users enter: lavon affair.

28. Assault On Liberty by James M. Ennes Jr.Google users enter: ennes uss liberty.

29. How Mossad Got America To Bomb LibyaAnd Fight Iraq by Victor Ostrovsky. Googleusers enter: ostrovsky how mossad got america.

30. The Contrasting Media Treatment OfIsraeli And Islamic Death Threats by VictorOstrovsky. Google users enter: Ostrovsky deaththreats.

31. Washington Times, “Army Study SuggestsU.S. Force of 20,000” by Rowan Scarborough.September 10, 2001. Google users enter: armystudy suggests sams rowan scarborough.

32. Ibid.33. The International Jew by Henry Ford.

Google users enter: ford international jew.34. Jewish Frontier, “Lindbergh And The

Jews” by Hal Derner. Google users enter:lindbergh jews press.

35. They Dare To Speak Out by Paul Findley.Google users enter: admiral moorer bogglesmind.

36. Senator William Fulbright on ABC’s FaceThe Nation. Google users enter: fulbright israelcontrols senate.

37. Patrick Buchanan on the MclaughlinGroup. Google users enter: buchanan israelioccupied territory.

38. Rev. Billy Graham and Richard Nixon.CNN. Google users enter: graham jewish mediastranglehold.

39. Who Rules America? by Dr. WilliamPierce. Google users enter: jewish media control.

40. The Nation magazine, “The Israel Lobby”by Michael Massing. Google users enter:massing israel lobby.

41. Jewish Forward, “Saudis Lash Out At‘Zionist’ U.S. Critics” by Marc Perelman. Googleusers enter: forward zionist defense policy board.

42. Ari Shavit. Ha’aretz Israel, reprinted inNew York Times. May 27 1996. Google usersenter: sobran shavit in our hands.

43. New York Post, “Bubba: I’d Fight And DieFor Israel” by Andy Geler. August 2, 2002.

Google users enter: clinton grab a rifle fight die.44. CNN. “Rabin Assassinated At Peace

Rally”. November 4, 1995. Google users enter:rabin assassinated.

45. The Fateful Triangle, Noam Chomsky’saccount of the Sabra and Shatila Massacre.Google users enter: Chomsky Sabra Shatila.

46. The Independent, “Third FormerMilitiaman With Links To Sabra And ChatilaMurdered” by Robet Fisk, March 11, 2001.Google users enter: fisk former militiamanmurdered.

47. CNN. “Israeli Troops, Palestinians ClashAfter Sharon Visits Jerusalem Sacred Site”.September 28, 2002. Google users enter: cnnafter sharon visits sacred.

48. India Reacts, “India In Anti-TalibanMilitary Plan”. June 21, 2001. Google usersenter: india anti taliban military plan.

49. Ibid.50. Jane’s International Security News

(England), “India Joins Anti-Taliban Coalition”by Rahul Bedi. March 15, 2001. Google usersenter: india joins anti-taliban coalition Rahul Bedi.

51. The Telegraph (England), “Israeli SecurityIssued Urgent Warning To CIA Of Large-ScaleTerror Attacks” by David Wastell in Washingtonand Philip Jacobson in Jerusalem. September 16,2001. Google users enter: telegraph israelisecurity issued urgent warning.

52. Biz Report from Frankfurter AlgemaineZeitung of Germany, “Echelon Gave AuthoritiesWarning Of Attacks” by Ned Stafford.September 13, 2001. Google users enter: Zeitungof Germany Echelon Gave Authorities Warning

53. Ibid.54. San Francisco Chronicle, “Willie Brown

Got Low-Key Early Warning About Air Travel”by Phillip Matier, Andrew Ross. September 12,2001. Google users enter: chronicle willie browngot early warning.

55. Newsweek, “Bush: We’re At War” by EvanThomas and Mark Hosenball. September 24,2001. Google users enter: newsweek bush evanthomas we’re at war.

56. Newsbytes/Washington Post, “InstantMessage To Israel Warned Of WTC Attack” byBrian McWiliams, September 27, 2001. Googleusers enter: instant messages Israel warnedattack.

57. New York Times, “Spilled Blood Is SeenAs Bond That Draws Two Nations Closer” byJames Bennet. September 12, 2001. Googleusers enter: it will generate immediate sympathyfor Israel.

58. ABC News 20/20, ABCNews.com. June21, 2001. Google users enter : white van Israelispies.

59. Bergen Record (New Jeresy), “Five MenDetained As Suspected Conspirators” by PauloLima. September 12, 2001. Google users enter:paulo lima five men detained.

60. Bergen Record (New Jersey), “FiveHijack Suspects Had Links To N.J.” by AdamLisberg. September 15, 2001. Google usersenter: adam lisberg guys were joking.

61. New Jersey Department of Law andPublic Safety, Division of Consumer Affairs.December 13, 2001. Google users enter: stategranted access to moving facility.

62. ABC News 20/20, ABCNews.com. June21, 2001. Google users enter: white van Israelispies.

63. Unmat (Pakistan), from BBC MonitoringService. September 28, 2001. Google users enter:bin laden already said I am not involved.

64. WCBV TV, Boston. “FBI Agents SearchHotels, Several People Detained”. September 12,2001. Google users enter: boston airport koranarab flight.

65. Ibid.66. Guardian Unlimited (England), “Uncle

Sam’s Lucky Finds” by Anne Karpf. March 19,2002. Google users enter: uncle sam lucky findsanne karpf and also atta passport found.

67. ABCNews.com. “Saudi Prince SaysSeven Saudis On FBI List Innocent”. September23, 2001. Google users enter: hijack suspectsalive and well.

68. Telegraph (England), “Revealed: The MenWith Stolen Identities” by David Harrison.September 23, 2001. Google users enter:hijackers still alive and well and also telegraphmen with stolen identities hijackers.

69. ABCNews.com. “Saudi Prince SaysSeven Saudis On FBI List Innocent”. September23, 2001. Google users enter: hijack suspectsalive and well.

70. BBC News (England), “Hijack SuspectsAlive And Well”. September 23, 2001. Googleusers enter: hijack suspects alive and well.

71. CNN. “Hijackers Likely Skilled With FakeIDs” September 21, 2001. Google users enter:cnn mueller identity thefts.

72. The Week (India), “Aborted MissionInvestigation: Did Mossad Attempt To InfiltrateIslamic Radical Outfits In South Asia?” by SubirBhaumik. February 6, 2000. Google users enter:muslim tabliqis mossad.

73. Express India, “Indian Intelligence WiretapIdentified 9/11 Hijackers”, Press Trust of India.April 3, 2002. Google users enter: indianintelligence wiretap identified 9/11.

74. Jewsweek (India), “Israel’s New BestFriend?” by Gil Sedan, The Jewish TelegraphAgency. August 2002. Google users enter:jewsweek Israel new best friend.

75. Wikipedia.com, The Free Encyclopedia.“Mohammed Atta”. Google users enter: attareported passport stolen.

76. Frontline, PBS. “Inside The TerrorNetwork”. January 17, 2002. Google users enter:frontline atta shy timid.

77. ABC Channel 4 (Florida). “A Mission ToDie For”. Rudi Dekkers interviewed by QuentinMcDermott. October 21, 2001. Google usersenter: rudi dekkers interview.

78. Ibid.79. Ibid.80. Minnesota Star Tribune, “Eagan Flight

Trainer Won’t Let Unease About MoussaouiRest”. December 21, 2001. Google users enter:


star tribune eagan flight trainer.81. MSNBC. “He Never Even Had A Kite”

by Alan Zarembo. September 24, 2001. Googleusers enter: atta he never even had kite.

82. Antiwar.com. “The Israeli Art StudentPapers” by Justin Raimondo. March 21, 2002.Google users enter: Israeli art studentshollywood.

83. Boston Globe, March 5, 1994. Googleusers enter: baruch goldstein.

84. Goldstein memorial website. http://www.newkach.org/special/baruch/02.htm.Google users enter: baruch goldstein.

85. Ha’aretz (Israel), “At Least Two IsraelisDead In Tower Attack” by Mazal Mualem andShlomo Shamir. Google users enter: daniel lewinelite commando.

86. CNN. “Investigators Arrive At PayneStewart Crash Site”. October 26, 1999. Googleusers enter: CNN payne stewart crash.

87. Jewish Forward, “Defensive Saudis LashOut At ‘Zionist’ And U.S. Critics” by MarcPerelman. December 28, 2001. Google usersenter: perle zionist defense policy board.

88. Newsweek, “Bush: We’re At War” by EvanThomas and Mark Hosenball. September 24,2001. Google users enter: newsweek bush evanthomas we’re at war.

89. United Press International. Sept. 26, 2001.Interview with General Gul. Google users enter:hamid gul upi interview.

90. Press release from law firm of Baum,Hedlund, Aristei, Guilford & Schiavo. April 11,2002. Google users enter: family memberslawsuit huntleigh 9/11.

91. Ibid.92. Hoover’s Online, The Business

Information Authority. Google users enter:hoover online icts.

93. Associated Press. “Experience, ReputationMake Israelis Hot Commodities For HomelandSecurity” by John P. McAlpin. March 21, 2002.Google users enter: mcalpin experience reputationmake israelis.

94. Ha’aretz (Israel), “Hackers Using Israeli’Net Site To Strike At Pentagon” by NitzanHorowitz. July 30, 1999. Google users enter:Israel hackers pentagon.

95. U.S. Department of Justice Press Release.March 18, 1998. Google users enter: israelicitizen arrested israel hacking.

96. Jerusalem Post, “WTC Architect: Collapse‘Unbelievable’ ” by Michael Meyer and StuartWiner. September 12, 2001. Google users enter:swirsky collapse unbelievable.

97. American Free Press, “Eyewitness ReportsPersist Of Bombs At WTC Collapse” byChristopher Bollyn. December 12, 2001. Googleusers enter: bollyn bombs lee robertson.

98. Albuquerque Journal, ABQjournal.com,“Explosives Planted In Towers, N.M. TechExpert Says” by Oliver Uyttebrouck. September11, 2001. Google users enter: romero explosivesplanted tower.

99. Albuquerque Journal, ABQjournal.com,“Fire, Not Extra Explosives, Doomed Buildings,

Expert Says” by John Fleck. September 21,2001. Google users enter: van romero fire notexplosives.

100. People magazine, People.com, “United InCourage”. September 12, 2001. Google usersenter: people louie cacchioli 51.

101. Reuters News Service. “World TradeCenter Scrap Sails For India, China” by PeteHarrison and Manuela Badawy. January 21,2002. Google users enter: world trade centerscrap sails.

102. Chinese Radio International. January2002. Google users enter: cri online world centretrade scrap.

103. New York Daily News, “Firefighter MagRaps 9/11 Probe” by Joe Calderone. January 4,2002. Google users enter: joe calderonefirefighter mag raps.

104. Ibid.105. New York Times, “Experts Urging

Broader Inquiry In Towers’ Fall”. December 25,2001. Google users enter: times experts urgingbroader inquiry into towers fall.

106. Ibid.107. Ibid.108. News India, “Census of Sept. 11 Victims

By Birthplace”. April 26, 2002. Google usersenter: census of sept. 11 victims by birthplace.

109. Jerusalem Post, “Thousands Of IsraelisMissing Near WTC, Pentagon”. September 12,2002. Google users enter: jerusalem postthousands israelis missing.

110. New York Times, “Bush Speech To U.S.Congress”. September 22, 2001. Google usersenter: nor will we forget more than 130 israelis.

111A. CNN. “September 11: A Memorial”.Google users enter: cnn september 11 memorial.

111B. New York Times. September 22, 2001.112. Newsbytes/Washington Post, “Instant

Message To Israel Warned Of WTC Attack” byBrian McWiliams. September 27, 2001. Googleusers enter: instant messages Israel warnedattack.

113A. Jerusalem Post/Digital Israel, “ZimWorkers Saved By Cost-Cutting Measures”.November 12, 2001. Google users enter: zimworkers saved; if removed try: zim saved bymove to virginia zim Israel navigation.

113B. Bible Light International, “Zim SavedBy A Move To Virginia”. June 2001. Googleusers enter: zim israel navigation world tradecenter Virginia.





116A. India Reacts, “India In Anti-TalibanMilitary Plan”. June 21, 2001. Google usersenter: india anti taliban military plan.

116B. Jane’s International Security News(England), “India Joins Anti-Taliban Coalition”by Rahul Bedi. March 15, 2001. Google usersenter: india joins anti-taliban coalition RahulBedi.

117. Der Erste (Germany). Monitor, airedDecember 20, 2001. Translated by CraigMorris. Google users enter: bin laden translationmanipulated; for German original transcriptsenter: monitor bin laden video restle sieker.

118. Ibid.119. Sam Lacey, “More Osama Video

Analysis”. Google users enter: more osama videoanalysis.

120. New York Times, “Pentagon ConsidersUsing Lies” by James Dao & Eric Schmitt.February 18, 2001. Google users enter: new yorktimes simon worden osi.

121. Zionist Organization of America PressRelease. October 13, 1997. Google users enter:Zionist organization america feith award.

122. Times (England), “FBI Fails To Exposeal-Qaeda Networks” by Daniel McGrory. March11, 2002. Google users enter: FBI Fails Exposeal-Qaeda networks.

123. Sydney Morning Herald (reprinted fromLos Angeles Times), “The Plot Thins As FBIHunts For Evidence”. May 1, 2002. Googleusers enter: plot thins as FBI hunts evidence.

124. Newsmax. “Scandal Inside The FBI:Why Did G-Men Miss The Boat On 9/11?” byWes Vernon. March 14, 2002. Google usersenter: robert wright fbi.

125. Time magazine, Time.com, “ColeenRowley’s Memo To FBI Director RobertMueller”. May 21, 2002. Google users enter:time rowley memo mueller.

126. Ibid.127. Washington Post, “Two FBI

Whistleblowers Allege Lax Security, PossibleEspionage” by James V. Grimaldi. June 18, 2001.Google users enter: sibel edmonds john cole.

128. Ibid.129. Ibid.130. Los Angeles Times, “Inquiries Of

Intelligence Failures Hits Obstacles” by GregMiller. Google users enter: times inquiryintelligence failures hits.

131. www.fbi.gov, FBI Major Speeches.“Anti-Defamation League’s 24th Annual NationalLeadership Conference”. Washington, DC. May7, 2002. Google users enter: Mueller fbi adlspeech.

132. Arab News, “ADL Found Guilty OfSpying By California Court” by BarbaraFerguson, Arab News Correspondent. April 27,2002. Google users enter: barbara Ferguson adlguilty.

133. Ibid.


134. Hartford Courant, “Turmoil In APerilous Place. Angry Scientists Allege RacismAt Bio-Warfare Lab” by Lynee Tuohy & JackDolan. December 19, 2001. Google usersenter: courant assaad zack anthrax.

135. Ibid.136. FBI. www.fbi.gov. Google users enter:

anthrax letters137. Ibid.138. Hartford Courant, “Turmoil In A

Perilous Place. Angry Scientists Allege RacismAt Bio-Warfare Lab” by Lynee Tuohy & JackDolan. December 19, 2001. Google usersenter: courant turmoil perilous place; and also:anthrax downs zack.

139. Ibid.140. Ibid.141. Hartford Courant, “Anthrax Missing

From Army Lab” by Jack Dolan & DaveAltimari. January 20, 2001. Google usersenter: courant anthrax missing army lab.

142. Ibid.143. See footnotes 138 and 141.144. Globe & Mail (Toronto, Canada), “On

The Trail Of An Anthrax Killer” by PaulKoring. March 6, 2001. Google users enter:globe mail trail anthrax killer.

145. Seattle Times, “Deadly SpecimensDisappeared From Army Research Lab In’90s” (reprinted from Hartford Courant).January 21, 2002. Google users enter: seattletimes anthrax zack.

146. Insight magazine, “Media ManufactureCloud Of Suspicion Over Hatfill” by NicholasStix. August 14, 2002. Google users enterkristof hatfill.

147. Times of Trenton, “Expert: AnthraxSuspect ID’d” by Joseph Dee. February 19,2002. Google users enter: rosenberg hatfill.

148. Insight magazine, “Media ManufactureCloud Of Suspicion Over Hatfill” by NicholasStix. August 14, 2002. Google users enterkristof hatfill.

149. Washington Post, “Ex Army ScientistDenies Role In Anthrax Attacks”. August2002. Google users enter: rosenberg hatfill.

150. Washington Times, “Scientist Says FBIAsked About Setup” by Gus Taylor. August 3,2001. Google users enter: hatfill fbi passed liedetector test.

151. The Mercury (Philadelphia areanewspaper), “Two Found With Video Of SearsTower” by Michelle Mowad. October 17,2001. Google users enter: Mercury Two foundvideo sears tower.

152. Ibid.153. Ibid.154. Ibid.155. Diario de Mexico, “Bomba en San

Lazaro”. October 11, 2001. Google usersenter: action report visual proof mexico; andalso: mossad terrorists mexico.

156. Mexican Department of Justice. (PGR)Press Bulletin. October 12, 2001. Bulletin 697/01 PGR bulletin can be viewed in Spanish.Google users enter: Mossad terrorists penetrate

Mexican congress.157. Diario de Mexico, “Bomba en San

Lazaro”. October 11, 2001. Google usersenter: action report visual proof mexico; andalso: mossad terrorists mexico.

158. La Voz de Aztlan, “Mexican AttorneyGeneral Releases Zionist Terrorists” by ErnestoCienfuegos. October 15, 2001. Google usersenter: mossad zionist terrorists mexico.

159. Ibid.160. Jerusalem Post, “FBI Suspect Israelis

Of Nuclear Terrorism”. November 1, 2001. Goto: www.jpost.com/Editions/2001/11/01/LatestNews/LatestNews.37390.html (Casesensitive. enter lower case and upper caseletters exactly as shown), or Google to:Jerusalem post FBI suspect israelis nuclear.

161. Ibid.162. Miami Herald, “Nuclear Plants Tighten

Security. FBI Seeking 6 Men Seen InMidwest” by Martin Merzer, Curtis Morgan &Lenny Savino. October 3, 2001. Google usersenter: miami herald israelis nuclear powerplans.

163. Times (England), “FBI Fury As MenWith Nuclear Plan Escape” by Katty Kay inWashington. November 1, 2001. Google usersenter: katty kay fbi nuclear plan israeli.

164. Los Angeles Times, “Militant JDLMembers Arrested By FBI” by Linda Deutsch.December 12, 2001. Google users enter: jdlbomb rubin issa.

165. FOX News. “Police Seize Rental TruckWith TNT Traces” by Carl Cameron. May 13,2001. Google users enter: fox bomb sniffingIsraeli truck.

166. Ha’aretz (Israel), “Two Israelis WantedIn U.S. After Traces Of Explosives Found InTheir Truck”. May 18, 2002. Google usersenter: american police arrested two Israelis gearshift.

167. FOX News. “Massive Israeli SpyOperation Discovered In U.S., Carl CameronInvestigates; Four Part series”. December2001. Google users enter: israeli spy carlcameron investigates.

168. Washington Post, “60 Israelis OnTourist Visas Detained Since Sept. 11” byJohn Mintz. November 23, 2001. Google usersenter: washington post 60 Israelis detained.

169. FOX News website: Carl CameronInvestigates. This Story No Longer Exists.December 21, 2001. View this very strangeposting. Google users enter: carl cameron thisstory no longer exists http://w w w . f o x n e w s . c o m / s t o r y /0,2933,40684,00.html.

170. FOX News. “Massive Israeli SpyOperation Discovered in U.S., Carl CameronInvestigates; Four Part series”. December2001. Google users enter: israeli spy carlcameron investigates.

171. KHOU, Channel 11 (Houston, Texas).“Federal Buildings Could Be In Jeopardy—InHouston And Nationally”. October 10, 2001.Google users enter: israeli art students federal

buildings.172. Ibid.173. Ibid.174. FOX News. “Massive Israeli Spy

Operation Discovered in U.S., Carl CameronInvestigates; Four Part series”. December2001. Google users enter: Israeli spy carlcameron.

175. See footnote 51.176. See footnote 122.177. FOX News. “Massive Israeli Spy

Operation Discovered in U.S., Carl CameronInvestigates; Four Part series”. December2001. Google users enter: Israeli spy carlcameron.

178. Executive Intelligence Review, LyndonLarouche. January 2001. Google users enter:larouche middle east war implications.

179. Arizona Daily Star, “WW-III IsComing ‘Whether They Like It Or Not’— TopSharon Aide” by Stephanie Innes, April 27,2002. Google users enter: gissin world warcoming like or not.

180. CNS News. “Israel To U.S.: Don’t WaitTo Attack Iraq, Report Says”. August 2002.Google users enter: peres iraq attack.

181. New York Post, “Today We Are AllAmericans” by Benjamin Netanyahu.September 21, 2001. Google users enter:netanyahu today we all americans.

182. ABC News 20/20, ABCNews.com,June 21,2001. Google users enter: white vanIsraeli spies.

183. New York Times, “Spilled Blood IsSeen As Bond That Draws Two NationsCloser” by James Bennet. September 12, 2001.Google users enter: new york times spilledblood bond draws.

184. CNN.com. “Sharon ComparesIncursions To U.S. War On Terror”. May 7,2002. Google users enter: Sharon speech adl.

185. Jerusalem Post, “Jewish LeadersStress Palestinians’ Support Of Attacks” byMelissa Radler. September 13, 2001. Googleusers enter: radler jewish congress jack rosen.

186. Telegraph (England), “Bush Will ActAlone If Need Be, Says Perle” by TobyHarnden in Washington, August 9, 2002.Google users enter: perle bush will act alone.

187. ecclesia.org. “The Obscure Goat StoryOf 9/11”. Google users enter: obscure goatstory bush; and also: card bush turned somberreading.

188. Day Of Deceit by Robert Stinnett.(Simon and Schuster, 2001). Google usersenter: robert stinnett pearl harbor.

189. Time magazine, “How George BushEarned His Summer Vacation” by JamesCarney and John Dickerson. August 5, 2001.Google users enter: longest vacation inpresidential history.

190. CBS News. Tariq Azis interview withDan Rather. August 20, 2002. Google usersenter: tariq aziz dan rather.

191. Washington’s Farewell Address. Googleusers enter: washington’s farewell address. S


Watch Out, Baby, ’CuzHere Comes Reality!Editor’s note: The above headline is

the final sentence in one of Al’s morepotent commentaries below. It surelysums up the State of the Nation in ourcarefully contrived post-election gotta-start-a-war climate, wherein the wolvesnot only are controlling all the majorhenhouses, but have already preparedthe dinner table for a major feast of we-the-people.

This was shockingly demonstrated bythe expedient 2/3 House passage, shortlyafter the “Republican landslide” onElection Day, of the previously blockedHomeland Security Act—then followedin short order by the Senate’s 90-to-9similar vote. There must surely be a lot ofguilty consciences in Congress thesedays, since at least 4/5 of the public theCongress is supposed to be representingare AGAINST such a draconian assaulton constitutional rights. Just becausethe media prostitutes look the other waydoes not lessen the message being spokenloud and clear through rallies andmarches at a level not seen since the timeof the Vietnam War-era protests.

In other words, there aren’t nearly asmany asleep people as the major printand broadcast media puppetry wouldlead you to believe is the case. And thatheightened state of awareness is in largemeasure due to those, like Al Martin, whocourageously effort to share The Truth asbest they are given to see it.

For those newer readers who may notbe familiar with this crusader, accordingto his own biographical statement (at hisAlMartinRaw.com Internet website), Al isAmerica’s foremost whistleblower ongovernment fraud and corruption. Aretired U.S. Navy Lt. Commander andformer officer in the Office of NavalIntelligence, he has testified beforeCongress (the Kerry Committee and theAlexander Committee) regarding Iran-Contra. Al Martin is the author of therevealing and witty exposé titled TheConspirators: Secrets Of An Iran-ContraInsider (© 2001, National Liberty Press;order from Wisdom Books & Press: seeinformation nearby and elsewhere in thismagazine).

AL MARTIN

Will The Stupidity Of TheAmerican People Ever End?

(10/28/02)

The death of Senator Paul Wellstonewas a phenomenal stroke of luck for theRepublicans. Wellstone was theDemocrats’ best hope to hold onto controlof the Senate.

According to the polls, he was going tobe reelected. Since his wife was alsokilled, she won’t be able to stand in forhim. This is unlike the Mel Carnahansituation, in which he also died in a planecrash, but his wife was able to take hisplace.

It should be remembered that JohnAshcroft was actually defeated by a deadguy (Mel Carnahan) in Missouri. Thatdemonstrates the popularity of Ashcroft,the current Gauleiter [from the German,meaning a district leader of the Naziparty] of the Beltway. The laws are a littleunclear—but what a stroke of luck for theRepublicans.

It should be remembered that Wellstonealso was the chairman of the newsecurities reform committee. And it wasWellstone who was attempting to blockthe nomination of the notorious WilliamWebster—former CIA and FBI head andthe Best Friend of Big Business and theBig Accounting Firms—to be the newchairman of the SEC/Accounting“Oversight” Commission.

If the Republicans wanted to takeanybody out, this was THE guy.

Wellstone was also the lead voice in theSenate, pushing for the investigation ofthe missing $350 million from the Bureauof Indian Affairs. This is the affair inwhich Secretary of Interior Gale Nortonhas twice taken the Fifth Amendment andrefused to answer questions about how$350 million disappeared late in theReagan-Bush administration. JudgeLamberth cited her for contempt, butwhen do they send her to jail? It shouldalso be remembered that Lamberth was aRepublican-appointed judge.

Wellstone was a very significant player,

and if there was one target (the mostvaluable guy to eliminate), it would beWellstone. This could be the actual trumpcard in who will control the Senate.

It’s interesting to note that, after thereports came out that he had been killed,the markets rallied 120 points and themarket pundits called it the “WellstoneRally”. The rally was generated fromretail buying (small investors), and thesellers against it were the shadowyoffshore Republican short sellers.

This is evidence that the averageAmerican still swallows the Republican-generated idea that Republicanadministrations are good for markets.

The Smart Republican Money knowsthat Republican administrations are NOTgood for the market, and so they wereselling into the rally. They were shorttheir own party knowing that, if throughthe death of Wellstone the Congressbecomes a Rubber Stamp Congress, it isgoing to be even worse with moreBushonomics.

In other words, the Smart RepublicanMoney knows that RepublicanAdministrations are bad for markets andthat’s why they go short during their ownparty’s administrations. Yet theycontinually proselytize by putting outpundits like the Larry Kudlows and BillKristols of this world who have deceivedthe American people (the little people) fordecades into believing that Republicanadministrations are pro-business and goodfor the economy.

Hopefully the American people arefinding out that what is good for BigBusiness is not good for the smallshareholder.

There is a lesson to be learned here,but the little people are still bidding upthe market—in anticipation of aRepublican-controlled Congress.

That’s why I keep asking: Will thestupidity of the American People everend?

If the little shareholders bidding-upthe market knew who was selling againstthem, if they knew that it was theRepublican Smart Money, maybe they’dget a clue. The problem is that theydon’t know. And that’s why I write thiscolumn.

In other news, even though 41% of theAmerican people are concerned aboutthe economy and what Bushonomics isdoing to us (a record high percentage, bythe way), public opinion polls stillindicate overwhelming support forGeorge Bush—even with those who saytheir number-one concern is the economyrather than terrorism. And even thoughthey know what Bushonomics is doing tothe economy, they still intend to vote for


Republicans.[Editor’s note: There are two problems

in Al’s thinking here that SPECTRUMreaders would be quick to point out. Firstof all, there’s not likely any such thinganymore in officialdom as an UNriggedpoll. So naturally official polls say whatthe Bush Gestapo’s puppetmasters wantthem to say for mass mind-controlpurposes. Secondly, as was discussed inthe page-3 Editor’s Note of last month’sSPECTRUM, there’s plenty of suspicionto suggest it’s been a long time since anyimportant election was NOT fixed. So itwould be a mistake to infer anythingabout the American people’s actualpreferences from official voting results.]

We simply cannot understand theStupid Factor.

We understand that, according to thepolls, the American people are by andlarge fearful, confused, and depressed—aswitnessed by the 30% increase in the useof Prozac since the election of GeorgeBush. Nonetheless people need to get agrip. It is very important that theDemocrats remain in control of the Senatein the coming election. Otherwise we aregoing to have a George Bush with aRubber Stamp Congress—an ImperialCongress, to coin a phrase.

It is our belief, based on Beltwayscuttlebutt, that if Republicans do regaincontrol of the Senate and it does becomean Imperial Senate, it is entirely likelythat Secretary of State Colin Powell andthe little band of “moderates” coalescedaround him would leave and would bequickly replaced by people from the HardRight.

In that scenario, the BushAdministration would quickly bring backthe few pieces of legislation that had beendefeated, such as the National ID Cardlegislation, the overturning of PosseComitatus legislation, and undoubtedlythe Homeland Security legislation. Weare reiterating what we have said before,as we get closer to the election, because itis important that people understand this.

People ask me what is the centralproblem with Bushonomics. The answer,of course, it is that you cannot increasedeficit spending INDEFINITELY whilealso consistently reducing taxes. Itsimply doesn’t work. This is the keyproblem of Bushonomics.

For example, Bush signed the DefenseAppropriations Bill for 2003, $430billion plus, on the same day he signedfor $21 billion of supplemental defensespending. This must be added to the $389billion spent in fiscal 2001 on defense,including $38 billion in supplementalspending on homeland security.

If Bush gets a Republican-controlled

Congress and the Homeland Security Billis passed, he would also get a separate $40billion for homeland security, whichwould receive a budget of its own. Theywould stop financing it supplementally,in other words.

Since George Bush has been electedtill the end of fiscal year 2003, we wouldhave spent $1 trillion on defense,security, military, and intelligenceappropriations. Think about that: onetrillion dollars in two and a half years.It’s absolutely incredible.

I have always believed that defenseexpenditures must be put into the contextof the impending threat, and this shouldalways be reiterated. We are now spendingas much money on defense as we did in1986, when the Defense Department calledit the Ultimate Credible Threat against theUnited States. “Credible” did not includeglobal thermonuclear war, but it includedthe possible attack and invasion of thecontinental United States by as many as200 crack divisions of Soviet troopsthrough Alaska, and infiltration throughCentral and South America. It was alsoenvisioned that this would be backed by20,000 T-72 and T-80 tanks and supportedby 5000 warplanes. With the limited use oflow-yield thermonuclear weapons, it wasenvisioned that there would be 30-40million casualties.

That was the maximum crediblescenario, the maximum envisioned threat.It was when the Soviet Union’s essentialmilitary power was at its absolute peak.Now we are spending the same amount ofmoney on defense, wherein the maximumwould be increased terrorism attacksagainst the United States in a haphazardfashion involving at the very most nomore than 4000 terrorists at any time,whose capability would be to destroy adozen off ice buildings or possiblypoisoning the water supply, which wouldbe quickly contained. In any case, the

maximum sustainable casualties in oneterrorist attack may be 30,000 to 40,000people.

Based on the kind of money we’vespent in the past, the damage would haveto be a thousand times greater than anydamage we face today from any type ofmilitary incursion to justify the currentlevel of military expenditures.

It should be noted that, in theimmediate aftermath of 9/11, the BushAdministration first told the Americanpeople that we were going to respond, thatthere would be a limited military force inAfghanistan, that we would capture or killOsama bin Laden, that we will smash theal Qaeda organization. They also said itwould be a 90-day operation and it wouldcost the American taxpayers $3 billion.

Here we are—14 months later and $30billion of the American taxpayers moneylater (not $3 billion)—and we have stillfailed to kill or capture Osama bin Laden.In fact, we don’t even know where he is.We have failed to quell the al Qaedaorganization, and according to theCongressional Budget Office, we will bein Afghanistan for years at the cost of $2billion a month. It becomes a plannedprogram of failure once again.

Knowing that the economy was alreadyfalling apart by 9/11, Bush was desperateto shift the focus away from the economy(and what Bushonomics does to theeconomy) and back to foreign affairs,which has always been considered aRepublican strong point.

Bush pushed the Department of Defense(you remember all the leaks that came outafter the event in which the generals werevery upset about White House pressure),which correctly said that we weren’t readyand that our defense posture is such thatwe simply can’t mount an invasion thatquickly. Furthermore the Department ofDefense had almost no intelligence aboutAfghanistan and no “friend or foe”

WHAT IF a criminalcabal, a de facto white-collar crime syndicate,took over the U.S.Government and usedits systems andoperations for its ownprofit? According toformer governmentoperative and nowwhistleblower Al Martin,

this is exactly what has happened.For example, at a meeting with General

Richard V. Secord, Martin was briefedabout Iran-Contra operations and allowedto view voluminous CIA white papers

THE CONSPIRATORS:Secrets Of An Iran-Contra Insider


$19.95 (+S/H)

concerning Operation Black Eagle, thecode-name for the Bush-Casey-Northprogram involving U.S. Government-sanctioned narcotics trafficking, illicitweapons deals, and wholesale fraud—corporate securities fraud, real estatefraud, banking fraud, and insurancefraud.

Martin has first-hand knowledge of thedirty deals, high-level scams, frauds, andtreasonous activities of the U.S. ShadowGovernment costing taxpayers hundredsof billions of dollars—and still growing.This is a story of true conspiracy, anuncensored look at what really goes on inthe back rooms of criminal power politics.

Code: TCO (1.0 lb.)


material with which to instruct our troops,or even maps of the country.

The Department of Defense was right(and I don’t know why General Franks, thetheater commander, didn’t resign; he musthave just been concerned about hispension). He said you’ve got to commitenough troops to seal the borders of thecountry to prevent these terroristsescaping to neighboring friendlycountries.

The Bush Administration was: (a)scared about how much money it wouldcost; and (b) even though theRepublicans love war, they have no ballswhen it comes to seeing the body bagscoming home. The whole thing has beenbungled from the beginning.

Then you interject into that mix the factthat the American weapons systems don’twork. Remember: we’ve lost 53helicopters, and they haven’t had to shootone missile. And therein is the secondproblem. We have ordinance that doesn’twork, bombs that don’t explode, minesthat either don’t explode or explodeprematurely, Cruise and Tomahawkmissiles only 38% of which can hit theirtargets.

The other glaring problem is that theU.S. continues to purchase weaponssystems that don’t work in exchange forwhich defense contractors giveenormous amounts of money to theRepublican Party.

And here’s how it works: Every timeone of our Apache helicopters crashes,and eight or nine people get killed, thoseeight or nine American soldiers die forthat one, two, or three million dollarsthat that defense contractor contributedto some Republican offshore account,from the taxpayers’ money that went onto build that helicopter.

You could call it Republican BloodMoney. Our troops are paying for it.

It should also be noted that this BushAdministration has advisors who are all“chicken hawks”—those who want to getus into war, but who haven’t tasted itthemselves. This is the ultimatehypocrisy.

We have a $200 billion deficit this year,and if we get involved with a war in Iraq,and Bush gets his Rubber StampCongress, we are potentially looking at a$350 billion federal budget deficit forfiscal year 2003.

Even though the United States onlyservices 40% of its debt (thanks to B-FLAP—i.e., Bush Fantasy LandAccounting Principles), eventuallybudget deficits won’t be servicedanymore.

Treasury Secretary O’Neill was askedon CNBC—since Bush was elected, all of

the Treasury contingency reserves havedisappeared, the standby letters of creditare maxed out, the Federal Reserve’scurrency stabilization fund is gone, sowhere have these billions gone?

O’Neill just shrugged his shoulders andsaid: “I have no idea.”

Bush Administrations will and havesapped the money out. These are requiredreserves that the Treasury, other federalagencies, and the Federal Reserve mustmaintain by law.

Finally people are asking: “Where doesthe money go?” And: “Where has themoney gone?”

The money is usually being filteredthrough the Department of Defense orthrough Congressional or White Housespending authorization accounts, and it’ssimply being looped back into theTreasury, to be counted as generalrevenue, in an effort to disguise (one ofthe key components of B-FLAP) the trueamount of the budget deficits which arecreated by B-FLAP. That’s the problem.

This year’s fiscal budget was simplylisted as “$200+ billion”. SecretaryO’Neill stated that from now on we aresimply going to state a number and thensay plus or minus, because we don’tknow. They don’t know where the moneygoes and they can’t account for it.

Why didn’t Mainstream Media touchthat?

Why wasn’t that a scandal whenO’Neill came out several months agoand said that the Department ofTreasury has $500 billion missing sincethe election of George Bush and we don’tknow where it went?

And NOBODY in the MainstreamMedia asked about it. Why? Because thepeople holding the levers of power aremaking so much money that nobody has avested interest to ask any questions.

O’Neill was asked: When is this allgoing to fall apart? This was referring tothe impact of 12 years of Bushonomics-I(1980-1992) and the renewed deleteriouseffects of Bushonomics-II (2000 - ?).

O’Neill answered that it all falls apartwhen we can’t service the debt anymore.

It should be noted that, prior to theReagan-Bush Regime, the United StatesGovernment had always serviced 100% ofits debt—since the first issuance of U.S.Treasury bonds in 1795. It was during theReagan-Bush years, with the advent of B-FLAP, wherein the government began toservice less and less of its debt. By theend of the Reagan-Bush Regime, theUnited States was only servicing, and stillto this day services, only 40% of its debtat any given time. The other 60% of thedebt we are not servicing is debt that hasbeen issued in forms of restricted U.S.

Government Bonds or FutureContingency Bonds.

If the United States had to service100% of our outstanding debt, it wouldcommit 53% of the total budget toservice that debt. That would effectivelycause the United States Government tocollapse—insofar as 48% of the budgetis comprised of non-discretionaryspending and 13% of the budget iscomprised of necessary discretionaryspending.

If the U.S. was forced to begin to serviceall of its debt, it simply could not do soand it would collapse. It should be notedthat, sometime in the future, as SecretaryO’Neill pointed out (with furrowed brows),the tab comes due.

Here’s an analogy: Bushonomics hascreated for the United States a variable-interest-only mortgage with an ever-expanding balloon payment. It’s as if ahomeowner was using 40% of his incometo pay interest on an interest-onlymortgage on his house, then continuouslyexpanding the balloon payment in orderto service the other 60% of the debt.

Every year that there is a budget deficit,the U.S. Government’s debt-to-equity ratiodiminishes. The current accrual of debtwe are not paying constitutes about $240billion per year.

The Economic Policy Institute issued astatistic that the total aggregate debt(National Debt) of the United States bythe year 2032 would be $100 trillion.

This figure, $100 trillion, exceeds theaggregate assets of the entire planet.

The current aggregate assets of theentire planet are only about $68 trillion.That means all of the money, all of the realestate, all of the gold, all of the oil,everything. Even now the actual amountof U.S. debt on a realized basis equalsfully 1/4 of the aggregate net worth ofthe entire planet.

If the entire Earth could be converted toa sea of money, it still would not pay theU.S debt. That’s why we have consistentlyurged the Bush Regime to spend moremoney on space exploration, particularlyin terms of setting up mining colonies onthe Moon and the exploration andeventual terra-forming of Mars—becausewe are going to need other planets in theSolar System to mortgage by 2032 to paythe debt.

Then the Bush Cabal will have to go offplanet.

First, under Reaganomics, it was Off-Budget Debt.

Eventually, under Bushonomics, theOff-Budget Debt will have to turn intoOff-World debt.

The following is an update on theAlMartinRaw.com Theoretical Stock


Portfolio, which, as our readers may know,went short since the election of GeorgeBush, since that’s what you do, knowingthe havoc that Bushonomics visits uponour economy.

This portfolio is divided intointermediate and long-term holdings ofsecurities with a 5% cash reserve and 15%committed to short-term trading activities.On the day when Bush was elected, werecommended liquidating all securitieswithin the intermediate and long-termsection of our portfolio and recommendedselected gold stocks, REITs, and selectedlong-term U.S. Treasury bond funds.

To date, the AlMartinRaw.com ModelPortfolio, in fixed holdings, has shown anincrease of 28% (inclusive of capitalgains). We would reiterate our originalselection of Barricks Gold as our centralgold stock. Barricks is up 24% from thetime we recommended it. We hadoriginally recommended it over NewmontMining because Barricks has much morelimited political risk vis-à-vis whereBarricks principal producing mines arelocated and the fact that Barricks has beenable to maintain $162 per ounce netproduction cost per ounce of gold.Furthermore we agree with Barricks goldstrategy of reducing future hedgingoperations of production.

Barricks Gold continues to increaseproduction by approximately 2.1 millionounces per year. Its principal plants aremuch more modern than almost any othergold operation, and the company hasshown superb management. We continueto recommend holding Barricks as thefeature gold stock of our intermediate andlong-term portfolio.

The next item is not a joke.Senator John McCain, quoting from a

conversation with Attorney General JohnAshcroft, said that, according to theAttorney General, we would never havecomplete security in the United States—until every citizen is frightened of beingthrown into jail.

Furthermore, in the conversation,Ashcroft admitted that although they’vebacked away from the TIPS program (theDepartment of Justice’s infamous “rat on aneighbor” program), they’ve compiled thenames of more than a million Americancitizens (of the blond-haired, blue-eyedSmith and Jones types—not of the Ahmedor Muhammed variety).

The Attorney General and theDepartment of Justice feel that theseindividuals would be “potentiallyseditious” as the State continues totighten its control.

In the immortal words of George Bush,Senior: “If the truth gives you indigestion,simply take more Prozac.”

How George Bush Sr. Almost GotIndicted For Fraud

(11/4/02)

This is the untold story of Bush CabalFraud and how the Clinton Regimedelayed the collapse of the United Stateseconomy.

Having received some old documentsrecently from a Democratic committeemember, I wanted to tell this story. Thesewere documents that obviously escapedthe shredder. Documents from Democrat-controlled committees get boxed up.Then they get duct-taped and put invarious storage rooms in the RayburnOffice Building, on the fourth floor. Theythen sit there forever until they fall apart,and then somebody will either throw themout or will actually look at them.

The documents from Republicaninvestigating committees generally getshredded afterwards. On the other hand,documents from the investigative staffand general counsels of Democrat-controlled committees haven’t been ableto unveil any truth anyway, so why botherwasting the time shredding them.

These documents I received wereessentially transcripts of personal notesmade by a Democratic congressman whowas very friendly with Bill Clinton andhad conversations with him during thefirst several months of his first term in1993. This congressman had attended aluncheon for congressional Democratswith the President, and the President hadmentioned that he, Bill Clinton, wasaware that the economic numbers that theReagan-Bush Regime had put out were allwrong, particularly when it came to thesize of the annual budget deficits and theaccumulated national debt.

In fact, Clinton admitted that he had noidea of the size of the fraud andmalfeasance committed against theAmerican people during the previous 12years of the Bushonian Cabal.

When Bush left the White House, thelast debt numbers published by the BushRegime was $5.66 trillion, when, in fact,the actual size of the debt was about $14trillion. In other words, the national debtwas about three times the stated numbers.

Clinton got very nervous because oneof the things he had done very early in theregime was to try to get his people tofigure out how much the nation was indebt and what the actual size of the thencurrent budget deficit was. Nobody in theClinton Administration knew. They knewthey were inheriting a federal budgetdeficit.

The Bush Administration had publiclystated that the federal budget deficit forfiscal 1992 was $360 billion. As it turned

out, the fiscal budget deficit for 1992going into calendar year 1993 was over$700 billion.

Realizing the enormity of the fraud hehad inherited, Clinton actually startedthinking about indicting George Bush Sr.on charges of fraud and malfeasance.

It isn’t stated in the documents who hadencouraged him to do this or whether thiswas one of his own ideas, but Clinton wasgetting very nervous by this time, and hetold a group of Democratic congressmenthat there was no money left. He wasconcerned about what was going tohappen.

It must have been a shock. Clintonthought he was inheriting a $360 billionfederal budget deficit, when it was in facttwice as much. He thought he wasinheriting a nation with a $5.6 trilliondebt, and it turns out to be a $14 trilliondebt.

By April he had learned of the GrandBushonian Fraud: How the Bush Cabaldenuded the Social Security General TrustFund and 43 other public trust funds outof $5 trillion, and then stuffed them full ofworthless non-marketable U.S. Treasurysecurities. This is the time when Clintonbegan to talk extensively with AlanGreenspan. He understood thatsomething had to be done because wewere virtually in a crisis.

Like most people in Washington,Clinton understood that Ronald Reaganwas a figurehead, and that it was really theBush Cabal which was running things forall of those 12 years. He also understoodthat the Bush Cabal had perpetrated thegreatest fraud ever committed against theAmerican people and that the Bush Cabalhad essentially destroyed the economy ofthe United States—which in fact they had.

It was his opinion therefore that theClinton Administration should take theunprecedented move of indicting theformer vice president for fraud and grossmalfeasance against the people of theUnited States. This decision was heavilyaugmented by the information he learnedin March and April (it’s not clear how helearned this) about what the Bushonianpeople had done.

Then he found out what the Democratshad always suspected—that from 1980on, the CIA annual assessment report ofthe Soviet Union was being doctored, andthat essentially two different reports werebeing produced. There was a real CIAdocument, which was called the AnnualAssessment Report Of The Economic AndMilitary Strength Of The Soviet Union.The Democrats had suspected, even asearly as 1979, that the last real CIAassessment report they had, when Carterwas still president, clearly indicated that


• Mysterious Disappearances Solved!• Experiments Inside Area 51 Revealed!• Aliens Leave Behind Technological Clues!• Master The Science Of Teleportation!

According to the author, known as Commander X, on anumber of occasions he witnessed the testing of highlyclassified, TOP SECRET, black-project aircraft engagedin maneuvers over Area 51 in the Nevada desert. This whistle-blowerclaims he actually sat at the helm of one of these ships as it bi-locatedfrom one place to another—INSTANTLY!

Commander X insists i t is possible for readers to learn thefundamentals of teleportation and participate in experimentation of theirvery own.

TELEPORTATION: A HOW-TO GUIDE:FROM STAR TREK® TO TESLA

$15.00 (+S/H)

Code: TELE (0.75 lb.)


the Soviet Union was beginning tocrumble internally. Its economy wasvirtually in shambles. What little exportbusiness it had was quickly going downthe tubes. Its infrastructure was fallingapart.

Then, in 1981, suddenly the annualCIA reports, that came directly from theCIA to the White House, were not givento any opposition members in Congress.They were not given to Democratsanymore. This document had never beenconsidered a secret document. It hadalways been publicly available.

The CIA was sending its annualassessment report to the White Housedirectly and not to anybody else. (Laterin the 1980s Tommy Rheinhardt, the CIAliaison off icer to Congress, liedextensively about this very same subjectmatter.)

The White House then would reproducea whole new CIA report that showed theexact opposite of what was reallyhappening—saying that the Soviet Unionwas gaining an economic and militarystrength at the same time it was fallingapart. The Bushonian Cabal then usedthis as a justification to embark upon apolicy of enormous defense buildup andthe wasteful expenditure thereunto, andthe enormous amount of debt necessary tofinance said defense buildup.

The reason they never consideredindicting Reagan is because Clintonknew that Reagan didn’t realize whatGeorge Bush was doing. All of the peoplearound Reagan, except for Don Regan, hisChief of Staff, were Bush loyalists andnever told Reagan anything. That’s onereason why George Bush wanted to get ridof Donald Regan so badly, and finally didin 1985. Regan was the only real Reaganguy in the White House.

When Reagan came into office, hedidn’t have a political machine. He didn’thave a cadre or a cabal like the Bushs did.He came in with one guy, his friend DonRegan, who had formerly been chairmanof Merrill Lynch.

Bush kept trying to keep Regan out ofthe loop and circumventing him withCraig Roberts and other Bush loyalists.Regan knew he was being sidelined.Finally, when he was pushed out, DonaldRegan stated that he was actuallyfrightened of George Bush—and said sopublicly.

Ronald Reagan was never told aboutthe CIA assessment reports that weregiven to him to read, part of which wouldbe incorporated for him into speeches byBush-controlled political staff writers.You have to remember all of the staffwriters for the president were Bostonianminions, and Reagan loved it because itwas the political grist he wanted in hiscampaign to “defeat the Evil Empire”.

Reagan didn’t really understandanything about economics. It must beremembered that the only economicexperience he had was in nearlybankrupting the State of California whenhe was governor.

Clinton then found out that the onlydefense that George Bush would have, thereason why this was done, that wouldgenerate enough political sympathy tomake an indictment against Bush looklike a political beast. When Clintonfound out that this pretense could beknocked out because of these dual falseCIA report schemes that the Bostonianminions had fabricated in order to justifyit was in fact itself a ruse.

Clinton wanted to go ahead and pushfor an indictment of George Bush, whenhe found out in April that the Bostonian

Regime had, in 1987, put the arm on thethen West Germans and the Japanese tosecretly lend money to the Soviet Union.This is what tipped the balance for him.Clinton was hemming and hawing aboutit until he found out about the BushCabal’s f inal strategy, that they hadactually propped up the Soviet Union tomaintain the Great Lie.

The Soviet Union was very close tobankruptcy in 1987 and the Bush Cabalwas scared. They knew that if the SovietUnion fell apart economically in 1987,the jig was up and people would knowthey had lied. Everybody would knowthat they had lied about the military andeconomic strength of the Soviet Union.

Therefore, the West Germans secretlylent the Soviets $80 billion, and theJapanese secretly, under Bushonianpressure, lent them another $40 billion.However, the money was lent with theunderstanding that the U.S. Treasury andthe people of the United States would beultimately responsible for the $120billion should the Soviet Union defaulton said loans. And that’s what got BillClinton really upset.

Enter Alan Greenspan, Chairman of theFederal Reserve. Clinton had beentalking to Greenspan literally since DayOne to try to put together a package torescue the economy. Greenspan kepttelling him that Clinton would have to actnot like a liberal Democrat, that he’s goingto have to act like a moderate Republican,that Clinton would have to have a regimeof fiscal restraint and prudence. He toldhim that he would have to reducespending and have some targeted tax cutsto industry—things that are not normallyassociated with liberal Democrats.

Barrons actually once said that BillClinton was the best moderateRepublican for our economy sinceEisenhower. And he did act like amoderate Republican and it lost him somesupport within the Democratic left.

Greenspan then became aware of whatClinton wanted to do. Greenspan agreedwith him that if George Bush was indictedand exposed, all of the truth of what theBush Cabal had done to this nation, thenthere would be no more Bush Cabal. TheBushs would never make a politicalcomeback and we would end, once and forall, the greatest future threat to the UnitedStates economy that could exist (short ofthermonuclear war)—and that would be areturn of a Bushonian Regime.

Greenspan agreed with him and thiswas during a time when he was askedwhy he had purposely acted toundermine a Bush re-election bid bykeeping the economic reins unusuallytight. Greenspan then said: “The nation


can’t afford any more Bushs.”Greenspan was sympathetic to Clinton

politically, but he reminded him of thereality of the situation. He told him that ifyou indict George Bush and members ofhis immediate cabal, the whole truth isgoing to come out. Then he asked him:How are the American people, as investors,as well as foreign investors and banks,going to react? This was in the spring of1993, when the economic recovery wasunderway, but it was still very nascent atbest.

Greenspan reminded Clinton that thenation’s banks and securities firms andinsurance f irms were stillundercapitalized, and that the FDIC andFSLIC insurance pools were stillundercapitalized, and the Treasury had noemergency monies they could extend.

Greenspan told Clinton that if GeorgeBush is indicted and the whole truthcomes out about the extent of theBushonian Fraud—the fact that the nationis $14 trillion in debt—if this comes out,he said, on a Sunday night, then byMonday, stock markets worldwide willshut down early and there will be panicselling by both domestic and foreigninvestors of U.S. securities who willsimply dump their shares.

By the following day, he said, foreigncentral banks will begin dumping theirholdings of U.S. Treasury Bonds into amarketplace where there will be no bids,reminding Clinton that, by and large, itwas money from foreign central bankswhich had financed the deficit during the1980s, and that in fact the BushonianRegime had sold some of America’ssovereignty to other nations.

By Wednesday, he said, American bankswill have thousands of people lined upclamoring to get their money out. He saidif you tell the American people the truth,you will start a domino effect, the endresult of which would be global economiccollapse.

Greenspan understood the temerity ofthe situation, and sympathized withClinton’s position and had himunderstand how clever the BushonianCabal had been in creating a Big Lie—because it had successfully trappedClinton as the successor regime intomaintaining the Big Lie and the cover-upfor the sake of global economic stability.

Greenspan reminded Clinton that theDemocrats couldn’t even make politicalhay out of this. Clinton was reported, byMay, to be frustrated as hell. Here hefound himself, as the new president,forced to maintain a cover-up of what theBushonian Cabal had done, yet theRepublicans were able to attack himendlessly. And there was nothing he

could do.Greenspan then told Clinton that if he

would move forward with a f iscallyprudent economic agenda and reducefederal spending, the Federal Reserve willwork with him and expand money supplytargets and begin to bring interest ratesdown, bring down unemployment andinflation, and we can try to turn thesituation around—at least to the point ofgenerating fiscal surpluses. At that timeyou could adopt a strategy, with a secondterm in office, of gradually bringing forththe truth to the people.

Clinton did try to do that in 1995, whenit became increasingly obvious that theClintonian economic agenda was working.He had come up with this so-called 30-yearrecovery plan in which the governmentwould act over the long term to restrainfederal spending and would have to buildup fiscal surpluses which could be used topay down debt by open market purchasesof U.S. Treasury securities, and then retiringthose securities. Clinton actually called itthe “debt free in 30 years plan” andClinton said (and nobody really pickedupon on it) that we would have to generatefiscal surpluses of some $15 trillion tomake the plan work. That was anadmission of what the total debt actuallywas, but nobody seemed to pick up on thesignificance of it.

By fostering an 8-year regime of fiscalprudence and restraint, Clinton was able,most importantly of all, to rebuildconfidence in U.S. capital market places.That is the most important thing he did.He was able to cut unemployment by halfand reduce the inflation rate he inheritedby two-thirds. And he was able tostrengthen the dollar to all-time highs andto generate 4 years of fiscal surpluses,something never before achieved in thehistory of the nation.

Clinton did in fact use those surplusesto pay down debt as promised. In hissecond term, he was able to stop thepractice of taking FICA taxes and usingthem as general revenue.

In effect, Clinton provided the stabilityand growth that staved off what wouldhave been economic collapse. AsGreenspan subsequently said, had GeorgeBush been reelected in 1992, he had nodoubt that the nation would haveeconomically collapsed because it wasgetting to the point that the BushonianRegime was running out of accountingtricks to hide the actual size of the deficitsthat were being generated.

By the end of 1992, the Bush Regimehad raped and pillaged any source ofmoney that was available to rape andpillage—meaning they had denudedevery penny out of the 43 public trust

funds, which are constitutionallysacrosanct. It is considered a High Crimefor an administration to take money out ofthe sacrosanct public trust funds. Themoney does not belong to the UnitedStates Government. It belongs to thepeople of the United States.

They had taken $5 trillion out of the 43national public trust funds, and they haddenuded the federal treasury of all of itsreserve funds, and they had illegallytaken from the Federal Reserve itsemergency currency stabilization fund.They had drawn out all collateralizedletters of credit. They had issued as muchdebt equity as they could under thefederal agencies like Ginny Mae, FreddyMac, etc. They had sold as many notes asthey could and they had issued as manyrestricted and worthless notes as theydared.

Greenspan pointed out in 1992 that thenation could not have survived another 4years of Bushonomics because what theyhad been doing could simply not behidden for another 4 years. The economiceffects of what they had done would beginto filter through the economy, and at thatpoint, the jig would be up.

When the truth is going to causeeconomic pain in government and capitalmarketplaces, you can’t come out with itall at once. It has to be dribbled out alittle at a time. The negative impact onthe economy then has to be absorbedgradually because, if you come out with itall at once, you’ll have a debacle on yourhands, which nobody wants.

Had Clinton adopted the policy ofdribbling out the truth, the economywould have slowly sunk again and thefiscal surpluses he generated would havenever been generated. Would theAmerican people have read between thelines and understood? Even to tell theAmerican people the truth a drop at a timewould have been a risk.

In the last analysis, the only thing thatClinton did was to stabilize the economy,temporarily, for 8 years. The Dow JonesIndustrial Average did move from 2400 toover 11000 during his regime. He didcreate more wealth for the individualperson in this country than had ever beencreated before—and you simply cannottake that away from him.

People who held on to stocks too longas the market began to decline and saw50% of that lost—that’s not Clinton’sfault. That’s simply a matter of listeningto your stockbrokers and not knowingwhen to get out.

What Clinton did was to buy us timeinto another Bushonian debacle, whichwe now have. The question is: How muchmore damage will the Bush Cabal wreak


The future of America?Chapters include: Originof Great Seal of U.S. •Psychic pres idents( inc luding L incoln,Washington, Kennedy) •Coming Polar Shif t &Amer ica’s dest iny •Reincarnation of Atlantis• America’s great curses• Secret Government—who’s really in control? •Space v is i tors watchover Amer ica • Al l

presidents since Eisenhower said to havemet with ETs on American soil.

PROPHECIES OF THEPRESIDENTS: THE SPIRITUAL

DESTINY OF AMERICA REVEALEDBY TIM BECKLEY


$12.50(+S/H)Code: POP (0.5 lb.)

beyond what it has already wreaked sincethe election of George Bush? And whatwill that damage do to the economy?

The Bush Administration has alreadyadmitted that, after the coming election,they will begin the repillaging of SocialSecurity—by taking FICA taxes andcounting them as general revenues.You’re then borrowing from the futureevery year that you do that. These are thesame old smoke-and-mirror accountingpractices which were used during theBush Cabal’s first 12 years. They arebeing used once again to disguise theactual size of Bushonian generatedeconomic deficits.

It’s entirely possible that we will havea double-dip recession because stockscannot continue to increase while thelarger economic fundamentals whichpropel the nation’s economy continue toworsen.

The question remains: With its controlof mainstream media, can the Bush Cabalcontinue to hide from the Americanpeople the extent of its malfeasance?

When does it all come tumbling down?When everybody knows the truth.

This gets into the Bushonian notionthat anybody who tells the truth is being“unpatriotic” or dangerous to the securityof the nation.

We are no longer talking about theeconomic health of the nation vis-à-visBushonomics. To those who would saythat what we are doing is creating furtheranxiety by telling people the truth, itshould be noted that we are talking abouteconomic survival.

Understanding how Clinton dealt withthe knowledge of Bush Cabal Fraud, itgives you a sense of compassionregarding the man. Imagine the

frustration of having to keep otherpeople’s secrets—particularly secrets thatyou could politically capitalize onyourself. He acted with political restraintand absorbed year after year ofRepublican attack when he had theammunition to destroy them. For the sakeof global economic stability—and, byextension, the economic survival of ournation and its people—Clinton could notuse the truth to defend himself from 8years of Republican attacks mostlycoming from Bushonian Cabalists.

Most people understand that, as theexpression goes, when you can’t beatthem—the criminals, that is. And that’swhy AlMartinRaw is starting its newmarket trading and forecast service. Thisway you’ll be able to make a profit on thecriminals’ behavior.

We have always specialized in short-side trades (which is definitely joiningthem, instead of beating them) and that’swhy we invite all our readers to at least geta few crumbs of the pie. And that’s howand why we are rededicating thiscolumn—for the profit of our readers.

We are here to present some crediblealternatives. In other words, you can stillmake money in an increasingly negativeeconomic environment. You just have toknow how to do it, and the way to do it isto follow the Smart Republican Money.

As the renowned speculator JesseLivermore said: “There have beenfortunes made by being long stocks, butthe great fortunes have been made on theshort side of the markets.”

America In A Trance,Or: America The Stupid

(11/14/02)

Despite our urgent recommendation tothe contrary, the American people haveseen fit to turn Congress into a BushonianRubber Stamp. What does this mean?The Bushonian Regime will begin to rapeand pillage the nation’s Social Securitytrust fund once again. Also, they havealready announced that they willcontinue to denude the people of theircivil rights and liberties by bringingbefore Congress the three pieces oflegislation they could not get passed inthe previous Congress, namely (1) theNational Identity Card Act, (2) the act tooverturn Posse Comitatus, and (3) the actto formalize the creation of the Office ofHomeland Security.

Lest we forget the short-term memory ofAmerica the Stupid (or America in aTrance), when it comes to the Office ofHomeland Security, we should alwaysremember George Bush’s Immortal Wordson September 26 (in the post-9/11

environment), when he first mentionedthe concept for our Office of HomelandSecurity and he told us, the Americanpeople, not to worry, that it would be asmall federal agency and it would act in acoordinating capacity only; it would haveno more than 1,300 employees, and itwould have an annual budget of no morethan $9 billion.

Furthermore, at least half of that $9billion would come back to the Americantaxpayers in forms of “savings” because,with the Office of Homeland Security, wecould streamline the functions of the CIA,the FBI, FEMA, and others, and we couldreduce staff and reduce costs. That’s howthe Office of Homeland Security wasbilled and how it was sold to the Americanpublic.

Now we f ind that the Off ice ofHomeland Security is, in fact, going to bea new “super” federal agency with aninitial staff of more than 5,000 and aninitial budget of $38 billion.

As George Bush has promised us, therehave been no savings from the interimworkings of the Office of HomelandSecurity. Not from the CIA. Not from theFBI. Not from FEMA. And not from theNational Security Agency.

In fact, the budgets of these agenciesand the number of people they employhas increased.

As is typical with a Bushonian Regime,the budget is more than 4 times what itwas originally billed.

As a consequence, what do we nowhave to look forward to with a BushonianCongress?

As the Bush Administration previouslyannounced, if it regained control ofCongress, in order to stimulate theeconomy, we can now look forward to theacceleration of tax cuts for the RepublicanRich which were not due to take placeuntil the “out years” of 2006-2009.

Furthermore, it will accelerate theelimination of estate taxes for theRepublican Rich that were also not due totake place until the so-called “out years”.

These two measures, put together, willdeny the Federal Treasury at least another$100 billion per annum in desperatelyneeded tax revenue.

The reason why the BushAdministration is so desperate to re-pillage Social Security funds (bycounting FICA taxes as general revenue)is because it will provide them with $125billion a year of additional income. Thatin turn will make next year’s deficits notlook as bad as they otherwise would havebeen.

This is absolutely classic Bushonomics.You borrow from the future as much asyou possibly can to hide the true size of


the deficits that you are creating in thepresent. I cannot think of a better way todescribe Bushonomics.

We see that situation, in fact—despiteevery Republican stock market punditunder the Sun telling us that “Republicanregimes are good for the economy” and“don’t worry because the stock marketswill rally if you make Congress aRepublican Rubber Stamp”.

Instead we find that the market has soldoff 350 points since the Republicanvictory. So obviously that isn’t true. Thereason why is because the market is“reality”.

The market knows that having aBushonian Regime with a Rubber StampCongress presents even more danger tothe nation’s economy—not less.

First Call Market Services, whichpredicts quarterly earnings and so on, hada very interesting comment. They saidthat all of the big securities and brokeragefirms, which are Republican-aligned, arethe ones which had the greatest number ofbuy recommendations and the fewestnumber of sell recommendations.

There’s only a handful of them—likeGoldman Sachs and JP Morgan, which arenot particularly Republican aligned—thathad five times the sell recommendationsthan they had buy recommendations. Itgoes a long way in proving the pointabout the power that a Bushonian Regimehas in its influence over Wall Street to getthe Wall Street crowd together toconsistently tout stocks in decliningmarkets. You’ve got to buy, buy, buy; it’son every economic show and roundtablediscussion you hear.

New financial roundtable talk shows arebeing added constantly, especially on theweekends. You hear the propaganda thatyou have to buy stocks—buy, buy, buy!

More recently you start to see the e-mails that come in to CNBC, and they saythings like: “Three weeks ago LarryKudlow recommended I should buy Intelat $20, which is $12 today.”

CNBC is running more and more ofthese types of e-mails that: “I bought intothe Republican hype and I’m listening toall these Republican stock pundits andthey said ‘buy this’ or ‘buy that’ and nowI’ve lost half of my money in the last 3weeks because of it!”

This is something the American peopleshould be aware of.

My personal opinion is that it isunconscionable what the BushAdministration does in terms of its controlof Wall Street market pundits who aremade into venerable names in the mediawho people trust—the Louis Rukeysers ofthe world.

They have big reputations and they are

considered virtual gods. They say “buy,buy, buy” because that’s what theAdministration wants them to say becausethey are nothing more than shills for theRepublican Party.

If one looks at where Larry Kudlow’smoney comes from, one will find that itessentially comes from Republican-controlled foundations.

What happens is that the BushAdministration is able, in a way, to keepthe market artif icially higher than itshould be, in a bear market trend, by theconsistent hammering on this “buystocks” theme by well-knownRepublican-controlled economic pundits.Consequently the American people endup owning stocks at tremendously highprices.

I never heard Larry Kudlow ever in mylife tell people to sell a stock.

People just can’t see the reality. Themarket rally has been 22%, from top tobottom, in this 5-week-old counter-trendrally, when the economic fundamentalspropelling a bear market are growingworse.

There is no fundamental economicreason for people to be buying stocks orto have pushed the market 1600 points offthe low in 5 weeks. Not when thestatistics—like the LEI (LeadingEconomic Indicators) ManufacturingIndices, Construction Spending, CapacityUtilization, Total Employment, numbersthat have created the bear market—continue to deteriorate. Yet the Americanpeople are bidding up the market.

Why? Because every television showwith every Republican pundit known toman keeps telling people to “buy, buy,buy”. They even drag out the old menlike Bill Seidman and Sir John Templeton.

You know the Bush Administration isdesperate when they start dragging outthe old farts.

If you’re going to be in stocks, IRAs, or401(k)s—and I’ve always said this, andthis is something no brokers will ever tellyou because it’s against their best intereststo do so, because then they can’t sellmarket research—you the individualperson wearing your hat as an investorhave to do your own homework andresearch.

You can’t rely on other companies,other people’s research and othereconomic forecasting services. We’veseen what has happened. The recentscandals have revealed how biased this“research” really is.

The SEC pretends to slap these peopleon the wrist, people like the AbbyCohens.

I like what Bill Waldman, the greatDemocratic economist, said. He said that

90% of the research coming out of theseRepublican-controlled security firms andmutual fund houses was simply nothingmore than an effort to “put lipstick on apig”.

And where was the so-called businesspress, Forbes magazine, Business Week inthis debacle? They were just asunconscionable as the market pundits.

As the market was declining, thevenerable magazines like Forbes andFortune were all screaming: buy, buy, yougotta buy “because stocks are cheap”.But stocks aren’t cheap.

It is so ludicrous, and I don’t understandwhy the American people can’t seethrough it. There was an analyst onCNBC from AG Edwards, for example, andevery f irm tends to make its ownassessment of what fair-market value is.He was asked what does AG Edwardsthink the fair-market value is, and he said:“We feel that current fair-market value isS&P at 720.” This was a couple days ago,when the S&P was at 920. And he’s notasked: What stocks are you selling then?The next question is: What stocks do youbuy?

And he comes out with a whole list ofAG Edwards-recommended stocks to buy.Yet the firm thinks that the market is 200S&P points overvalued?

We see this again and again. There isnot one firm on the street that has, as fair-market value, anywhere near where themarket currently is.

As pointed out by First Call, theaverage fair-market value assumption bywhat they call the top 100 securities firmsand mutual fund houses ranges from S&P500 to S&P 750.

In some cases we are talking aboutfirms who are saying that the fair-market value of the market, right now,is thousands of points lower than whereit is. Thousands of points lower.

Yet, in the same breath, it’s: “What dowe buy?”

They’re never asked: “What do wesell?” Or: “How do we get short?”

They’re simply asked about what youbuy in this environment if the market is4000 points overvalued.

These pundits become part of a systemthat is designed, under RepublicanRegimes, to get people to buy stocks atartificially high prices in order to preventthe market from seeking its true valuelevel, in a Republican administration,which is always much less than where it’strading at.

Then there’s the Stupidity GrowthFactor.

During the Bush-I Administrationpeople seemed to understand a little more.They understood that under a Bushonian


This is the same CD-ROM that is included with thebook VATICAN ASSASSINS and contains 13 rare,historical, out-of-print books (over 4,000 pages!) usedin the researching of that masterpiece volume.

Titles on the CD-ROM are: The History of Romanism, Dowling, 1845; Historyof the Jesuits, Nicolini, 1854; Popery, Puseyism and Jesuitism, Desanctis,1905; The Engineer Corps of Hell, Sherman, 1883; Secret Instructions of theJesuits, Brownlee, 1857; The Black Pope, Cusack, 1896; The Jesuits,Griesinger, 1903; The Footprints of the Jesuits, Thompson, 1894; The AwfulDisclosures of Maria Monk, Monk, 1835; The Thrilling Mysteries of a ConventRevealed! Peterson, 1835; The Jesuit Conspiracy: The Secret Plan of theOrder, Leone, 1848; The Crisis: Or, the Enemies

VATICAN ASSASSINSCompanion CD-ROM

ONLY $15.00 (SHIPPING INCLUDED)

Code: VACD (0.5 lb.)

See next-to-last page for orderingor call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866.

Administration, you’re going to haveBushonomics, which is inherentlydestructive to the economy. Therefore, themarket should be trading at some sort of adiscount to its fair value to reflect that.

During the Bush-I administration,particularly later, you did see the markettrading at a discount to its fair-marketvalue. But now we see another BushAdministration that is equally asdestructive—$200 billion deficit for thisyear, possibly $350 billion deficit nextyear, which they will of course try to hideby raping and pillaging Social Security.

Now you see a market that is trading asmuch as 50% premium to fair marketvalue—at a time when not only is themarket going down, not only are we in thegrips of a bear market, but we have anAdministration that acts to destroy theeconomy by its own economic policies.

The bottom line is that for everyonewho is long stocks, there is an enormousrisk factor in here.

This is an administration which followsa certain school of economic policiescalled Bushonomics.

Bushonomics gradually destroys theeconomy.

That is known and there isn’t anydebate about that anymore. That isalready a given.

You combine that with the fact that weare in a cyclical bear market. Then youlook at the fact that the market is stilltrading at 50% higher than the averagefair-market value guesstimate by the top100 brokerage firms.

Something is very wrong here.And what’s the bottom of the market?

Who knows?If you listen to Bill Gross of PIMCO, he

believes that fair-market value is aboutS&P 600 or Dow 5000. Most of the rest ofthe street (when it comes to fair-marketvalue) is somewhere between 680 and 750or Dow 6500.

In political and economic terms, the

markets are severely overvalued.And the risk factor has just increased by

the fact that we now have a RepublicanRubber-Stamp Congress. You take anAdministration whose economic policiesare known to visit havoc on the economy,and then you increase this power to wreakmore havoc to imperial levels.

It’s interesting to note the statementmade by Army Secretary Thomas White,the infamous Enron stock swindler. (I stilldon’t know why he remains the ArmySecretary. His plan to “privatize” theArmy is essentially taking the extramoney that’s coming in and giving it toall his Republican Crony Capitalist Pals.)

The statement that came out of hisoffice said that the United States Army isnow fully prepared to fight “large-scaledomestic urban warfare”.

This whole concept is being propelledby the Department of Defense and theOffice of Homeland Security, wherein ourmilitary should now be prepared, anddramatically increase U.S. military forceswithin the United States, and that thoseforces should be ready to fight “large-scale domestic urban warfare”. What is soabsurd about this is the level of threatassessment.

When he says “large-scale street-to-street fighting” he means domestic urbanwarfare using our new Broncos onsteroids, our new domestic urban hoverdrones, our new high-potency Valium gas,and a vast new array of “non-lethal”weapons and refurbishing the CILF(Civilian Inmate Labor Facility) programs.

I don’t understand why people can’t seethrough this. The military isn’t beingprepared to fight a “war on terrorism” inthe United States when they say “large-scale urban domestic warfare”.

There aren’t that many terrorists in thewhole world.

It is the American Citizens whothey’re talking about. AmericanCitizens are the target.

The effects ofB u s h o n o m i c seventually becomeirreversible, and asthe economy beginsto collapse, there’snothing that can bedone about itbecause it’s all over.Bushonomics hasruined it.

When we get tothe point when thishappens, themilitary is going tohave to have theability to maintaincontrol to prevent

people lining up at each bank trying toget their money out or to control thepeople outside of all the Safewaysupermarkets trying to get the last loafof bread from the shelves.

That’s what they’re talking about.Selling the people the concept that we

need the ability to fight large-scale urbanwarfare due to domestic terrorism isabsolute nonsense.

How could foreign terrorists possiblyget enough people into this country atany given time to create “large-scaleurban warfare”?

Why this is “America, The Stupid” isbecause Americans themselves are thetargets and they will ultimately have to becontrolled. This has nothing to do with“terrorists”.

People really believed that: “We needmore military expenditures because ofterrorism and to protect the nation againstterrorism.” What are we talking about?Cells of two, three, or four people widelydisbursed around the nation? After all,that is what terrorism is. And terroristsgenerally come into this country a few ata time.

And what will happen down the line?We’re seeing the beginnings of thisalready. A federalized and para-militarized Neighborhood WatchAssociation, which will effectively act asa modern-day Gestapo.

Then the citizenry will divide. You willsee the majority who will become “pro-government” and you’ll see 20% of thepeople who know the truth andunderstand what everything is all about,and they will be the so-called“resistance”.

Eventually that’s how things are goingto line up.

The military will remain relativelycohesive, even if things get real tough,because the military has always been fartoo close to the Republican Hierarchy forthere to be a coup.

[Editor’s note: This is where things getinteresting because it is yet to be proven ifthe elaborate mind-control proceduresused to train the military, starting in bootcamp, may not break down when genuine“matters of the heart” begin to dominatethe equation of choices and authority.The spiritual strength of the human beinghas been vastly underestimated by suchdim-witted control nuts as those whowould be the kings of this world.]

For instance, if you’re in the service 10years from now, and let’s say theunemployment rate is 30% and thegrocery shelves are half full and there arepetrol and water restrictions, and you’re inthe military and you know you’ve gotthree square meals a day and a roof over


your head, it’s going to look mightyattractive compared with the alternative.

And the higher ups will be sucking upall the gravy, so they’ll comply. But therewill be sympathizers within the military,when things begin to fall apart.

The only reason the Domestic UrbanInformation Guerillas like me will exist isbecause there will be pockets of supportfor us within the military and thedomestic population. These will bepeople who will be willing to take a riskto still see the truth get out.

We understand that this column will bepopular with the conspiracy types, but it’salso Reality.

Watch out, baby, ’cuz here comesReality!

Who Will Be The Next Bag Holders?(11/25/02)

The American people, wearing theirhats as investors, are now being subjectedto new psychological programming. Theyhave become the Pavlovian (Market)Dogs.

When average people (despite havinglost half of their money since Bush hasbeen elected) hear the word “BUY” somany times every day, they continue to“BUY”. Who will be next? Who will beleft holding the proverbial bag again?

One of the very few negative segmentson FNN was the man from the NationalCredit Council who was talking about thenumber of Americans who were borrowingoff their credit cards to buy stocks. It’s arecord percentage now. People hear theword BUY and they can’t stand it; theyhave to buy another 200 or 300 shares.

The National Credit Council has asupport group for stock junkiesanonymous. These are people who, whenthey hear the word BUY and they’rewatching the stock market like alcoholicsor narcotic addicts, their hands start toshake. They can’t help themselves. Theyhave to call their broker and buy another100 shares of something—even if theydon’t have the money. They’ll borrow itfrom credit cards; they’ll do whatever ittakes. This is the new psychology.

That’s why I do this column. It’s a laborof love, trying to make the peopleunderstand.

[Editor’s note: Unfortunately, starting atthe time of this particular column, whoeveris managing Al’s website has decided thatit should cost $6.95 PER MONTH toaccess Al’s “labor of love” for humanity.While we here at The SPECTRUMgenuinely respect Al Martin’s salientinsights—obviously—we question thewisdom and the knowledge of UniversalLaw being ignored when the spirit of

“freely giving to help people” is replacedwith such a strong focus on financial gain.In that “pure business” mode of operation,The SPECTRUM should cost at least $75per month. How many of you would/couldappreciate that?! ]

I was watching Joe Kernan on CNBC,who’s making jokes all the time. He startedto say something about maybe it’s time tosell or there might be some bearishness.Then he immediately puts his hand overhis mouth and says: “Oh, I forgot. I’m notsupposed to say that anymore.” Andnaturally everybody laughs in thebackground to make a joke out of it.

We’ll keep watching to see if one daythe cane comes from offstage and pullsJoe off like the old vaudeville acts.

The standard P/E [ price-to-earnings]ratios may be retired again. Some peoplemay not know it, but in conjunction withthe information from this weekend’smarket summary is the news that, duringthe Internet Bubble Days, the venerableStandard and Poors index was not eventracking most stocks by the classic P/Eratio. It became what they call Sales-to-Share Price Multiple because so manycompanies weren’t earning any money.

They didn’t have a P/E multiple, sothey had to come up with a whole newidea. Buying Lucent and Nortel at 200times “sales revenue” was then looked atas a good buy.

In other words, the whole marketdynamics by late 1999 and early 2000had begun to change because you hadfully one-third of all publicly listedcompanies not earning any money.

Therefore, you couldn’t say they had aP/E ratio anymore. You had to have a newrationale. You couldn’t use a book-to-share ratio because those same one-thirdof companies traded had a negative networth per share. Therefore, you couldn’tuse a price-to-share ratio anymore.

People then bought into it because theywere told that this was the “NewParadigm”. Now we’re going to buystocks based on a percentage of sales.And at the same time sales figures werebeing fraudulently manipulated. As wenow know, many times sales figures werebeing pumped up through a lot of smoke-and-mirror accounting tricks.

(Parenthetically speaking, it shouldalso be mentioned that Razorfish.com,which was an awfully hot stock, the“integral systems management company”was sold. This company, on a fullyadjusted split basis, once traded at the endof 1999 for $1700 a share. The companywas just sold for 81¢ a share.)

Now they’re trying to bring back theparadigm from the 1999 to early 2000period. Did the Enron Debacle have any

effect on people?The American people not only don’t

have a short-term memory when it comesto matters politic, it’s economics as well.

Amazingly enough, all of the peoplewho saw their 401(k)/IRA accounts cut inhalf since George Bush was elected arebuying again.

And they’re not buying solid companies.They’re buying high-tech dot-com stocksthat were selling between one and twodollars 45 days ago, and are now sellingbetween three and four dollars. More than500 of them have doubled in the last 45days. This action is coming from frustratedIRA and 401(k) people; it’s not comingfrom real speculators.

The buying is coming from averageinvestors who saw their IRA and 401(k)accounts cut in half, and they’re frustrated,and they don’t know how to get theirmoney back. So now they’re allspeculating in these one-dollar and two-dollar dot-com stocks.

A lot of people are saying that thisstrategy is working. They say: “I boughtthis stock at a buck and a half, 45 daysago, and now its four bucks a share.”

Even WorldCom “rallied” from eightcents a share to fifteen cents a share. It isthe “average investor” who has been ableto pump up these stocks again.

I’d like to know, when they try to sellthem and take their profit, who they’rehoping to sell them to?

What the burnt-out 401(k)/IRApeople are betting on is that there’sgoing to be a whole new series of bagholders available who will take theshares they bought for a buck forty, fivedays ago, off their hands at four bucks ashare, before the end of the year.

The problem is: where is the newclass of bag holders when you had somany people burnt the first time?

Nobody has been able to make enoughmoney since Bush was elected to be onthe long side of the market to create a newgroup of bag holders.

The question remains: So, who are thenew bag holders going to be?

At AlMartinRaw.com, we’re trying tofind them.

If we could find out who the new bagholders are going to be, we could make afortune. We could make a list of thepeople.

* * *

In other news, the Department of Justicehas been granted the authority it wasseeking by a federal circuit court. Thisauthority is called something like the“Enhanced Surveillance Act AgainstCitizen Terrorists”. The court had granted


the Department of Justice vast newauthority to surveil and otherwise spy on“citizen terrorists”. They actually call itthat—“citizen terrorists”.

The reason they use that language isbecause under the USA Patriot Act, andwith the passage of the Law EnforcementExtension Act, the Department of Justicenow has dictatorial powers, for allpractical purposes, to spy on any non-citizens. Therefore they wanted a vastexpansion of power to spy on so-called“citizen terrorists”—in other words, tolawfully create a whole new category of“citizen”.

Naturally Ashcroft defined this asanyone who might be planning a terroristattack.

Interestingly enough, it hassubsequently been pointed out, on someof the talk shows, with guys like MortonKondracke and some liberals, that thesubmission to the court didn’t even usethe word “terrorist”. In other words,this is Ashcroft’s interpretation in orderto sell it to the American people.

Now, even conservatives like FredBarnes have expressed some reservationsabout giving the Department of Justicesuch vast authority. The DoJ hasanswered by saying that they have simplycreated a second class of citizen whoeffectively has no constitutionalprotection.

That is, in fact, not what has happened,since the word “terrorist” isn’t even usedin the original submission to the circuitcourt; it just says citizen.

Ashcroft didn’t give any explanationbeyond that. Now you have to go and askthe Office of Homeland Security whattheir definition of “citizen terrorist” is.They refer you to the Office of InternalSecurity, who refer you to about four otheroffices.

This, then, in turn directly affects andexpands the Office of InformationAwareness, the new agency headed by thenotorious and sinister John Poindexter ofIran-Contra fame. This is what bothered alot of people—putting a guy likePoindexter in charge of it and giving this

off ice, in particular, such vast newauthority.

In effect, it will be John Poindexter, afelon, spying on you. According to theOffice of Internal Security, the definitionof a citizen terrorist is very loose.

Questions were asked later: Whatdefines it? Who decides it? What are theparameters? And how do we begin toweed out citizen terrorists?

And that’s going to start with theNeighborhood Watch Association. Theywill establish profiles on everybody inthe neighborhood.

It works on a system of points, plus orminus points. If you have an Americanflag in front of your house, that’s a pluspoint. If it’s bigger than usual, you getanother plus point.

But if you have a billboard in yourfront yard that reads “Indict the BushCabal”—that’s definitely a negative.Probably a negative 50 points.

This gets into a whole classificationroutine, but the long and short of it isthat the interpretation is so loose in thisruling that a citizen terrorist couldliterally be any citizen who has publiclyexpressed disagreement with theBushonian internal security measuresor the Bushonian War on Terrorism.

The ACLU will most likely be the firstto sue. But the Department of Justice wasseeking a whole new authority to go afterpeople “on the cusp” as it were, pursuantto this entire plan to have theNeighborhood Watch Association classifypeople according to a certain standard.Then that goes to the Office of InternalSecurity for “Threat Assessment”.

For instance, if you had been overheardpublicly to disagree with Bushonianpolicy or aren’t flying a flag in front ofyour house or don’t have four flagsflying out of each window of yourCaddy, then your threat assessmentwould go up a notch.

If you were a reader of a liberalpublication like The New Republic, yourthreat assessment would go up anothernotch.

And if you read Mother Jones, you’d

probably already be in a CILF (CivilianInmate Labor Facility). They’d bepulling up in the vans to take you to thenearest CILF.

Somebody will challenge this all theway to the Supreme Court because itfrightened even some conservatives. Youcan tell that some of the people like PatBuchanan were definitely frightened ofthis.

The Far Right—identified with the FarGrassroots Right or Religious Right—arevery much frightened. They could takePat Buchanan’s Mercedes away and sendhim to Mexico under NAFTA. They needa new “populist” candidate down there,don’t they?

After what Pat Buchanan has said aboutthe Mexicans over the years, he wouldn’tlast two minutes down there.

Everyone’s heard of course that theHomeland Security Bill has beenpassed—with the entire requisiteRepublican Pork tacked on. The vaccineand pharmaceutical manufacturers get afree ride. Eli Lilly, a favorite Bush Cabalcompany, is a specific benefactor of thisbill.

They’re giving Eli Lilly protectionagainst lawsuits for manufacturingvaccines—in the event that the vaccinesthemselves kill a bunch of people. Thennobody can sue the pharmaceuticalcompanies. There are also all sorts ofspecial tax advantages for Republican-controlled corporations.

The Republicans figured: “Hey, we gotthe votes, and we can steamroll it.”

Also, the companies that produce the so-called “security” equipment for airportshave been given legal protection from allliability. According to the personnel, thenew monitoring devices at the airportshave not been tested, and once in a whilethey blow up. So what happens is that, ifyou’re injured by one of these securitydevices, you can’t sue the manufacturer.And you can’t sue any airline securitypeople if you’re mistreated. They’re heldsovereign and immune. So now they havean absolute carte blanche to abuseanybody they want.

The Republicans snuck in thisprovision into the bill, which has nothingto do with Homeland Security. Theyweakened the rules on the so-calledtransfer of US corporations to offshore tax-free jurisdictions. There was a debateabout forcing some big US companieslike Ingersoll-Rand, Tyco, Stanley Works,and other corporations which havereincorporated themselves in offshorejurisdictions to avoid paying US taxes.The Democrats were pushing to forcethese corporations to reincorporate here,or at least force a special tax provision on

Exposes Project “Paper Clip” and the underground UFO bases of Hitler’selite scientific corps. Elements of the CIA and the Secret Governmenthave imitated real alien abductions to convince the public of interplanetaryinvasion so New World Order gang can rule the Earth unchallenged.

Project Paperclip was the secret plan that took Nazi scientists andpsychiatrists out of Germany and into the upper echelons of the U.S.governmental, scientific, and academic realms.

EVIL AGENDA OF THESECRET GOVERNMENT

BY TIM SWARTZ

$10.00 (+S/H)Code: EASG (0.75 lb.)SEE NEXT-TO-LAST PAGE FOR ORDERING OR CALL TOLL-FREE: 1-877-280-2866


them. And the Republicans not onlydefeated this measure, but actuallyweakened it and made it easier for UScorporations to reincorporate in offshorejurisdictions.

The United States said that if thoseoffshore jurisdictions were not only tax-free havens but also non-extraditablejurisdictions, then the U.S. would honorthe non-extradition for corporate officerswho might be charged for fraud ormalfeasance.

In effect, the Republicans are sayingthat you can move your companyoffshore, you can commit fraud againstAmerican investors, banks, etc., withimpunity—as long you are incorporatedin an offshore jurisdiction that has noextradition treaty with the United Statesfor fraud or tax evasion. In other words,corporate off icers were given atremendous shield from liability.

You can continue to commit fraud aslong as you continue to donate moneyto the Republican Party.

In other news, the Republicans keeppushing, under their longterm plan toprivatize government and the military, thenew Bushonian plan just announced toprivatize 850,000 government positions.These are all federal civilian employees.In other words, private corporations wouldnow run these individual branches ofgovernment and federal agencies. Theydo that, in a sense, now anyway, but thereare still federal employees. Now theywouldn’t be federal employees anymore.They would be employees of privatecorporations.

This then becomes the “Corporatizationof American Government”.

And what’s left? There are the 170,000staff members of the General ServicesAdministration. The General AccountingOffice. The OMB. The Comptroller.

The way they’re selling it is by sayingthat it will be cheaper for the Americantaxpayers. They’re using the OldRepublican BS that private corporationswill instill market discipline ongovernment and thus drive costs down,which always sounds nice, but it neverhappens that way.

This will be literally a Republican WetDream because the corporations, which arebecoming the new sub-contractors to thegovernment, are Republican- controlledcorporations. We are now creating a wholenew power structure between corporationsand the Republican Party.

The Republican Party is essentiallyusing this privatization to consolidateits political power, so that even if a timewere to come that it was not in office,we would literally have a One-PartyState. Even if the Republicans were not

in office, the corporations will controlmost of governmental functions, andthose corporations are in turncontrolled by Republican interests.

Using the Soviet analogy, as there wereSoviet apparatchiks (bureaucraticfunctionaries), now there will beRepublican apparatchiks running thefunctions of state.

As you can imagine, federal employeesare all scared of this idea. They’re goingto lose their rich government pensions.

And then there’s Tom DeLay, who’s asFar Right as you can get, the Housemajority leader and lapdog of AttorneyGeneral John Ashcroft. He likes to quoteAshcroft saying that the Attorney Generalsays that we must now act to pass theNational Identity Card Act and we nowmust pass the overturning of PosseComitatus in order “to give the AttorneyGeneral new tools in his war to identifythe disloyal and weed out all enemies ofthe state”. These are the new marchingorders of the Bush Regime.

The Republicans know that theDemocratic Party is in a state of completedisarray. They know they can getanything passed through Congress theywant.

There has been a lot of talk that thiscreates the opportunity for the formationof a new party, since the Democrats are insuch disarray and even what is left of themoderate wing of the Republican Party isbecoming increasingly nervous that theBush Administration is so far to the rightand continues to march even further to the

S

right. Now even some of the grassrootsRepublicans distance themselves from theBush Administration on this issue of“security”.

Even people like Jerry Falwell and PatRobertson are distancing themselvesfrom the Bush Administration. After all,they represent a lot of gun-owning right-wing Baptist types who are just asfrightened of national ID cards as TomDaschle.

There go the new Neighborhood WatchAssociation golfcart people. The womenare driving around in their NWA golfcartswith their clipboards and their orange andblack hats and whistles. They’ve beengoing around making notes about whichplaces have American flags flying andwhich don’t, and whether your car hasAmerican flags flying or not.

Wait—I have to go look at the newNeighborhood Watch Association carcruising by. The car is highly lustrous jet-black, like an embassy black. CrownVictoria. Blackwall tires. Deeply tintedwindows. American flag decals plasteredon the back of the car.

On the door there is the new NWA logowith the new imperial eagle in gold.There are lights on top, and searchlightson the driver’s side. They have theGeriatric Gestapo driving them. Theyhave teams of two, in case one falls asleep.One guy might fall asleep and anothermight lose his false teeth, and they get alldiscombobulated.

You know what they say: it’s always agood idea to have backup.

VIEW FROM THE VALLEYBY PATRICK O’CONNOR

S


12/7/02 HATONN

Good afternoon, my scribe. I amGyeorgos Ceres Hatonn, come in the OneLight of Creator Source. Be still andallow for the energies to settle.

Much is happening all around yourplanet that affects the unfolding drama ofYOUR daily lives. There are many layersto the “games” being played.

Many who think that they are beyondbeing “played” are indeed being used aspawns for much larger games. There isphysical deception, manipulation, andconspiracy, and then there is spiritualdeception, manipulation, and conspiracy.The spiritual aspect of the game is by farthe more important, for it allows thephysical trickery to go unnoticed.

As you each evolve and expand yourinner spiritual awareness, the games ofthe Dark Tricksters become much moreeasy to spot, and therefore to counter.The Satans and Lucifers who direct greatamounts of energy toward thesuppression of information that wouldallow for ones to more fully recognizetheir inner abilities, perceptions, andawareness, do so knowing that it is theonly way to persist along their chosenpath without having to constantly startover.

There is no room for this sort of “Dark”entity in a society that has evolvedbeyond a certain level of spiritualawareness. Once such a general level ofspiritual awareness is reached on aplanet, the ability of this sort of entity tomake any significant impact is all buteliminated.

We of the Lighted Realms of Creationknow that all we need to do is help raisethe awareness level of any given planet,and then the “troublemakers” will bestopped. This is, in essence, thefundamental principle from which weoperate.

It has been said time and time againthat “knowledge is power”. Those whoare in power therefore, it is assumed, havegreater knowledge. This is neither truenor false.

Recognize The Subtle EnergiesThat Influence Your Life

Just as we of the Lighted Realmsdiligently try to communicate directly toand through those who are open andaccepting of our messages, so too arethere ones who diligently seek outinformation from the Satans and Luciferswho manipulate from behind the scenes.The knowledge that such seekers aregiven always comes with stringsattached, and is almost never of a naturethat allows for understanding of thefundamental mechanism that explainswhy the information is effective.

For example, many of the ones whoseek assistance from the Dark side aregiven ritualistic chants and affirmationsto repeat over and over again that, whendone, will produce the effect they desire.However, it is rarely explained that themechanism that they are using is simplyso that they will focus their mental andemotional energies on a desire so as tocreate the outcome.

Often the chant will also involve aprayer for a “deity” (a demon or devil) sothat the one repeating the “magical”chant will think that it is the demon ordevil who is doing the manipulation ofenergies—rather than seeing that it is, infact, THEY themselves who are aligningthe energies. This sort of “knowledge” ismore like a half truth.

As these Dark manipulators gain theconfidence of their newfound puppets,they begin to set subtle “anchors” in thepuppets’ minds that, like a seed, beginsto grow and, over years, the puppetsbegin to blur the separation of self fromthe entity until these puppets actuallyrelinquish their free will, and they sort ofjust “go along for the ride”—more as apassenger than as an active creative forceworking through a body.

The mechanism works time and timeagain, and is the general way ones inpositions of “power” rise to their levelsof influence. In contrast, we of theLighted Realms effort to teach you onesthe basic principles of creating, in aRESPONSIBLE manner, what it is thatyou desire. Chants and mantras are toolsyou can use, but we of the Lighted

Realms will say that you should learn towrite your own mantras and chants—rather than go along with another’s.

You will notice that in politicalsituations, especially where war isthreatening, there will be ones who cometo the forefront with slogans or catch-phrases that constantly bombard themedia headlines. This is a form of massmanipulation or mass chanting. Justhearing them or reading them will causea subtle energy to be aligned thatmatches the vibration of the originalintent. This subtle energy, in and ofitself, is not very significant. But—whenyou add together MILLIONS ANDMILLIONS of people’s subtle energies,the cumulative effect is quite significant!

This is why some of the more wealthypolitical candidates in an election spendso much money (energy) on mass-mediaadvertising. They know quite well thatthey will make a subtle (subliminal)impact on the minds of the millions of“drones” who don’t have time to payattention to what’s really going on—andtherefore are most susceptible to“mantra” advertising, and thus will votefor the most familiar name.

Knowing the nature of the gamesbeing played on your world will allowyou to more easily recognize the subtleinfluences that impact your lives on aday-to-day basis. Seeing the mechanismof the games and understanding therules will enable you to play skillfullywithin the game—rather than beingplayed BY the game.

It is not our intent to present you oneswith riddles, but to present information insuch a way that it will, hopefully, causeyou to stop and ponder for a moment whathas just been implied. Rather than tryingto explain each concept in inf initedetail—which would be physicallyimpossible in written format—we wouldhope that you will go within and connectwith the intent of the message offered, andthus align your energies with that of themessage, and therefore connect with asmuch explanation and understanding asyou could ever desire.


Seek and you WILL find. Thismantra has stood the test of time andhas been repeated, for billions of years,on EVERY planet with sentient life.

You who desire to know more shallf ind that the outer world of massperception is constantly beinginfluenced by non-physical entities. Ifthe entities are telling you what to do,rather than simply making observationsor answering your questions, then theyare, by definition, MANIPULATING you.

If you are asking, within, questionslike: “What can I do to help?” Oftenideas will be offered in the form ofinspirations. Each such offering shouldbe carefully considered as to thelongterm ramifications if acted upon.

Many ones who have been followingan inner spiritual path for a very longtime will say things like: “I have come totrust my inner gut feelings.” This is fine,but I would caution you all to still takethe time to examine and question ALLofferings—even this very message. TheLighted Realms NEVER mind beingquestioned or challenged, for it showsthat you are being responsible.

If you simply go along trusting,without questioning for yourself, youwill eventually create a situation whereinyou stagnate in your growth, for to truly

expand your awareness you mustunderstand the foundation upon whichyou express as a being. If I tell you thatyou could walk on water or float throughthe air if your vibration is proper, thoughthis is indeed truth, it is for all practicalpurposes incomprehensible without agreat deal of foundational andexperiential knowledge, and is thereforequite esoteric in nature.

Many of you thrive on this sort ofidealistic information—to a point thatyou tend to want to skip ahead to these“fun” parts without f illing in thefoundational understanding that notonly makes it possible to do“miraculous” things, but also allows youto understand the functioning of theworld in which you live—so as to makeit unnecessary to do such “fantastic”things, for you will, along the way,realize that there are indeed much betteruses for your energy that will have amuch larger (global) effect—rather thanto simply “float” around entertainingyour friends.

We of the Lighted Realms are not inthe business of simply entertaining youones, though we will work diligently (bygiving guidance and confirmations) toassist any of you who are sincerelyseeking knowledge and understanding so

as to help make your world a better place.We have great compassion for your

situation and the challenges that youmust face. We also know that you needyour present experience in order toeventually cause mass consciousness toshift in such a way that a DESIRE forunderstanding will be generated on aplanetary scale. When this occurs, manydoors will be opened and great strideswill be made by those who are ready forthe next step forward in consciousness.

Please read these words with adiscerning heart, and question, within,both the meaning and intent of thismessage. Not everyone who reads thesewords will come away with the sameunderstanding. Seek clarification withinfor anything that causes you confusion.If you cannot accept what is offered, thenplease know that it is not for you and thatyou would be very wise to seekelsewhere for your spiritual insights.

I am Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn, come inthe One Light of Creator God—the Onewho created you and me. May you eachfind comfort in knowing that within youis the ability to connect to, andcommunicate directly with, Creator Godor any of His Creations.

Blessings and Peace to you all.Salu.

“Our Elder Brothers from the HigherRealms of Creation are attempting tocommunicate with ALL of us at this time.Why? Take a look around you. The oldways of doing things aren’t working. Ourplanet is entering a time of massive,turbulent change and renewal. To put itbluntly: we NEED help! And that’s wherethese books come into the picture. Yes,eventually ‘the Phoenix will arise from theashes’ after this Great Cleansing process,but the ride could be quite a bumpy one,

WISDOM OF THE RAYS:The Masters Teach, Volumes I & II

See next-to-last page for ordering or call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866

Do you enjoythe spiritual

messagesshared here in

The SPECTRUM? Ifso then you won’t

want to miss thesetwo volumes

packed full ofearlier shared

messages.

especially for those ill-prepared for what is tohappen.”

— Back Cover, Vol. I

“Let us begin with WHO you are. You, thenon-physical YOU, are an infinite thoughtprojection of the One who created you. (God!)You are the product of His desire. You are, ineffect, Desire manifest in uniqueness ofpurpose.”

— Esu “Jesus” Sananda (Vol. II)

More Quotes From Volume II“Be not in fear of the changes that are upon you, for they are a very

necessary part of the [planetary] transition. The Earth will heave to and fro,and many wondrous things will you experience, but lose not your sight uponthe final goal. We will always be there with you, and we are but a call away.”

— Ceres Anthonious “Toniose” Soltec

“ You live in perhaps the most unique time that your planet will everexperience—COMING OUT OF IGNORANCE (DARKNESS) AND INTOKNOWLEDGE (LIGHT). Would it not be wise to take full advantage of thisexquisite learning environment?!”

— Sanat Kumara (“Grandfather”)

“The physical body is ‘merely’ a conduit for the interaction into and theinterfacing with the physical experience. I say ‘merely’ because that body is amost exquisite creation indeed and poorly understood by your current level ofso-called medical science.”

— Master Hilarion

“Be at peace, you who acknowledge and take within these messages ofHigher Guidance, for you are being given that which you will need, in the wayof instruction, to meet and surmount these challenges ahead.”

— Aton, The One Light

WISDOM OF THE RAYS:The Masters Teach, Volumes I & II

400+ PAGES$15 (+S/H)


500+ PAGES$20 (+ S/H)


S


Vol. 2, #3 August 1, 2000Ramtha’s School of “Enlightenment”? • Full-Page USATODAY Ad On Illegality Of Income Tax • FDA BoostsPMS Insanity With Prozac In Disguise • HATONN:Compassion Along The Lighted Path Of Creation •FDA-Postal Raid On “The Phoenix Group” • HAARP’sCovert Agendas: • HIV & AIDS Date Back To1930s? A Slick Deception • SOLTEC: Breaking TheGrip Of Often Subtle Mind-Control • How The SheepAre Led: A “Pretend” Speech On Population ReductionVol. 2, #4 September 5, 2000FEMA: Bizarre Wildfires Expose Sinister Agenda •GERMAIN: Remaining Flexible In These Times OfGreat Change • Fishy CIA Link To Malathion SprayingFor West Nile Virus • Killer Music: Mind Control’sSubtle Drug • With No Obligation To Educate, SchoolsTurn To Thought Control • HATONN: How To MakeThis Cleansing Cycle Work For You • Robert GhostWolf, Beyond The Veil: Visions For A New WorldVol. 2, #5 October 3, 2000Montauk Project’s Wild Ride Through History •CAFRs: The $60 Trillion Secret • SOLTEC:Awakening To The Miracle • Stop Ritalin! 2.5 MillionChildren Across The Nation Are Given “Cocaine” ByTheir Parents And Doctors • The Homosexual AgendaThat Is Invading Our Schools • HATONN: On Health,Helping, And World Politics • Update On FEMAReport • Tavistock: The Best Kept Secret In America •Does “Global Governance” By UN Really Mean “OneWorld Order”? • GERMAIN: You Can AccomplishGreat Things With Your “God Power”Vol. 2, #6 November 7, 2000“The Call Compels The Answer” Angels Stand Ready ToHelp • Doctors Vote To Oppose Mandatory Vaccinations •SPECTRUM Staff On The Air • SOLTEC: BreakingLoose From Those Limiting Beliefs • Coca-Cola/CIA/Tribune Drama In Federal Chicago Courts • History OfSecret Human Biological Experiments • An Overview OfThe Illuminati • HATONN: Be Thankful For YourPlanet’s Great Gift Of CompassionVol. 2, #7 December 5, 2000For Peace On Earth: Work With The Angels: DoreenVirtue • SOLTEC: Expressing Yourself More Fully OnCreator’s Living Canvas • The Cure-All: Chaparral •SANANDA: At This Holiday Season Awaken The GiftOf Your God-self Within • Daring Journalists VictoriousIn FOX News Censorship Case • David Icke’s Journey:A First-Person Account • Do You Smell A Set-Up? CoolCalculation Behind Ongoing Election Brawl •HATONN: A Nation’s Destiny In A Time Of AwakeningVol. 2, #8 January 9, 2001Montauk & Philadelphia Experiments: “Back To TheFuture” A New Interview With Al Bielek • The EighthThunder: The War Of Valued Life • HATONN: ThePlay Is Moving Toward A Grand Awakening •SANANDA: With Understanding Comes The WisdomTo Release Fear And Pain • “Mercy” Killings And TheCulling Of The Elderly • Some Well-Hidden HazardsOf Microwave Cooking • SOLTEC: Look Within AndTap The Awesome Power Of ONE • Election IntriguesTo Think AboutVol. 2, #9 February 13, 2001Will The Lights Go Out In California And The Nation?Expert Exposes Fraud & Greed • “When You Don’tKnow What You’re Doing, Do It Neatly!” • The NewsDesk • Connections & Revelations The Media Won’tTouch • Dean Kamen: Gifted Inventor And Man Of

Mystery • SOLTEC: Satisfaction Means Balancing TheInner And Outer Worlds • A Call For World Peace: AMessage From Great White Buffalo • SANATKUMARA: To Know Yourself, Reach Out To OthersVol. 2, #10 March 13, 2001Rediscovering Ancient Truths About The Spiritual SideOf Science: Heart And Head Must Work Together • ThePower Of Those Who Stand-Up For Truth • SOLTEC:Stand And Be Counted For A Better World • PasadenaHealth Show: A Great Success! • Anna Detweiler:Seeing Truth Beyond The Shadows • Skolnick’sRevelations About Current Events • SOLTEC: LoseThe Baggage And Free Your Mind • HATONN: ThePhysical Experience Is For Spiritual GrowthVol. 2, #11 April 10, 2001Will Healthy Agriculture Survive Big Business?Organic Gardening—Power Of The Soil • What WouldWe Do If There Was No Food? • Skolnick’s Report OnCrooks In High Places • England “Bombs” GoldPrices • SOLTEC: Go With The Flow Of Your High-Frequency World • Hopi Elder Chief Dan Evehema’sMessage To Mankind • California’s Power Crisis: AMost Revealing Update • SANANDA: What’s TrulyImportant In Your Life? • Farming Ourselves IntoOblivion: Small Sustainable Farms Are Our GreatestHope Against A Faceless Agriculture • So You Want ToPlant A Garden?Vol. 2, #12 May 8, 2001What Can We Do About Science Gone Mad? HAARP& Other High-Tech Insults • You Just Never KnowWhat May Cross Our Desk • Some Useful BackgroundMaterial On HAARP • SOLTEC: Dealing With InnerStirrings Of Unrest • China Incident: TechnologyTransfer “It’s All About Money” • Timing SignpostsAnd A Message From The Hopi Elders • Zulu Shaman& Elder Credo Mutwa’s Plea To The Global Elite: StopThe Genocide In Africa! • California Power CrisisUpdate The Extortion Of California: The Wrath OfBush And The Texas Power Cabal • Skolnick’s ScoopOn Some REAL News • HATONN: How To HandlePsychic AttacksVol. 3, #1 June 12, 2001Merging Science With Spirit—The Isaiah Effect—LostWisdom Of Forgotten Peoples • Happy SecondAnniversary! • SOLTEC: Learning To Allow For YourGrowth • Clearance Sale On High-Tech Weapons:Inside The Weekly Arms Bazaar At Redstone Arsenal •Revisiting The Diabolical Oklahoma City “Bombing”• Idaho Standoff: Exposing A Peculiar Land-GrabScam • Skolnick’s Latest Updates Not For TheWeakhearted • SANANDA: Aligning Heart & Head AreKey To A Satisfying Life • HATONN: Thanks To TheSPECTRUM Staff And SupportersVol. 3, #2 July 10, 2001Maniacal World Control Thru The Jesuit Order Well-Hidden Soldiers Of Satan • Un-learning The BaloneyAnd Then Learning The Truth • SOLTEC: Stresses AndPressures Are Catalysts For Growth • Dr. Len HorowitzOn AIDS In Africa: “Utilitarian Global Genocide” •HATONN: Powerful Positive Forces At Work In OurLives • More Revelations About Peculiar Idaho Standoff• Skolnick’s News On McVeigh And LevyVol. 3, #3 August 14, 2001Breakthrough Science Confirms The HeartMathMessage: Your Heart Has A Mind Of Its Own! • TheTicking Time-Bomb For A Better World • The JesuitOrder Corrections • HATONN: Subtle Winds OfChange Stirring Within Us All • Something’s Up InThe Banking & Monetary World • SOLTEC: ActivelySeeking An Inner State Of Peace • BRADEN:

Unlocking The Secret Of Heaven Through The ScienceOf Man • Skolnick’s News On The FBI, WashingtonPost, And Airline Sabotage.Vol. 3, #4 September 11, 2001Let’s Re-Create Prison Into Paradise! Check-MatingGlobalization David Icke Exposes What Elite FearMost • A Visit With Mark Twain • Hilarion: Clean-Out Those “Closets” To Make Way For The New! •The Revolutionary World Of Free Energy: A StatusReport • HATONN: Powerful Messages Can Appear InMany Forms • SANANDA: “The Voice Of Truth ShallBe Heard Throughout The Land” • More Skolnick OnAirplane Sabotage And Chandra Levy • Recent VisionsFrom Anna DetweilerVol. 3, #5 October 9, 2001The Day The Earth Stood Still:New World Order Thru“Terrorism” • Mail Delivery Slowed Due To Attacks •GERMAIN: “You Shall Reap What You Sow” • (INDEXOF FRONT-PAGE STORY: September 11, 2001—Chronology Of Terror • Alice In Wonderland And TheWTC Disaster, by David Icke • How It Is Possible ToOrchestrate And Mastermind A Terrorist Attack WithoutThe Terrorists Themselves Even Knowing Who Is ReallyBehind It? by David Icke • Terrorism Prevention AndTreatment Starts With Accurate Diagnosis, by Dr. LenHorowitz • Who Created Islamic Extremism? by BarryChamish • Who Is Osama Bin Laden? by MichelChossudovsky • U.S. State Department SponsorsTraining Of Would-Be Terrorists, by Al Martin • WhatLaRouche Says In Radio Interviews, by LyndonLaRouche • “The Enemy Is Very Much Within” • TheTerror In America, by Eustace Mullins • Eric Phelps OnJesuit Behind-The-Scenes Involvement In Attacks •Explosives Planted In Towers, New Mexico Tech ExpertSays • Fire, Not Extra Explosives, Doomed Buildings,Expert Says • The Split-Second Error: Exposing TheWTC Bomb Plot, by Fintan Dunne • White Knights,Black Ops, And A New Money System, by “Dove OfOneness” • Revealing Interviews With Al Bielek: TruthStranger Than Fiction • Swiss Political AssassinationsMeant To Deter NESARA, by “Dove Of Oneness” •Self-Inflicted: “Terrorist” Attack On WTC & Pentagon,by Anita E. Belle, Attorney • Why Government HasRepeatedly Created War, by Christopher Ruby • MarkTwain’s The War Prayer • Boy In Dallas Suburb PredictsStart Of WW-III Day Before Attacks) • A Hopi ElderSpeaks • SANANDA: The Good Shall Be Sorted FromEvil • KORTON: Communication Is The Key ToBreaking The Spell • SOLTEC: The Nature Of The“Beast” And The Game It PlaysVol. 3, #6 November 13, 2001The Great UFO Cover-up Is Falling Apart • A TimeTo Be Thankful • The War Against Terrorism Is AFraud • SOLTEC: The “Trump Card” Of DivineKnowing • HOROWITZ: Preparing For Biological AndChemical Terrorism • New Visions From AnnaDetweiler • EUSTACE MULLINS: Dust To Dust, Or:Anthrax Is As American As Apple Pie • ElectronicallyHijacking The World Trade Center Attack Aircraft •SANANDA: Be Strong And Know That Help Is Near •The Great Coup, Or: What Price, Freedom? • MediaAccomplices To 9/11 Crime Deserve Indictment • ITried To Be Patriotic, Or: New Physics For 21stCentury • KORTON: Pay Attention To Your OtherSenses • Recent Interview With Osama Bin Laden •AL MARTIN: “Citizen, Can I See Your ID?” •SKOLNICK: The Overthrow Of The AmericanRepublic • More Potent Reasons For Destroying WTCVol. 3, #7 December 11, 2001Longtime Extraterrestrial Influences On Earth’s

The SPECTRUM Back Issues — Call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866Note: For back issues prior to this one, please seethe July 2002 issue (or earlier) or go to ourwebsite: www.TheSpectrumNews.org for full list.


Evolution, Conversations With Robert O. Dean • ASeason Of Hope • A Christmas Blessing From TheSPECTRUM • The Lightships • HILARION: Are YouLosing Your Mind, Or Gaining Your Soul? • EUSTACEMULLINS: The Biggest Heist In History •SANANDA: The Shackles Shall Be Unlocked! • ALMARTIN: Hail The New Imperial Republic AndReturn Of The American Caesars • CHARLEYREESE: How To Control People • South TowerBurning BEFORE Jet Hits It • Microchip Implants,Mind Control & Cybernetics • COL. DE GRANDPRÉ: The Enemy Is Inside The Gates • HATONN:Time To Tune-Up Your Inner RadioVol. 3, #8 January 2002 **New Magazine Format**The CIA’s Role In The Anthrax Mailings • A NewYear’s Surprise! • EUSTACE MULLINS: The ReignOf Terror • The Rules For Being Human • SOLTEC:Listening Within And Thinking For Yourself •SANANDA: Do Unto Others As You Would HaveOthers Do Unto You—For Time Is Up! • SKOLNICK:The Enron Black Magic • Microchips & Abductees,Reptilians, Greys & Africa, Ancestors & ETArchaeology—The Great UFO Coverup, Part 3 • ALMARTIN: The “War On Terrorism” Scam Is F.A.U.(Fraud As Usual) • HATONN: Why War, Violence,And Anger At This Time? • Is Your TV Spying OnYou? What About Your Phone?Vol. 3, #9 Feb/March 2002A Skeleton Key To The Gemstone File: Hidden HistoryShocks A Nation • Onward And Upward • EUSTACEMULLINS: Profile Of A Terrorist: The HarvardPresident Of Mass Murder • SOLTEC: Desire TruthAnd Question Everything • Cracks GrowingEverywhere In The Mirrors Of Deception: Full UFODisclosure Breaking Thru—The Great UFO Cover-upIs Falling Apart: We Are Definitely NOT Alone! Part4, The Final Chapter? • HATONN: Confirming TheInner Journey Of The Soul • SKOLNICK: Dirty OilPipeline Plots & More Enron Secrets • AL MARTIN:“Yabba Dabba Doo” Or, Clueless In AfghanistanVol. 3, #10 April 2002Red Elk’s Medicine Message Of Worlds Within Worlds• A Matter Of Conscience • EUSTACE MULLINS: ABook Review of Vatican Assassins: “Wounded In TheHouse Of My Friends” • SOLTEC: The Natural CyclesOf Creative Expression • SKOLNICK: Bullies AndGreed Shaping Our History • SANANDA: The RoleYou Play In Healing A Planet • AL MARTIN: BigBrother’s Spying Robot Drones, The Flying RestroomPolice, And The New World Order Neighborhood •CONGRESSMAN RON PAUL: Our FraudulentMonetary System • World Bank & IMF Top-SecretAgreements Exposed On Radio: George W. Bush &Enron Share Center StageVol. 3, #11 May 2002SEEDS OF FIRE: China And The Story Behind TheAttack On America Gordon Thomas On World Events •Sidebar—On The Challenges Of Sharing THETRUTH: Conversation With Carol Adler, Publisher OfSeeds Of Fire • Spring Cleaning Time • The FlightsOf The 9/11 Bumble Planes • SOLTEC: The GreatSpiritual Battle Is Now In High Gear • TheInternational Banksters’ Fraud Perpetrated On AllAmericans (And Every Lawyer’s Secret Oath) •SKOLNICK: Wal-Mart & The Red Chinese SecretPolice • HATONN: War And Terrorism—Or, Is It A“Healing Crisis”? • AL MARTIN: Modern Roman“Stamp” Of PowerVol. 3, #12 June 2002Bright Path To Good Health: Full-Spectrum Light,The Sun Is Really Your Friend! • The Power Of Light• EUSTACE MULLINS: AMERICA’S PERIL—TheIsraeli “Fifth Column” Operating In The United States• SANANDA: Testing And Sorting In These Final

Hours • Congressman Dr. Ron Paul: “Bad Boy” ToGood Ol’ Boys • SOLTEC: It’s Always Darkest BeforeThe Dawn • What Happened To One Inventor WhenHis Device Delivered Over 100 Miles Per Gallon OfGas • CALVIN BURGIN: Does Israel Have A RightTo Palestine? Popular Fiction Is NOT Historical Truth• SIDEBAR: Mystery Of Dead Sea Scroll Unravels •HATONN: The “Psychic Internet” Is As Close As YourThoughts • AL MARTIN: The Case For Sedition ByThe Bush CabalVol. 4, #1 July 2002The TRUE State Of The Union: Bush’s “Axis Of Evil”Actually Right Here At Home! When Will We RealizeThat The Emperor Wears No Clothes? • GreatMilestones To Note • EUSTACE MULLINS: MurderBy Injection: The Story Of The Medical ConspiracyAgainst America • KATHRYN A. SERKES: MoreLegislation For Tyranny: Model Emergency HealthPowers Act • Dr. Len Horowitz Blasts MandatorySmallpox Vaccinations • HATONN: For “They” ToControl, We Must Allow • DAVID McGOWAN:America Through The Looking Glass • SOLTEC:Appreciating The Larger View Of Mother Earth’sCleansing • AL MARTIN: Latest Bumper Crop OfGovernment Scams • SKOLNICK: Little Known FactsAbout The Chandra Levy Affair • GORDONTHOMAS: 9/11 & Mossad Warnings: Could U.S.Intelligence Failure To Act Be Because Mossad WasPrime Warnings Source? • KAY LEE: Hollywood AndThe LegislatorVol. 4, #2 August 2002Spiritual Warfare In America—Nuclear, Chemical, AndBiological Peril: Interviews With Experts Steve QuayleAnd Dr. Len Horowitz • “You Know, I Used To ReadThe SPECTRUM. Now I Study It.” • DR. STEVENGREER: Cosmic Deception: Let The Citizen Beware!• GERMAIN: The Results of Fear—You Have ExactlyWhat You Have Created • DR. ALBERTO RIVERA:Secret Vatican Briefings On The Creation Of ProphetMuhammad • ERIC JON PHELPS: Example Of ThePower Behind The Power • STARHAWK: The BoyWho Kissed The Soldier: Balata Camp—A First-Person Account Of Israeli Terrorism • HATONN: AllowYour True Self To Shine Through • SHERMANSKOLNICK: Patterns For Looting The AverageAmerican’s Wealth • History And Meaning Of ThePledge Of Allegiance • AL MARTIN: Raining “War”Dollars, The Golfcart Gestapo, And Bush’s Con GameVol. 4, #3 September 2002“An American Treasure” Eustace Mullins: Soldier OfTruth In A Lifelong Battle With Lies • The AwakeningPower Of Examples • HATONN: Align Your EnergiesAnd Really Make A Difference • THE CHINESECONNECTION: Powerful Hidden Reasons Why DOJConspired To Get Rep. James A. Traficant • TroubleWith Tankers: Chemtrails Campaign Adds To Air ForceWoes • A TIMELINE FOR SEPTEMBER 11: If U.S.Government Wasn’t Involved In 9/11 Attacks, WhatWere They Doing? • Congressman Dr. Ron Paul: AreWe Doomed To Be A Police State? • SANANDA: OwnYour Feelings And You Will Control Your Destiny • ALMARTIN: Our Sinking Economic Ship And RelatedCrooked Crises • Bombing The Mind: The Pentagon’sPsycho-Drug Warfare Program • SHERMANSKOLNICK: Blue-Blood Crooks And Their SuckerTrapsVol. 4, #4 October 2002The Fork In The Road: Fascism Or Freedom? DavidIcke Talks On: Alice In Wonderland And The WorldTrade Center Disaster • “Food” For Thought • TheChildren Of Crystal Vibration • EUSTACEMULLINS: Bush Boasts Strikes Against 60 NationsIn “War On Terrorism” • SANANDA & GERMAIN:Looking For Answers In All The Wrong Places •

Back Issues ofThe SPECTRUM:

$5.00 each for the U.S.$7.00 each for Canada$8.50 each for Foreign

Also available on CD-ROM, the 1st full yearand the 2nd full year in a searchable PDFand HTML format. Price each: $45

To order Back Issues or CD-ROMsplease call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866outside US please call: 1-661-823-9696

$45.00 for 12 issues in U.S.$55.00 Canadian / $60 Foreign.

Please call for bulk subscription rates.SEND CHECK OR MONEY ORDER TO:

The SPECTRUM, PO BOX 1567,Tehachapi, CA 93581

or call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866outside U.S. call: 1-661-823-9696

Subscribe To The SPECTRUM

EUSTACE MULLINS: S.I.N. City’s War Party PushesAttack On Iraq • Hidden NWO Connections BetweenRumsfeld, Aspartame & Sudden Death • AL MARTIN:Bush’s “Comedy” Act Hurts Al’s Commie Cat •HATONN: How Have YOU Responded To The 9/11Wake-Up Call? • So Many Faces Worn By Same Evil• SHERMAN SKOLNICK: Big Secrets And EvenBigger Shysters • CHRISTOPHER BOLLYN: NewSeismic Data Refutes Official Explanation For WTCCollapseVol. 4, #5 November 2002Secret Rulers Of Planet Earth: The ILLUMINATI, WillThey Melt Under Light Of Exposure? • When TheLights Go On • DR. LEN HOROWITZ: Smallpox &Anthrax Frights Planned YEARS Before 9/11 ByGovernment & Drug Industry • The Last Defender OfThe American Republic? An Interview With Gore Vidal• SOLTEC: Opening The Door To Truth • EUSTACEMULLINS: The Secret Of 9/11: The Drumbeat ForWar • Former U.S.A.G. Ramsey Clark Vocal AgainstWar With Iraq: Letter To United Nations SecretaryGeneral • AL MARTIN: “Patriots” Needed To StaffBush’s Lie Coordination Bureau • DIANE HARVEY:Turn Yourself In And Get It Over With! • SHERMANSKOLNICK: Will The REAL Truth Please Stand Up!• SANANDA: Actions Always Reveal Your True LevelOf GrowthVol. 4, #6 December 2002A “Mother Goddess” Speaks On Illuminati SatanicRitual: Mind-Control Slavery’s Dark Secret • Déjà VuOf What’s To Come • EUSTACE MULLINS: Bush’s“Call To War” Finally Made Public On Friday The13th • Sen. Paul Wellstone: Revealing Reactions To ATragic Death • DR. LEN HOROWITZ: The AmericanRed Double-Cross • Happy Holiday Wishes From TheSPECTRUM • SOLTEC: What Is Your Role In MotherEarth’s Return To Balance? • Skull & Bones: TheRacist Nightmare At Yale • DIANE HARVEY: TheBoulder-Pushers, Or: Teachers In The Trenches • ALMARTIN: Valium Spray & Prozac Water To KeepAmericans “Happy” • EUSTACE MULLINS: The FaceOf The Enemy Exposed By Their Media • SHERMANSKOLNICK: Blackmail Makes The World Go ’Round• HATONN: Awakening To Your Inner Journey


edoCPIZxiferP enoZ edoCPIZ

xiferP enoZ edoCPIZxiferP enoZ edoCPIZ



xiferP enoZ edoCPIZxiferP enoZ

890-500 8 483-083 7 974-474 7 535-435 7 936-226 7 717-617 7 218-797 5 278-078 5 839-639 2

212-001 8 583 8 984-084 8 955-735 7 246-046 6 917-817 6 518-318 4 478-378 4 459-939 3

862-412 8 793-683 7 194-094 7 265-065 6 946-446 6 527-027 7 618 5 578 5 559 4

243-072 8 993-893 8 294 8 465-365 7 356-056 7 137-627 6 138-028 5 588-778 5 859-659 3

443 8 204-004 7 594-394 7 565 6 856-456 6 837-337 6 438-238 4 198-988 3 169-959 4

743-643 8 814-304 8 794-694 8 665 7 676-066 6 937 5 538 5 398 4 669-269 3

943 8 424-024 7 994-894 7 765 6 976-776 5 147-047 6 738-638 4 598-498 4 969-769 8

253-053 7 624-524 8 305-005 6 675-075 6 186-086 6 867-347 6 838 5 898-798 4 479-079 5

953-453 7 724 7 405 7 775 5 986-386 6 967 5 748-048 4 809-009 2 679-579 4

463-063 8 954-034 8 505 6 885-085 6 096 5 577-077 6 058 4 819-019 2 879-779 5

663-563 7 664-064 7 705-605 7 195-095 5 296-196 6 777-677 7 358-258 4 129-919 3 979 4

863-763 8 864-764 8 615-805 6 295 6 396 5 987-877 6 758-558 4 829-229 2 689-089 5

273-963 7 964 7 425-025 7 495-395 5 107-007 7 197-097 5 068-958 4 139-039 2 499-889 5

473-373 8 074 8 525 6 595 6 807-307 7 297 6 368 4 339-239 1 799-599 8

573 7 274-174 7 825-625 7 995-695 5 117-017 6 497-397 5 468 3 439 2 999-899 7

973-673 8 374 8 235-035 7 026-006 7 417-217 7 697-597 6 568 4 539 1

We accept Visa, Discover, and Mastercard only.Please make Check or Money Order payable to:Wisdom Books & Press, Inc. (U.S. Funds only)

Phone toll-free: 1(877) 280-2866Outside the U.S. please call: 1(661) 823-9696

e-mail: [email protected]

WISDOM BOOKS & PRESS

PO BOX 1567TEHACHAPI, CA 93581

Name:_________________________________________Date:___/___/___

Address:_______________________________________________________

City•State•Zip:___________________________________________________

Country:________________________________Phone:_______________________

Credit Card #:__ _____________________________________Exp. Date:___/___

Signature:_____________________________________

edoCmetI .ytQ moR-DCroepatoediv,epatoidua,eltityficepsesaelP:noitpircseD thgieWtinU ecirPtinU thgieWlatoT ecirPlatoT

:thgieWredrOlatoT

:ecirPredrOlatoT

:xatselas%52.7ddaVN&AC

:)strahceeS(gnildnah/gnippihS

:LATOT

RAHCGNILDNAH&GNIPPIHS TthgieWlatoT

)sdnuop( 3&,2,1senoZ 4enoZ 5enoZ 6enoZ 7enoZ 8enoZ

05.2-0 00.6$ 00.6$ 00.6$ 00.6$ 00.6$ 00.6$ 3-15.2 09.6$ 02.8$ 00.9$ 03.9$ 00.01$ 09.01$ 4-10.3 54.7$ 02.9$ 02.01$ 56.01$ 06.11$ 05.21$ 5-10.4 00.8$ 51.01$ 54.11$ 00.21$ 51.31$ 03.41$

6-10.5 54.8$ 00.11$ 50.21$ 02.21$ 54.31$ 54.41$7-10.6 59.8$ 59.11$ 08.21$ 51.31$ 07.41$ 02.61$8-10.7 05.9$ 09.21$ 06.31$ 01.41$ 59.51$ 09.71$9-10.8 50.01$ 58.31$ 53.41$ 50.51$ 02.71$ 06.91$*01-10.9 55.01$ 57.41$ 51.51$ 51.61$ 54.81$ 53.12$

To determine your zone, look up the FIRST three digits of your ZIP code in the chart below:

*Over 10 lbs. please call for shipping rate.

For faster, more personalized service when placingyour order by credit card, money order, or personalcheck, please call us, TOLL-FREE, at:

1-877-280-2866That's right—you can call-in your order, and stillpay by check; order will be shipped upon receipt ofcheck. Please have your order form filled out andyour credit card or check number ready when youcall to place your order. Ordering by phone ratherthan mail allows us to answer any questions youmay have about the merchandise, figure theshipping for you, and alert you to any sale items.

Prices subject to change without notice.All sales are final.

International: (Airmail) $17 for the 1st item; $6 for ea. add’l item.*Please add $31.00 (Airmail) or $25 (Surface) for each Vatican Assassins.

Canada: (Airmail) $8 for the 1st item; $5 each for ea. add’l item.*Please add $13.50 for each Vatican Assassins ordered.

~ OTHER RATES ~United States: Add $5.50 (bookrate) for each Vatican Assassins oruse the shipping and handeling chart to the left for Priority mail.


A 700-page, 8½” X 11” embossedpaperback, with over 100 rarephotographs AND a Gift CD-ROM with 13rare, out-of-print books used in theresearching of VVVVVatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassins.....

All for ONLY $34.95 (+S/H)CD-ROMINCLUDED!

An explosive, detailed, shocking, historical account of the long-suppressed history of the Jesuit Order, from 1540 to the present,and their involvement behind the scenes manipulating the worldthrough the Pope, via the Jesuit’s General, the “Black” Pope—themost powerful man in the world.

If you were astonished by the front-page story in the May 2000issue of The SPECTRUM titled: The Most Powerful Man In TheWorld? The “Black” Pope: Count Hans Kolvenbach—TheJesuit’s General, then you won’t want to miss this in-depth studyof perhaps the greatest ongoing conspiracy the world has everknown. Author Eric Phelps goes into countless details and fullydocumented facts concerning the “dark” side of the Vatican’s un-godly history.

“Almost 700 pages filled with names, facts, and carefullywrought conspiracies on the kind of vast scale that creates ordestroys empires.”

—The Book Reader, America’s most independentreview of new titles, Fall/Winter 2001/2002

“Probably of all books which could be called ‘conspiracyoriented’, this is the grand-daddy. This is the Big One, I mean it....

“It’s one of those books that, even if you’re a cynic and cancome to terms with only half of it, it changes everything.”

— Jeff Rense, Oct. 11, 2001

See next-to-last page for ordering or call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866.

VVVVVatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican AssassinsWounded In The house of My frIends

VVVVVatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassinsatican Assassins

Code: VAB (3.5 lb.)

Get each full year of The SPECTRUM archived on CD-ROM.One year per volume. Volume 1 thru 3 are now available.CD-ROMs are PC & MAC compatible.

PLUS YOU ALSO GET ON THE CD:Several Audio Chapters from WISDOM OF THE RAYS: The

Masters Teach, Vol. I book. These will play on your audio CDplayer. • Several writings by the Ascended Masters • Selectedwritings and interviews (non-audio) • French translations ofseveral writings by the Ascended Masters (non-audio) • AdobeAcrobat Reader for Windows and Macintosh.

NOTE: Volume 3 does not contain any audio tracks; it isstrictly a data CD-ROM. You must havea computer in order to use this disk.


$45 (+S/H) Each

ARCHIVED ON CD-ROM!

Order Code: CDR1, CDR2,or CDR 3 Wt. (0.5 lb.)

Children Of The MatrixWe are born into a world controlled by

unseen forces that have plagued andmanipulated humanity for thousands ofyears. You may look around and thinkthat what you see is “real”. But in truthyou are living in an illusion designed tokeep you in a mental, emotional, andspiritual prison cell.

Icke exposes these forces and theirmethods of human control and reveals afantastic web of global manipulation,orchestrated by forces beyond thisphysical realm. He exposes the hiddenbloodlines, through which other-dimensional entities live and operateunseen among us; and he shows howthe bloodlines of the royal, political, and economic rulers oftoday are the same as those who ruled as the kings andqueens of ancient times.

The truth is not only out there.Much of it is right here.

How an interdimensional race has controlled theworld for thousands of years—and still does!

493pgs. 29.95(+S/H)

See next-to-last page for ordering or call toll-free: 1-877-280-2866.

Code: COM (1.75 lb.)

12th 12th 12th 12th 12th ANNUANNUANNUANNUANNUALALALALALINTERNINTERNINTERNINTERNINTERNAAAAATIONTIONTIONTIONTIONAL UFO CONGRESSAL UFO CONGRESSAL UFO CONGRESSAL UFO CONGRESSAL UFO CONGRESSCONVENTION & FILM FESTIVCONVENTION & FILM FESTIVCONVENTION & FILM FESTIVCONVENTION & FILM FESTIVCONVENTION & FILM FESTIVALALALALAL

26 TOP INTERNATIONAL SPEAKERSGraham Birdsall (U.K.) Dr. John Mack Budd HopkinsPhillip Mantle (U.K.) Jim Marrs Dr. Nick BegichMichael Hesemann (Germany) Wendelle Stevens Mark HazelwoodGraham Sheppard (U.K.) James Gilliland Prof. James McCanneyRoberto Pinotti (Italy) Dr. Steven Greer Shawn David MortonJaime Maussan (Mexico) Nancy Red Star Donald WareElizabeth Robinson (Australia) Stan Romanek Planet X PanelValery Uvarov (Russia) Deborah Lindemann Cmdr. Graham BethuneDr. Eltjo Haselhoff (Holland) Dana Thibault Dr. Ted Loder

INTERNATIONAL UFO CONGRESS Phone (303) 543-9443 Fax (303) 543-86679975 WADSWORTH PKWY. #K2-504 WEB SITE WWW.UFOCONGRESS.COMWESTMINSTER, CO 80021 USA E-MAIL [email protected]

FOR DETAILED SCHEDULES, PRICES, TRANSPORTATION INFO & REGISTRATION FORMS, CONTACT US AT:

REGISTER BY JANUARY 2nd FOR THE BEST PRICES !Prices start at just $380.00 per person, double occupancy for the entire week’s package

including 8 nights hotel room, all lectures, films, cocktail party and banquet!!(AND THERE ARE NO SIMULTANEOUS PRESENTATIONS OR EXTRA CHARGE WORKSHOPS!!)

THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!THE BIGGEST UFO CONFERENCE IN THE WORLD !!FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003FEBRUARY 2 - 8, 2003

THE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADATHE FLAMINGO RESORT - LAUGHLIN, NEVADA